Resolving Problems

TRIZ POWER TOOLS
Job # 5 Resolving Problems

April 2011 Edition
How to Systematically Tackle Tough Problems
TRIZ Power Tools Job 4Resolving Problems April 2011Edition
ISBN
1-934805-26-2 978-1-934805-26-8
TRIZ Power Tools by Collaborative Coauthors 547 Pages
Copyright 2011 by Collaborative Authors, All rights reserved
Published in the United States by Third Millennium Publishing, located on the INTERNET at http://3mpub.com For paperback or digital copies go to http://www.3mpub.com/TRIZ All proceeds from book sales are donated to Humanitarian Aid and Disaster Relief
Third Millennium Publishing PO Box 14026 Tempe, AZ 85284-0068 mccollum@3mpub.com
ii
Acknowledgements This book is the work of a collaborative group of coauthors.
Coauthors
Larry Ball David Troness Kartik Ariyur Jason Huang Don Rossi Petr Krupansky Steve Hickman
Editors
Erika Hernandez Larry Ball David Troness Paul Dwyer S. Robert Lang
Illustrators
Larry Ball David Troness
Other Authors, Theoreticians, Practitioners Whose Writings or Teachings have Impacted This Work
Genrich Altshuller Ellen Domb Roni Horowitz John Terninko Alla Zusman Boris Zlotin Lev Shulyak Yuri Salamatov Victor Fey Eugene Rivin Darrell Mann Sergei Ikovenko Simon Litvin Peter Ulan Lane Desborough Clayton Christensen Renee Mauborgne Kim Chan Greg Yezersky
iii
iv
TR IZ P ower T oo ls
The Algorithm
(Table of Contents)
The Algorithm ............................................................................................................................................................... v Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................. 17 L1-Look for Hidden Problems? ................................................................................................................................... 21 L2-Clarify the Need to Look for Hidden Problems ................................................................................................. 22 L2-Map the Life-Cycle Jobs .................................................................................................................................... 23 L2-Subversion Analysis .......................................................................................................................................... 25 L1-Problem Scope ....................................................................................................................................................... 27 L2Who is Affected?............................................................................................................................................. 28 L2Clarify the Requirements Related to the Problem ........................................................................................... 30 L2Clarify the Operating Environment ................................................................................................................. 31 L2Clarify the Base Problem ................................................................................................................................ 32 L2Clarify the Importance of the Penalties ........................................................................................................... 34 L2Clarify the Constraints on Solving the Problem .............................................................................................. 36 L2Solution Goal .................................................................................................................................................. 38 L1-Solve with Existing Solutions ................................................................................................................................ 41 L1-Causal Analysis...................................................................................................................................................... 43 L2-Target Elements for Elimination ........................................................................................................................ 53 L2-Determine Why Targeted Elements are Required.............................................................................................. 68 L2-(Or) Diagram Cause ........................................................................................................................................... 75 L2-Create the Hypothesis from Evidence ................................................................................................................ 92 L3-Observe the Situation Firsthand .......................................................................................................... 92 L3-Catch It in the Act ............................................................................................................................... 93 L3-Statistical Methods.............................................................................................................................. 93 L3-Negative Evidence .............................................................................................................................. 94 L3-Crime Scene Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 94 L3-Problem History .................................................................................................................................. 95 L3-Subject Matter Experts........................................................................................................................ 95 v
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-Break Event into Smaller Steps with Process Maps or Story Boards .................................................96 L3-Empathy .............................................................................................................................................. 97 L3-Subversion Analysis ........................................................................................................................... 97 L2-Catch Missing KnobsTable of Knobs ............................................................................................................ 98 L3-(Existence) Existence .......................................................................................................................... 99 L3-(Number of Objects) Number of Like Objects ................................................................................... 99 L3-(Number of Objects) Groupings or Combinations of Unlike Objects............................................... 100 L3-(Location) Location of Objects ......................................................................................................... 100 L3-(Location) Interaction Zone Location ............................................................................................... 101 L3-(Location) Relative Location ............................................................................................................ 101 L3-(Movement) Path .............................................................................................................................. 101 L3-(Movement) Velocity Acceleration or Jerk....................................................................................... 103 L3-(Structure) Symmetry ....................................................................................................................... 103 L3-(Structure) Dimension....................................................................................................................... 104 L3-(Structure) NestingNestlingThrough......................................................................................... 104 L3-(Structure) Degree of Segmentation ................................................................................................. 104 L3-(Structure) Voids, Capillary Structures, Foam .................................................................................. 105 L3-(Structure) Thickness/Length/Aspect Ratio ...................................................................................... 106 L3-(Structure) Volume ........................................................................................................................... 106 L3-(Structure) Curvature ........................................................................................................................ 106 L3-(Surface) Surface Structure ............................................................................................................... 107 L3-(Surface) Surface Properties ............................................................................................................. 109 L3-(Surface) Surface Substances ............................................................................................................ 109 L3-(Bulk) State of Matter ....................................................................................................................... 109 L3-(Bulk) Bulk Properties of Substance................................................................................................. 110 L3-(Bulk) Match or Mismatch of Properties .......................................................................................... 113 L3-(Bulk) Gradients of Components ...................................................................................................... 113 L3-(Bulk) Chemical Activity.................................................................................................................. 114 L3-(Field) Field Gradient or Concentration............................................................................................ 114 L3-(Field) Field Location ....................................................................................................................... 115 L3-(Field) Conductivity of Medium ....................................................................................................... 116 L3-(Field) Field Direction ...................................................................................................................... 116 L3-(Field) Variety or Separation of Field Components .......................................................................... 117 vi
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Adjustability) Adjustability ............................................................................................................. 117 L3-(Adjustability) Flexibility ................................................................................................................. 118 L3-(Adjustability) Operation Near Critical Point ................................................................................... 118 L3-(Direction) Direction of Action ........................................................................................................ 119 L3-(Direction) Relative Orientation ....................................................................................................... 119 L3-(Direction) Reversal of Relative Action ........................................................................................... 120 L3-(Direction) Movement Relative to Field Gradients .......................................................................... 120 L3-(Timing) Continuity of Operation ..................................................................................................... 121 L3-(Timing) Different Time ................................................................................................................... 121 L3-(Timing) Partial Modification ........................................................................................................... 122 L3-(Timing) Addition or Subtraction of Other Functions ...................................................................... 122 L3-(Timing) Uninterrupted Operation .................................................................................................... 123 L3-(Timing) Incompatible Operations ................................................................................................... 123 L3-(Timing) Storage of Action or Field ................................................................................................. 124 L3-(Time Variation) Speed .................................................................................................................... 126 L3-(Time Variation) Discrete or Continuous ......................................................................................... 126 L3-(Time Variation) Time Variance or Pulse......................................................................................... 127 L3-(Time Variation) Pulsation or Oscillation ......................................................................................... 127 L2-Relative To....................................................................................................................................................... 128 L2-Verify Causes (and Maybe the Solution) ......................................................................................................... 129 L1-Solve by Simplifying ........................................................................................................................................... 132 L2-Pick the Functions to Idealize .......................................................................................................................... 137 L2-Idealize Useful Functions ................................................................................................................................ 138 L3-(Ideal Product)Consider only the Product and the Modification .................................................. 144 L3-(Ideal Product)Modification Not Required ................................................................................... 144 L3-(Ideal Product)Remove Transmission or Transformation Elements ............................................. 145 L3-(Ideal Product)Remove the Product .............................................................................................. 146 L3-(Ideal Product)Comes with Modification...................................................................................... 147 L3-(Ideal Product)Modify Minimum Part .......................................................................................... 148 L3-(Ideal Product)Different Product .................................................................................................. 148 L3-(Ideal Product)Natural Groupings................................................................................................. 149 L3-(Ideal Mod)Describe a Variety of Ideal Modifications ................................................................. 151
vii
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Ideal Mod)Consider an Ideal Inverse Modification ..................................................................... 152 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Level of Modification? .................................................................. 154 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Sequence of the Function? ............................................................. 155 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duration? ....................................................................................... 158 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duty Cycle? ................................................................................... 160 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Adjustability and Continuity of Adjustment? ................................ 161 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Use of Energy ................................................................................ 162 L3-(Ideal Mod)Turning Function Burden to Blessing ........................................................................ 163 L3-(Ideal Mod)When Should It Be Excluded? (The Zero Function) ................................................ 163 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Review the Evolutionary History ............................................................ 165 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Plot the Course of Disruptive Technologies ............................................ 166 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Determine the System Maturity from Patents .......................................... 167 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Is it Time to Switch to a New Physical Phenomenon? ............................168 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Can Line of Evolution be Used Instead? ................................................. 169 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous ProductsPatents Outside Your Industry .................................. 170 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous ProductsMega Trend .............................................................. 171 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Identify the Competitive Alternative through Observation and Questioning172 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Internet Product Search ................................................................................ 173 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Observe Existing Products............................................................................174 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Use a Known Disruptive Technology........................................................... 174 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Patent Searching and Study .......................................................................... 176 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Evolution of Field Phenomena ..................................................................... 179 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Library of Effects ......................................................................................... 180 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous ProductsBio-mimicry ............................................................. 181 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Transition to Use of Bulk Properties?........................................................... 182 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Hybrid or Stand-Alone Phenomena? ............................................................ 182 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Merge or Interact With Multiplied Tools ..................................................... 184 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Chaining Physical Phenomena ..................................................................... 185 L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Intelligent Little People ....................................................................... 185 L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Measurement and Detection to the Extreme.............................. 186 L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Bio-Mimicry ........................................................................................ 187 L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Analogous Phenomenon ...................................................................... 187 L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Fields to the Extreme................................................................. 188 viii
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Order to the Extreme ................................................................. 188 L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Attributes to the Extreme .......................................................... 189 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon-Filter)Choose Most Ideal Phenomenon ........................................................ 189 L3-(Ideal Tool-Resources)List of Resources ...................................................................................... 190 L3-(Ideal Tool-Self-Service)Self- Service.......................................................................................... 191 L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Already Poorly Performed by Native Fields ................................................ 192 L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Abundant Native Fields ............................................................................... 193 L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Use of Cheap Abundant Substances ............................................................ 194 L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Nearby Similar Tool .................................................................................... 195 L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Simplified Copy of the Current Tool ........................................................... 195 L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Theft From Super-System ................................................................................196 L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Theft From Alternative or Competing Objects ................................................ 197 L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Boost Incidental Functions .............................................................................. 198 L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Steal Human Interactions ................................................................................. 199 L3-(Ideal Tool--Consolidation) Consolidation of Objects...................................................................... 199 L2-Idealize Informing Functions ........................................................................................................................... 202 L3-(Ideal Observer)Doesnt Need to Know ....................................................................................... 205 L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Measurement Not Required ...................................................... 206 L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Non-Existent Subject ................................................................ 207 L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Direct Acting Sensors ............................................................... 208 L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Subject Comes Pre-Measured ................................................... 210 L3-(Ideal Subject-Least Measurement)Detect or Measure the Minimum Part or Constituents .......... 211 L3-(Ideal Subject-Natural Groupings)Multiple Subject Elements ..................................................... 212 L3-(Ideal Mod)Describe the Measurement in a Variety of Ways....................................................... 214 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Level of Measurement? ................................................................. 216 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Sequence of Measurement? ........................................................... 216 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duration of Measurement? ............................................................ 217 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duty Cycle of Measurement? ........................................................ 217 L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the ideal Adjustability and Continuity of Adjustment? ................................ 218 L3-(Ideal Mod)When Should Measurement Be Excluded?(The Zero Function) ........................... 218 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Review the History .................................................................................. 219 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Plot the Course of Disruptive Technologies ............................................ 220
ix
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Determine the System Maturity from Patents .......................................... 221 L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Is it Time for a New Physical Phenomenon? ........................................... 222 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous Transformation ........................................................................... 222 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Mega-trend Analogous Observers ................................................................ 223 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Identify Competitive Alternatives through Observation and Questioning.... 224 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Internet Product Search ................................................................................ 225 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Observe Existing Offerings .......................................................................... 225 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Use Known Disruptive Technology ............................................................. 225 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Patent Searching and Study .......................................................................... 227 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Library of Effects ......................................................................................... 230 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Natural Analogous Observer ........................................................................ 231 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Transition to Use of Bulk Properties?........................................................... 232 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Chaining Physical Phenomena ..................................................................... 233 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Secondary Phenomena .................................................................................. 233 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Measure a Copy or Facsimile ....................................................................... 234 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Successive Detection .................................................................................... 235 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Resonance ..................................................................................................... 236 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Derivative Detection ..................................................................................... 237 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Detecting Multiple Subject Elements ........................................................... 237 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Field Markers................................................................................................ 238 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Markers ......................................................................................................... 243 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Intelligent Little People ................................................................................ 245 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Evolution of Field Phenomena ..................................................................... 245 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Merge or Interact With Multiplied Subjects ................................................. 246 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Hybrid Combination of Physical Phenomena ............................................... 247 L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Filters ............................................................................................................ 248 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Already Poorly Performed by Native Fields .............................................. 249 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Abundant Native Fields ............................................................................. 249 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Laundry List of Adjacent Elements ........................................................... 250 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Use of Cheap Abundant Substances .......................................................... 250 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Nearby Similar Measurement Device ........................................................ 251 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Simplified Copy of the Current Measurement Device ............................... 251 L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Steal Human Service to System ................................................................. 252 x
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft) Theft of Functions from Super-System ......................................................... 252 L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft)Theft from Alternative or Competing Objects ............................................... 253 L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft)Boost Incidental Functions ............................................................................ 253 L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft)Steal Human Interactions ...............................................................................254 L2-Idealize Harmful Functions.............................................................................................................................. 256 L3-(Ideal ToolPreventative)Tool Not Required ............................................................................. 258 L3-(Ideal ToolPreventative)Non-Existent Tool .............................................................................. 259 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Reframing Harmful Functions as Useful Functions............................. 260 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Anti Function ....................................................................................... 262 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Reverse the Fields or Action ................................................................ 264 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Work With ........................................................................................... 265 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Aesthetic Incorporation........................................................................ 266 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Make Adjustable .................................................................................. 267 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Perform Accurately .............................................................................. 267 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Harmonize the Sequence of Functions................................................. 271 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Perform Stages when Useful ................................................................ 272 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Storage of Harmful Action................................................................... 273 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Combine with Other Harmful Actions ................................................. 273 L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Intelligent Little People........................................................................ 274 L3-(Ideal ProductPreventative)Product Not Required .................................................................... 275 L3-(Ideal ProductPreventative)Eliminate the Product .................................................................... 276 L3-(Ideal ProductPreventative)Non-Existent Waste Product ......................................................... 276 L1-Solve by Adding Functions .................................................................................................................................. 278 L3-(Avoid Harm)Weaken or Misinform the Harmful Tool................................................................ 278 L3-(Avoid Harm)Maximum Action with Minimum Field ................................................................. 280 L3-(Avoid Harm)Maximum and Minimum Action with Maximum Field ......................................... 281 L3-(Avoid Harm)Mediator ................................................................................................................. 282 L3-(Avoid Harm)Redirect Harm to a Pre-weakened, Expendable Product ........................................ 284 L3-(Avoid Harm)Redirect Extreme Action ........................................................................................ 284 L3-(Diminish Harm)Neutralize the Harming Field ............................................................................ 286 L3-(Diminish Harm)Channel Harm.................................................................................................... 287 L3-(Diminish Harm)Strengthen while Harming ................................................................................. 287
xi
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Remedial)Detection of Harm....................................................................................................... 288 L3-(Remedial)Healing ........................................................................................................................ 289 L3-(Remedial)Previously Placed Cushion.......................................................................................... 290 L3-(Verify Value)Verify that the System is Simpler .......................................................................... 290 L3-Evaluate Candidate Systems ............................................................................................................. 291 L1-Solve by Mobilizing Idle Knobs .......................................................................................................................... 292 L3-(Existence) Existence ........................................................................................................................ 293 L3-(Number of Objects) Combinations of Like Objects ........................................................................ 294 L3-(Number of Objects) Combinations of Unlike Objects..................................................................... 295 L3-(Location) Location of Objects ......................................................................................................... 295 L3-(Location) Interaction Zone Location ............................................................................................... 296 L3-(Location) Relative Location ............................................................................................................ 296 L3-(Movement) Path .............................................................................................................................. 297 L3-(Movement) Velocity Acceleration or Jerk....................................................................................... 298 L3-(Structure) Structure of Interaction Zone .......................................................................................... 298 L3-(Structure) Symmetry ....................................................................................................................... 299 L3-(Structure) Dimension....................................................................................................................... 299 L3-(Structure) NestingNestlingThrough......................................................................................... 300 L3-(Structure) Degree of Segmentation ................................................................................................. 300 L3-(Structure) Voids, Capillary Structures and Foam ............................................................................ 302 L3-(Structure) Thickness/Length/Aspect Ratio ...................................................................................... 303 L3-(Structure) Volume ........................................................................................................................... 304 L3-(Structure) Curvature ........................................................................................................................ 304 L3-(Surface) Surface Structure ............................................................................................................... 305 L3-(Surface) Surface Properties ............................................................................................................. 307 L3-(Surface) Surface Substances ............................................................................................................ 307 L3-(Bulk) State of Matter ....................................................................................................................... 307 L3-(Bulk) Bulk Properties of Substance................................................................................................. 309 L3-(Bulk) Match or Mismatch of Properties .......................................................................................... 312 L3-(Bulk) Gradients of Components ...................................................................................................... 312 L3-(Bulk) Chemical Activity.................................................................................................................. 313 L3-(Field) Adding Fields ........................................................................................................................ 314 L3-(Field) Conductivity of Medium ....................................................................................................... 315 xii
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-(Field) Field Direction ...................................................................................................................... 316 L3-(Field) Field Gradient or Concentration............................................................................................ 317 L3-(Field) Variety or Separation of Field Components .......................................................................... 318 L3-(Adjustability) Adjustability ............................................................................................................. 319 L3-(Adjustability) Flexibility ................................................................................................................. 320 L3-(Adjustability) Operation Near Critical Points ................................................................................. 321 L3-(Direction) Direction of Action ........................................................................................................ 322 L3-(Direction) Relative Orientation ....................................................................................................... 322 L3-(Direction) Reversal of Relative Action ........................................................................................... 323 L3-(Direction) Movement Relative to Gradients .................................................................................... 323 L3-(Timing) Continuity of Operation ..................................................................................................... 324 L3-(Timing) Different Time ................................................................................................................... 325 L3-(Timing) Partial Modification ........................................................................................................... 325 L3-(Timing) Addition or Subtraction of Other Functions ...................................................................... 326 L3-(Timing) Uninterrupted Operation .................................................................................................... 326 L3-(Timing) Incompatible Operations ................................................................................................... 327 L3-(Timing) Storage of Action or Field ................................................................................................. 327 L3-(Time Variation) Speed .................................................................................................................... 329 L3-(Time Variation) Discrete or Continuous ......................................................................................... 329 L3-(Time Variation) Time Variance or Pulse......................................................................................... 330 L3-(Time Variation) Pulsation or Oscillation ......................................................................................... 331 L1-Solve by Resolving Contradictions ...................................................................................................................... 334 L2-Pick and Clarify High Impact Contradictions .................................................................................................. 341 L2-Separation in Time ........................................................................................................................................... 344 L3-Test for Separation in Time .............................................................................................................. 345 L3-ActionPrior Action ........................................................................................................................ 350 L3-ActionPartial Action ..................................................................................................................... 354 L3-ActionExcessive and Remedial Action ......................................................................................... 356 L3-ActionPrior Counteraction ............................................................................................................ 359 L3-ActionCountering.......................................................................................................................... 361 L3-Separation on Condition ................................................................................................................... 363 L3-Separation on ConditionTransparency .......................................................................................... 368
xiii
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-TransformationTransformable States ............................................................................................ 370 L3-TransformationUsing Fields ......................................................................................................... 374 L3-TransformationInput / Output ....................................................................................................... 378 L3-TransformationUnrolling & Stretching ......................................................................................... 379 L3-CarrierIntermediary ...................................................................................................................... 382 L3-MergingInteracting ....................................................................................................................... 391 L3-MergingCountering ....................................................................................................................... 401 L3-MergingExtraction ........................................................................................................................ 402 L3-MergingAdjustable Numbers ........................................................................................................ 404 L3-RearrangingTwo Objects .............................................................................................................. 406 L3-RearrangingReorienting Non-Uniform ......................................................................................... 408 L3-RearrangingRearranging & Unfolding Parts ................................................................................. 410 L3-RearrangingReorienting Attachments ........................................................................................... 414 L3-RearrangingChanging Direction ................................................................................................... 416 L3-Copy or Facsimile ............................................................................................................................. 418 L2-Separate Gradually ........................................................................................................................................... 422 L3-Test for Separate Gradually .............................................................................................................. 422 L3-Repeated Use .................................................................................................................................... 424 L3-Maturing / Proliferation .................................................................................................................... 427 L3-Separate Use ..................................................................................................................................... 428 L3-Gradually Merged ............................................................................................................................. 429 L3-MergingMerged Interaction .......................................................................................................... 431 L3-Gradually Hidden / Exposed ............................................................................................................. 434 L3-Gradually Transformed ..................................................................................................................... 435 L3-Gradually Added Fields .................................................................................................................... 435 L2-Separate in Space ............................................................................................................................................. 437 L3-Test for Separation in Space ............................................................................................................. 437 L3-Two Objects ...................................................................................................................................... 442 L3-Extraction .......................................................................................................................................... 445 L3-Mixture ............................................................................................................................................. 449 L3-Path ................................................................................................................................................... 449 L3-Interact / Guide / Nestle / Penetrate .................................................................................................. 451 L3-Attached Objects ............................................................................................................................... 453 xiv
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L3-Partly Carried .................................................................................................................................... 455 L3-Partly Merged or Interacting ............................................................................................................. 457 L3-Non-Uniform .................................................................................................................................... 458 L3-Facsimile ........................................................................................................................................... 462 L3-Selective Countering ......................................................................................................................... 464 L3-On Condition .................................................................................................................................... 465 L2-Separate Between the Parts and the Whole ...................................................................................................... 467 L3-Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole....................................................................... 468 L3-Formation .......................................................................................................................................... 471 L3-Merging ............................................................................................................................................ 474 L3-Carrier ............................................................................................................................................... 481 L3-Hiding Part ........................................................................................................................................ 490 L3-New Dimension ................................................................................................................................ 492 L3-Countering ........................................................................................................................................ 493 L3-Complementary Directions ............................................................................................................... 496 L3-Coordinated Parts.............................................................................................................................. 497 L2-Separate by Direction....................................................................................................................................... 499 L3-Test for Separation by Direction ....................................................................................................... 499 L3-Direction ........................................................................................................................................... 502 L2-Separate by Perspective ................................................................................................................................... 507 L3-Test for Separation by Perspective.................................................................................................... 507 L3-How you Look or Perceive ............................................................................................................... 510 L3-Looks Like ........................................................................................................................................ 511 L3-Inference ........................................................................................................................................... 513 L2-Separate by Frame of Reference ...................................................................................................................... 515 L3-By Comparison ................................................................................................................................. 515 L3-Inertial or Spatial Frame of Reference .............................................................................................. 519 L2-Separate by Response of Fields ....................................................................................................................... 521 L3-Test for Separation by Response of Fields........................................................................................ 521 L3-Separate by Response of Fields ........................................................................................................ 524 L2-Separate Between the Substance and the Field ................................................................................................ 527 L2-Compensation .................................................................................................................................................. 534
xv
TR IZ P ower T oo ls L2-Iterate on Solutions .......................................................................................................................................... 536 Contradiction Exercises ............................................................................................................................................. 538 Appendix: Table of Fields ........................................................................................................................................ 550
xvi
Introduction
(If you are reading the PDF formatnavigate the algorithms with the Bookmarks to the left. L1, L2, L3 correspond to levels of the algorithm. The levels are hierarchal; you can go as deeply as required to resolve your problem. Lower levels (L1, L2) have consolidated methods. If you are using the book then use the Table of Contents for the Algorithm)
I think I have a problem. I know I have a problem. Im worried that there might be a serious problem but I dont have any evidence. Problems come to us at varying levels of certainty. Sometimes they are painfully obvious while other times, we have an uneasy feeling. Regardless of the certainty, here we are and now we need to do something about it. There are a variety of ways that problems are made manifest. The book Job 5 TRIZ Power ToolsSimplifying describes strategies for discovering problems and system burdens.
All problems are not created equal

This is a book for helping inventors, scientists and service innovators to solve difficult problems. It is often hard to tell the difficulty of a problem until we attempt to solve it. Common sense or intuition is sufficient to clear most hurdles. Recreational problem solvers are acquainted with the endorphin rush of intuitive problem solving. There is nothing wrong with free-ranging problem solving, but we may notice that our attempts to intuitively solve a simple problem are sometimes hampered by unforeseen difficulties. There is a popular website which presents problems which can be solved for profit. One such problem related to a large problem in developing countries regarding the quality of air inside homes that cook and heat with unventilated stoves. Many of the fires are fueled by materials such as wood and charcoal. The problem with these materials is that they produce large amounts of particulates which compromise the respiratory system. People with damaged lungs become susceptible to many diseases that a healthy body would resist. This is especially true for young children. Many millions of children die each year from diseases related to a compromised respiratory system. The specific problem involved the use of non-edible oils which were readily available from certain plants and could be manufactured cheaply. A stove was designed to burn these oils as efficiently as possible and it was not working as well as the manufactures would have liked. The problem was that it would clog with soot very rapidly and needed cleaning after several hours of use. The challenge was to prolong the time to cleaning or eliminating cleaning completely. When I presented this problem to a number of colleagues, the immediate response was that this was a simple problem that could be resolved with known technology. I felt, likewise, that it would be easy to come up with a solution. We wondered how the company could be so nave to propose such a simple problem and then offer so much for its solution. Without the aid of any innovation tools, I brainstormed various concepts and created small prototypes and tested them. First, I learned how to ignite an olive oil flame by forming a wick into a special shape. I also built a small canister of oil which was heated to create a flammable gas. It slowly dawned on me that my common knowledge concerning flammable liquids had little to do with this problem which was much harder than I realized. The operation of the stove required the oil to be heated until it was vaporized. Once it was vaporized, the vapor was mixed with air in the correct proportions to burn efficiently and without soot. While the flame was clean, the oil was Introduction 17
TR IZ P ower T oo ls coking in the heating chamber and in the lines that fed the burners. It turns out that such oils vaporize and coke at the same temperatures, unlike benzene, white gas or alcohol. If you are going to use the phenomena of vaporization by heating, some fraction of the oil will coke, wherever it is. The fact that I could not easily solve this problem was a bitter pill and I realized that we were the nave ones. It can be deflating to admit that our common sense is not sufficient for such an easy problem. Our pride drives us to struggle for a time, but we eventually realize that the solution is beyond our experience and intuition. We give up, try again later or recognize that we need stronger medicine. The algorithms of this book are stronger medicine.
The Most Common Job of Inventers

Of the six jobs covered in this series of books, fixing problems is the most common. Why is this? One reason is the recursive nature of solving problems. It is rare that only one improvement is required. Solutions to one problem often generate new problems that still require resolution. Most good solution concepts start as sows ears. Our job is to turn them into silk purses. Unfortunately, most of us have been taught that this is not possible. Actually, this is a clear description of what really happens during the inventing process. Another reason that fixing problems is so common is that hard problems will always arise during the evolution of any particular system. A careful study of patents for any particular system will uncover evolutionary patterns. These patterns show a particular evolutionary tendency for the system. This evolution is stopped by the inevitable contradictions that will arise as the systems evolve. The system continues further along its natural evolutionary path only after the contradiction is resolved. One further reason for the high frequency of fixing problems is that processes of creation and simplification (books 3 and 4) often generate serious problems. (The solution to these problems was not covered in books 3 and 4 but was delayed until this book). Lets say that we have simplified a system by making use of a physical phenomenon that replaces a feedback system with a passive control system. This is often done by using a direct acting element that both senses and provides actuation muscle. While such a change can greatly reduce the cost of complex systems, it is also a large change that can result in poor control performance. This simplification would almost guarantee that there will be serious problems to overcome.
Not Enough Problems to Solve?

Where do we look for problems and what types of problems can we solve with the tools of this book? Some people find it difficult to identify important problem to solve. If we know what to look for we can see that we are swimming in problems. All systems, by their very nature, carry burdens to the users and the environment. Only imaginary systems do not contain burdens. (In the companion book on simplifying, we spend a lot of time identifying these burdens). We often become used to these burdens and forget that we are carrying them. As we become familiar with the types of burdens that are possible, we can readily detect them all around us. Another common problem is low performance of some primary feature. Low performance usually shows up when compared to other products that perform the same function. More importantly, it shows up when the target market is not satisfied and wants improved performance in order to get their job done. Sometimes the market cannot count on the performance of a product. Perhaps the performance shifts over time or is highly variable. Some shift in performance is inevitable, but when it causes concern or anxiety in the market, it may need to be fixed. Another common problem is when the product or service causes unintentional harm to other objects or the user of the system. Production or service costs are also a problem that can be tackled with the algorithms of this book. High costs are symptoms of other unsolved problems. When these problems are solved, the costs will go down. Additional ways 18 Introduction
TR IZ P ower T oo ls to reduce costs are shared in the other books which deal with simplifying systems and adding value to the product or service by determining the right product features. Cost is relative to perceived market value. We can effectively reduce costs by being able to charge more for the product or service.
Some Problems are More Important

While there are many problems, should they all carry the same importance? To a large degree, market and environmental considerations determine the relative importance of problems. If a problem is blocking or hindering the target market from getting a job done, this raises the level of importance. If the environment or mankind is hurt by a product or service, this is also an important problem to solve. The authors of this book are keenly aware of the need for scientists, engineers and other problem solvers to solve the problems that society has placed on the environment.
Introduction
19
20
L1-Look for Hidden Problems?

When we build a good machine, we also build a bad machine. The bad machine is always operating and we may not even know it. Lets say that we build a transmission for a food mixer. Everything seems to work well the first thousand times that it is operated. If we then open the machine and examine the pieces, we discover that many of the plastic gears have begun to wear. Perhaps some are close to failure. We did not purposely build a machine to wear gears. The gear wearing machine operates in the background each time the food mixing machine is operated. The bad machine is usually hidden when we first create the product or service. It will take time for the machine to expose its mischief. It is human nature to focus on problems that result in immediate pain. These problems cry for our focus and attention. However, waiting to discover the problem is often disastrous. Here are some examples of when you might want to discover hidden problems: When the operation of the product could potentially cause serious injury or death. There are maintenance agreements with the customer. They pay you to maintain the product and unanticipated repairs decrease profit. A good market introduction is required. It is necessary to create or restore the reputation as a trouble-free product or brand. There are many reasons that problems are hidden. We have already mentioned the issue of wear or degradation over the course of time. Another reason is that we have not anticipated that the product or process could be used in unsavory environments. Potential environments are unlimited. We may think that we understand the environment of the target market, but we must always remember those who are willing to experiment with the product in unusual and dangerous ways and in unusual places. Perhaps the most common reason that problems are hidden is that we have learned to compensate for them and we forget that the problem exists. Let us take the extreme case where the compensation is expensive and time consuming. Surely no organization would forget that such a problem exists. Expensive and time consuming problems often occur when we need to calculate the effect of a problem and then overpower the effect with something else in the system. When transportation vessels move through the air or water, there is drag which robs the system of energy. It is a constant drain. The ultimate speed of a vehicle is related to the fluid drag and the power that we need to overcome the drag. Virtually all of the fuel that is expended is due to this drag! (Think of the rivers of fuel that could be conserved if this problem were solved). How do we compensate for this and design for drag? Typically models of drag are created which are related to such things as the velocity of the object, its shape and the properties of the fluid that it is moving through. Usually, it is necessary to substantiate the model by testing in wind tunnels or in flowing water. There is a back-and-forth comparison of the model to tests until there is confidence in the model. Now that we have a substantiated model, we can anticipate the driving force that is required to overcome these drag forces. It can be used to consider different configurations of the vehicle and anticipate the drag for each concept. Look for Hidden Problems? 21
TR IZ P ower T oo ls What we ultimately learn from the modeling and testing is how hard the drive system needs to push. When there is a need to perform these calculations often, we hire people with the skills to do this and build organizations to support them. Notice what has happened. First, we found a way to quantify drag without the need to build the actual vehicle. Second, we found a way to compensate for the drag by overpowering it. Next, we institutionalized a process to routinely calculate and overpower the drag. Finally, we created an organization which can repeatedly accomplish this. The problem with this is that very few people are working on the problem of entirely removing the base problem of drag. Most have accepted the inevitable reality so the next best thing is to compensate for it. By routinely grinding through a compensation process, most have forgotten that the fundamental problem of drag. The problem becomes hidden. While this may seem like an extreme example, think about your own industry and the number of people that are employed to model, accurately calculate and compensate for known problems. The success of this process has convinced companies to structure the organization around these procedures. Unfortunately few are left that are sensitized to the base problem and also feel they have the capacity to tackle it.
L1-Method
Step 1: Clarify the need to look for hidden problemsis there a compelling need? Step 2: Brainstorm various problems that might exist throughout the lifecycle of the product. Consider yourself a saboteur. How would you create problems in the system that would show up much later or would be difficult to detect?
L2-Clarify the Need to Look for Hidden Problems

If no problem is known, should we search for hidden problems? The answer to this type of question is largely a matter of history and the type of offering. Could hidden problems cause severe consequences? Is the physics of the offering well understood? Have a high percentage of the offerings had hidden problems? If the answer to any of these questions is yes then it may be wise to search for hidden problems. On the other hand, if you are beginning with a known problem and you bypass this step, there may be a tendency to forget the need to look for further problems following the creation of solution concepts. Remember that problem solving is recursive. It is easy to forget potentially hidden problems in the excitement of finding solutions.
L2-Method
Step 1: Is the severity of failure high? Step 2: Has there been high tendency to have hidden problems in the past? Step 3: Is this system new? Is the physics well understood? Step 4: Decide whether or not to look for hidden problems. Step 5: If the need for searching for hidden problems is low or the problem is already known, then continue to the next chapter. 22 Look for Hidden Problems?
L2-Map the Life-Cycle Jobs

It is easy to imagine products and services at the point of operation. This is the moment that these systems were created for. However, there are many more functions that the system performs and many more functions that are performed on the system. These functions need to be included in our consideration of potential problems of the system.
L2-Method
Step 1: Consider the main jobs required for and by the offering by considering each stage of the Life-Cycle Map on the following page. Step 2: Each color in the chain represents a different market or stake holder. Identify the market or stakeholder by box color. Each market has a stake in the success of the product. As each market becomes more satisfied, the offering becomes more viable. Step 4: If necessary, expand boxes to show the processes required to perform the actions in the boxes. Identify additional jobs that are required when looking at these functions. Step 5: Look for problems during each stage and expanded process of the Life-CycleMap
Look for Hidden Problems?
23
MassTransport Loaders Forklifts Pallets Trucks Planes
Packaging Operators Packaging Machines
Testing Technicians Test Equipment
Fabrication Operators Technicians FabricationMachines
MassStorage Loaders Forklifts Pallets StorageFacility
Disposition For Sale Sales People Forklifts Shelves Displays
Order Purchase Or Disposition Sales People Customer Sales Table Carts
Customer Transport User Contractor Transport Means
Use / Operation Already Identified On Chart
Fueling / Energizing Operator User Technician Contractor Fueling Means Fuel
Customer Testing Customer Contractor Technician TestEquipment
Preparation Assembly Or Setup Contractor User Technician
Control / Monitoring Operator MonitoringEquipment
Protecting System Operator SecurityOperators MaintenancePersonnel Covers
Protecting Users Operators Protection Gear
Protecting Others Bystanders Cleaning People Users of Other Equipment Guards
Fixing Messes Operator Technician Special Personnel MaintenanceEquipment
Maintenance Operator Technicians MonitoringEquipment Consumables
Storage Storage Location Cases Covers Nearby Objects Operator
Stowing Operator Stowing Location Cases / Covers
Dealing With Failure Operator MonitoringEquipment AlternativeSystems
Repair Operator Technicians Repair Equipment Consumables Parts
Recycling Operator Teardown Person Special Tools
Disposal Operators Containers Tools
24
L2-Subversion Analysis
Subversion analysis 1 2 or Anticipatory Failure Analysis 3 4 is a way to overcome psychological inertia to discover new ways that a system can fail. This method was first introduced in the approaches for looking for problems. Effectively we ask: If you were a Saboteur, how would you cause the problem?
Method
Step 1: Identify the unwanted effect.. Step 2: Act as if you were a Saboteur, how would you cause the problem given the existing system? How would you keep this from being detected? Find a physical phenomenon that could be used to create or hide the desired effect. Use the Effects Database to perform this. (The effects database is too large to be provided in this material. More complete versions can be found in for-profit software. A simplified version can be found at function.creax.com) Step 3: Identify the required resources to make the effect work at all. For instance, if the effect is mechanical strain, look for objects or resources in the environment that might potentially push on the object. If the resources do not exist, then consider how they might temporarily exist or be formed through chemical reactions, etc. Consider how these harmful resources might exist naturally in small quantities from what is available. If no way can be found then consider that this effect may not be possible. Step 4: If the resources are available then Boost the effect until it is sufficient to cause the problem. --Identify the parameters (knobs) of all components (those acting and those being acted upon) which have an effect to make things worse. This means that either the effect of the thing that is acting is boosted or the weakness of the object which is being acted upon becomes worse. --Change these parameters so that the effect becomes large enough to cause harm. Step 5: Repeat all steps with each way that the system could fail.
1 Genrich Altshuller, Boris Zlotin, Alla Zusman, Vitalii Filatov. Searching for New Ideas. Kishniev: Kartya Moldovenyaska Publishing House, 1989.
2 Boris Zlotin, Alla Zusman, Solving All Scientific Problems Kishniev: Kartya Moldovenyaska Publishing House, 1989. 3 Stan Kaplan, Finding Failures before They Find Us: An Introduction to The Theory of Scenario Structuring and the Method of Anticipatory Failure Determination. Proceedings of the 9th Symposium on Quality Function Deployment, June, l997. http://www.qfdi.org 4 Kaplan, S., Visnepolschi, S.,Zlotin, B., Zusman, A., 'New Tools for Failure and Risk Analysis; Anticipatory Failure Determination (TM), Ideation International Inc, Detroit, 1999.
25
26
L1-Problem Scope
Houston, We Have a Problem
At this point, we have identified a problem. Either it has landed in our lap, or we went looking for it. As stated, most problems come to us as a result of just doing business or living our lives. We will consider several example problems and show how we progress through the algorithm. Note that these problems come from a variety of business and technical fields. Just because a problem has come to our attention does not dictate that we have the right problem to solve or that we even need to solve it. In this section, we will explore the nature of the problem itself to see whether it is worthy to solve and whether we even have the right problem. For purposes of illustration, we will consider several problems.
ProblemAcid Container
Metallic Test cubes are immersed in hot acid for long periods of time to test the corrosive resistance of the metals. The cubes are placed in a corrosion resistant container which is then placed in an oven. The action of the acid is sufficient to corrode the cubes, but there is a problem. The container that contains the cubes and acid is eventually corroded and has to be replaced. Replacing the container is very expensive since it is made from a very expensive material.
ProblemPile Driving Speed

The driving speed of piles is very slow. Often expensive equipment such as cranes or barges is rented to perform the work. Personnel must be on hand should anything go wrong. All of this adds up to great expense while driving the piles. None of this is necessary for the primary function of the piles. How can the driving speed be improved?
ProblemGarden Rake
Let us consider the situation of a common garden rake. When the rake is used to collect loose debris such as rocks and loose weeds over an uneven surface, a problem arises: The rake leaks some of the debris that is to be collected under the tines and several strokes are required to fully collect the debris.
Problem Scope
27
ProblemTape Dispenser
The cost to manufacture a common tape dispenser is too high to be competitive. What can be done to reduce the cost of manufacture?
Business ProblemYear End Review

The yearly performance review process is very time-consuming, especially when you have a large number of direct reports. How can the time be reduced? Once we have a starting problem, we need to determine the scope of the problem that we are actually going to solve. This implies that the problem that is presented is not necessarily the problem that we will solve. We start with a problem and evolve it by a series of questions. Gradually, the problem is changed into the one that we will begin with. Even then, as we perform the causal analysis, we may focus our thinking onto different areas. We will even consider solving alternative problems. At this stage, though, it is sufficient to begin with a problem where the product or service does not comply with stated requirements, has sufficient penalty and has a sufficiently high expectation to excite all involved. Remember, the greater the experience, the greater the confidence, the higher the expectations.
L1-Method
Step 1: What is the beginning problem. We may move away from this, but state the problem as originally presented. Step 3: What are the product or service requirements that are not being complied with? Step 4: What is the operating environment? Step 5: What is the deviation from requirements? Step 6: What are the penalties of not meeting the requirements? Is it really worth pursuing? Step 7: What are the constraints (time, resources, etc.) on the solution? Step 8: What is the expectation for the solution? How high is the bar to be set in all of the above areas? (The greater the experience, the greater the confidence, the higher the bar can be set).
L2Who is Affected?
If we have performed the previous jobs that innovators do (identifying markets, picking features that will excite the market, creating good upper-level requirements for the product) we will have a good idea of who the customer is. These jobs are covered in detail in two other books from this series. It is not necessary to go into such detail in order to solve problems. However, it is helpful to clarify the job and special circumstances of the customer.
L2-Method
Step 1: Who is affected? What is the primary job that they are trying to do? Step 2: What are the special circumstances under which this job is done? 28 Problem Scope
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer?
ExampleAcid Container
Step 1: Who is affected? What is the primary job that they are trying to do? The lab is affected. The primary job is to determine the capability of various metallic materials to resist corrosive environments. Step 2: What are the special circumstances under which this job is done? The special circumstances are under a laboratory setting that may be operating for periods of time without laboratory personnel present. Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer? The typical profile is someone responsible for buying and maintaining laboratory equipment. These people usually respond to the needs of scientists or engineers that require this type of testing capability. They may also be responding to the requests of lab technicians.
ExamplePile Driving Speed

Step 1: Who is affected? What is the primary job that they are trying to do? The construction company is affected. The primary job is to create a supporting structure for building that must stand above the water and waves. Step 2: What are the special circumstances under which this job is done? The special circumstances are that the piles must be driven into the sea bed covered by water. Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer? The typical customer is a construction company which specializes in driving piles.
ExampleGarden Rake
Step 1: Who is affected? What is the primary job that they are trying to do? Home gardeners are affected. The primary job is to gather debris in a garden. Step 2: What are the special circumstances under which this job is done? The special circumstances are to gather the debris over any type of ground or terrain. Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer? The typical profile is a home gardener.
ExampleTape Dispenser
Step 1: Who is affected? What is the primary job that they are trying to do? Household or office personnel are affected. The end customer is typically trying to join two objects together. The majority of these objects are some form of paper or pulp products such as paper or cardboard. The manufacturer is trying to make a product that has a much higher value in the eyes of the end customer than the costs to manufacture it. Step 2: What are the special circumstances under which this job is done? Problem Scope 29
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The special circumstances for the end use of the product are the environment of the home or office. Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer? The typical profile is a household member or office personnel of varying ages.
ExampleYear-End Review
Step 1: Who is affected? What is the primary job that they are trying to do? Managers and employees are affected. The customer is typically a manager who has the responsibility of measuring the performance of subordinates and motivating them through various incentives. Step 2: What are the special circumstances under which this job is done? The typical circumstances are in a typical office environment. Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer? The typical profile is a business manager at varying levels of a company.
L2Clarify the Requirements Related to the Problem

The previous step of problem awareness would be perfectly in order if our knowledge of the product or service requirements was perfect. The awareness of a problem assumes that we understand the requirements related to the problem and can detect a deviation or potential deviation from them. This is a common, yet dangerous, assumption and can lead to further problems in the problem solving process. It is possible that there is no need to solve the problem. For instance, the product or service is operating as required in an unusual environment that it was not designed for. (This customer may represent an untapped market that has unusual expectations. Refer to the book on identifying new markets). It is also possible that the problem is greatly understated and more urgent than originally thought. If for no other reason, the problem solver should know what the target requirements are so that the required improvement is clear. In this step we clarify how the market needs have been translated into product or service features and specific requirements related to the problem. Usually these have already been determined, but it is necessary to clarify these requirements here. It is entirely possible that the problem may be solved during this step of the algorithm. Knowing the requirements may make the problem unnecessary to solve or the solution may be obvious.
L2-Method
Define specific requirements of the system related to the identified problem.
Define specific requirements of the system related to the identified problem. In this case, the acid corrosion system must handle all acids. It must contain 20 cubes measuring 1x1x1 inches. The whole system was sold on the basis of costing the researchers less than $500 per year to maintain. 30 Problem Scope

Define specific requirements of the system related to the identified problem. There is no specified driving time. Less is always better.
ExampleGarden Rake
Define specific requirements of the system related to the identified problem. No stroke requirement is required.
Define specific requirements of the system related to the identified problem. A new product requirement is made. The cost of the tape should be reduced by at least 25% of its current value.
ExampleYear End Review

Define specific requirements of the system related to the identified problem. Management has decided that the time taken to perform the review be reduced by at least 50%. This is a new requirement.
L2Clarify the Operating Environment

The offering must deliver certain performance characteristics while working in a specified environment. Usually these have already been determined, but it is necessary to clarify these requirements here.
L2-Method
Define the environment in which this must be done.
Define the environment in which this must be done. The cubes must be corroded in ovens held between room temperature and 340 degrees Fahrenheit.

Define the environment in which this must be done. The piles are driven offshore in no less than 4 ft of water. The piles must be driven in inclement weather with waves up to 4 ft in height. There is no guarantee as to seabed hardness or the types of rocks, that will be encountered.
ExampleGarden Rake
Define the environment in which this must be done. The environment is the typical backyard. This type of rake in question is typically sold in home improvement stores.
Define the environment in which this must be done. The environment is typically that found in a home or office. Temperature extremes are kept to a minimum. The tape dispenser usage can be from daily to yearly. Problem Scope 31

Define the environment in which this must be done. The environment is the typical office environment. Most reviews are held in a private location.
L2Clarify the Base Problem

Having concluded that there is a problem or risk, we would like to capture this problem in a very short phrase that describes what we want to improve. We will use this for both the simplified causal analysis and the causal analysis charts. Lets consider a situation where we are measuring the effect of acids on various metals. In order to investigate the corrosive effects of acid, we form cubes of the metal and place them in a container filled with acid and then heat them in an oven. After a period of time, the cubes are removed and studied. Unfortunately, the container that contains the acid becomes corroded and must be removed periodically. This operation is very expensive and we would like to reduce the cost of replacing the container. I could state the problem in long form: The cost of replacing the container is high. The improvement could be shortened to a single phrase: Cost of replacement is high. The improvement is the dependant variable in an important equation that we are about to write. In the six-sigma world, this is often referred to as the big Y. In summary, the big Y is the main disadvantage that we would like to improve. In this step, we will put into practice what we have just talked about. We will isolate the main problem that we are dealing with by asking: What is the base problem? In truth, the base problem causes further problems or penalties, so we need to make a decision on how far we are going to drill down. This is a decision for the problem solver. We would like to have the problem at a level that most of the causes will be under our control.
L2-Method
Step 1: Identify the main parameter that must be improved based upon the requirements. Y= Step 2: Determine whether we want to consider the effects of this problem as the Base Problem. We would like the problem to be at a level that most of the causes are under our control. Step 3: Verify that the customer really cares that the problem is solved at this level. Step 4: Write the base problem as a short statement. Usually this is stated as a knob and a setting.
ExampleCorrosion of Acid Container

Cubes are placed in warm acid to investigate the effect of various acids on the cubes. Unfortunately, the container that holds the acid and cubes is corroded. The container is made from gold and is very expensive to replace. Because the acid is so reactive and the test is performed often, the pan must be replaced frequently. Step 1: Identify the main parameter that must be improved based upon the requirements. Y = Cost of Replacement
32
Problem Scope
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Determine whether we want to consider the effects of this problem as the Base Problem. We would like the problem to be at a level that most of the causes are under our control. This will be the Base Problem. Step 3: Verify that the customer really cares that the problem is solved at this level. The customer cares sufficiently about the resolution of the problem at this level. Step 4: Write the base problem as a short statement. Usually this is stated as a knob and a setting. The cost of replacement is high.

The driving speed of piles is very slow. Often expensive equipment such as cranes or barges are rented to perform the work. Personnel must be on hand should anything go wrong. All of this adds up to great expense while driving the piles. None of this is necessary for the primary function of the piles. Step 1: Identify the main parameter that must be improved based upon the requirements. Y = Driving Speed Step 2: Determine whether we want to consider the effects of this problem as the Base Problem. We would like the problem to be at a level that most of the causes are under our control. This will be the Base Problem. Step 3: Verify that the customer really cares that the problem is solved at this level. The customer cares sufficiently about the resolution of the problem at this level. Step 4: Write the base problem as a short statement. Usually this is stated as a knob and a setting. The driving speed of the piles is low.
ExampleGarden Rake
Let us consider the situation of a common garden rake. When the rake is used to collect loose debris such as rocks and loose weeds over an uneven surface, a problem arises: The rake leaks some of the debris that is to be collected under the tines and several strokes are required to fully collect the debris. Step 1: Identify the main parameter that must be improved based upon the requirements. Y = Leakage of Debris Step 2: Determine whether we want to consider the effects of this problem as the Base Problem. We would like the problem to be at a level that most of the causes are under our control. This will be the Base Problem. Step 3: Verify that the customer really cares that the problem is solved at this level. The customer cares sufficiently about the resolution of the problem at this level. Step 4: Write the base problem as a short statement. Usually this is stated as a knob and a setting. The leakage of debris is high. Problem Scope 33
The cost to manufacture a common tape dispenser is too high to be competitive. Step 1: Identify the main parameter that must be improved based upon the requirements. Y = Cost of Manufacture Step 2: Determine whether we want to consider the effects of this problem as the Base Problem. We would like the problem to be at a level that most of the causes are under our control. This will be the Base Problem. Step 3: Verify that the customer really cares that the problem is solved at this level. The customer cares sufficiently about the resolution of the problem at this level. Step 4: Write the base problem as a short statement. Usually this is stated as a knob and a setting. The cost of manufacture is high.
Business ExampleYear End Review

The yearly performance review process is very time-consuming, especially when you have a large number of direct reports. Step 1: Identify the main parameter that must be improved based upon the requirements. Y = Review Cycle Time Step 2: Determine whether we want to consider the effects of this problem as the Base Problem. We would like the problem to be at a level that most of the causes are under our control. This will be the Base Problem. Step 3: Verify that the customer really cares that the problem is solved at this level. The customer cares sufficiently about the resolution of the problem at this level. Step 4: Write the base problem as a short statement. Usually this is stated as a knob and a setting. The review cycle time is high.
L2Clarify the Importance of the Penalties

Because a problem is evident, it does not follow that it requires solving. We need to have an idea of how big this problem is to the market, business, mankind or nature. This is actually a very important step that is often missed by the problem solver. An effort is about to be started which may last for several months or years. A solution may be found, only to realize that nobody cares about the solution and there is little interest in implementing it. As stated previously, the base problem is one of the causes of this penalty. If we can solve the problem, the penalty should go away. We may conclude that this penalty is the base problem.
L2-Method
Step 1: Gather costs and penalties associated with these disadvantages. 34 Problem Scope
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Is there a tangible demand for this system? Step 3: Is there really an interested customer? Step 4: Is this problem worth pursuing?
ExampleCorrosion of Acid Container

Step 1: Gather costs and penalties associated with these disadvantages. Yearly cost is $5000. Step 2: Is there a tangible demand for this system? Yes, there is a tangible demand. Step 3: Is there really an interested customer? Yes, there is an interested customer. Step 4: Is this problem worth pursuing? Yes, the problem is worth pursuing.

Step 1: Gather costs and penalties associated with these disadvantages. The cost of renting the equipment, fuel and wages is $1000 per pile Step 2: Is there a tangible demand for this system? Yes, there is a tangible demand. Step 3: Is there really an interested customer? Yes, there is an interested customer. Step 4: Is this problem worth pursuing? Yes,.
ExampleGarden Rake
Step 1: Gather costs and penalties associated with these disadvantages. The primary cost is in the time associated with doing a typical raking job and what % of the time is associated with re-raking an area. Currently, the re-raking time approaches 200% of the time normally associated with raking. Step 2: Is there a tangible demand for this system? Few people even realize that this problem exists. Step 3: Is there really an interested customer? This is highly debatable. Step 4: Is this problem worth pursuing? This is probably not worth pursuing except as an example problem for this book.
Step 1: Gather costs and penalties associated with these disadvantages. 23,300,000 tape dispensers are manufactured and sold per year at a cost of 25 cents per dispenser. If the cost were reduced to 20 cents, the profit could be higher. This would save (.05)(23,3000,000) = $116,500. per year. Step 2: Is there a tangible demand for this system? Yes, there is a tangible demand. Step 3: Is there really an interested customer? Yes. Step 4: Is this problem worth pursuing? Yes

Step 1: Gather costs and penalties associated with these disadvantages. The yearly cost can be traced back to the time required to perform the reviews. Currently, it takes 3.5 hours of management preparation time per review. Two reviews are performed each year Problem Scope 35
TR IZ P ower T oo ls for 116,700 employees. The average cost per hour for managers is $125/hour. This comes to a total cost of (2)(3.5)(116,700)(125) = $102,112,500 per year. If this cost were reduced by 50% the savings would be $51,056,250. Step 2: Is there a tangible demand for this system? Yes. Step 3: Is there really an interested customer? Yes, there is an interested customer. Step 4: Is this problem worth pursuing? Yes, the problem is worth pursuing.
L2Clarify the Constraints on Solving the Problem

The first requirement that we need to address are the business constraints on solving the problem. The clarification that we receive at this step will determine all else that we do! This is where we need to invoke some less-thancommon sense and decide what we will limit ourselves to. Is this the type of problem that is of sufficient importance that we need to perform a full causal analysis? Or, will a simple one suffice. Should we seek to overhaul the system? Or should we simply fix what is already there with as little change is possible? Do we need twenty or thirty well evolved alternatives or is one good one sufficient? This is the step where we resolve these issues.
L2-Method
Step 1: How much time do we have to solve the problem? Step 2: What are our budget constraints? Step 3: How many solutions alternatives are required? Step 4: Will a simple causal analysis be sufficient? Step 5: How much change to the system will we allow?
Step 1: How much time do we have to solve the problem? This is a yearlong research project. Step 2: What are our budget constraints? $50K Step 3: How many solutions alternatives are required? alternatives on this problem. We want several good
Step 4: Will a simple causal analysis be sufficient? In this case, we will assume that a full causal analysis is warranted. Step 5: How much change to the system will we allow? In this case, we can allow a large amount of change to the system. A full overhaul may be sufficient so long as it simplifies everything. This is a long-standing problem that can be worked in the background and the impact is high on this small business.

Step 1: How much time do we have to solve the problem? 2 weeks. 36 Problem Scope
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: What are our budget constraints? $5K Step3: How many solutions alternatives are required? A few good alternatives are sufficient. Step 4: Will a simple causal analysis be sufficient? A simple causal analysis will be sufficient. Step 5: How much change to the system will we allow? We will likely allow a medium change to the system. The costs of pile driving are significant, but the problem solvers are given little time to resolve the problem.
ExampleGarden Rake
Step 1: How much time do we have to solve the problem? This is a yearlong research project. Step 2: What are our budget constraints? $50K Step 3: How many solutions alternatives are required? alternatives on this problem. We want several good
Step 4: Will a simple causal analysis be sufficient? In this case, we will assume that a full causal analysis is warranted. The company really needs a full overhaul of their rake product and it is long past due. Step 5: How much change to the system will we allow? In this case, we can allow a large amount of change to the system. A full overhaul may be sufficient so long as it simplifies everything. This is a long-standing problem that can be worked in the background and the impact is high on this small business.
Step 1: How much time do we have to solve the problem? This is a quick-turn project that management wants an answer to in 3 weeks. Step 2: What are our budget constraints? $50 K is likely the constraint, but in this case, time will likely be the bigger issue. Step 3: How many solutions alternatives are required? A few good alternatives are sufficient. Step 4: Will a simple causal analysis be sufficient? A simple causal analysis will be sufficient. Step 5: How much change to the system will we allow? We will likely allow a large change to the system so long as it simplifies everything.

Step 1: How much time do we have to solve the problem? Two weeks. Step 2: What are our budget constraints? No budget is available. Step 3: How many solutions alternatives are required? A few good alternatives are sufficient. Time is of the essence but the gain is hoped to be long lasting. Step 4: Will a simple causal analysis be sufficient? A simple causal analysis will be sufficient. Problem Scope 37
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: How much change to the system will we allow? We will likely allow a small change due to time limitations.
L2Solution Goal
Finally, we want to set the expectation for ourselves of what we think a good solution is. It is important to set high expectations in order to receive an enthusiastic response from those who will fund you and other team members. We are going to say Ideally we want but there are no absolute ideals here. For every ideal you can describe a higher ideal until there is no system and no need for the function that it serves. On the other hand, we can promise more than we are capable of. With experience comes confidence in using these methods. With confidence comes a willingness to increase expectations. At a minimum, we should at least achieve the requirements related to the problem. We have already determined the minimum solution (the requirements) in a previous step. In this step we will ask: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system?
L2-Method
Step 1: If the system is not viable (commercially or otherwise), what level of solution is required to make it viable? Step 2: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system?
Step 1: If the system is not viable (commercially or otherwise), what level of solution is required to make it viable? The current solution is viable, but problematic. Step 2: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system? What we ideally would like to happen is: the acid corrosion system must handle all acids. It must contain 20 cubes measuring 1x1x1 inches. The whole system should cost nothing to maintain. (This is a step up from the minimum requirements).

Step 1: If the system is not viable (commercially or otherwise), what level of solution is required to make it viable? The current solution is viable, but problematic. Step 2: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system? What we ideally would like to happen is: the cost of driving piles about $500/ hour. A typical pile takes 8 hours to drive in. The total cost related to waiting is $4000 per pile. We would like to reduce this to at least a quarter of the cost by driving the piles in less than 2 hours apiece.
38
Problem Scope
ExampleGarden Rake
Step 1: If the system is not viable (commercially or otherwise), what level of solution is required to make it viable? The current solution is viable, but problematic. Step 2: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system? What we ideally would like to happen is: no more than one rake stroke should be required to collect all of the debris in the path of the rake.
Step 1: If the system is not viable (commercially or otherwise), what level of solution is required to make it viable? The current solution is viable, but problematic. Step 2: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system? What we ideally would like to happen is: the tape dispenser must be capable of easily manipulating the tape end to extract the tape from the roll and segment it with simple movements of the hand. Dispensing the tape should not distract the user from the main job that is being performed. Mishaps such as allowing the end of the tape to reattach to the roll should be minimized or eliminated. The act of segmenting the tape should be rapid and natural. The cost of the tape should be reduced by at least 25% of its current value.

Step 1: If the system is not viable (commercially or otherwise), what level of solution is required to make it viable? The current solution is viable, but problematic. Step 2: What level of solution would allow the system to progress several generations without again becoming the weak link in the system? What we ideally would like to happen is: the primary performance requirement that must be improved is the time taken to perform the review. It is expected that this be reduced by at least 50%. The typical review now takes 2.3 hours to perform, including data collection and all interviews. Roughly 40% of employees are highly irritated by the results of these reviews, whether the reviews are favorable or not. This percentage should not become worse. The primary measure of the review is whether the employee improves his or her performance over the coming year as a result of that which is discussed. This measure is currently 10%. This percentage should not become worse.
Problem Scope
39
40
L1-Solve with Existing Solutions

Bright spots are described by the Heath brothers in their book Switch 5. A bright spot is a pre-existing solution to a complex problem. It skips almost all of the solution process that we will describe in this book. Sometimes, it can solve extremely difficult problems. The key is to recognize that people are experimenting and solving problems all of the time. They may not be solving the exact problem that you are working on, but the solution may be close enough to use. The example is given of an attempt to improve nutrition in rural villages in Vietnam. 6 Malnutrition has been widespread in rural areas. The problem solvers were from a non-profit organization in the United States which had the aim of increasing the nutrition of these villagers. One could look at this as a very complicated problem. One could point to many complex problems such as the food distribution system, the farming system, widespread poverty. This was truly a problem of world hunger. On top of this, the organization was viewed with suspicion and allowed only a short period of time in the country. Rather than perform the analysis of this book, the problem solvers took a short-cut. They looked for a pre-existing solution. First, they organized a large group of women that would be paid to look for healthy children in impoverished areas. These people had to be living under the worst possible conditions and still be healthy. They must have no other source of income. The search was successful in finding several families with healthy children. What was discovered was that the mothers with healthy children were not feeding their children with two meals a day on the traditional rice diet, but with three meals, using the same amount of rice. They were also supplementing the rice with crabs from the rice paddies and greens that would normally be passed up but were available in sufficient quantities locally. Once the solution was found, an effort was put in place to bring local mothers to training classes put on by these successful mothers. The bright-spot spread from village to village.
L1-Method
Search for instances where the problem is already solved. The search may be very intense and take a lot of resources for a short period.
5 Switch by Dan and Chip Heath pages 27-48, Broadway Books, New York 6 The original reference in the Heath Brothers book comes from the book The Power of Positive Deviance by Richard Pascale, Jerry Sternin and Monique Sternin, published by Harvard Business Press pages 19-52.
Solve with Existing Solutions
41
42
L1-Causal Analysis
Cause and effect are two sides of one fact ~Ralph Waldo Emerson All Solutions Address Causes
How common is this situation? You are invited to a brainstorming session. Someone presents a problem and then suggests that everyone brainstorms solutions. This format is so typical that it is rarely questioned. Jumping straight from problem to solutions bypasses the very important step of identifying what is causing the problem. This is shortcutting a natural process because all solutions must ultimately address problem causes. Conversely, there is no such thing as a solution which does not address a problem cause. Once we deeply understand and believe this truth, we will never return to the old days of brainstorming solutions.
Why Perform Causal Analysis?

One benefit of a thorough causal analysis is that sometimes we discover knobs that can be easily turned to solve the problem. This surprise can happen after many years of working a problem. Causal analysis is designed to find as many knobs as possible. The more knobs we discover, the more likely it is that we will also discover knobs that nobody has thought to turn before. When we first start a causal analysis, we are not certain about what is causing the problem; all we have is theories. The evidence is what ultimately establishes the truth of our theories. Before the evidence is available, we need guidance for where to look for existing evidence and what tests to run. A causal analysis diagram is an effective way to document our theories on what is causing our problem. This is especially important when working with teams of people. Performing causal analysis increases the number and quality of solution concepts. Since the typical problem has many causes, identifying and addressing these causes leads to multiple solutions. Conversely, if we do not consider the causes, it is more likely that we will focus on attributes that we are familiar with. We are trapped by our own psychological inertia. The curse of knowledge is that once we think we know something, it is easy to rely on this knowledge again and again. Lets consider the problem of the acid container. If we were materials engineers, we could easily jump to the conclusion that we need to change the material of the container to one that is not affected by the acids or to one that is less inexpensive. This is only natural since that is what we are familiar with. Unfortunately, we are focusing on only one piece of the puzzle. When we ask what is causing the problem, we are forced to consider more than the familiar possibilities. The benefits of a good causal analysis can continue for many product or service generations. The knowledge gained becomes a tremendous competitive advantage.
Obvious Solutions
Having performed a causal analysis allows the problem solver to consider knobs that nobody has yet considered. The more thorough the causal analysis, the more likely this will happen. In some cases a new knob can be easily turned without incurring any penalty. This is fortunate and a common occurrence when a detailed causal analysis is performed. However, there is a caution. Some people perform a causal analysis to exclusively look for knobs that Causal Analysis 43
TR IZ P ower T oo ls nobody has thought of. This ignores the multitude of knobs that could also be turned if it was only known how to resolve contradictions. Other solutions may be found after performing causal analysis that are not related to easily-turned knobs. On the other hand, simply understanding what is causing the problem may lead the problem solving team to rapid solutions.
Different Forms of Causal Analysis

There are several forms of causal analysis. It is common to see initiatives promoting one form or another. For instance, Six-sigma tends to promote process-centric (process maps or process charts 7) or model-centric (statistical models) analysis. Lean initiatives tend to promote process-centric analysis. Most IR&D initiatives promote some form of model centric analysis which is built on physical, chemical or statistical descriptions. Numerous TRIZ software companies promote function-centric analysis where the problem is described as a chain of interactions or functions. Failure-Analysis initiatives often promote Fault Trees 8 9 10 11 which are attribute-centric forms of analysis. Root-Cause initiatives usually promote Why-Why analysis 12, Fishbone Diagrams 13 or Fault Trees which are attribute-centric. Each of these forms of causal analysis has their place. They help to organize the problem and give insights into what is causing it.
Combining Different Forms

Since each of the methods gives a different perspective of the problem, we will be using a combination of these methods. The combination will be referred to as a Causal Analysis Diagram. The basis of organizing this analysis will be a form of Attribute-Centric analysis similar to Fault Trees. The reason for this is that this form of analysis can be easily modified to show functions and contradictions that are central to understanding the causes of the problem. At each step of the diagram, we use models of the physics and process maps to guide us in our selection of attributes that branch. This form of analysis will also lead us to understand the alternative problem paths and why elements are required in the system. The combination of these methods will be more compact and more easily assimilated than their separate use.
7 Frank Gilbreth, Process ChartsFirst Steps in Finding the One Best Way" American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) in 1921 8 Ericson, Clifton (1999). "Fault Tree Analysis - A History". Proceedings of the 17th International Systems Safety Conference. 9 Rechard, Robert P. (1999). "Historical Relationship Between Performance Assessment for Radioactive Waste Disposal and Other Types of Risk Assessment in the United States". Risk Analysis (Springer Netherlands) 19 (5): 763807. 10 Winter, Mathias (1995). "Software Fault Tree Analysis of an Automated Control System Device Written in ADA" . Master's Thesis (Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School). 11 Benner, Ludwig (1975). "Accident Theory and Accident Investigation". Proceedings of the Society of Air Safety Investigators Annual Seminar. 12 Also know as a Five Whys analysis, based on a Japanese quality technique and its description by quality consultant Peter Scholtes. See Peter Senges The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook. 13 Also known as Ishikawa diagrams were proposed by Kaoru Ishikawa in the 1960s, who pioneered quality management processes in the Kawasaki shipyards. Hankins, Judy (2001). Infusion Therapy in Clinical Practice. pp. 42.
44
Causal Analysis
Contradictions
The concept of contradictions and their resolution 14 is one of the most useful and fundamental aspects of TRIZ. It is fundamental from the viewpoint of creativity because it greatly expands the solution space. Imagine that you need to fly a complex aircraft in which all of the control knobs and levers are fastened so tightly that you cannot move them. This is what many people feel like when they perform a causal analysis and discover the many knobs that would solve the problem if they could only be turned. Lets consider a technical problem that illustrates what a contradiction is. If we would like to increase the carrying capacity of a vehicle, it is almost certain that we will need to increase its volume. Increasing the volume often increases the aerodynamic drag, thus expending more energy. This increased expenditure of energy costs more and requires more fuel which causes more exhaust and pollution of the environment. Thus, we would like to increase the carrying capacity without increasing the cost of operation and without fouling the environment. We want to increase something without making something else worse. We have already mentioned that the knob we were trying to turn to improve the carrying capacity of the vehicle is the volume. Without explaining the exact method for how we got here, we can state the contradiction as follows: In order to carry lots of cargo, the volume needs to be large. In order to have low drag, the volume needs to be small. The contradiction helps us to understand the parameter that needs to have opposing values and it helps us to understand when the solution is good enough. We are usually tempted to compromise and make the volume larger but not too large. The problem with this thinking is that we now guarantee risk. Some days, the volume will be insufficient. If we are building the vehicle for public sale, we may find that the cost of operation is too high for some customers. In addition, we have created a risky situation that will be perpetuated for generations. Finally, in order to perform an artful compromise requires a lot of data and analysis. This can be time consuming. What we would like to do is to find a way to resolve the contradiction without compromising. When we learn how to do this, we will find that there are a lot more knobs that we can consider turning to solve problems. This skill is liberating to problem solvers who find that the solution space is much larger than they supposed.
Turning Knobs to Find Contradictions

In general, we try to turn knobs or change object parameters in order to find contradictions. When a physical parameter has one extreme value, we get a desirable and undesirable result. Changing the parameter to the other extreme reverses the effect making desirable outcomes undesirable and undesirable outcomes desirable. There is a natural eagerness to turn some knobs and a reluctance to turn others. This tendency limits us in the range of solutions that are possible. Lets take a closer look at different types of knobs. Type 1: Easily Turned. With this knob, there is full control of the dependent variable and nothing gets worse when it is changed to the required level. These are the knobs that most people are looking for when they perform causal analysis. Turning these knobs makes for great solutions, but they are usually rare in legacy problems. They are found because someone has taken the time to dig into the physics and perform a
Driver Power
14 First paper published by G.S Altshuller and Rafael Shapiro was Psychology and Inventive Creativity which was published in the Journal Voprosi Psichologii--- (Problems of Psychology)
Causal Analysis
45
TR IZ P ower T oo ls thorough causal analysis. They may have also been found by applying the Table of Knobs or Relative To tools. In our pile driver problem, it may be possible to increase the driving speed by increasing rate of striking the pile. In order to make this happen, we will likely need to increase the power of the driver. It is possible to increase the power without changing the striking momentum. For instance, we can greatly reduce the cycle time between strikes by increasing the power. Type 2: Little Effect. Turning these knobs through the full range of possibilities has little effect. These knobs are usually not worth considering because they have little bearing on the problem. In this case, the color or temperature of the pile will have little effect on the driving speed. Type 3: Something Else Gets Worse. Changing these knobs degrades another important attribute. These are your typical problems where people feel obliged to compromise. Making the pile sharper may improve the driving speed, but the pile is less able to bear the final load if it were driven to the same depth. It is likely that the pile would have to be driven further, thus removing the advantage we thought that we had gained in driving time. The contradiction is stated: the pile must be sharp in order to drive faster and it must be blunt in order to support vertical loads. Type 4: Difficult to Turn. With these knobs, it is not apparent how to turn them. No known physical phenomenon can be found, or so many knobs must be turned at once that it appears impossible. In this case, we may realize that the damping of the pile is an important factor in the driving speed. If the pile damping is high, a lot of energy is lost to heating the pile while it is being driven, thus reducing the energy available to make it drive faster. While we recognize that this is an important parameter in driving, we may not have the experience or knowledge necessary to identify a means for changing this important parameter. This knowledge may be available in another industry. Color or Temperature of the Pile
Pile Sharpness
Pile Damping
Type 5: Only One Flavor or Setting. This knob cannot be turned because it has only one setting. The most typical way that this happens is that an element is simply off limits for change. Perhaps you are working with a customer part and the customer has demanded that it remain unchanged to perform well with the customers processes. Lets assume, in this case, that there is an artificial restriction placed on the diameter of the pile. When we form the contradiction, we will say that the pile diameter must be small in order to drive fast and it must be large because it only comes in that diameter. This is not the typical contradiction discussed in mainstream TRIZ literature. The pile diameter causes a problem. Problems of changing the diameter are not even considered. The change of diameter is simply not allowed. Type 6: Highly Variable Knobs. This knob cannot be turned because it is so highly variable that you never know what setting it will be at. In this case we never know from day to day, or in some instances from pile to pile what the ground hardness will be. Most people are reluctant to consider changing this knob or forming a contradiction. You will note that when we come to identifying the contradictions that it is not out of bounds. While it is true that this appears to be more complicated, do not forget that there are a variety of tools at our disposal for solving these types of contradictions. 46
Pile Diameter
Ground Hardness
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Type 7: Outcome Knobs. This knob cannot be turned because it is a dependent variable and dependent on other knob settings. We are going to consider turning this knob without changing any identified dependent variables. In this case, we are going to consider changing the driving speed without changing any of the dependent variables that affect it. At first, this may appear illogical, but the contradiction which follows will help to explain why we do this. The driving Driving speed must be high in order to save time and expenses. The driving speed must be Speed low because I am not going to change any of the independent variable that affects the speed. In effect, I am saying that the driving speed must be slow and fast. As we will come to see, every box in the causal analysis diagram is a candidate for solution. We are already considering the independent variables in other boxes that input to the outcome knob. This allows us to form a contradiction for the outcome knob alone. Novel solutions will become available when we consider this. These last four knobs something gets worse dont know how to turn one flavor highly variable and outcome are the least likely to be turned, but turning them often allows us to find very satisfying but unconventional solutions. We cannot say that turning every knob will solve our problem. But, we cannot discount a knob because it does not suit our taste. We need to learn how to turn each type of knob.
Why is Exposing of Contradictions Necessary in Causal Analysis?

It might be tempting to think that a causal analysis is complete when we understand the knobs and settings that are causing the problem, but it isnt. Our understanding is incomplete until we understand why the knobs have been hard to turn. The normal tendency is to think that most of the knobs are un-turn-able. In reality, they are merely difficult to turn. Additionally, some types of contradictions also alert us to alternative problems and their causes. These alternative problems can be solved in order to bypass the original problem. In summary, a causal analysis is not complete until it is understood why the knobs are difficult to turn. It is not complete until we understand the contradictions.
Root Cause Analysis

Some disciplines use the title Root Cause Analysis 15. The name Root Cause implies that if we keep asking why, we will eventually come to the root cause. For those who are six-sigma minded, remember that there is a difference between problems which are special-cause and those with common-cause. Special cause implies that the output of a process is outside of the control limits and is therefore highly unlikely. For these problems, we can often find a single root cause. However, for variation within the control limits there is a branching chain of causes. It is advisable to avoid the use of the term Root Cause Analysis when we are trying to understand a problem which is not special cause.
How Far Should We Allow Ourselves to Go?

We have already answered this question to some degree, but it bears repeating. Remember when we reviewed related requirements? We also considered the constraints on the solution. We considered how much time we had; how much budget we had to work with; how many alternatives we needed to generate. So, we should have a fairly good idea how much rope we have to solve the problem.
15 The origins of Root Cause Analysis can be traced to the field of Total Quality Management (TQM) It is believed that it has been in use in the fields of engineering since the early 1980s. (Andersen & Fagerhaug, 2006, p. 12).
Causal Analysis
47
TR IZ P ower T oo ls During problem solving, causal analysis and implementation need the most time. The actual time to come up with solution concepts is usually short. When it comes to performing a causal analysis, a full causal analysis can take a great deal of time. It may be necessary to perform experiments which can be very time consuming. If we have a very short fuse, or we are not that invested in the answer and just want to help someone out, we may perform a simple causal analysis. The final answer to this question is that it takes experience to know how far to go, but we can never be entirely certain that we have gone too far or far enough. There is no way to know for sure without following all solution paths.
Solve as You Go
All of the tools in the causal analysis section go hand-in-hand and no special order is required. In fact, there is value to begin the solving process as soon as an important function or knob is verified as a strong contributor in the causal chain. The act of solving often brings other causes to light. It forces the solver to become more knowledgeable about the problem. Even if the problem solver waits for the completed causal analysis to start solving, the act of implementing the solution will cause more information on the causes to come to light. A causal analysis is never complete. There is always more to learn. Usually, the constraints of time and resources will constrain the analysis from continuing. Therefore, it is important to be as efficient and effective as possible.
Quality of a Causal Analysis

In summary, by the End of a Good Causal Analysis You Should Understand: The knobs that cause the problem How the knobs chain together How the problem progresses in time The contradictions that make the problem hard Alternative problems (Solve these instead) How evidence matches theory
L1-Method
Step 1: Decide what you are trying to improve. This is written as a knob (object attribute) and a setting. Step 2: Identify the objects, and fields that you think are involved in the problem. Step 3: Brainstorm the Knobs and Settings related to these objects and fields. Step 4: Add Functions that Cause the Problem Step 5: Turn the Knobs to Settings that Fix the Problem Step 6: Form Contradictions Step 7: Discover Alternative Problems
48
Causal Analysis
Level 1 Causal Analysis

For simple causal analysis or beginners, this method of causal analysis can be very illuminating. While it is not rigorous in determining the chain of causes, it helps the problem solver Y =f (X1, X2, X3) focus on the contradictions and faulty functions. This method is particularly useful when you are in a classical brainstorming session, while relaxing in a chair or when a work colleague wants help with a problem. For many problems, this simple analysis is sufficient. Note that the simple causal analysis includes the consideration of functions and interactions. This may be a little advanced for the beginner but it is useful for advanced users that just want to use the simple analysis. It is easier to explain the method with an example and then follow the example each time that we do this type of analysis. Lets take the pile driving problem as an example of how the simple causal analysis is performed.
L1-Method / ExamplePile Driving Speed

The driving speed of piles is very slow. Often expensive equipment and personnel wait while driving progresses. How can the driving speed be improved? Step 1: Decide what you are trying to improve. This is written as a knob (object attribute) and a setting. In this case, the driving speed is slow. Identify the main problem as a knob and a setting. Step 2: Step 2: Identify the objects, and fields that you think are involved in the problem. The objects are the driver, the pile and the soil. Step 3: Brainstorm the Knobs and Settings related to these objects and fields. Write these in a column as independent variables of the attribute that you are trying to improve. Each new attribute is also written as a knob and setting. The driving speed is slow because the pile diameter is large, the driver mass is low, the ground is hard and the pile is flexible, etc. Note that most of these are design parameters. Driving Speed is Slow
Driving Speed is Slow
=f
Pile Diameter is Large Driver Mass is Low Ground Hardness is Hard Pile Flexibility is Flexible
Causal Analysis
49
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: Add Functions that Cause the Problem Notice that up to this point, we have only considered knob settings or attributes of the driver, the pile and the ground. There are also functions which cause the problem. One action in this instance is that the ground is pushing back on the pile. We can treat these functions in the same way that we treated knob settings. They may or may not cause a contradiction. The inclusion of functions is a little advanced for most beginners since functions are not taught in school. A beginner may skip this step until they are more experienced with the use of functions. Step 5: Turn the Knobs to Settings that Fix the Problem These are the opposite settings. Write this as a column next to the attributes that cause the problem. We must temporarily ignore what becomes worse when we turn the knob. Turn it far enough in our minds eye to solve the given problem (slow driving speed) for several product generations. Driving Speed is Slow Pile Diameter is Large Driver Mass is Low Ground Hardness is Hard Pile Flexibility is Flexible Ground Pushes the Pile Pile Diameter is Small Driver Mass is High Ground Hardness is Soft Pile Flexibility is Stiff Ground Doesnt Push the Pile Driving Speed is Slow
=f
Pile Diameter is Large Driver Mass is Low Ground Hardness is Hard Pile Flexibility is Flexible Ground Pushes the Pile
Functions
=f
Step 6: Form Contradictions We can now allow our critical self to suggest what we have been rebelling against all along. We need to identify what gets worse when we turn the knob far enough to 50 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls improve the main parameter that we are trying to improve. Write what gets worse as another column. Note that the two middle columns give us the parameter which must have two different settings. The pile diameter must be large and small; the driver mass must be high and low; the ground hardness must be soft and hard and the pile must be flexible and stiff. The last column, gives us what is getting worse. While improving driving speed, breakage or depth of driving gets worse. While improving driving speed, breakage gets worse. While improving driving speed, driving depth becomes deeper. While improving driving speed the pile costs become high. Contradictions
Driving Speed is Slow
=f
Pile Diameter is Large Driver Mass is Low Ground Hardness is Hard Pile Flexibility is Flexible Ground Pushes the Pile
Pile Diameter is Small Driver Mass is High Ground Hardness is Soft Pile Flexibility is Stiff Ground Doesnt Push the Pile
Breakage is High (Or Driving Depth is Deep) Breakage is High Driving Depth is Deep Pile Cost is High Pile Support is Poor
= =
When the contradictions are created in this manner, it seems natural. Remember to always start with a parameter that you would like to improve and then discover the attributes that control it. This will work on problems that you are familiar with and those that you are not. Note that some knobs may be turned and no problem arises. This is a good thing and one should not decide that they have done anything wrong. For instance, what if we increase the speed of the driver so that it lifts the mass back more rapidly? Nothing actually gets worse and the driving speed is greatly increased. While this type of solution is rare, a good job of causal analysis can often find these types of knobs. We might be tempted to immediately begin resolving contradictions. However, there is another tactic that we will explore next.
Causal Analysis
51
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 7: Discover Alternative Problems Alternative problems 16 are discovered by permanently turning any one of the knobs to the settings that fix the main problem. These knob settings are found in the 2nd column from the right. If we start with these permanent settings and do not attempt to resolve the contradiction by turning the knob to both settings, then we have an alternative problem to the original problem. We need to somehow compensate for what we have done. For instance, let us assume that we have solved the primary problem of driving speed by using a small diameter pile. Now we have two alternative problems to solve. How can we improve breakage and how can we improve the support of the pile given a small diameter? Having two alternative problems to solve is not ideal. If we chose, instead, to increase the mass of the pile driver to solve the problem of slow driving speed then we have one alternative problem to solve. How can we improve the breakage of the pile given a heavy driving mass? We will later consider how we may solve this problem by compensating. In other words, we fix one problem by turning a knob and then find another knob to turn to fix the problem that we have just solved. The simplified Causal Analysis is now complete. Notice that we have identified several knobs and settings that are causing the problem and also the reasons that these knobs are hard to turn. We have also identified a harmful interaction or function that occurs while driving piles. In further sections, we will look for ways to resolve the contradictions, compensate for the alternative problems and idealize the interactions that are causing problems.
ExerciseCorrosion of Acid Container

Cubes are placed in warm acid to investigate the effect of various acids on the cubes. Unfortunately, the container that holds the acid and cubes is corroded. The container is made from gold and is very expensive to replace. Because the acid is so reactive and the test is performed often, the pan must be replaced frequently. Using what you know about corrosion, perform a simple causal analysis to identify some of the knobs, contradictions and alternative problems. Recall that Cost of Replacement Is High is the base problem.
ExerciseGarden Rake
Let us consider the situation of a common garden rake. When the rake is used to collect loose debris such as rocks and loose weeds over an uneven surface, a problem arises: The rake leaks some of the debris that is to be collected under the tines and several strokes are required to fully collect the debris. Using what you know about raking, perform a simple causal analysis to identify some of the knobs, contradictions and alternative problems. Recall that Debris Leakage Is High is the base problem.
ExerciseYear End Review

The yearly performance review process is very time-consuming, especially when you have a large number of direct reports. Using what you know about performance reviews, perform a simple causal analysis to identify some of the knobs, contradictions and alternative problems. Recall that Review Cycle Time Is High is the base problem.
16 The concept of alternative problem was used by G.S. Altshuller in most versions of the Algorithm for the Solution of Inventive Problems (ARIZ) . The intent was to identify an alternative problem that could be solved and compare it to the original problem. It was recognized that the alternative problem might be easier or more obvious to solve. For an example of this see step 1-2 on page 111 of The Innovation Algorithm by G.S. Altshuller.
52
Causal Analysis
L2-Target Elements for Elimination

The first step of causal analysis is to understand what each part in the system does and then to target elements for elimination. Several times, the author has been involved with performing a causal analysis without first understanding what the different elements in the system do. Ultimately, it was necessary to come back to this step to understand the system resources and the interaction between system parts. Function modeling 17 is a practical and useful approach to begin to understand why objects are required in the system. A functional diagram gives a snapshot of all the elements and what they do without reference to time or sequence of operation. It is often surprising to see that most system objects are used to provide support to the main objects that do the actual work. Those parts that perform the actual work are more essential. Once we understand the function of each system element, we want to target elements in the system for elimination in order to solve the problem. While it is not always possible to eliminate these elements, it is important that we do everything possible to this end. When we eliminate any element, we reduce the burdens of the system imposed on the users and the environment. In order to target elements for elimination, we need to understand that some elements are less important to the system and therefore impose greater burdens. Those elements that directly support the primary purpose of the system are more important and more care must be taken to eliminate or replace these elements. Replacing these elements means that we will likely be identifying a new physical phenomenon to deliver the primary function. This is usually performed only when the system has exhausted all resources and improvement has reached a point of diminishing returns. When the physical phenomenon is changed, there are many unknowns which are introduced. While this may be necessary in the long run, it can often delay the solution to the problem while these problems are uncovered and resolved. Elements which are not directly involved in the primary function are referred to as auxiliary functions. Auxiliary functions support the primary useful function. They may only be required because something else in the system is not doing its job. It is also possible that something that already exists in the system could take over this useful function. Additionally, auxiliary functions can also be very expensive or burdensome in other ways. Good examples of this are system feedback elements which are often expensive and never directly impact the useful function. The importance of eliminating burdensome auxiliary elements cannot be overstated. We must look for every opportunity to do this in order to solve the problem. Missing problem elements are no longer problems. All burdens of the elements are removed and the system becomes more ideal. In this step, we will target problematic auxiliary elements for elimination and then we will look for every opportunity to eliminate them.
Functional Nomenclature
A system is not what it looks like. A system is what it does. Functional language is a convenient and compact way to describe what a system does.
Tool
Modification
Product
17 Function Modeling was first Introduced by Lawrence Miles, Jerry Leftow, and Harry Erlicher, all of General Electric during World War II in an attempt to make better use of scarce resources. Function modeling is a technique used within the broader context of Value Engineering. The idea of function analysis was to identify the functions that objects perform and then identify alternative means of delivering the same function. For deeper research into this topic, visit online: The Lawrence D. Miles Value Engineering Reference Center Collection University of Wisconsin in Madison, which contains original manuscripts and works of Lawrence Miles.
Causal Analysis
53
TR IZ P ower T oo ls It is recognized that the proliferation of TRIZ terms is objectionable and makes it difficult for the new student to translate between different authors. Sometimes different terms are used to mean the same thing. In order for the reader to translate while reading this text, a consistent nomenclature will be established. It is hoped that this nomenclature will already be familiar to most readers. A System is a collection of physical objects that deliver a function. Examples of a system might be a toaster or a car. Many different objects make up a system, and they all work together to deliver a function to the user which helps to perform a job or task. Objects in the system act upon each other. In function analysis, interactions between two objects are taken one at a time. Below is a generic function diagram showing its parts. The physical element that is acted on will be referred to as the Product. (In other texts, it may be referred to as the object or artifact.) The object that acts on the Product is referred to as the Tool. What the tool does to the product will be referred to as the Modification. (In some texts, this is referred to as the Action). It is usually a verb. The use of the term Modification will be new to many readers; however it is used to stress the requirement that the action verb must describe a change or control of the attribute of the product. This is sometimes difficult for beginners to grasp. Beginners are encouraged, to use a longhand form of the modification. The longhand form begins with Changes or Controls. For example, we can describe the action that occurs between a tool liquid and a product thermometer which is immersed in the liquid. The short form of the modification is heats or cools. The longhand form of the modification would be changes the temperature.
Liquid Liquid Changes the Heats Temperature Thermometer
Thermometer
The use of the term modification helps the beginner to understand that the tool and product must be physical elements. It also helps to correctly describe confusing functions, such as how paint protects wood. Beginners often write: paint protects wood.
Short Form
Longhand Form
Systems of Functions
By linking together functions, we can create systems of functions that describe a situation. We might want to describe the super-system or job that our system is helping to do. We might want to describe the system of functions between subsystem elements. In any case, when we start linking together functions, we will refer to this as a function diagram. Lets first depict the super-system with a function diagram. The super-system is composed of the functions related to a job that someone is trying to do. It also contains a few elements usually found in the environment where the job takes place. Our system is usually one functional element of the super-system. A functional element performs a discrete useful function in the function diagram. Because our system is part of the super-system it performs select functions within the job. In rare cases, it may perform all of the functions of the job. The part of the job that our system would perform was a historical decision. A special element of the super-system is called the system product. Our system acts directly on this system product to modify it. Below is a function diagram for the job of cleaning clothes. We are looking at this job from the perspective of the super-system. All of the elements shown are elements of the super-system. The system elements are shown in red. The rest of the elements are other super-system elements. The dirt is the system product which is another supersystem element. We color it yellow to keep it as the focus of the system. 54 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Lets pretend that we make clothes washers, but not dryers so our system is the washer. We have design authority over the washer and its parts. Because we control the water, and have full authority over it (we can even replace it if we would like) we also consider the water part of our system. While we can recommend the soap that is to be used, the amount and type that is used is not under our control so we consider this to be a super-system element. The dryer is also a super-system element that is not under our control. Notice that its function is to move water which our system demands.
Washer
Moves Moves
Soap Water
Moves
Dryer
Dispenses
Detaches
Moves Wrinkles
Dirt The system product is the stuff that Person needs to be removed from the clothes (stains, dirt, perspiration, etc which we Moves will refer to as dirt for brevity). It may Holds Wrinkles be a little confusing that our system is not actually designed to operate on clothes, but rather on the dirt. Again, Clothes think of the job as what we hire a clothes washer to do. We dont hire the washer to modify the clothes. Our washer should be called a dirt mover rather than a clothes washer. The dirt is also a part of the super-system. We dont have control over it. While our job is to eliminate the dirt, we do not have authority over how much is present.
In addition to the useful function of moving dirt, the water of our system also wrinkles the clothing which is showed as a harmful function. In addition to the useful function of moving water, the dryer also wrinkles the clothes, which is a harmful function. The person who is involved in washing the clothes is involved in moving them and dispensing the soap. Even though we call our system a clothes washer, the clothes are not the system product. The clothes have a harmful function of holding or supporting the dirt. If the clothes were doing their job properly, they would not hold the dirt! Because we have no control over the clothes, and they are not directly part of the washer, they are an element in the super-system. The process of creating this diagram teaches us a lot about the job of cleaning clothes. Each element in the system carries its burdens. For instance, the clothes have the burden of holding the dirt. The water and dryer wrinkle the clothes. The person has the job of moving clothing and detergent about. So much could be done to simplify this system from the viewpoint of the person who needs to take care of the clothes. Unfortunately, this is covered in another book, TRIZ Power ToolsJob #5 Simplifying. Each of the above super-system elements can be broken down further into sub-system components. Our system, the clothes washer, is also composed of sub-system elements. Some, but not all, of these components operate on the system product. Lets break down our system into functional sub-system components. Causal Analysis 55
TR IZ P ower T oo ls We will continue to show the system product dirt but will not show all of the super-system elements for brevity. Each of the sub-system elements is shown in red. The elements of the washer are common components of washers. Each of them can be broken down yet further. Which brings us to a point. All systems are elements of higher supersystems. All elements can be broken down into sub-systems to the point of sub-atomic particles. The modifications, themselves, are actually shorthand for processes that occur in time. Each modification verb can be broken down into process steps. What is important is that we are able to understand the system at the level that gives us sufficient insight into what we are considering. In this case, we are talking about solving problems, so certain functional elements will be more important than others. This takes experience to know how far to break the system down.
Motor
Moves
Belt
Controls
Controller
Rotates
Drum
Controls
Valve
Agitates Dispenses
Water
Soap
Tests for Correctly Written Functions

This test can be used when you are beginning to write functions. Knowing how to correctly write a function will help the problem solver at later stages when the function is being fixed or idealized. It is difficult to idealize or fix a function if it is not stated correctly.
Moves Detaches Moves Wrinkles

Dirt
Test 1: Are all of the Parts Present? One quality of a correctly stated function is that the tool, modification and product are all clearly shown. The product is the object being modified. The modification can be stated in long or short hand. The tool is the object that will modify the tool. The direction of modification or the causality should be correctly stated.
Tool
Holds
Modification
Clothes
Product
Test 2: Are the tool and product something you could drop on your foot? The tool and product are always physical objects when it comes to physical phenomena. However, when software and business problems are worked, there may be the need to consider virtual objects such as used in object oriented software.
56
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Test 3: Does the modification describe a physical change or control of the product? If necessary, use the longhand form of the modification (Changes Or Controls) to avoid confusion. In this example, we have replaced the word heats with the words changes temperature. We are signifying that the temperature of the water is changing over time because functions denote what happens over time. If the system were being used to correct the temperature of the water over the course of time, we would have chosen the word controls instead of changes. Test 4: Does the tool directly modify the product? This is not a hard and fast rule because sometimes brevity is required. However, it is important to understand the chain of physics that is involved, and if you do choose to be brief, it should be understood that this is a simplification and not a description of the actual physics. In this case, the pan is an intermediary for the heat to warm up the water. The flame does not directly affect the heating of the water. Test5: Is the correct function symbol used? It is possible to use other symbols or Sufficient Excessive colors to denote the type of function, as Useful Useful long as you are consistent. Using such notation makes it easier to locate problem areas when a function diagram is built. A function can be useful, harmful, useful but insufficient or excessive. Useful functions can be distinguished by a solid line between the tool and the product. Harmful functions use a wavy line. Insufficient functions use a dashed line and excessive functions use two lines. Test 6: Does it describe what is really happening? Be Careful with Confusing Functions. Look at what you are trying to describe and think in terms of the actual physics rather than describing what is happening in sentences. In the case of a clothes dryer, the function of the clothes dryer is not to act on the clothes, but rather the moisture that is in the clothes. Hangers and irons operate on clothing. Dryers operate on moisture.
Pan Pan
Heats
Changes Temperature
Water
Water
Flame
Pan
Heats
Changes Temperature
Water
Water
Harmful
Flawed Useful
Dryer
Dryer
Dries
Moves
Clothes
Moisture
Incorrect
Correct
Causal Analysis
57
Confusing Functions
As a matter of practicality, it is important that the modification be properly described to ensure clear thinking. The modification must directly change some attribute of the product. For instance, the modification could be the density, position, color or smell of the product. In the shorthand form, the modification is a verb. This cannot be just any verb, but only verbs that describe a change or control of the product. The selection of the verb can often be confusing. This is particularly true when it comes to creating modifications from common English descriptions of functions. For instance, we may say that a bottle lid seals Positions the bottle. This is an example of a confusing Bottle Lid Lid function. We might be tempted to think that the lid is actually doing something to the bottle. If we Constrains are applying the above tests, we see that test #3 is Seals failed. The verb seals does not actually modify Constrains or change the bottle whatsoever. If we write out all of the elements which are involved, we notice Contents Bottle that we have a bottle, a lid and the contents. If we ask how each modifies the other we get a better Correct Incorrect picture of what is happening. What is really happening has more to do with keeping the contents of the bottle inside or what is outside from coming into the bottle. We could state this in English is a less confusing fashion. The lid constrains the content of the bottle and/or the lid constrains the outside gases. Less related is the function that the bottle performs on the lid by positioning it. If there is confusion, one should consider using the longhand form of the Wood modification. This starts with the words Change Control or Create, thus making it clear that some physical Paint Controls Location parameter of the product must be physically influenced. We may say that paint protects the wood. While the Protects Paint word Protects is a verb, it is not a modification, as it does not describe a Wood change or controlling of the wood. Controls Location Insistence on using the word protects will hamper the problem solver in later steps. The longhand form encourages Moisture the student to correctly break the forgoing function into a small system of Longhand Incorrect functions. Once the longhand form is firmly entrenched, the student can usually revert back to the short form of the modification for brevity.
Wood
Holds
Paint
Stops
Moisture
Shorthand
Note that in both cases, the English phrase would tempt us to form a function with only two objects. In reality, more objects were required to describe what was really going on. Following is a description of the method for describing a problem using functional language. Several examples are given. Following that are exercises to strengthen the skill of writing functions when the situation is confusing. 58 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Answers are given following the exercises. Please note that your answers may be correct and still not match the answers given due to the fact that the functional elements can be broken down into sub-systems and displayed differently, similar to what was shown in the clothes washer explanation above. By the end of the exercises for confusing functions, it is hoped that the reader will have a new appreciation for how much the perception and understanding of the problem solver can be changed by simply forming a function diagram. System Element L2-Method Step 1: Break the system down into functional elements. At this point, do not include supersystem elements. (This will be discussed in the next step). System Element System Element
Step 2: Add Super-System elements and identify the system product. The system product is the element that the system modifies. Super-system elements are a part of the job and reside in the environment. The system product is a special type of super-system element that the system serves. The system modifies the system product.
System Element
System Element
System Product
SS Element
System Element
SS Element
Step 3: Introduce Modification Links including useful, flawed and harmful links. Verify that all rules for forming functions have been followed (look in the appendix for this). It is possible to discover system problems during this process because we consider the possibility of interactions between every element. Harmful and useful but flawed modification links should be included. Step 4: Identify the primary useful function and the auxiliary elements in the system and then target auxiliary elements which are involved in the problem for elimination.
Useful
Harmful
Flawed
Step 1: Break the system down into functional elements. At this point, do not include supersystem elements. The functional elements of the cube corrosion system include the acid, oven and pan. Acid
Pan
Oven
Causal Analysis
59
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Add Super-System elements and identify the system product. The Super-System elements in this case are the table, earth and cubes. The cube is the system product. The cubes are what the system modifies by corroding them.
Acid
Pan
Cubes
Table
Oven
Earth
System Product
Step 3: Introduce Modification Links including useful, flawed and harmful links. Pulls Earth Acid Corrodes Cubes
Positions Corrodes Supports Table Oven Positions Supports Pan
Note that this time we have included the harmful function of pan corrosion. Step 4: Identify the primary useful function and the auxiliary elements in the system and then target auxiliary elements which are involved in the problem for elimination. The primary useful function is to corrode the cubes. The acid is directly involved. All other elements are auxiliary objects which support this function and can therefore be eliminated. In particular, the pan should be targeted for elimination since it is involved in the problem at hand.
Example Dispensing Tape

Step 1: Break the system into functional elements. The functional elements of tape dispensing include the spindle, base, blade and person. Blade Step 2: Add Super-System elements and identify the system product. Blade Person Table Base Spindle 60 System Product Causal Analysis Tape Spindle Base Person
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The tape is the system product, which is a type of super-system element. Step 3: Introduce Modification Links. Include useful, flawed and harmful links. You can see the modification links in the figure below, e.g. the table supports the base, the spindle supports the tape and the person cuts the tape, though inconsistently. Holds Table Supports Supports Base Blade Positions One curious function is that the tape holds itself. Recall that the tape adheres to itself as it comes off of the roll. While this might not seem clever, actually, it may have resolved a very difficult conflict at one time. Consider that an adhesive is fixed to one side of the tape. How do we move the tape about without it becoming stuck to everything in sight? How do we keep it from becoming contaminated with dust and dirt? A mediator is required to keep the tape safe. This mediator could have been supplied by some foreign material, but the idea of allowing the tape to protect itself satisfied the requirements, so long as the adhesive did not stick well to the opposite side of the tape. Additionally, this provides a convenient means of positioning the tape for the purpose of tearing. Step 4: Identify the primary useful function and the auxiliary elements in the system and then target auxiliary elements which are involved in the problem for elimination. The primary useful functions are the supporting, positioning and cutting of the tape. The only element not directly involved in this is the base. Since the reduction of cost is the main purpose of this problem solving activity, the base is targeted for elimination. Person Spindle Supports Tape Positions Supports Cuts Pulls/ Rotates

The yearly performance review process is very time-consuming, especially when you have a large number of direct reports. Tutorial System
Manager
Recording System
Reminder System
Step 1: Break the system down into functional elements.
Recording System
Manager
Employee
Tutorial System Causal Analysis
Reminder System
System Product 61
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The functional elements of the year-end review system include the manager, approval system reminder system and recording system. Step 2: Add super-system elements and identify the system product. No super-system elements will be mentioned. The system product is the employee. Step 3: Introduce Modification Links. Include useful, flawed and harmful links. The modification links are shown below. Contemplates Informs Manager Informs Employee
Contemplates
Organizes Explains Reminds Tutorial System Reminds Recording System
Reminder System
Note that the employee and manager perform functions on themselves. Human systems often have a number of interesting and surprising functions. Transaction systems, such as a checkout at a grocery store, are particularly interesting because they involve functions that we take for granted. When we ask what gets modified, it is often related to changed concepts in the mind such as who owns what. At a checkout line, for instance, the question of who owns the item changes from the store owning the item to the buyer owning the item. We say that we bought the item, but in reality the item never changes; only our concept of who owns it changes, both in the mind of the buyer and seller. In the case of the year end review, information is exchanged between the manager and the employee. We say that they inform each other. Both must contemplate, both before and after the review. This contemplation changes their perception of what has happened during the year and what is expected to happen the next year. In effect, both the manager and the employee change themselves. We could say that the manager motivates or de motivates the employee, but this would be misleading. The manager does not have direct power to do this. Information flows, and the employee then changes the motivated or de-motivated register in his or her mind. Creating this diagram reminds us that motivating the employee is the primary function of the system. We show these functions as flawed, harmful, useful or excessive depending on the specific situation at hand. In this case, we are showing an interview where the employee is poorly motivated. This could have been shown as a harmful or flawed function. Here it is shown as a flawed contemplation function. Following is the system function diagram. Step 4: Identify the primary useful function and the auxiliary elements in the system and then target auxiliary elements which are involved in the problem for elimination.
62
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The primary useful functions of the system are the functions of the employee and manager informing each other. The tutorial, reminder and recording system are all auxiliary systems and can be targeted for elimination.
ExerciseThe Ball Breaks the Glass

To the right is shown a window being broken with a baseball. This is not generally a good situation so we will consider this harmful in our case. Create a functional description of the English phrase. There are several ways to describe the modification. Hint: First draw all of the substance elements (that you could drop on your foot) and then make the functional links. The answer is given further on.
ExerciseThe Bearing Holds the Rod

To the right is a picture of a bearing and a rod. The bearing positions the rod so that it can freely rotate. The positioning is vertical and horizontal, yet it allows free rotation. Create a functional description of the English phrase. There are several ways to describe the modification. Hint: First draw all of the substance elements (that you could drop on your foot) and then make the functional links. The answer is given further on.
ExerciseThe Pipe Conducts the Liquid

To the right is a picture of a cut-away of a pipe with a liquid flowing inside. Create a functional description of the English phrase. We are progressing to functions that may be more difficult. Hint: In this case, the English phrase is not too bad. Try writing out the long-hand form if you are not sure what to write. The answer is given further on.
ExerciseThe Wire Conducts Electricity

To the right is shown a copper electrical wire with insulation. This wire conducts electricity. Create a functional description of the English phrase. Hint: This is very similar to the problem of conducting liquids in a pipe. The thing that may make this more fuzzy has to do with the term electricity. Try and convert this to an object that you could drop on your foot, even if it is very tiny.
ExerciseThe Lightning Rod Protects the House

In the picture to the right, a lightning rod is used to keep lightning from directly striking a house. The rod is usually higher than the house and has a sharp point. The sharp point creates a high field gradient at the tip which ionizes the air and makes a great attractor for lightning. Create a functional description of the English phrase. Hint: This is a confusing function because the English phrase does not properly describe what is going on.
Causal Analysis
63
ExerciseThe Thermometer Measures the Temperature

The picture to the right, shows a cylinder filled with liquid. A mercury thermometer is used to measure the temperature of the liquid. Create a functional description of the English phrase. Hint: This is a confusing function because the English phrase does not properly describe what is going on.
ExerciseThe Toothbrush Brushes the Teeth

In the picture to the right, is a toothbrush in the act of brushing teeth. Create a functional description of the English phrase. Hint: This is a confusing function because the English phrase does not properly describe what is going on.
ExerciseThe Oil Lubricates the System

Shown to the right is a piston for an internal combustion engine or a compressor. The piston moves up and down in the bore. Oil is used to lubricate the piston and keep the bore and piston from wearing. Create a functional description of the English phrase. Hint: This is a confusing function because the English phrase does not properly describe what is going on.
ExerciseThe Gold Improves the Reliability

Shown to the left is an electrical pin connector. The connector is the combination of a male pin that slips into a female socket and makes electrical contact. There is usually some mechanism to cause a load between the surfaces. Putting gold on the surface keeps the pin from corroding and thus makes it more reliable. Create a functional description of the English phrase. Hint: This is a confusing function because the English phrase does not properly describe what is going on.
AnswerThe Ball Breaks the Glass

In this case, the English phrase correctly describes the function. Notice that both the shorthand (break) and longhand (changes # pieces) is used. This could have been described several ways.
64
Causal Analysis
AnswerThe Bearing Holds the Rod

In this case, the English phrase correctly describes the function. Notice that both the shorthand (holds) and longhand (controls position) is used. This could have been described several ways.
AnswerThe Pipe Conducts the Liquid

Once again, the English phrase correctly describes the function. Notice that both the shorthand (conducts) and longhand (controls path) is used. This could have been described several ways.
AnswerThe Wire Conducts Electricity

Once again, the English phrase correctly describes the function. However, we needed to change the term electricity to charges or electrons.
AnswerThe Lightning Rod Protects the House

The temptation is to write Lightning Rod Protects House But notice that the verb protect does not modify anything having to do with the house. Once again, the lightning rod directly affects the charges or electrons. Without the rod, the electrons would more easily damage the house. With the rod, the damage from the electrons to the house is minimized. This is shown by a line through the harmful function of Damage. Notice also that there is a harmful function that the rod may attract the charges. Setting up lightning rods is tricky business. A more effective approach is to repel the charges. Causal Analysis 65
AnswerThe Thermometer Measures the Temperature

The temptation is to write Thermometer Measures Temperature This is a very confusing function. The thermometer is truly involved in the system, but notice that the thermometer does not change the liquid. The liquid changes the thermometer. This is true in all measurement (informing) functions. The thing that is being observed (subject) always changes the thing that needs to measure it (observer). Also notice that measures does not change anything and temperature is not something that can be dropped on your foot. A lot of rules were violated. The safe way to write any function is to first identify the material objects in the system. Notice that the liquid, glass, mercury and observer are all material objects. Then we determine the functional links between each, making sure that the direction of the arrows is correct. An alternate system would be for the liquid to change the temperature of a whole thermometer which would then inform the observer. In this case, the thermometer was broken down to two sub-systems, the glass and the mercury. One other thing to notice is that most measurement systems disturb what they are trying to measure. The act of putting the thermometer into the liquid changes the temperature of the liquid. This is shown as a harmful function. The glass changes the temperature of the liquid.
AnswerThe Toothbrush Brushes the Teeth

The temptation is to write Brush Brushes T eeth This would violate a couple of rules. First, the verb brushes does not describe a modification to anything. Secondly, it is not the teeth that need to be modified, but rather the plaque and the food particles. Creating such a functional diagram is actually very illuminating. Notice that the only useful function that the teeth perform is to guide the brush. Other than that, it has a harmful 66 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls function of controlling the position of the plaque and food particles. Once again. The best approach is to write down all of the substance objects involved and then determine the functional links between each of them.
AnswerThe Oil Lubricates the System

The temptation is to write Oil Lubricates Piston But notice that the verb lubricates does not actually indicate a change to the piston. Another temptation is to believe that the piston is guided by the wall and the oil reduces the wear. If the piston was actually touching the wall very much, the life would be quite short. In reality, the contact between the piston and the cylinder is quite rare and usually happens when the engine starts. Another way to say this is if the oil is doing its job, the piston and cylinder never touch. If this is the case, then the oil is the only thing left to guide the piston. The oil does create some drag on the piston which is shown as a harmful function. Also, notice that the piston smears the oil around and thus controls its position. One could also argue that the bore is involved in positioning the oil. This is not shown on the diagram.
AnswerThe Gold Improves the Reliability

The temptation is to write Oil Improves Reliability Improves describes a modification, but it is a very imprecise description. Worse, reliability is not something that you can drop on your feet. It was given that the reason the reliability improved was because the corrosive effects of things coming from the atmosphere are reduced. The diagram indicated two substances: water and oxygen. That is the function of the gold, to deflect damaging objects in the atmosphere.
Causal Analysis
67
L2-Determine Why Targeted Elements are Required

Note: The main explanation of Causal analysis is in the next session. Please read that section and come back to this one. When the analysis is actually done, it is important to consider why targeted elements are required before gaining a full understanding of the problem causes. In most cases, it is not necessary to understand the full cause before solving the problem. In other cases, especially where the system is complex or humans are required in the system, it may be necessary to do a full causal analysis first. For many years, it was the authors practice to perform a full causal analysis. This can be very illuminating, but it is very time consuming. Under time constraints that exist in competitive commercial settings, it is not always possible to do a full causal analysis. If the system is primarily a physics based system, it is often possible to remove elements without understanding the full cause of the problem.
Determine why Elements are Required

One of the most important features of this type of causal analysis is that you can determine why elements targeted for elimination are required. A high percent of elements in almost any system have supporting functions. These supporting functions are usually required because something isnt doing its job in the system. In other words, these auxiliary functions solve a problem that the system would otherwise have without them. By using the following causal analysis technique, it is possible to trace back to the original problem. If we can solve the problem in another way, it may be possible to remove the need for elements in the system. In other words, we solve the problem and simplify the system at the same time. We begin the process of determining why elements are required by considering their existence. The problem exists because an element exists. If the element does not exist, a new problem arises. This is an alternative problem path similar to those we have seen before. This path will show us why the element is required in the system. This will be important when we consider solutions. Most elements are required because something else in the system is not doing its job or because useful elements also create harm. It may be possible to remove elements if the need for them disappears. Solving a problem elsewhere in the system can remove the need for many elements. We show that elements are removed by replacing the tools with ???. When we do this, we see what happens when the element is removed. The process of identifying elements and then removing them to see what happens continues until we can see the chain of causes for why elements are required. Along the way, we discover that some elements exist to prevent or remediate harm. We may discover that an element is required because something performs a function, but does it too weakly to be useful. If we could only solve this problem, we would no longer need the element in question. Now that this element is gone, we have illuminated the possibilities for other elements in the system or super-system to perform the missing function. We may also be able to compensate for the lost function by turning a knob elsewhere. In any case, we open the possibility of solving our problem by removing or replacing elements or solving a problem elsewhere in the system.
68
Causal Analysis
L2-Method
Rule: Show Existence of the Product and Tool as Knobs Adding the functions reminds us of the elements that are involved in determining the interactions and hence, the equations. Rule: Show Causes for Existence (If Applicable) Rule: Turn Existence Knobs to Non-Existence. When we turn existence knobs to nonexistence, there will be consequences. This shows up as a double box. The element must and must not exist. This begins an alternative problem path. Rule: Remove the tool from the relevant function diagram and replaced it with ???. This is to indicate that the removed element performed a missing function. Rule: Consider alternative means of performing the function. Rule: Continue developing the alternative problem path to discover the problems that require solving in order to remove the element in question.
ExampleCorrosion of Acid & Cube Container

In this case, we show existence of the pan and the acid. (In order to save space, the existence knobs will not be shown for the other function). When we look at the functions in the Causal Analysis diagram, it helps remind us that existence is yet another measurable parameter of the tool and product of a function. Rule: Show Existence of the Product and Tool as Knobs. Adding the functions reminds us of the elements that are involved in determining the interactions and hence, the equations. Below is shown the causal analysis with the existence of the pan and the acid as knobs. Either of these paths could lead to a solution. If it is not required to have the acid, the problem is solved. If it is not required to have the pan then the problem is solved.
Causal Analysis
69
Acid Exists
Existence of Contact
Reactivity of Acid is High
Reactivity of Acid is Low
Acid
Corrodes Cubes
Pan Exists
Acid Corrodes Pan
Pan Material is Gold
Pan Plating Material Cost is Expensive
Rate of Corrosion of Cubes is Low
$650/oz
Rate of Corrosion is High
Hours of Use is High
Amount of Material is High
Material Cost is High
G
.0015 lbs/hr 1500 Hrs
old
$Mat
$985
1.52 oz
Mc=E W
Frequency of Replacement is High Cost per Replacement is High Labor Cost is High
Cr = Lc + Mc
$
5 per year $1000
$Lab
$15
F = H / Rc
Cost of Replacement is High
Abandoned Leg
Ct = F Cr
$5000 / year
70
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Rule: Show Causes for Existence (If Applicable) In our acid/cube example, we do not have an example of this rule. We do not concern ourselves where the acid or the pan comes from because this is not an important part of the causal analysis.
Air Moves Dust
Wear Load is High
Movement is High
.02 Mile/Hr 3 lb
Dust Exists
Dust Wears Chain
Wear Coefficient is High .0003 lbm/lbf/mile
Rate of Wear Is High
Chain Exists
.0015 lbs/hr
We will temporarily consider another example. Abrasive wear is occurring on a bicycle chain because of dust. The existence of the dust is one knob that is causing the problem. (We were reminded of this fact when we inserted the function.) Rule: Turn Existence Knobs to Non-Existence. When we turn existence knobs to nonexistence, there will be consequences. This shows up as a double box. The element must and must not exist. This begins an alternative problem path. Below is the modified causal analysis. The right side is not shown to conserve space.
Causal Analysis
71
???
Corrodes
Acid Doesnt Exist
Acid Exists
Cubes
Corrosion of Cubes is absent
Pan Doesnt Exist
Pan Exists
Acid Corrodes Pan
Earth Pulls Acid
Force of Gravity is High
.0015 lbs/hr
1500 Hrs
Frequency of Replacement is High
???
Positions Acid
Cubes
5 per year
Position
F = H / Rc
Acid
Cost of Replacement is High Location of Acid is ineffective or harmful
Ct = F Cr
Acid Position
$5000 / year
72
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Rule: Remove the tool from the relevant function diagram and replaced it with ???. This is to indicate that the removed element performed a missing function. Note that the above diagram shows two cases where the elements were removed. Rule: Continue developing the alternative problem path to discover the problems that require solving in order to remove the element in question. The primary function of the pan was not just to contain the acid, but rather to position the acid relative to the cubes. This function could have been performed by other means. In this case, the earth (through gravity), the cubes, and the acid are weakly positioning the acid. Note that the acid on top of the cubes is mostly positioned by the cube rather than the pan. If any cubes were not immersed, small pools of acid on top of the cubes would be positioned without the aid of the pan. We conclude that the pan is required to position the acid because the cubes, gravity and the acid are not doing their jobs! If the force of gravity were extremely low, the acid would locate itself (through surface tension) around the cubes. We can look at all other things that cause the alternative problem of poor control of the acid. Thus by removing the pan, we have illuminated the possibilities for other elements in the system or super-system to perform the missing function.
Causal Analysis
73
74
Causal Analysis
L2-(Or) Diagram Cause

Which Should I use: Full Causal Analysis or Why Targeted Elements are Required?
There are two paths that we could choose here. One way to go is to determine from the ground up what the causes are for the problem. The other path is to determine why the elements targeted for elimination are required. It is possible that by eliminating elements in the system that the problem will go away and we will not have to expend the work of a full causal analysis. This means that we may not have to understand all of the causes of the problem. On the other hand, some problems are very complex and a full causal analysis is required to understand how things work. A good example that was related to the author is related to pilot actions in cockpits. The function of a pilot and the rationale for actions can be very complex. Removing elements from a system without a full understanding of the unintended consequences can be disastrous! At one time, the author chose to begin all problem solving with an in-depth causal analysis.
Why Bother with Causal Analysis at all?

Some people ask Why is constructing a diagram so important? I already know this stuff. My experience is that the organization of what we know is very valuable. Most subject matter experts have this information floating around in their minds in unconnected ways. Typically, they are not thinking in terms of contradictions and alternative problem paths. It is precisely because we think about a subject often that we create familiar routes of thinking. The more expert a person is on a given subject, the more likely they are to assume certain things. What we assume is called paradigms. They are mental ruts that are difficult to extract ourselves from. Organizing our thinking, ironically, allows us to question these assumptions. Note that we challenge assumptions by identifying the contradictions, alternative problem paths and questioning why objects are required in our system. The causal analysis diagram is an important tool for determining the knobs and settings that lead to the disadvantage. They help us to understand the relative importance of every cause. They expose underlying contradictions and help us to understand alternate problems to solve rather than the one we start with. In short, they help the problem solver to look at all sides of the problem. An additional benefit of causal analysis diagrams is that they help teams work together, even under emotional or contentious conditions. Once a team agrees on what is causing the problem, the course of action is clear. Consequently, the team is more likely to pull together. Also, the diagram will help to highlight the areas where team knowledge is lacking and data needs to be collected or tests run. They also allow everyone a voice in understanding the problem. This can keep more vocal members from dominating the discussion. For many beginners, constructing a causal analysis diagram can be somewhat confusing. The confusion comes from applying unfamiliar rules and suggestions. These are given to keep the problem solver from falling prey to known pitfalls. Nonetheless, creating a causal analysis diagram can take considerable thought, the first few times that it is Causal Analysis 75
TR IZ P ower T oo ls attempted. With each use, it becomes more intuitive and ultimately takes a small percentage of the total causal analysis time. Eventually, most of the time is spent in study, analysis, performing experiments, quantifying variables, observation and other activities. Not only do people become used to the rules, but most people will eventually personalize these diagrams to work better for them. The formats and software tools used to create them can vary widely. This is to be expected and actually encouraged. On the other hand, the fundamental rules should probably not be abandoned.
Chains of CauseDecomposing Causes

A simple approach to identifying causes is to brainstorm the causes from our experience. (As a reminder, we are not brainstorming solutions, but rather the causes). We can do this by thinking of the dependent variable that we are trying to improve as a mathematical function of several independent variables. Recall your Cost of the Cost of the Activity of high school algebra class: y = f(x1,x2,x3). Cost /Year = f Container Container the Acid . . Material Lets apply this functional thinking to the corrosion of the acid container. We brainstorm the independent variables as shown to the right. While this looks somewhat simple, this humble beginning can lead to useful solutions, as will be shown later.
Notice that some of the independent variables of the math function are dependent on each other. For instance, the cost of the container is dependent on the cost of the material. We can write the function in a form that takes into account the interdependencies. Consider the diagram to the right. The dependencies are now easily visible. This type of analysis creates a cause-effect chain of dependencies which relate back to the original problem. A further refinement comes when we recognize that every knob is associated with an interaction or function which causes the problem. The diagram at the right is a symbolic representation of a generic cause-effect chain. 18 Each box in the chart represents a knob setting or a function which leads to the problem that we are trying to solve. Causal analysis diagrams can be formed with the base problem at the bottom or the top or sides. The arrows signify the direction of causality. This is where we think in terms of causes. What variables and settings cause the problem? This is exactly what we did in the simplified causal analysis. Now we are going to put the knobs and settings into boxes and build a chain of causes. We will construct the diagram very carefully, concentrating on each box
Cost per Year is High
Frequency of Replacement is high Cost of the Container is high
Cost per Replacement is High
Labor Cost is High
18 There are a number of ways to construct causal analysis diagrams. The method that is used in this book is an adaptation of the methods described by John Terninko, Alla Zusman and Boris Zlotin in Systematic Innovation An introduction to TRIZ, St. Lucie Press, pages 47-63.
76
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls as we go. Every cause is the effect of something else. All Xs will eventually be considered as Ys. This could, theoretically, go on forever. We will only continue this until we reach causes over which we have little control.
Most of the Work is not in the Causal Analysis Diagram

There is much more to doing a good causal analysis than constructing a diagram. The bulk of the time will be spent away from the diagram, creating models, thinking about what is causing the problem, understanding the physics and performing tests. What we learn is eventually incorporated into the diagram.
Precision and Self Consistency are Worth the Price

This brings up a final warning about creating these diagrams. It is worth the time to make sure that the logic of the diagram is very precise. One should be able to go through the diagram and feel that there are no missing branches. Missing a branch eliminates a number of solution possibilities. Consistent logic creates trust in the team that they are working on the most important aspects of the problem. Using equations and values allows the analysis to become self consistent. This reduces the possibility that we are fooling ourselves.
Going Beyond this Basic Template

So far, our focus with causal analysis diagrams has been to show how object attributes or knobs and their settings can lead us to understand contradictions and alternative problems. This is very useful but also somewhat narrow. Focusing on knobs, alone, does not drive us to consider alternative systems which use different objects to perform their main functions. In other words, the resulting solutions will tend to evolve the current system. This can be somewhat limiting, especially if the team is allowed the luxury of changing the system to a greater degree. Here we will consider additions to the basic causal analysis diagrams that will prepare us to make larger system changes. We will also add some new features that will aid less involved team members to understand these diagrams.
Adding Functions
Most Problems can be traced to useful objects that do not perform their function as well as they should or also cause harm. What are these objects? The causal analysis diagram can be used to illuminate these objects with their attending functions and the object parameters which connect these functions. Another way to think of this is that we are going to link together flawed functions through their object attributes. Functions focus our minds on how parameters change with time. One could ask why is maintaining this oven so expensive? The answer to this question is The pan is corroded by the acid and needs to be replaced. The corrosion of the pan takes place in time. This answer describes two functions. The acid is corroding the pan and the pan is being replaced. Notice that neither of these two causes has shown up on the diagram yet. Everything that we have accomplished to this only point implies that a function is involved. A second reason that we need to include functions is that this focuses our minds on the objects and physical phenomena that are involved and why they are required. This is particularly important when trying to discover the Causal Analysis 77
TR IZ P ower T oo ls knobs or independent variables associated with the dependent variable. Each object in the function has features or knobs that control the dependent variable under investigation. It is easy to forget that these knobs exist if we have forgotten that the associated objects arent a part of what is going on. Later, we will attack these functions, individually, when we go to solve the problem. We will idealize them. In other words, we will be questioning what the elements of our system do. We will consider removing or replacing elements or having them take on other functions. The net effect is to solve the problem and simplify the system at the same time.
Drawing Pictures
The author has found that teams which are untrained in the use of causal analysis diagrams can come up to speed very quickly and make important contributions if they can just become engaged. Creating a causal analysis diagram can build a shared understanding of a problem that will unify a team making them far more effective. While it is not absolutely necessary to perform this step, it is very helpful when working with teams. Adding graphics to the diagram helps group members to participate and follow it easily. Without such graphics, the uninitiated reader will usually fall asleep before you can finish the story. Drawing pictures helps team members to follow what is happening, even if they do not have a deep understanding of the physics behind the analysis.
L2-Method
Step 1: Show the Base Problem as the Starting Box on the Causal Analysis Diagram Rule: Every Box Shows a Knob and a SettingEvery Setting is Bad Rule: Quantify the Current Setting (If It is Known) Step 2: Determine the Causes and link them together. Rule: Think in Terms of Equations or Models Y = f (X1, X2, X3). Rule: All Causes are Assumed to be at the Worst Setting Rule: If You Cannot Use an Equation, Think in Terms of Y = f (X1, X2, X3) Rule: Highlight Important Branches And Abandon Branches of the Diagram that Have Little Effect Suggestion: Consider Putting Models into the Diagram Step 3: Discover Contradictions Rule: Turn the Knobs as You Go Rule: Turn the Knobs Far Enough to Fix the Main Problem Suggestion: Consider Extreme or Unusual Settings from the Table of Knobs Step 4: Requirements Are Not Caused By AnythingDevelop Alternative Problem Paths Step 5: Add Functions. Rule: Functions are added by asking which dependent variables are changing or controlled with time. These elements would typically not be design parameters or parameters that are fixed or constant (unless they are controlled). They are changed or controlled by something else. If a dependent variable is changing with time or is a measure of change with time, then a function is involved. 78 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Rule: We insert the function by mentally sliding the dependent variable downward, thus creating a space for the function. The function is then inserted in the space that the dependent variable occupied. Suggestion: Draw Pictures in the Boxes.
ExampleCorrosion of Acid & Cube Container

Step 1: Show the Base Problem as the Starting Box on the Causal Analysis Diagram The starting box can be placed anywhere on the diagram that you would like. Some people are used to making Fault Trees and like to start at the top. The author is used to starting at the bottom. Do what feels comfortable. Sometimes we can identify problems that are more basic than what we thought was the base problem. This is fine. Just put it further down the chain.
$5000/year
As we have already stated, the main problem is the high cost of replacing the corroded boxes. In our case, this will be located at the bottom. Rule: Every Box Shows a Knob and a SettingEvery Setting is Bad At the top of each box is a knob and setting (object attribute and the level of the attribute). Every box that is shown has a bad setting. In this case, the knob is Cost of Replacement. The setting is High. Note that this is a bad setting from the perspective of the problem solver. Some problem solvers become confused and start putting in good settings to indicate solutions. The solutions can be placed elsewhere on the diagram. Further confusion can be caused when people identify knob settings that they have always thought of as nominal. They dont think of these settings as bad. However, if the knob could be turned could you make the base problem better or worse? If you could, then assume that the current nominal setting is bad. The knob is the cost of replacement of the container. The setting is High Rule: Quantify the Current Setting (If It is Known)
Setting = High
$5000/year
We do this so that later, we can tell the relative importance of each parameter and to create the discipline to make the evidence self consistent.
Causal Analysis
79
TR IZ P ower T oo ls In this case we see that the cost of replacement is $5000/year.
Quantify
$5000/year
Step 2: Determine the Causes and link them together. Rule: Think in Terms of Equations or Models Y = f (X1, X2, X3). The effect is the dependent variable (Y) and the causes are the independent variables (X1, X2, X3).
Frequency of Replacement is High Cost per Replacement is High
Cr
5 per year
$1000
Ct
= F Cr
$5000 / year
Referring to the diagram the effect cost of replacement (Ct) is the dependent variable. We model what is happening with the equation Ct = F Cr. This means that the cost of replacement is a function of the frequency of replacement (F) times the cost per replacement (Cr). The Causes are placed in their own separate boxes. Note the direction of the arrows from the cause boxes to the effect box. The direction of the arrow indicates which boxes are the causes and which is the effect. As we move up, each cause will then be considered as an effect which has its own input causes. Rule: All Causes are Assumed to be at the Worst Setting This may not be intuitive, but note that according to any equation, the outcome could be improved by changing the value of any variable, regardless of the value of the other variables. In the acid bath problem, making the frequency of replacement high or cost per replacement high drives the total cost to the worst possible condition. Note, in the previous diagram, that we have continued to follow the previous rules by using a knob and a setting and by putting the level or setting of each knob at the bottom of the box. While it is not possible to put the whole diagram for this problem into this page, we continue in the diagram below, with this process to show how these rules are used to extend the causal analysis. 80 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The value of thinking in terms of equations or models cannot be overemphasized. This makes it possible to find causes that nobody has considered before. When we find a cause, we have sown the seeds for a solution. One important class of solutions comes by turning the knobs and discovering that nothing gets worse. It is important to find the most knobs possible and thinking in terms of equations will help to identify many options that otherwise would not be considered.
Rate of Corrosion is High Pan Material is Gold Pan Plating Material Cost is Expensive Amount of Material is High
.0015 lbs/hr
$650/oz
1.52 oz
No equation here. This is simply a choice.
Mc = E W
1500 Hrs $985
F = H / Rc
Cr = Lc + Mc
Labor Cost is High
5 per year
$1000
$15
Ct = F Cr
$5000 / year
Rule: If You Cannot Use an Equation, Think in Terms of Y = f (X1, X2, X3) In order to write an equation, it is necessary to understand the physics of the problem. This is not an inborn skill for most people, but needs to be developed with practice and application. Models and equations are second-hand to most scientists and engineers due to their extensive training in analysis. To others, it is awkward and sometimes impossible. Helping people to think in terms of mathematical models is beyond the scope of this book, but it is possible to use causal analysis by using intuition. Even for engineers and scientists, it is not always possible to write an equation. Sometimes, the model is a complex simulation or the relationships are unknown. In either case, it is Causal Analysis 81
TR IZ P ower T oo ls sufficient to intuitively identify the variables that we believe to be involved and their values. In other words: If I could write an equation it would contain these variables However, there is a pitfall to doing this. It is easy (even for engineers and scientists) to fall back into the trap of brainstorming variables rather than looking for equations. If you do this, you will miss important parameters. Make it a habit of developing models and simple equations where possible. Rule: Highlight Important Branches And Abandon Branches of the Diagram that Have Little Effect If we know the values of the object attributes (parameters levels or knob settings) and record these values within the boxes, we now can compare various legs of this causal analysis diagram to determine which legs are not worth pursuing. For instance, the affect of the acid on the container may not be affected much by the cost of labor when compared to the cost of the actual container. If we do not know the values of the object attributes, we may need to seek out data or perform screening tests in which only one variable is changed at a time. These tests will further help in understanding the relative importance of each knob. Note from the above diagram that reducing the labor cost below $15 dollars will have little effect compared to the $985 material costs. There is no need to continue to develop this leg of the diagram. The diagram shows this crossed out. Branches that are important can be highlighted in some manner to show where to focus. I like to use thick arrows. If we could always identify a branch as being unimportant in the beginning, there would be no need to highlight any particular branch. Usually this is determined at some point further up the branch so we need some way to identify important branches. In the acid container diagram, all of the branches are important except the one that is crossed out. Personalize the diagrams in ways that help you to see the important branches. Suggestion: Consider Putting Models into the Diagram For convenience, large models can sometimes be written into the tools which contain the diagrams. It is possible to convert Microsoft Excel into a more powerful flow charting tool by making boxes with more attachment points and using the connectors from the AutoShapes toolbar. Now it is possible to put the mathematical models directly into the sheets. It is even possible to make the results of the calculations update the values in the boxes of the causal analysis. Another feature of Excel is that you can break up the diagram into sheets and link between the sheets to navigate around the diagram. It is the authors opinion that using common software tools such as Microsoft Excel are preferred over flowcharting tools because they are found everywhere. Anybody can open such a file to view or modify it, making it much more transportable. This can help when deploying TRIZ in large companies. Step 3: Discover Contradictions Now we come to one of the most powerful aspects of causal analysis diagrams, discovering the contradictions that are holding back the system development. Many people ask how to reveal contradictions in their systems. This is a very effective and efficient way, especially if the problem is complex or tangled or if we have never encountered it before. A good causal analysis is incomplete without a good understanding of the contradictions. We will show that there is a relatively simple systematic approach to accomplish this. 82 Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Rule: Turn the Knobs as You Go When we identify a new box with a knob and setting, we should ask ourselves each time What happens if I turn the knob to the opposite setting? Does something else get worse? We do this by mentally placing a box by the side of the box that we are considering and showing the opposite setting in the box. If something gets worse, we draw an arrow from the box to a new box showing what gets worse. We could have done this as we built the diagram beginning with the very first box. We could have asked If the cost of replacement is low, does something else get worse? In this case, nothing gets worse and we move on and do not physically draw the box that we were contemplating. Because something does not get worse when we turn a knob does not mean that there is no contradiction, it only means that the contradiction is implied. There is an implied contradiction for each box. The reason that we do not show these contradictions is that the diagram is more compact when they are not shown. Here is what the diagram would look like if the implied knobs were turned and we left the boxes (minus the equations and a couple of boxes to save space).
Rate of Corrosion is Low Rate of Corrosion is High Pan Plating Material Cost is Inexpensive Pan Plating Material Cost is Expensive Amount of Material is High Amount of Material is Low
.0015 lbs/hr
$650/oz
1.52 oz
Hours of Use is Low
Material Cost is Low
Time to Corrode through is low
1500 Hrs
$985
Cube Production is Low
Frequency of Replacement is Low
Cost per Replacement is Low
5 per year
$1000
Cost of Replacement is Low
$5000 / year
Causal Analysis
83
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Notice that only two of the contradictions show something getting worse. When the amount of material is low, the time that it takes to eat through the material is low. Also, if the hours of use are low, then we must process fewer cubes. The rest are implied contradictions that we many want to resolve. While contradictions where nothing becomes worse may not be familiar, it presents an opportunity to create solution concepts. The cost of replacement is high and low. We will not know until we try. When we get to the section on contradictions, we will explore the different types of contradictions in more depth. Rule: Turn the Knobs Far Enough to Fix the Main Problem Some objections stop people from turning knobs as far as they should. Most would rather turn the knob part way and compromise. Unfortunately, compromise guarantees risk and leaves the problem to be solved later. We must turn the knob far enough to fix the primary problem. So, if a little medicine is good, then shouldnt a lot of medicine be even better? We ask why not be even more extreme? While extreme thinking can be good, it can also get one into trouble on occasion. It is possible to excessively perform a function and suffer other problems as a result. The answer is to turn the knob sufficiently to solve the problem for several product generations. While this may not be an entirely satisfying answer, it comes to the heart of the problem of system evolution. Systems evolve because their needs change. What was excellent performance 5 generations ago may now be considered poor performance. We dont want to address this problem again for several product generations. Suggestion: Consider Extreme or Unusual Settings from the Table of Knobs On the other hand, our knob turning skills may not be as good as we think. There is often more than one way to turn a knob. We might have missed some knob-turning possibilities. The Table of Knobs (Attributes) gives a number of extreme or unusual knob settings to consider. Go to the Table of Knobs (Object Parameters) and consider extreme conditions for the object attributes that you have chosen. Having looked at the table, we might have considered the use of voids. The extreme case of this is many voids that allow for good driving, but later as the soil settles, it interlocks with the pile giving high load carrying capabilities. Step 4: Requirements Are Not Caused By AnythingDevelop Alternative Problem Paths. While setting up a causal analysis diagram, we will ultimately come to object attributes (knobs) which are not caused by anything. This may be a design parameter such as the length of something, or it may be that this attribute only comes in one flavor. A design parameter does not have a cause. The reason for the knob setting is because we chose it. There may be very good reasons for the settings we have chosen. In many cases the design parameter is required because if it does not have that setting, something else gets worse. We can think of this setting as a requirement. Neither design parameters nor requirements have causes. It makes no sense to look for a cause for these variables. We chose the setting because we realized that if it did not have that setting something else would get worse. Unfortunately, this setting also causes our main problem. In this type of contradiction, when we improve the main problem by turning the knob, something else gets worse. We can express the thing that gets worse by introducing an
84
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls adjacent box showing the setting that would fix the original problem. This new box then causes an alternate problem 19. This alternative problem path is illustrated below by the added boxes. Whenever we see the double boxes, we know that we have a contradiction and an alternative problem path. The alternative problem means that if we choose the knob setting that fixes the base
Alternative Problem Path

problem, then we are left with the alternative problem. We can solve this alternative problem in a variety of ways, including compensation. For instance, the high reactivity of the acid is one of the causes of the corrosion. If it is not high, the cubes take longer to corrode. High acid reactivity is a requirement. We show this with a double box having the opposite value. This opposite box starts an alternate problem path. The implication is that if the reactivity of the acid were low (in order to help corrosion), we would need to solve a new problem having to do with a slow corrosion rate of the cubes. Alternate problems are an important part of all causal analysis diagrams. They show us what is getting worse when we try to improve something. While improving the corrosion rate of the pan, the corrosion of the cubes gets worse. The acid needs to have low reactivity and high reactivity. The contradiction can be stated: the reactivity of the acid must be low in order to not corrode the pan and it must be high in order to corrode the cubes. Because we start with something that must be improved and finding the things that it is a function of, when we go to solve the problem (by turning the knob) something else gets worse. This is identical to the method that we used in the simple causal analysis. When we turned the knob, something got worse, thus exposing the contradiction. Below is the diagram with a few new causes. Three contradictions and alternative problem paths are shown. Only the top one is highlighted. The beginning of each alternate problem path is always a contradiction. (There is another contradiction with the pan material being made of gold. The material might have been some more exotic corrosion resistant material which would have cost even more. While this is true, it will not be addressed here for brevity).
19 The concept of alternative problem was used by G.S. Altshuller in most versions of the Algorithm for the Solution of Inventive Problems (ARIZ) . The intent was to identify an alternative problem that could be solved and compare it to the original problem. It was recognized that the alternative problem might be easier or more obvious to solve. For an example of this see step 1-2 on page 111 of The Innovation Algorithm by G.S. Altshuller.
Causal Analysis
85
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Further development of the highlighted alternative problem would consider all of the causes which cause the rate of corrosion of the cubes to be low. The alternative problem path should be developed in the same manner as the original problem and with the same diligence. When the diagram is finished, it may look like we were trying to solve five different main problems at the same time. This is just fine because a powerful possibility is created: we may discover that multiple problems (more than two) may be solved by resolving one contradiction. These contradictions are lynch pins. When they are solved, everything changes. Understanding the alternative problem paths and the contradictions that cause them allows us to see more sides of the problem.
Contradiction
Existence of Contact Reactivity of Acid is High Reactivity of Acid is Low Rate of Corrosion of Cubes is Low
Alternative Problem
Rate of Corrosion is High Pan Material is Gold Pan Plating Material Cost is Expensive Amount of Material is High Amount of Material is Low
.0015 lbs/hr
1.52 oz
Hours of Use is Low
Mc = E W
1500 Hrs $985
Time to Eat Through is Low
Production of Cubes is Low
Frequency of
Cost per
Replacement
Labor Cost is High
F = H / Rc
Replacement
Cr = Lc + Mc
is High
is High 5 per year $1000 $15
Cost of
Replacement
Abandoned Leg
is High
Ct = F Cr
86
$5000 / year
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The diagram above has three contradictions or alternative problem paths added. We have not discussed two of them. If we allowed the hours of use to be low then we would have to deal with the alternative problem of how to increase productivity of corroding the cubes. If we allowed the pan material to be of minimal amount, to reduce the cost when it corroded, then we would have to deal with the alternative problem of short time to corrode through the pan. Practice and familiarity will help to prepare you for the more advanced diagrams that follow. It is suggested that several diagrams be constructed and used. This will make the following section more meaningful. Step 5: Add Functions. Rule: Functions are added by asking which dependent variables are changing or controlled with time. These elements would typically not be design parameters or parameters that are fixed or constant (unless they are controlled). They are changed or controlled by something else. If a dependent variable is changing with time or is a measure of change with time, then a function is involved. In the above diagram we note that the rate of corrosion of the pan and the cubes are measures of change. This tells us that we need to have two functions. The other
Existence of Contact Reactivity of Acid is High
Slide down
.0015 lbs/hr
parameters are relatively constant, so we will not require functions for them.
Causal Analysis
87
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Rule: We insert the function by mentally sliding the dependent variable downward, thus creating a space for the function. The function is then inserted in the space that the dependent variable occupied. Lets consider the function related to the rate of corrosion. First, we slide down the box associated with the rate of corrosion being high. We then insert the function associated with the dependent variable and its associated independent variables.
Existence of Contact Reactivity of Acid is High
Acid Corrodes Pan
.0015 lbs/hr
Lets add applicable functions to our causal analysis of the acid and cubes problem. This is how it looks (note that some of the diagram has been rearranged to make room).
88
Causal Analysis
Reactivity of Acid is high
Acid
Corrodes Cubes
Acid Corrodes Pan
$650/oz
.0015 lbs/hr
1500 Hrs
1.52 oz
$985
Mc=E W
Frequency of Replacement is high Cost per Replacement is High Labor Cost is High
Cr = Lc + Mc
5 per year
$1000
$15
F = H / Rc
Abandoned Leg
Ct = F Cr
$5000 / year
Suggestion: Draw Pictures in the Boxes. Below is the result. Causal Analysis 89
Reactivity of Acid is high
Acid
Corrodes Cubes
Acid Corrodes Pan
$$
$650/oz
G
.0015 lbs/hr 1500 Hrs
old
$Mat
$985
1.52 oz
Mc=E W
Frequency of Replacement is high Cost per Replacement is High Labor Cost is High
Cr = Lc + Mc
$
5 per year $1000
$Lab
$15
F = H / Rc
Abandoned Leg
Ct = F Cr
$5000 / year
90
Causal Analysis
ExercisePile Driving Speed

The driving speed of piles is very slow. Often expensive equipment such as cranes or barges is rented to perform the work. Personnel must be on hand should anything go wrong. All of this adds up to great expense while driving the piles. None of this is necessary for the primary function of the piles. Using what you know about driving stakes, create a causal analysis diagram to identify some of the knobs, contradictions and alternative problems. Recall that Pile Driving Speed Is Slow is the base problem.
ExerciseGarden Rake
Let us consider the situation of a common garden rake. When the rake is used to collect loose debris such as rocks and loose weeds over an uneven surface, a problem arises: The rake leaks some of the debris that is to be collected under the tines and several strokes are required to fully collect the debris. Using what you know about raking, create a causal analysis diagram to identify some of the knobs, contradictions and alternative problems. Recall that Debris Leakage Is High is the base problem.
ExerciseYear End Review

The yearly performance review process is very time-consuming, especially when you have a large number of direct reports. Using what you know about performance reviews, create a causal analysis diagram to identify some of the knobs, contradictions and alternative problems. Recall that Review Cycle Time Is High is the base problem.
Causal Analysis
91
L2-Create the Hypothesis from Evidence

Now that we have a good system for organizing our causal analysis, we will spend some time talking about the actual investigative work. These activities usually occur away from the causal analysis diagram and represent the majority of the time in causal analysis. Having a causal analysis diagram is not the goal. Actually going through the thinking and really understanding the causes of the problem is the goal. If a subject matter expert is not available and the problem is not well understood, finding the cause and effect relationships can be very time consuming. Be prepared to dig into the physics and perform the necessary experiments. In the beginning, we may think that we know what is causing the problem or we have no clue. Thinking that we know what is causing the problem may be as dangerous as not knowing anything. Assumptions are the essence of psychological inertia. We need to let the situation speak to us and we need to listen carefully. As we go, we need to form hypothesis so that we can direct our questions and experiments, but we should suspend judgment and not become too vested in any hypothesis. As we collect evidence and listen to subject matter experts, we will naturally begin to a hypothesis of what is happening. The best problem solvers are usually those that are patient and willing to observe for long periods of time. Some might say that they are extreme in their observations. It is important to do this as each new observation will create many loose ends that need to be tied up to become a self-consistent analysis. Being self consistent does not mean that we know what is going on, but our beliefs will become stronger as things tie together. Eventually we come to the point of verifying the solution. We do this by controlling the knobs and turning the problem off and on. This still does not mean that we know what is happening. What it means is that we can predict the outcome with enough accuracy to make it go away. There are many pitfalls to performing a good causal analysis. It takes time and experience to become skillful investigators. Following are some suggestions for performing a thoughtful and thorough causal analysis.
L2-Method
Study what the subject matter experts have to say Identify when the problem showed up Observe the Situation Firsthand Try to catch what is happening as it happens Observe any evidence which is left behind Look at past history
L3-Observe the Situation Firsthand

The Causal analysis process begins with a thorough look-over of the system. While this may appear obvious to some, it is amazing how often the author has skipped this step, only to be embarrassed later by someone who performs this step and notices some important, but obvious fact about the situation.
92
Causal Analysis
Method
Go to where the problem and effects are occurring and watch for yourself. Do not just look at pictures or imagine what is happening. Pictures remove a large portion of the data. Lost is the three-dimensional view. Pictures are only placeholders for actual experience. Touch the hardware.
L3-Catch It in the Act

Many causes are obscured because they either happen so rapidly or by the time that we see the aftermath, the evidence of what happens is wiped away by secondary effects. Mechanical parts may fail and then rub against each other to destroy the evidence of how they failed. A failure may happen so rapidly that it is impossible to watch. Often, the most important invention of an investigation is the creation of an approach to catch something in the act. Method
Step 1: Devise an experiment to watch the interactions. Consider slow motion, etc. Step 2: Jump to the chapter on Idealizing Informing Functions to find ways to look at what is happening (copies, etc.)
L3-Statistical Methods
There are many ways that statistical data can be used to help determine what is happening. Of particular interest is Weibull analysis, regression analysis and run charts. Statistical correlations can be a powerful tool to determine what is influencing the problem, especially when the physics is not well understood. Please note that statistical methods may clarify the common cause issues but will not work with the special cause ones.
Method
Step 1: Use Statistical Analysis to Group and Subgroup the data. Step 2: Use statistical software and thinking to correlate known object attributes to the problem and to determine the degree of influence. Step 3: Compare the results with the expected outcome of the model. Step 4: Look for outliers Step 5: Determine whether these are artifacts of the measuring system or if they are really trying to tell you something.
Causal Analysis
93
L3-Negative Evidence
Negative Evidence 20 is an observation of what did not happen and where the problem does not occur. It is especially important to consider this under conditions where we expected things to happen. For example, cancer eventually leads to cells traveling to adjacent organs. But you never hear of cancer of the heart or the muscles. So what is the mechanism that prevents metastasis to these organs? The negative questions give rise to thinking that might not arise otherwise.
Method
Step 1: What does not happen that would normally happen? Step 2: What continues to behave normally that should not? Step 3: Where does this problem not occur in my systemand why? Step 4: What is not there that we usually expect? Step 5: What is the difference between where it happens and where it does not?
L3-Crime Scene Analysis

The hallmark of a good whodunit mystery is a self-consistent analysis of the evidence. In everything that we do, we are trying to both uncover evidence and tie it all together to make the analysis self-consistent. There should be no loose ends. A lot of what we do is to look. We need to look at all levels. It is often microscopic evidence that we cannot see that makes the difference. Sometimes how we look is the greatest invention of all. Method
Step 1: Examine all objects carefully under magnification (microscope or magnifying glass) or with the best tools available. Look for witness marks of what happened. Investigate microscopically. Step 2: Take pictures and/or draw what you see. Drawing will force you to see more than you normally do. Carefully compare what you are drawing to the actual object. Look for discrepancies. Try to use good art technique such as shading and perspective. Drawing forces observation. You will see more when you draw. Step 3: If possible, line up many objects that have the same problem. They will all likely be at different stages of the problem. Compare the objects for differences. Look for patterns which show you how the problem progresses. Step 4: Verify what you see with others observations.
20 Don Rossi from personal conversation and email during 2009. Don pointed out that identifying where something did not occur could be as important as identifying where it did occur and gave an example of cancer. He asked: What organs of the body seem unaffected by cancer? Why should they be spared? What are the differences between unaffected organs and organs that are more easily affected?
94
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5:Consider measuring properties of the object such as resistance, density and hardness. Look For Discrepancies. Step 6: Look for ways to tie everything together into a self-consistent story.
L3-Problem History
How does the evidence compare to what you have seen in the past or to similar situations? This is usually based upon experience, but often there is someone around that can tell you what is unusual if you dont know. Studying the history of a problem can tell you where to dig and NOT to dig. It can save a lot of time. Given enough experience, sometimes it is possible to determine when the problem showed up and link the occurrence with a change of objects or object attributes.
Method
Step 1: Review the history of the problemparticularly if you have test data. Step 2: Determine what changes occurred at that time which might correlate to the problem
L3-Subject Matter Experts

Usually, there is a subject matter expert. If this is a legacy problem, it is likely that this expert has, also, not been able to solve the problem. (Ideally, the problem solver is also the expert). All of the pieces to the problem are floating about in the mind of this expert. Organizing this information with a causal analysis diagram is an important step to solving the problem. Based upon what we have seen or monitored, we need to change or reinforce our expectations. Our expectations are formed by how we think that the world works. That understanding can be a vague understanding or a deep model of the physics of the problem. There is really no substitute for understanding the physics of a problem. Thus, the important thing in this step is to understand the physics of the problem. What are the interactions between objects and what controls these interactions? Sometimes it is difficult to understand what causes a problem.
Method
Step 1: Study what the subject matter experts have to say: -Search Books, magazines, internet -Talk directly to subject matter experts
Causal Analysis
95
L3-Break Event into Smaller Steps with Process Maps or Story Boards
Whether you are describing a process or a product, you are describing what happens in time. Products are a collection of objects that operate in time. The value of a process map 21 is mostly found in the ability to break a process down into increasingly finer steps. A process map gives a snapshot of the sequence of functions with little reference to causality and may not include all of the possible elements of the system or super-system. If you can story board 22 the problem, sometimes this is even more effective due to the graphic nature of story boards.
ExampleDispensing Tape
Step 1: Describe each step of the process in functional terms. We begin by walking the process in time, as a series of functions. Step 2: Describe the process as a process map or storyboard. It might start with person
Person Positions Base
Person Positions Tape
Person / Blade Cuts Tape
Person Positions Tape
positions base and then the second step could be person positions tape and so on. Step 3: For increased understanding of critical steps, break down process steps into finer detail. In this case, we break down person/blade cuts tape into more detailed
Person / Blade Cuts Tape
Breaks Down To
Person Unrolls Tape
Person Twists Tape
Blade Cuts Tape
steps.
Step 4: Look for functional problems that you have not noticed before. It may not have occurred to us before that a person usually twists the tape to start the cutting process.
21 The first structured process maps were made by Frank Gilbreth and presented to members of ASME in 1921 as the presentation Process ChartsFirst Steps in Finding the One Best Way.
22 The first story boards were created at Disney studios by Webb Smith in the early 1930s. It originated from cartoon panels that were pinned up on a wall to tell a story. The idea of story boards then spread to other studios. The idea is easily adapted to problem solving.
96
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: Consider performing the previous steps graphically with a story board.
L3-Empathy
Method
Step 1: Put yourself in the place of the objects that you are investigating Step 2: Follow through process from beginning to end
L3-Subversion Analysis
Subversion analysis 23 24 or Anticipatory Failure Analysis 25 26 is a way to overcome psychological inertia to discover new ways that a system can fail. This method was first introduced in the approaches for looking for problems. Effectively we ask: If you were a Saboteur, how would you cause the problem?
Method
Step 1: Identify the unwanted effect.. Step 2: Act as if you were a Saboteur, how would you cause the problem given the existing system? How would you keep this from being detected? Find a physical phenomenon that could be used to create or hide the desired effect. Use the Effects Database to perform this. (The effects database is too large to be provided in this material. More complete versions can be found in for-profit software. A simplified version can be found at function.creax.com) Step 3: Identify the required resources to make the effect work at all. For instance, if the effect is mechanical strain, look for objects or resources in the environment that might potentially push on the object. If the resources do not exist, then consider how they might temporarily exist or be formed through chemical reactions, etc. Consider how these harmful resources might exist naturally in small quantities from what is available. If no way can be found then consider that this effect may not be possible. Step 4: If the resources are available then Boost the effect until it is sufficient to cause the problem.
23 Genrich Altshuller, Boris Zlotin, Alla Zusman, Vitalii Filatov. Searching for New Ideas. Kishniev: Kartya Moldovenyaska Publishing House, 1989.
24 Boris Zlotin, Alla Zusman, Solving All Scientific Problems Kishniev: Kartya Moldovenyaska Publishing House, 1989. 25 Stan Kaplan, Finding Failures before They Find Us: An Introduction to The Theory of Scenario Structuring and the Method of Anticipatory Failure Determination. Proceedings of the 9th Symposium on Quality Function Deployment, June, l997. http://www.qfdi.org 26 Kaplan, S., Visnepolschi, S.,Zlotin, B., Zusman, A., 'New Tools for Failure and Risk Analysis; Anticipatory Failure Determination (TM), Ideation International Inc, Detroit, 1999.
Causal Analysis
97
TR IZ P ower T oo ls --Identify the parameters (knobs) of all components (those acting and those being acted upon) which have an effect to make things worse. This means that either the effect of the thing that is acting is boosted or the weakness of the object which is being acted upon becomes worse. --Change these parameters so that the effect becomes large enough to cause harm. Step 5: Repeat all steps with each way that the system could fail.
L2-Catch Missing KnobsTable of Knobs

The first pass through the cause-effect chain will identify the more obvious knobs. However, we can discover new knobs which are not as obvious. Because others may not have considered these knobs, they can sometimes be turned without harmful consequences. The Table of Knobs (Object Parameters) is a restructuring and reinterpretation of the parts of the Inventive Standards 27 which deal with standard approaches for handling common inventive situations. Many of the standards give hints as to object and field parameters (knobs). The concept of knob may be objectionable to some, but is easily learned and so used in the text. The idea is that objects and fields have structure or architectural and functional features which can be varied. Once we know the structure, we can vary the measurable parameters. This is like turning knobs on a device. Apologies are made in advance if the concept of knobs trivializes object and field parameters. Using the Table of Knobs will help the problem solver uncover several unanticipated ways to control the function.
L2-Method
Step 1: Consider whether any of the following knobs controls the situation that you are analyzing: Existence, Number of objects, Location, Movement, Structure, Surface Properties, Bulk Properties, Direction, Field Structure, Adding or Superimposing Fields, Conductivity, Adjustability 28, Timing, Time Variation
ExampleAcid Bath
Step 1: Consider whether any of the following knobs controls the situation that you are analyzing: Existence, Number of objects, Location, Movement, Structure, Surface Properties, Bulk Properties, Direction, Field Structure, Adding or Superimposing Fields, Conductivity, Adjustability, Timing, Time Variation New knobs were found: (1) Acid contact area. (2) Surface area of pan.
Acid Corrodes Pan
27 The Inventive Standards can be found in a variety of texts including Yuri Salamatov, TRIZ: The Right Solution at the Right Time by INSYTEC pages 226-244 28 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
98
Causal Analysis
Table of Knobs
L3-(Existence) Existence
Existence of the tool or product is a controllable feature of the product. The existence of the product is not limited to the whole product, but can be extended to the existence of interaction zones and constituents of the objects involved. Method
Step 1: Consider existence of the tool, its source or its path Step 2: Consider existence of the product, its source or its path Step 3: Consider existence of the interaction site on the tool or product. Step 4: Consider the micro-constituents that interact
L3-(Number of Objects) Number of Like Objects

When identifying object knobs, this is an object parameter that is often overlooked. Objects collected together have interesting properties. Simply collecting the objects together allows for interactions between objects. If the objects are similar, they have the ability to be used in different environments.
Method
Do any of the following changes affect the outcome? (With each of these, new capabilities should emerge) --Number of tool objects --Number of product elements --Orientation of multiplied objects --Combining or interacting of multiplied objects --Variety of size or features of multiplied objects?
Causal Analysis
99
L3-(Number of Objects) Groupings or Combinations of Unlike Objects

Multiple physical phenomena can be used to deliver a function. This allows for the possibility that different types of objects can be involved in delivering a function. These combined objects constitute hybrid tools. On the other end of the function, multiple object types can be served by the same function. The parameter in question can be influenced by the type and number of objects delivering the function or receiving the function. Method
Step 1: Identify another effect/tool which performs the same function. Step 2: What is the feature of the new tool which would extend the capability of the first tool? Step 3: What different types of objects in the environment require the same function?
L3-(Location) Location of Objects

An object parameter that is easily overlooked is the location of the object. The location of objects affects the operating environment. Many factors can be changed by simply changing the location of the objects. Method
Step 1: Define the entire location envelope for the tool and product (What space can the tool and product be located in?) Step 2: Move the tool about in higher dimensions 29. Are the fields affected? Step 3: Move the product about in higher dimensions. Are the fields affected? Step 4: Where are the fields more concentrated? Step 5: Where are the fields of interaction less concentrated? Step 6: Would a completely different location affect the tool or product?
29 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
100
Causal Analysis
L3-(Location) Interaction Zone Location

An object parameter that is sometimes missed is the location of the interaction zone on either the tool or the product. The location of the interaction zone can change the substances and fields involved in the interaction. Method
Step1: Locate the exact zone of the modification on the tool and product. Step 2: Does changing the location affect the fields of the function?
L3-(Location) Relative Location

With this knob, we consider the full range of possibilities from complete separation to fully merging the tool and product. The relative location of the tool and product will almost certainly affect the fields of interaction. Method
Consider the following changes: --Distance --Contact or separation --Location of contact --Mixing of tool and product --Absorption of tool into product --Combining the tool and product
L3-(Movement) Path
The paths that the tool and product move on will affect the interaction fields and cause them to change in time. Method
Step 1: Consider how the interaction fields change as the tool and product move along their separate paths.
Causal Analysis
101
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Consider how the fields change with respect to field potential 30
30 Inventive Principle #12Equipotentiality: Change the condition of the work in such a way that it will not require lifting or lowering an object. Genrich Altshuller, The
Innovation Algorithm page 287.
102
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls What is the path in relation to potential field lines of a field. In order to perform lower work, it is necessary to move along lines of constant field potential. An example of this is moving objects High horizontally rather than up and down to avoid moving Work against gravity. The lines of constant potential in the earths gravitational field are arcs with constant radius from the earths center. To us, this looks like horizontal Low movement. For an electrostatic field between two capacitor Work Potential Lines plates, the lines of constant potential (at the center) run nearly parallel to the plates.
L3-(Movement) Velocity Acceleration or Jerk

This knob considers the absolute and relative velocity, acceleration and jerk (the rate of change of acceleration. It turns out that humans are able to sense the change of acceleration and it can be quite uncomfortable if the jerk is high.) Method
Consider the following: --Velocity or relative velocity --Stopping the tool or product --Acceleration --Rate of change of the acceleration (jerk)
L3-(Structure) Symmetry
Symmetry refers to how half of an object appears to be a reflection of the other half. This reflection can be made around a variety of axis or planes. As long as the reflection is exact about any plane, the object is said to be symmetric. Symmetric objects can generate symmetric fields of interaction. Objects tend to evolve towards un-symmetric structures which are usually more difficult to manufacture than symmetric objects. Method
Consider parameters or knobs which have already been identified. symmetrically located? Consider symmetry or asymmetry 31 of the tool and product Are they
31 Inventive Principle #4Asymmetry: Replace symmetrical form(s) with asymmetrical form(s). If an object is already asymmetrical, increase its degree of asymmetry. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Causal Analysis
103
L3-(Structure) Dimension
Systems which produce useful functions tend to evolve to higher dimensions. Structures which produce harmful functions tend to evolve to lower dimensions. Lower dimensional structures tend to have more minimum fields. An example of moving to a higher dimension is a plan. Method
Consider changing the structure dimension 32 to the next higher dimension for useful effects and to lower dimensions for harmful effects.
L3-(Structure) NestingNestlingThrough
Unless the main function of the system requires a high volume in order to perform well, this can be accomplished by nesting 33objects, nestling them together or making one go through the other. Method
Are objects nested or through each other? If not, these resources are not yet mobilized.
L3-(Structure) Degree of Segmentation

Increasing the degree of segmentation 34 can increase the efficiency of a system. Degree of segmentation can have a large influence on the interaction fields. Systems tend to increase segmentation for useful functions. Method
Would increasing the number of interaction sites improve the function? Can the sites be independent? Consider the effect that the following would have size, shape and aspect ratio if the objects were segmented.:
32 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 33 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 34 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
104
Causal Analysis
L3-(Structure) Voids, Capillary Structures, Foam

Voids 35 capillary structures 36 37 and foam 38 39 40 can have an effect on interactions between objects. It should be noted that the difference between voids and foam is one of ratio between gas and substance. Foam has very little substance and voids have little gas. Capillary structures are somewhere between and can be very structured.
Method
Step 1: Consider the effect of voids in the structure of the tool and the product. Step 2: Consider the effect of porosity or capillary structures in the tool or the product Step 3: Consider the effect of fluids in conjunction with capillary or porous structures Step 4: Consider the effect of either the tool or product being composed of foam or introducing foam between them.
35 STANDARD 5-1-1-1. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a "void" can be used instead of the substance. Notes: A "void is usually gaseous substance, like air, or empty space formed in a solid object. In some cases a "void" may be formed by other substances, such as liquids (foam) or loose bodies. 36 STANDARD 2-2-3. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by transition from a solid object to a capillary porous one. The transition is performed as: solid object -> object with one cavity -> object with multiple cavities (perforated) -> capillary porous object -> capillary porous object with a predefined porous structure. Notes: Transition to a capillary porous object enables a liquid substance to be placed in the pores and use physical effects. Example: A bunch of capillaries apply liquid glue more accurately on a surface to be glued than a single large-sized tube. 37 Inventive Principle #31Porous Material: Make an object porous, or use supplementary porous elements ( inserts, covers, etc.). If an object is already porous, fill poured in advance with some substance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 38 STANDARD 1-2-1. If useful and harmful effects appear between two substances in a SFM and there is no need to maintain a direct contact between the substances, the problem is solved by introducing a third substance between them. Notes: The third substance can also be obtained from the present substances by exposure to the existing fields. In particular, the substance to be introduced can be bubbles, foam, etc. Example: To compact walls of a borehole, gases produced during explosion are used. However, the gases also may cause cracks in the boreholes walls. It is proposed to cover the walls by plasticine that transmits pressure but prevents the walls from crack formation. 39 STANDARD 1-2-2. If there are a useful and a harmful effects between two substances, and there is no need to maintain direct contact between the substances, and it is forbidden or inconvenient to use foreign substances, the problem can be solved by introducing a third substance between the two, which is a modification of the first or the second substances. Note: The third substance can be obtained from the existing substances by exposure to the present fields. In particular, the substance to be introduced can be bubbles, foam, etc. Besides, a modification of the substance may bring about a change in the law of its movement: movable-fixed parts, etc. Example: A hydrodynamic foils surface might be destroyed by a cavitation produced by the friction between the foil and the water when moving at a high speed. It is proposed to refrigerate the surface of the foil. Surrounding water will freeze and form an ice layer on the foil. 40 STANDARD 5-1-4. If it is necessary to introduce a large quantity of a substance, but this is not allowed, a "void" in the form of inflatable structures or foam should be used as the substance. Note: Introduction of foam or inflatable structures resolves a contradiction 'much substance - little substance'
Causal Analysis
105
L3-(Structure) Thickness/Length/Aspect Ratio

The thickness or the length of an object can have a strong effect on interacting fields. In general, objects trend toward smaller lengths and thicknesses as they evolve which makes a better use of resources. When taken together, the length to width ratio gives an aspect ratio. Any one of these three measures of an object may dominate as the controlling factor. Method
Does the thickness of the tool or the product affect the function?
L3-(Structure) Volume
Objects may start with large volumes because the strength of interacting fields may be a strong function of the size. However, they trend toward smaller volumes 41 42 to conserve resources unless their main function is to transport, in which case, the trend is toward greater volumes.
Method
Consider the volume of the tool or product
L3-(Structure) Curvature
The use of spherical structures is a very important tool in TRIZ. Curved structures 43 have special properties. They allow for the precise rotation of objects relative to each other. They also allow for the concentration or dispersion of fields in unique ways. While the constant curvature of objects is very common, non constant curvatures, such as parabolas and ellipses and hyperbolas have unique characteristics. Method
Does the curvature of the tool or product affect the outcome?
41 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 42 This comes from what is sometimes called the STC operator which stands for size, time and cost. When using this concept, the problem solver considers the possibility that the there is no limit to each of these variables and to consider the problem at the extremes of each. In this case, we consider the size or volume of the tool or product only Page 112 of The Innovation Algorithm, Genrich Altshuller. 43 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
106
Causal Analysis
L3-(Surface) Surface Structure

Many functions are controlled by the surface structure 44 of objects. Surface shapes can be rough or smooth. They can also have a fine structure. Surface shapes can have a strong effect on reflection, transmission and dispersion of electromagnetic fields. Many other properties of objects can be changed at the surface in ways that have a strong effect on interaction fields. The table on the next page shows how other properties can effect various fields. Method
Step 1: Identify the primary fields of interaction Step 2: Reference the chart on the following page to identify what surface properties might have an effect on the fields of interaction.
44 The source of this object property is The line of evolution was presented in Invention Machine TM Software.
Causal Analysis
107
Elastic Force Internal & External Creep Coefficient-StrengthElasticity-ToughnessDuctility Centrifugal Force
Gravity Density
Friction ProtrusionsRoughness-Matter State-Friction Couple-Slipperiness Coriolis Force
Adhesive AdhesivenessMatter StateCohesiveness
Inertia of Bodies (Note Direction)
Buoyant force
Hydrostatic Pressure Surface State
Jet Pressure
Surface Tension Bulk PropertiesState-Wetted CircumferenceTemperature Chemical Fields Chemical Reactivity -Surface StateConcentration
Odor & Taste Chemical CompositionSurface State
Diffusion Surface Porosity Surface State
Osmosis Surface Molecular Structure Surface State
Sound
Vibrations & Oscillations
Ultrasound Surface State
Waves
Corona Discharge Surface ProtrusionsRoughness-Surface State
Current Continuity-Surface StateConductivity
Eddy Currents (Internal and skin) Continuity-Surface StateConductivity
Particle Beams State-Chemical Reactivity-Surface Molecular Weight
Surface Property Knobs which Affect these Fields
Thermal Heating or Cooling Surface Protrusions or RoughnessSurface State Electrostatic Field Protrusions Roughness
Thermal Shocks Surface Protrusions or Roughness-
Nuclear Forces Nuclear Particle Type
Magnetic Field
Electromagnetic (Voltage) Continuity Conductivity
Information
Radio Waves Reflectivity-State - Absorbtivity -Emissivity
Micro-waves Reflectivity-State -Absorbtivity -Emissivity
Infrared Reflectivity-State --Absorbtivity -Emissivity
Visible Light Reflectivity-State -Emissivity
Ultra-violet Reflectivity-Emissivity-State -Fluorescence
X-Ray Atomic Weight
108
Causal Analysis
L3-(Surface) Surface Properties

Fields of interaction are modified and controlled surface properties other than surface structure. The table on the previous page gives suggestions as to surface properties that can modify fields of interaction. Method
Step 1: Identify the primary fields of interaction Step 2: Reference the chart on the previous page to identify what surface properties might have an effect on the fields of interaction.
L3-(Surface) Surface Substances

Substances can exist on surfaces which modify the fields of interaction. Such substances can be put there for useful purposes or they can be contaminants. Over the course of time, it is almost a certainty the some type of contaminant will find its way to the surfaces of the product or tool. Method
Can contaminants (solids, liquids or gases) find a way to the surface? (Internal or external paths)
L3-(Bulk) State of Matter

Most substances exist in multiple physical states, even if one of the states is barely perceptible. Because of this, it is possible that the different states of matter will react differently with the fields of interaction. These controlling factors are even stronger when multiple states of matter exist. Look at every tool or product as being composed of at least two states of matter and consider whether less dominant state might be having an effect on the interactions. Method
Consider how the following changes of the physical state 45 or product might affect the interaction or fields: State of the tool State of the Product State of the Environment
46
of the tool
45 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 46 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
Causal Analysis
109
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Note that state of matter controls most fields
L3-(Bulk) Bulk Properties of Substance

Substances of the product and the tool have many native bulk properties 47 48 49. These properties can have strong effects on the interaction fields. In general, it is important that the bulk substances interact strongly with useful fields and weakly with harmful fields. Below is a table of bulk properties. Each property reflects its typical reaction to interacting fields. Method
Identify the current fields throughout the tool or product. What materials are affected by these fields? What are their bulk properties(Properties spread throughout the volume?) Do the bulk properties change these fields? Do the bulk properties have an effect on the functions being performed? Introduce a substance into the environment of the tool or product which allows the ideal properties for control. 50
47 STANDARD 3-2-1. Efficiency of a system at any stage of its evolution can be improved by transition from a macro-level to a micro-level: the system or its part is replaced by a substance capable of delivering the required function when interacting with a field. Notes: There is a multitude of micro-level states of a substance (domains, crystal lattice, molecules, ions, domains, atoms, fundamental particles, fields, etc.). Therefore, various options of transition to a micro-level and various options of transition from one micro-level to another, lower one, should be considered when solving a problem. Example: Instead of a micro-screw, a microscopic table can be positioned by fixing it on a metal rod that is subjected to a thermal field. The rod expands and contracts relatively the value of the temperature due to the effect of thermal expansion. 48 STANDARD 1-1-2. If there is a SFM which is not easy to change as required, and the conditions do not contain any limitations on the introduction of additives to given substances, the problem is to be solved by a transition (permanent or temporary) to an internal complex SFM, introducing additives in the present substances enhancing controllability or imparting the required properties to the SFM. Example: To detect very small drops of liquid (S2) in a liquid (S1), a luminescent substance is added to the liquid (S2) in advance. 49 STANDARD 1-1-3. If there is a SFM which is not easy to change as required, and the conditions contain limitations on the introduction of additives into the existing substances, the problem can be solved by a transition (permanent or temporary) to an external complex SFM, attaching to one of these substances an external substance which improves controllability or brings the required properties to the SFM. Example: To detect a leakage of gases (S1) from a pipe (S2), an outer surface of the pipe is covered with a substance (S3) 50 STANDARD 1-1-4. If there is a SFM that is not easy to change as required, and the conditions contain limitations on the introduction or attachment of substances, the problem has to be solved by synthesizing a SFM using external environment as the substance.
110
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Change the bulk properties by chemically transforming, decomposing, and combining existing materials or by heat treatment. 51
Example of Bulk Properties

Creep Coefficient Strength Elasticity Toughness Ductility Physical State Density Temperature Viscosity Coefficient of restitution Gas Constant Gamma Cohesiveness Chemical Composition Molecular Weight
Ionization Potential Molecular size Ease of Ionization Rarefaction Conductivity Trans Conductance Thermal Conductivity Coefficient of Thermal Expansion Thermal Capacity Dielectric Constant Magnetic Permeability Magnetic Hysteresis Curie Point Permeability Transparency Image Splitting Properties Refractive Index
51 STANDARD 1-1-5. If the external environment does not contain ready substances required to synthesize a SFM, these substances can be obtained by replacing the external environment with another one, or by decomposing the environment, or by introducing additives into the environment. Example: To improve a coefficient of sliding effect, a liquid lubricant is aerated.
Causal Analysis
111
Elastic Force Internal & External Creep Coeff-StrengthElasticityToughness-Ductility-Physical Centrifugal Force Density Gravity Density-State Friction TemperatureViscosity -State Adhesive TemperatureState of Mater
Inertia of Bodies (Note Direction) Density-State-Elasticity Coeff. of Restitution
Coriolis Force Density
Buoyant Force Density-State
Hydrostatic Pressure Gas Constant-StateGamma-Temperature
Jet Pressure Density-State
Surface Tension Cohesiveness-State
Odor & Taste Chemical Composition -State
Diffusion Molecular Weight-State
Osmosis Molecular Size -Ionization Potential-State
Chemical Fields Chemical CompositionConcentration-State
Sound Coeff. of RestitutionViscosity-DensityState
Vibrations & Oscillations Coeff. of RestitutionViscosity-Density-State
Ultrasound Coeff. of Restitution-
Waves Coeff. of RestitutionViscosity-Density-State
Corona Discharge Ease of IonizationRarefaction-State
Current Conductivity-StateTrans-conductance
Eddie Currents (Internal and skin) Conductivity-StateTrans-conductance
Particle Beams Molecular Weight
Bulk Property Knobs which Affect these Fields
Thermal Heating or Cooling Thermal ConductivityCoeff. Thermal Electrostatic Field Dielectric Constant
Thermal Shocks Thermal ConductivityCoeff. Thermal
Nuclear Forces Atomic WeightDensity Temperature
Magnetic Field Magnetic PermeabilityMagnetic HysteresisCurie Point Information
Electromagnetic (Voltage) Permeability-Conductivity Dielectric Constant
Radio Waves TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Micro-waves TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Infrared TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Visible Light TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Ultra-violet X-Ray Transparency-State- Molecular -Image Splitting Weight Refractive index
112
Causal Analysis
L3-(Bulk) Match or Mismatch of Properties

When substances must touch each other, a matching of properties is often necessary to avoid harm. For example, having two substances clamped together with different thermal expansion coefficients can lead to high stresses or high levels of friction. The tool and product should match the properties that matter the most. Not every property is required to match. For instance, clamping two substances with different densities may be fine so long as the thermal coefficients match under conditions of large temperature swings. Examples of properties that are often considered are: Thermal expansion 52, Thermal Conductivity, Electrical Conductivity, Modulus of Elasticity
Method
Step 1: Are the tool and product alike? Step 2: Do the bulk properties match each other? Step 3: For the given situation, consider the properties that must match in the tool and product.
L3-(Bulk) Gradients of Components

The gradient of any property is its rate of change with respect to distance. High gradients change from one value to another over a very short distance. In this case, we are considering the gradient of substance components. An additive to a substance can have a high gradient and thus, the properties vary across the object. This is sometimes important in the control of fields and is similar to the concept of asymmetry of structures in controlling fields. Method
Step 1: Consider the bulk constituents. Can they be made non-uniform 53? Step 2: How would a material gradient affect the internal fields?
52 Inventive Principle #37Thermal Expansion: Use expansion or contraction of material by changing its temperature. Use various materials with different coefficients of thermal expansion. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
53 Inventive Principle #3Local Quality: Transition from homogeneous to heterogeneous structure of an object or outside environment (action). Different parts of an object should carry out different functions. Each part of an object should be placed under conditions that are most favorable for its operation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Causal Analysis
113
L3-(Bulk) Chemical Activity

The chemical activity is a reference to how chemically active the tool is to the product under a given condition. This has greatest emphasis when the main useful functions are involved in a chemical reaction between the tool and the product. The chemical reactivity can be boosted by thermal fields or electrical currents. Method
Consider how chemically reactive the Product is to the Tool. 54
L3-(Field) Field Gradient or Concentration

Field gradient refers to how rapidly a field changes at a point in space. High field gradients mean that the field strength changes rapidly at that point. The efficiency or harm of functions is often related to the uniformity of fields or the structure of the fields. 55 56 Method
Step 1: Draw the field gradients and field potential lines as they currently exist. Consider the following: --Concentration of the field --Rate of change of field gradient --Coherence of field --Interference of field --Field Scatter
54 Inventive Principle #38Accelerated Oxidation: Make transition from one level of oxidation to the next higher level : Ambient air to oxygenated; Oxygenated to oxygen. Oxygen to ionized oxygen. Ionized oxygen to ozoned oxygen. Ozoned oxygen to ozone. Ozone to singlet oxygen. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
55 STANDARD 2-2-5. Efficiency of SFM can be improved by transition from a uniform field or fields with a disordered structure to non-uniform fields or fields with a definite spatial- temporal structure (permanent or variable). Notes: If a certain spatial structure is to be imparted to a substance object, the process can be conducted in a field having a structure that matches the required structure of the substance object. Example: To mix two magnetic powders, a layer of the first powder is put in the layer of the second powder and the non-uniform magnetic field is applied. 56 Inventive Principle #3Local Quality: Transition from homogeneous to heterogeneous structure of an object or outside environment (action). Different parts of an object should carry out different functions. Each part of an object should be placed under conditions that are most favorable for its operation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
114
Causal Analysis
L3-(Field) Field Location

Field location refers to the existence and location of fields in the system and their effect on the functions being performed. Fields which exist in the system can contribute to harm or to good. For instance, the presence of heat during friction can cause chemical reactions to occur in rubbing components or even other attached components. If we were studying the chemical interaction between the tool and the object, then we would necessarily be interested in the thermal fields generated by the friction. Considering the location of the fields adds to our understanding of what is happening. The fields can be on the inside of objects, on their surface or in the surrounding medium. It is important to understand where these field exist and the level of the fields in each location. The concept of being aware of field location 57 58 comes from TRIZ standards. Method
Step 1: Identify substances and constructions which react strongly to the existing fields or that aid or harm the existing interaction Step 2: Identify fields which would react strongly to the existing substances. Step 3: Indentify where the fields reside. Do they reside within; on the surface of; or in the environment of the tool or product?
57 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 58 STANDARD 5-2-1. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM, one should use first of all the present fields for whom the media are those substances that form the system or its part. Note: The use of substances and fields which already present in the system improves the systems ideality: number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-2. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM and it is not possible to use the fields which already present in the system, one should use the fields of the external environment. Note: The use of external environment fields (gravitation, thermal field, pressure...) improves the systems ideality: the number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-3. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM but it is impossible to use the fields which already present in the system or in the external environment, one should use the fields for whom the substances present in the system or external environment can act as media or sources. Notes: In particular, if there are ferromagnetic substances in a system and they are used for mechanical purposes, it is possible to use their magnetic properties in order to obtain additional effects: improve interactions between components, obtain information on the state of the system, etc.
Causal Analysis
115
L3-(Field) Conductivity of Medium

The conductance 59 of the medium in which the fields must operate can control the affect of the function. The medium refers to the substance that contains the tool or product whether that be a solid, liquid or gas or even a vacuum. The conductivity of the medium can have a strong impact on the fields and their distribution in space. For instance, electromagnetic fields would be strongly influenced by electrically conductive materials in the vicinity. Method
Step 1: What medium surrounds or is between the tool and product? Step 2: Draw field potential lines and gradients Step 3: How does the conductivity of the medium affect the interaction?
L3-(Field) Field Direction

Field direction 60 refers to the direction that actions will take when influenced by a field. If one knows the field gradient, then the field direction is perpendicular to the field gradient lines. The direction of a magnetic field between two infinite plates emanates perpendicular to the two parallel surfaces and is related to the charge of the plates (assuming constant charge distribution). The field direction has a direct effect of the function of the tool on the product. Method
Step 1: Identify the field gradients and potential lines Step 2: Identify the field direction as being perpendicular or orthogonal to the field gradient lines. Step 3: Identify whether the field direction is important to the function at hand. Step 4: Does varying the field direction in time affect the function?
Static
Dynami
Scannin
59 The concept of conductance was first introduced to the author by Invention Machine software graphics which showed how fields could be modulated by the medium that was placed between the tool and the product to decrease or amplify the effect of the field. 60 The concept of changing the field direction was first introduced to the author by Invention Machine software graphics which showed how fields direction could be changed by the graphics shown.
116
Causal Analysis
L3-(Field) Variety or Separation of Field Components

Many fields come as combinations of different field regimes. For instance sunlight is a continuation of frequencies which can be separated into different frequencies. Some field components may be harmful or less useful. It is also possible that more regimes can be helpful. Method
Step 1: Can the field be broken into various components by direction, Frequency or Variety of Fundamental Fields? Step 2: Identify the truly useful components Step 3: What properties of the product or tool affect the variety of field components? --Transmission of frequency --Absorption of frequency --Reflection of frequency --Anisotropy of Medium --Resonance properties of medium
L3-(Adjustability) Adjustability
The efficiency of systems is generally increased by increasing the degrees of freedom 61 and ultimately the flexibility. 62 Adjustability first comes from the increase in degrees of freedom. This can occur by adding a joint or making an object flexible. It can come from increasing the number of variables that are varied in order to control a final result.
61 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 62 STANDARD 2-2-4. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by increasing the degree of dynamics of SFM, i.e. by transition to a more flexible, rapidly changing structure of the system. Notes: Making a substance dynamic starts with dividing it into two joint-coupled parts and continues along the following line: One joint -> many joints -> flexible object. A field can be made more dynamic by transition from a permanent field (or of the field together with a substance) to a pulsed field. Example: A door made of hinged segments -> "Accordion" door ->.
Causal Analysis
117
Method
Step 1: Are important control parameters adjustable? Step 2 Which of the features of the tool, product or field can be made adjustable 63?
L3-(Adjustability) Flexibility
Everything is flexible 64 . Look at the system as a collection of springs, masses and dampers that go in every direction, sort of like bed springs. Materials are flexible in all directions, however the structure of an object will make it more flexible in some directions. The flexibility of the tool or product can affect the adjustability of the interaction or make the system more robust. Remember that the state of matter affects the flexibility of materials.
Method
Consider the flexibility of the tool and how it affects the fields relating to the problem.. Consider the flexibility of the product and how it affects the fields relating to the problem. Consider the direction of flexibility and how it affects the fields relating to the problem. Consider how the state of matter affects the flexibility.
L3-(Adjustability) Operation Near Critical Point

For many physical phenomena, there are critical points 65 which cause an abrupt change of properties when they are crossed. For example, when the temperature of water reaches the boiling point, large amounts of vapor are generated. Many of the properties of water vapor and water are different. We can think of the boiling point of water as a critical point. When interactions occur near critical points, more effect occurs for smaller changes in inputs. Thus, efficiency of system operation can be increased by operating near critical points.
63 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 64 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 65 STANDARD 5-4-1. If an object is to be alternating between different physical states, the transition is performed by the object itself using reversible physical transformations, e.g. phase transitions, ionization-recombination, dissociation-association, etc. Note: A dynamic balance providing for the process self-adjustment or stabilization may be maintained in the dual-phase state. STANDARD 5-4-2. If it is necessary to obtain a strong effect at the system's output, given a weak effect at the input, the transformer substance is placed to a condition close to critical. The energy is stored in the substance, and the input signal acts as a "trigger".
118
Causal Analysis
Phase Transitions 66 are another example of critical points. To the right is a nonexhaustive table of critical points for various physical phenomena. One can often construe a critical point for nearly every physical phenomenon. Method
Does the feature have a natural critical condition or threshold, such as boiling point or Curie temperature?
Critical Points Sheer Strength Ultimate Strength Tip Angle Static Friction Adhesive Failure point Zero Buoyancy Triple point Surface Tension Resonant Frequency Spark point Freezing point Boiling point Curie temperature
Human Critical Points Temperature threshold; Pressure threshold Auditory threshold Olfactory threshold Personal space violation Speed threshold Altitude threshold Visual thresholds Startling point Discomfort (perception that something is out of place) Equilibrium threshold
Can a critical condition or threshold be created for a feature which does not normally have one, such as a bi-stable condition? If the function is useful, operation near the critical condition can trigger large results. If the function is harmful, operating far away from the critical point reduces the effect.
L3-(Direction) Direction of Action

This is not to be confused with the direction of fields. The direction of action is the direction of the resulting interaction between the tool and the product. For instance, if the product moves, it is the direction of movement. Method
Step 1: Identify current direction of action. Step 2: Does the direction of action have an effect on the function?
L3-(Direction) Relative Orientation

The relative orientation is how the product and tool face each other. To the right of the diagram is shown a non-exhaustive variety of orientations. Do they both face the same or opposite directions? Are they crosswise of each other? The relative orientation is another way of looking at the orientation of the fields of action.
66 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
Causal Analysis
119
Method
Try different rotational 67 orientations, relative to each other. Consider differences between linear and rotary motion.
L3-(Direction) Reversal of Relative Action

Reversal of action 68refers to doing the opposite action rather than the action that is being performed. We could say that instead of pushing we pull, but it needs to be thought of as more than this. What we are saying is that if an action is performed, it is performed relative to something. That something changes instead. Instead of the mechanic moving to get under the car, the car is lifted relative to the mechanic. A collar is heated to expand it to go over a rod. Now the rod is cooled so that the collar can fit over it. Method
Step 1: What is the action performed relative to? Step 2: What constitutes the reverse of the current action?
L3-(Direction) Movement Relative to Field Gradients

When objects move, they not only move relative to other objects, but they also move relative to fields and field gradients. Gravity is a field gradient. The closer we get to the earth, the greater its pull. When we move relative to field gradients, we do work which is usually a burden on the system. Moving up or down in a gravity field requires work which is proportional to the distance moved. Fortunately, this is reversible since gravity is a field that conserves energy. No matter how we move in the field, it always retains the same direction, making the energy flow reversible. Since it takes work to move across field gradients, it is often possible to move along field gradients and avoid performing work. For instance, if motion can be done in such a way that neither moves up or down, then the work performed against gravity is not required. An example of this is the movement of heavy objects on wheels or rotated on their center of gravity. Acceleration of the mass, either rotationally or horizontally requires energy, but no energy is required to move it up or down. The same is true of many other field types that are conserving. Some field types are not conserving. For instance, fields which change with a change of direction of motion. Friction
67 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 68 Inventive Principle #13Do It in Reverse: Instead of the direct action dictated by a problem, implement an opposite action (i.e., cooling instead of heating). Make the
movable part of an object, or outside environment, stationary and stationary part moveable. Turn an object upside-down 287.
Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page
120
Causal Analysis
is a notorious example of this. Energy lost by friction is difficult to recover for this reason. The question that we are asking with this tool is: are we moving along gradient lines or against them which requires energy input. Method
Draw the field lines and the equipotential lines 69 Does either object move or rotate 70 through a field gradient? What direction do they move relative to the gradient?
L3-(Timing) Continuity of Operation

Efficiency of a function is a function of the percentage of time that the function is performed 71. If the attribute that is being examined has to do with efficiency of operation or the overall value of the function performed, then this feature of timing will have a controlling effect. Method
Does the Tool Follow a Path? Does the Tool perform the function on the entire path, both coming and going? Is the function at full load (always operating)? Have dummy runs and downtimes been eliminated?
L3-(Timing) Different Time

Sometimes the only difference between a harmful function and a useful function is when it is performed. If the conditions under which a function occurs can change with time, then so can the variables that control the outcome.
69 Inventive Principle #12Equipotentiality: Change the condition of the work in such a way that it will not require lifting or lowering an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 70 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 71 Inventive Principle #20Continuity of Useful Action: Carry out an action without a break. All parts of the objects should constantly operated at full capacity. Remove idle and intermediate motion. Replace "back-and-forth" motion with a rotating one. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288
Causal Analysis
121
Method
Step 1: Process Map the changing conditions over time. Step 2: Does the requirement for the function vary over time? Step 3: If the process is continuous, can it be changed to periodic action 72? Step 4: Could other tools help out at another time? Step 5: If the modification is performed as a step in a process, can the sequence be varied?
L3-(Timing) Partial Modification

Functions are shorthand for processes. Any function can be separated into parts. The efficiency of a function may be controlled by when the parts of a function are performed. It is possible to perform part 73 of a function at one time and the rest at other times. It is also possible to perform parts of the function at the same time or in parallel. Method
Step 1: Can the modification be broken into two (or more) stages? Step 2: Can the operation be broken into parallel processes?
L3-(Timing) Addition or Subtraction of Other Functions

With a function diagram of the system, it is possible to see all of the functions that other objects perform, both inside and outside the system. If an object performs a function in the system, it is sometimes possible to have that object perform a similar function on other system objects. It is also possible to decouple functions (both useful and harmful).
72 Inventive Principle #19Periodic Action: Replace a continuous action with a periodic one (impulse). If the action is already periodic, change its frequency. Use pauses between impulses to provide additional action. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 73 Inventive Principle #10Prior Action: Perform required changes to an object completely or partially in advance. Place objects in advance so that they can go into action immediately from the most convenient location. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
122
Causal Analysis
Method
Step 1: Identify other functions performed on the tool, product and field. Step 2: Does uncoupling these other functions affect the interaction? Step 3: Would coupling other functions such as vibration affect the outcome?
L3-(Timing) Uninterrupted Operation

Systems are more efficient when operations are performed continuously 74. This may require that a tool in the system be capable of handling biased products or even different products that require the function. This is particularly true for systems that manufacture goods.
Method
Step 1: Are all parts of the system at full load? Step 2: Have dummy runs and downtimes been eliminated?
L3-(Timing) Incompatible Operations

Efficiency is increased when one incompatible operation is performed during the pauses of the other. 75 76 Method
Step 1: Identify incompatible operations Step 2: Identify their timing relative to each other. Is the timing necessary?
74 Inventive Principle #20Continuity of Useful Action: Carry out an action without a break. All parts of the objects should constantly operated at full capacity. Remove idle and intermediate motion. Replace "back-and-forth" motion with a rotating one. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 75 STANDARD 2-3-3. If we are given two incompatible actions, e.g. changing and measuring, one action should be performed during the pauses of another one. In general, pauses in one action should be filled with another useful action. Example: To provide accuracy of contact welding, measurements are conducted during the pauses between the pulses of an electrical current. 76 Inventive Principle #19Periodic Action: Replace a continuous action with a periodic one (impulse). If the action is already periodic, change its frequency. Use pauses between impulses to provide additional action. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
Causal Analysis
123
L3-(Timing) Storage of Action or Field

Many actions are stored or at least delayed in their delivery. As stated, the timing of actions has much to do with how harmful or useful they are. An action can be harmful because it is delayed or not. Here we consider what storage or delay action currently exists. In particular, it is possible that actions are already being stored in field storage elements of the system, or they are slowly building up due to oscillations of the function. Method
Step 1: Identify the main fields of the function. Step 2: Consult the next page for ways to store this field Step 3: Is this field stored, even for an instant in the tool, product or in space? (Is there a lag between field generation and application?) Step 4: Is there energy storage in oscillations?
124
Causal Analysis
Gravity Height of Objects Weight or Density Friction Adhesive
Elastic Force Internal & External Springs Elastic Media State Centrifugal Force Momentum
Inertia of Bodies (Note Direction) Momentum
Coriolis Force Momentum
Buoyant Force Average Density of Buoyant Object
Hydrostatic Pressure Pressure Vessel
Jet Pressure Fluid Momentum
Surface Tension Surface Tension Area
Odor & Taste Container
Diffusion Pressure Vessel
Osmosis Container
Chemical Fields Explosives Chemical Potential
Sound Oscillation Chamber-Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Vibrations & Oscillations Oscillation Chamber--Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Ultrasound Oscillation Chamber-Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Waves Oscillation Chamber-Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Corona Discharge Low Field Vacuum
Current Inductance Super-conducting media
Eddie Currents (Internal and skin) Inductance Super-conducting media
Particle Beams Low Field Vacuum
Storage Property Knobs which Affect these Fields
Thermal Heating or Cooling Thermal Mass Thermal Capacity-State Electrostatic Field Capacitance-- Piezo Electric Materials
Thermal Shocks Thermal Mass of Two Objects ExpansionThermal Capacity--State
Nuclear Forces Radio-active Materials
Magnetic Field Permanent Magnet
Electromagnetic (Voltage) Separation Space
Information Data Fields
Radio Waves Separation Space Oscillating Circuits
Micro-waves Separation Space Oscillating Circuits
Infrared Separation Space Hot Objects
Visible Light Separation Space Hot Objects Fluorescence
Ultra-violet X-Ray Separation Space Separation Hot Objects Space Fluorescence Radioi
Causal Analysis
125
L3-(Time Variation) Speed

The speed at which an action is performed can have a strong impact on many sub-steps to the action. Since all interactions and functions are processes and functions are shorthand for processes, there may be several steps that occur when an action is performed. Performing an action very rapidly may preclude other actions from occurring at the same time. Performing it very slowly may allow for other actions to be performed during the action time or, at least, performed more completely. Method
Step 1: Story board or process map the process. Step 2: What actions can be performed more completely if the action is performed more slowly? Step 3: What actions can be excluded if the function is performed more rapidly. If the modification were performed more rapidly 77, would other harmful functions be precluded? Step 4: How are the fields changed by performing the modification at different speeds?
L3-(Time Variation) Discrete or Continuous

When it is difficult to perform a useful function at all, the ability to perform it may be a function of continuity. Generally, functions move from discrete instances to continuous operation. In order to create a function, it may be necessary to go through the discrete 78 stage first in order to perform it at all. Method
Step 1: Is it not possible to perform a function continuously? Is existence of the function controlled by whether it is discrete or continuous? Step 2: Can the Tool be Multiplied or segmented 79 into separate pieces?
77 Inventive Principle #21Rushing Through: Perform harmful and hazardous operations at a very high speed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 78 This method is an adaptation of STANDARD 4-1-3. If a problem involves detection or measurement, and the problem cannot be changed to eliminate the need for measurement, and it is impossible to use copies or pictures, it is proposed to transform this problem into a problem of successive detection of changes. Notes: Any measurement is conducted with a certain degree of accuracy. Therefore, even if the problem deals with continuous measurement, one can always single out a simple act of measurement that involves two successive detections. This makes the problem much simpler. Example: To measure a temperature, it is possible to use a material that changes its color depending on the current value of the temperature. Alternatively, several materials can be used to indicate different temperatures.. In this case, we are considering the more general case of useful functions and performing them in discrete steps. 79 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
126
Causal Analysis
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Can each piece move into action in discrete steps or into fixed positions or amplitudes. Step 4: If the action is discrete, can it be made continuous?
L3-(Time Variation) Time Variance or Pulse

The outcome of a function may be controlled by the variation in timing or the shape 80 of the application of fields. Functions become more efficient when the fields become more controllable and can vary as the conditions vary.
Method
Step 1: How is the interaction affected if you could continuously vary the action in time? Step 2: If it can be continuously varied, consider pulsing the action.
L3-(Time Variation) Pulsation or Oscillation

All matter and many fields oscillate. The oscillations may be very small and sometimes nearly undetectable. Assume that the objects of study are oscillating. Actions can be stored or amplified by oscillating the action, the object or the tool. Here we consider whether oscillations are taking place and what controls these oscillations. Method
Step 1: What oscillations 81 82 are already occurring in the tool, product, action (modification) or fields? Look for small oscillations or oscillations within the bulk matter itself. Step 2: Is the interaction affected by pulsing or oscillating the tool, product or field? Step 3: Is a feature or an attached object of the tool or product being oscillated? Step 4: How do the natural frequencies of the tool and product affect the interaction?
80 STANDARD 2-2-4. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by increasing the degree of dynamics of SFM, i.e. by transition to a more flexible, rapidly changing structure of the system. Notes: Making a substance dynamic starts with dividing it into two joint-coupled parts and continues along the following line: One joint -> many joints -> flexible object. A field can be made more dynamic by transition from a permanent field (or of the field together with a substance) to a pulsed field. Example: A door made of hinged segments -> "Accordion" door ->. 81 Inventive Principle #18Mechanical Vibration: Utilize oscillation. If oscillation exists, increase its frequency to ultrasonic. Use the frequency of resonance. Replace mechanical vibrations with Piezo-vibrations. Use ultrasonic vibrations in conjunction with an electromagnetic field. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 82 Inventive Principle #19Periodic Action: Replace a continuous action with a periodic one (impulse). If the action is already periodic, change its frequency. Use pauses between impulses to provide additional action. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
Causal Analysis
127
L2-Relative To
Here is yet another way to find knobs. One might ask why we need so many knobs. The discovery of new knobs is quite important. Sometimes we are able to find knobs that nobody else has found. When we turn knobs, we find new solutions. It can be appreciated that a newcomer may feel overwhelmed by the number of independent variables in each situation. Having more options is a good thing. You can have some consolation in knowing that in the end, we will most likely only turn a few knobs to find the solution. Here, we are still exploring what is available. Every knob is measured relative to something. Consider changing that something instead.
Method
Step 1: Let us pick one box in particular. Step 2: What is this parameter compared to? The answer to this question in the new knob. Step 3: Look through all of the boxes to determine whether there are more relative to knobs.
ExampleAcid Bath
By this point, we realize that there are a number of knobs involved in the acid bath problem. Step 1: Let us pick one box in particular. The hours of use are high: 1500 hours Step 2: What is this parameter compared to? The answer to this question in the new knob. Answer: Number of Cubes and the total oven time. These are new knobs.
Cool down and warm up time is high Acid Reaction Time is High 1500 Hrs Hours of Use is High
16 Hours
Number of cubes is low
Capacity of Tray is Small
Step 3: Look 10 cubes 4 Hours 1500 Hrs through all of the boxes to determine whether there are more relative to knobs.
10 Cubes
A completed causal analysis diagram is shown below. The implied contradictions are included to underscore the point that they are also valid contradictions. Normally, these diagrams would be shown without the implied contradictions, for brevity.
128
Causal Analysis
Corrosion of Corrosion of Cubes is Cubes is Present absent
?? Corrodes Cube
Acid Doesnt Exist
Acid Exists
No Contact
Earth Pulls Acid
Force of Gravity is High
Force of Gravity is Low
Pan Doesnt Exist
Pan Exists
Acid Corrodes Pan
Pan Material is Glass
Amount of Material is Low
Vgol
old
??? Positions Acid
Hours of Use Hours of Use is Low is High
Rate of Corrosion is Low
Material Cost is Low
Mat
Ma
Location of Location of Acid is Acid is effective and ineffective or safe harmful
Frequency of Frequency of Replacement Replacement is High is Low
Cost per Replacement is Low
Labor Cost is High
$
$
La
Cost of Cost of Replacement Replacement is High is Low
L2-Verify Causes (and Maybe the Solution)

When we can turn the problem off and on by changing parameters, then we have a stronger case for a solution. Some would say that we now know the solution. Well, not actually. Often, we find a knob that, if turned, will solve the problem. Unfortunately, another problem gets worse. On the other hand, we may find that there are easily turned knobs. These knobs solve the problem without causing any significant problems. If this is the case and you do not need more solutions, then you may be done with problem solving. You can move on to the implementation. In cases where there are many time constraints, this may be prudent. On the other hand, if we need a number of solution alternatives or we want to simplify the system at the same time, then we should consider going to the next step of the algorithm and begin solving the problem in earnest.
L2-Method
Step 1: Perform tests to verify that you can turn the problem off and on by changing the parameters of the system. Causal Analysis 129
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: If nothing gets worse, then you have a solution. Step 3: Verify that there are no loose ends. All evidence should be self-consistent and tell the same story.
130
Causal Analysis
Causal Analysis
131
L1-Solve by Simplifying
Simplicity is the ultimate sophistication. ~Leonardo DaVinci Solutions should Simplify
Patients with diseases make good analogies when it comes to performing causal analysis. The doctor attempts to go beyond the symptoms to find out what is causing the problem. What went wrong? The doctor probes carefully considering all symptoms until the source of the problem is found. When it comes to solutions, however, the doctor-patient analogy begins to fail. With living patients, a doctor performing a surgical procedure will attempt to preserve as much of the patient as possible. With man-made systems we want to preserve the least amount of the system possible to still get the job done. This is because technical systems impose human burdens. Radical surgery is better than preserving the system so long as we dont sacrifice performance. This is the hallmark of TRIZ solutions and of all good designs. The second axiom of Axiomatic 83 design tells us that good designs impose the fewest requirements for information exchanges. In simpler terms, good designs require fewer functions and are therefore more simple. Regardless of what we do, either the system or super-system should become simpler. (This means that it is fine for the system to become more complex if the super-system (Job) becomes less complex).
To Jump or not to Jump

The decision to jump to a new system rather than evolving the given system is based upon the constraints for solving the problem. When we reviewed requirements we also considered the constraints on the problem solving process. We considered how much time we had; how much budget we had to work with; how many alternatives we needed to generate. From these, we have a pretty good idea how much we will be allowed to change the system. It is easy to assume that jumping to a new system will take more resources, but this is conditional. Jumping to a new system may mean removing elements and simplifying the system. Removing flawed elements from our system can be worth the additional problem solving time, even if there is little time to solve the problem. Simplification can remove several problems including the one that we are faced with. We have just done a causal analysis. We understand why everything is needed in the system. Often, objects related to the problem are only required because something else is not doing its job. It may not be doing its job because of a problem hidden in the system that has not been solved. If we solve this problem, the requirement for other elements may go away. The system becomes simpler at the same time that we are improving it. This is elegance. On the other hand there are changes that simplify that will likely require more solution resources. It is almost certain that changing the physical phenomenon that delivers the main function will generate many unanticipated problems. It is not likely that we will really consider this if there is a short fuse. In summary, jumping to a new system can take more time and effort than evolving the given system. On the other hand, the offset in system complexity can often save time. The final answer to this question is that it takes
83 Suh Nam Pyo of MIT, The Principles of Design, Oxford University Press, 1990,
132
Solve by Simplifying
TR IZ P ower T oo ls experience to know how far to go. Even with experience, we can never know for certain if we have gone too far or far enough because there is no way to follow all solution paths.
Ideal Results and Machines

To jump to a new system, we are not willy-nilly brainstorming new systems. We want to find a more ideal machine which achieves the required performance while using the minimum resources. Jumping to a new system may seem risky. For example the aviation industry likes slow change due to safety regulations. While slow change gives more predictable results, certain types of radical change are not very risky. Lets consider why jumping makes sense even in environments which are very conservative. To make a point about jumping to more ideal states than the current machine, Altshuller presents a problem posed by D. Poia. 84 How can you bring exactly six liters of water from a river using two buckets, one of four liters, the other of nine liters? It is obvious that pouring water by guessing from one bucket to the other is prohibited. The problem has to be solved using the exact measuring capacity of the two buckets. I offered this problem to students at seminars before we began to study the methodology of searching for a solution. The results never differed from Poias conclusion. Attempts to solve the problem without our systematical approach looked like this: What if we do this? The correct solution appeared after many what ifs. Altshuller compares this to the way that technical problems are often solved, by starting with a mental image of familiar machines and then trying many what ifs to improve it. Eventually, a solution is reached, but after many trials. This method ultimately leads to solutions that resemble the starting point with added complexity. He then suggests that there is a better way to solve problems that require guess work: namely, start with the solution. Altshuller then applies this to the water bucket problem. It is required that one of the buckets contains six liters. Obviously this could only be the large bucket. So, an Ideal Final Result would be to have the large bucket filled with six liters. For that, it is necessary to fill the large bucket (with a capacity of nine liters), and then pour out three liters. If the second bucket had a capacity of three rather than fourliters, the problem would immediately be solved. However, the second bucket has a four-liter capacity. To make it a three-liter bucket requires filling it in advance with one liter. Then it becomes possible to pour three liters out of the large bucket. Therefore, the original problem is now reduced to another, much easier one: Measure one liter of water with the help of the two existing pails. This creates no difficulty because 9 (4+4) = 1. We can fill the large bucket and then pour out four liters twice into the small bucket. After that, one liter of water will be left in the large bucket. We can now dump that one liter into the empty small bucket.
84
Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm, Technical Innovation Center, Page 127 133
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The four-liter bucket now becomes a three-liter bucketexactly what we need. We fill the large bucket once more to its rim, and then pour off three liters into the small bucket. Six liters of water will now be left in the large bucket. The problem is solved. Altshuller goes on to state that the pattern of starting with an ideal solution can be extended to solving inventive problems. One must start with a model of a preferred final state and then proceed by improving upon this model. If an inventor starts by stating an Ideal Final Result, then an ideal concept is taken as the basic model. This model is now already simplified and improved. Further mental experiments will not be aggravated by a burden of habitual mental forms. These experiments immediately get the best perspective for their direction: The inventor tries to reach the highest results by the least means possible. 85 The idea of starting with a model of an ideal solution is often used unconsciously by successful inventors.
How Many Ideal Final States Do we Need?

In the above dialogue, Altshuller referred to an Ideal Final Result (IFR). If you have studied TRIZ, it is very likely that you have been exposed to this concept. Over the years, the concept of the Ideal Final Result has changed and become more specialized, especially as it relates to contemporary ARIZ 86. Nevertheless, there has always been a quest to identify at least one ideal final state that would serve as a guide post to the problem solver or inventor. The idea was that the problem solver should never give up on achieving this ideal final state. Letting go of this vision of the final state would lead down perilous paths. Early TRIZ theorists and practitioners strove for a best way to represent the final state. As an example, Altshuller poses the IFR for a situation which involves painting the inside of a pipe. 87 If, for instance, we are talking about a device to paint the internal surface of a pipe The ideal result, in this case, must be formulated differently: Paint comes by-itself into a tube and by-itself evenly covers the tubes internal surface. (Italics added). Notice that this formulation precludes other final states which are potentially more ideal. For instance, what if the pipe does not require painting at all or it comes already painted? These are also viable solution paths. If Altshuller had only considered the condition that the painting was not required, he would then be precluding the less ideal state of the paint coming inside the tube by itself. Either state is much more ideal than the starting system that required humans to paint the inside of a pipe. The conclusion is that there may be multiple states which are far more ideal than the starting state of the system. However, these states are not equal. Each has to be judged on its own merits, given the situation and the limitations on solving the problem.
85 86
Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm, Technical Innovation Center, Page 128
ARIZ refers to the Algorithm for the Solution of Inventive Problems. Altshuller and his associates created different versions through the years. The most recent being ARIZ-85c. 85 refers to the year it was formalized and c refers to the revision. ARIZ is a structured way to expose and resolve conflicts in systems and to apply the basic tools of TRIZ to solve problems. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm, Technical Innovation Center, page 129 Solve by Simplifying
87
134
TR IZ P ower T oo ls This highlights an interesting question for TRIZ theorists. Is there an advantage to having multiple ideal paths in which some are more ideal than others? As solution paths proliferate, some TRIZ theorists become uncomfortable. Some would say that this puts us back to the state of having many solution paths and ultimately many options to pick from, which seems uncomfortably close to trial and error problem solving. The conclusion of this text is that multiple ideal paths are allowable if not necessary. The need for multiple solution paths comes from a practical aspect of solving problems and inventing. We cannot know what problems must be confronted as we continue down any particular solution path. For instance, it may turn out that manufacturing the tube such that it does not require painting might require a lot of research into material corrosion. We may feel confident that with our skills, the solution will ultimately be reached, but the availability of time and money resources could doom this research-based approach! It might turn out that using paint on the inside of the tube is very acceptable and will keep the initial problem at bay for many years.
Define Simpler
In order to lay the groundwork for what will be suggested, it is important that we can see the concept of simplicity on a multitude of levels. When we talk about how simple or complex a system is, we are generally referring to the number of functional objects in a system. Functional objects are object groups that modify other object groups. We have already talked about functions and their importance in system modeling. When we describe a system as being complex, we are generally stating that there are a lot of objects and more specifically, there are more functions. When we jump to a simpler system, we are envisioning a system that has fewer functions and consequently, parts or objects. As a note of warning, once we achieve fewer objects, we then want to idealize the object parameters to get the most out of these objects. Interestingly, the objects parameters may become less simple to manufacture in order to achieve the highest level functionality. For instance, the objects may become asymmetric and therefore more difficult to manufacture. We can pick up an object such as a cube and say that it is more simple than a prism. In this case, what we mean is that it is usually easier to make a cube than a prism, although a prism may have fewer surfaces. Rods are simpler to manufacture than cones. In each of these cases, we are referring to the simplicity of reproducing object parameters. However, this type of simplicity is not what we are talking about when we refer to the complexity of a system. We are referring to the number of functions required by the system to get a job done. We should also note that there are times that our system will necessarily become more complex. This seems to break the rule that simple is better. It is sometimes necessary to make a system more complex in order to make the super-system (job) simpler. This helps to explain the cyclic nature of system complexity where systems seem to become more and more complex before something happens to drive the system to fewer consolidated objects. We should not chalk this up to poor designs, especially if they survive. It is more likely that the added complexity makes the super-system more simple in some way. On the whole, the world should be simpler when we are done. We can systematically accomplish this be first simplifying the super-system and then its sub-systems. This is the subject of another book and will not be considered further here.
A Structured Approach to Simplifying: Idealizing Functions

In the introduction to this series of books, the concept of a Hierarchy of Decisions was introduced. One part of this hierarchy is repeated over and over, the idealization of functions. Whether we are creating a system, overhauling a system or fixing a problem with the system, we use tools to focus in on one function at a time. When we create a system, we add a function at a time. When we overhaul the system, we identify burdensome functions that must be changed. In each case, we are focusing on a function which we would like to make as ideal as possible. Functions state changes that occur in time or results. If we use a function to describe the final state of an objects attributes, then we are describing a result. If we are describing an ideal result, then we are describing an idealized Solve by Simplifying 135
TR IZ P ower T oo ls function. Just as a method can be proposed to work the bucket problem backward, so a path is proposed to work backwards from the ideal final state of an inventive situation. This is effectively accomplished in the following steps for idealizing a useful function: Step 1: Identify an ideal product. Step 2: Identify an ideal modification (Step 1 and 2 give the ideal result. The path to this result is stated in the next two steps). Step 3: Identify potential ideal physical phenomena to deliver the function. Step 4: Identify an ideal tool to deliver the physical phenomena. (This completes the traditional IFR by stating a means to the ideal result.) Step 5: Idealize the Attributes of the Objects and Fields. (Now we start to consider the ideal attributes of new objects. When we added objects for the product and tool, we created mental models of these parts of the system. This added problems that now need to be addressed.) Step 6: Resolve the resulting contradictions. (This step considers the ideal distribution of the properties of the object, further solidifying mental images of the system into more ideal states). These steps are for working with useful functions. The order is changed slightly for working with informing and harmful functions. It is notable that many of the Solution Standards and other TRIZ tools were already stated in functional language. Suggestions for how we might find a more ideal functional part come from a restructuring and reinterpretation of the parts of the Solution Standards that deal with eliminating, redefining or replacing system parts (object resources). Idealizing Functions is the convergence the Ideal Final Result, Function Analysis, and the Solution Standards. Thus, there was a ready supply of approaches to describe the final state.
What about Beginners?

We have just finished a causal analysis. Perhaps obvious solutions have become apparent. It is natural want to start solving the problem by turning knobs. This is fine for beginners that are uncomfortable working with functions, but remember that jumping to a new system can be a very powerful way to solve problems. Since jumping to a new system involves working with functions, you should be comfortable with functions. If you are a beginner, consider reviewing the chapter which describes working with functions. When you are ready, come back and start the problem solving process here, rather than resolving contradictions. Whatever systems we create in this section are further evolved when we go to resolving contradictions. This means that if we decide to skip this step and go to evolving the current system, everything will still be in order. Whatever system that we come up with needs to be evolved to a practical stage. This means that it must meet all of the requirements for the product or process.
L1-Method
Step 1: Pick a useful, informing or harmful function that needs to be improved Step 2: If the function is useful: Look for ways to avoid performing the function in the first place. Find out why the offending parts are needed. Remove the need for these parts. Find a way to avoid needing the offending parts by reversing the situation or doing things at a different time. Consider using a different physical phenomenon that does not 136 Solve by Simplifying
TR IZ P ower T oo ls require the offending parts. Consider simply removing one of the offending elements and allowing other elements of the system or the surrounding system to take over their useful function. Step 3: If the function is a informing (measurement or detection) problem: Look for ways that the observer is not required. Look for ways to avoid measurement such as premeasurement. Find out why the measurement is required and remove the reason. Consider using a different physical phenomenon that does not require the offending parts. Consider ways to put a substance or field in the detected object and measuring that instead. Step 4: If the function is harmful: Find out why the harming parts are needed and then remove the need for these parts. If the harming part is a system tool that performs a useful function then remove the tool and find something else in the system to perform the function.
L2-Pick the Functions to Idealize

If you have decided to perform a simplified causal analysis, the number of functions will usually be limited and it is likely that all of the functions should be considered. If you have diagramed the need for targeted elements then you need to pick important functions from this analysis to idealize. If you have performed the full causal analysis, there may be a lot of options from which to pick. With all of these options in mind, we want to get the most effect for our effort. We want to idealize functions in such a way that the base problem is completely resolved and we can remove the most elements from the system. When considering useful functions, it is generally more important to prevent than to fix a problem. When we idealize functions, we are generally looking for ways to solve the problem by removing elements from the system. We would like to remove the need for functions in ways that remove the most system elements. Note that this is much more than simply solving the problem.
L2-Method
Step 1: Identify useful informing or harmful functions that, if idealized, will allow for the removal of the most system elements..
Step 1: Identify useful or informing functions that are closer to the system product with the following priority; first preventative; second productive and third remedial. Since corrosion of the cubes is the main function that we are trying to achieve and containing the acid is an auxiliary function, we should first consider how the acid is being positioned relative to the cubes. Step 2: Consider harmful functions that directly impact the problem
137
L2-Idealize Useful Functions

The first step to idealizing a useful function is to identify and isolate the final ideal state in functional terms. We start by considering useful functions first, because informing functions are actually a special case of useful functions and one major path of idealizing harmful functions is to turn them into useful functions. Once they are turned into useful functions, they may be idealized using the steps shown in this chapter. One might ask Why idealize something that is already useful? We idealize useful functions, because there are so many options to either avoid performing the function or there are so many opportunities to eliminate elements from our system. When we eliminate the need for an element, we also remove the need for auxiliary functions which support this function. Lets go back to Altshullers example of painting pipes. If the need for painting pipes goes away, parts that directly paint and supporting equipment are no longer required.
Progression of Possibilities from Most to Least Ideal

As we go down the list of possibilities, we will generally start with the most ideal possibilities and proceed to the least ideal. The most desirable is that there is no modification required In this case, no tool is required and hence, no supporting elements are required. . The least desirable is that the modification is required and a tool in the system must be required to perform the modification. In this case, supporting elements may be required to perform the function or mitigate its bad effects. (Remember that each element brings its own set of problems. Every element adds its burden to the system). In between these two extremes are all gradations of ideality. Lets look at the range of possibilities.
The Ideal Product for Useful Functions

Regardless of whether the function already exists, we want to identify the most ideal embodiment of the element that is being modified. Lets say that we are trying to come up with a way for the police to stop a speeding car without harming the occupants or other motorists. If we know a way to do this, for the moment, we will ignore this and concentrate on only two elements: the product and the modification that we are trying to achieve.
Stop
Car The product is the car and the modification is stop. Now we begin setting up the IFR. Knowing only these two parts of the function allows us to ask the important question: What is the ideal product? The answer is surprising. The most ideal product is one that does not exist. (The car should not exist), hence the tool and all attending auxiliary functions are not required. Thus we come very close to the realization of the ideal machine. We may not require the product for a variety of reasons. It may be a transmission element that we can bypass. (Is the car a transmission element? Not really.) It may be a waste element that does not require existence in the first place. (Is the car considered waste? Not really.) A slight modification of the product may make the modification unnecessary. (If the car could be easily tracked, then I might not require stopping it) or the product may already come with the modification performed. (By the time that the police reach the car, the driver is compelled to not want it anymore and it is already stopped). If the product is required, then we ask the question: What minimum part must be modified. (Is it the car that we want to stop? Maybe we only want to stop a part of the car such as the engine or the occupant). If only a small part requires modification then the resources required to perform the modification can also be minimized. Finally, if the product is required, how can we get the most value for our effort? Lets make the modification as far reaching as possible. If the product comes in natural groupings, lets modify the whole group. If other objects nearby require the same modification then lets modify as many things as possible. This increases the value that the 138 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls user derives from performing the function. (Perhaps the police signal all cars on the road to slowly decelerate thus making the situation safer for everyone)
The Ideal Modification for Useful Functions

After focusing on the ideal product, the second part is the ideal modification. We ask What do we really want to have happen and what are the attributes of the ideal modification? Since we have not yet decided what will deliver these idealized modifications to the product, we are actually composing a wish-list of what the ideal modification will look like. When we add real elements to deliver the modification, these elements often bring undesirable characteristics with them. Since we are dealing with functions that are already useful, we would like to do the most good possible. It is easy to assume that because a useful function exists, that there is not a replacement function that is even better or that we might want to reverse things and perform the opposite function. The question is: What do we really want to happen?
How do We Identify the Ideal Modification?

Lets refer back to the concept that Altshuller proposed for solving problems that require guess work. Remember that a mathematical problem was proposed. How can we return with exactly six gallons of water if we have only a four and nine gallon bucket? Mathematical problems that normally require guess work when solved forward are often more rapidly solved by starting with the solution and then working backwards. Altshuller proposed that, since solving inventive problems also requires guess work, the solution will be more rapid and satisfying if we start with the ideal solution. Altshuller proposed another, more important, reason for solving backwards. Solutions that start with mental pictures of existing machines are usually variations on these structures and end up more complex than they need to be. We must free our minds of these structures by starting afresh with an ideal solution. Altshuller called this preferred end state or solution the ideal machine. The process of identifying the Ideal Final Result was begun when we considered the ideal product. Now we must consider what must ideally happen to this ideal product, given that it still is required. Since the final result is actually a modification to the product, we can continue to write about the ideal machine in functional terms. At this stage, we will put together several versions of the ideal machine by describing the modification in ideal terms. We must remove our inhibitions and let it magically happen. Since there may be many ways to describe the modification that will give new insights, we consider a variety of ways to think of the modification that allow us to make better use of resources. In the process of looking for the ideal machine, we will also consider the reverse modification 88. It is easy to become locked into thinking of the function in the way that we always have. By asking what we are performing the function relative to, we see that there are other possibilities. As a matter of practicality, the function should be described correctly in order to achieve the most good. Please refer to the chapter on writing functions if there are questions on how to write functions or deal with confusing functions.
88 Inventive Principle #13Do It in Reverse:
Instead of the direct action dictated by a problem, implement an opposite action (i.e., cooling instead of heating). Make the
Idealize Useful Functions
139
Setting the Bar for How Well the Modification Must be Performed
The next set of tools help us to decide the attributes of the ideal modification. At this stage, we continue our quest to identify several ideal modifications. If I could snap my fingers, how much modification do I really want? How well, how long, etc. Since it is possible to overdo a modification causing other problems, we may need to constrain ourselves by asking this in a slightly different way. What level of modification will give us a long-lasting solution? By doing this, we recognize a truth: eventually the system will evolve to a point that it must be improved again. In the mean time, it will not be necessary to change this parameter or even consider it very much. This is different than the common way of changing systems where a parameter is just improved enough to get by. This leads to legacy problems that continue to crop up with the next version of a product. It is important to note that insights derived at this stage have the ability to influence each other. Insights gained during one activity may be upset by insights gained in other activities. Consequently, it may be necessary to jump back and forth between tools.
The Ideal Physical Phenomenon for Useful Functions

Now that we know what we want to do, we are prepared to talk about how we are going to deliver the function. We deliver functions with physical phenomena which are in turn delivered by the tool. The tool and the physical phenomena often come together, but for our purposes we will consider them separately as potential physical phenomena. As taught in school, physical phenomena are a human abstract of fields and substances arranged in special architectures that do something recognizable. When we talk about buoyancy as a physical phenomenon, we are talking about several substances and several fields that interact to cause objects to float in their surrounding fluid. We recognize that this works in water and in the air. Buoyancy can be used to do things. It is a means to an end if we want. It is rare that only one substance and/or field is involved. For those who have learned physics, they recognize that the study of physics is primarily the study of physical phenomena. This is fortunate because it helps the user to understand how to calculate the effects of the associated parameters. The decision of what physical phenomena to use to deliver a function is often ignored or taken for granted. Whenever we ignore or take for granted, we are assuming. Whenever we assume, we are subject to psychological inertia. We may not recognize that there are more ideal physical phenomena that can be used to deliver our modification to the tool. We may be ignoring free resources in the environment or in the job that can be used to simplify the system. Even though, a physical phenomenon may not be ideal, we need to additionally consider whether the timing is right to change it. This decision should not be taken lightly as changing to a new physical phenomenon can lead to a lot of headaches. If it is not time to change, this whole section can be skipped. There are many avenues for identifying physical phenomena. Many of physical phenomena are already in-use to perform the function. Some need to be transported from other industries. Once we have them, we need to sort through them to find the most ideal. In the event that we cannot identify a good physical phenomenon to meet our needs, there is always the option to go searching for new phenomena. This should only be done if absolutely necessary as it requires the heart and soul of the researcher. Means are given to look for new phenomena. This is a new area for TRIZ and the methods are experimental.
140
Is it Time to Switch to a Different (more Ideal) Physical Phenomenon?

This decision has ramifications on the amount of work that will be required to make your product or service work. When you change to a new physical phenomenon, there are many unknowns. Perhaps you are lucky and you are involved with someone that is experienced in the new phenomenon. This makes the possibility of bridging to the new phenomenon much easier. Remember that the new product or service must compete with one that has been polished for many years. Changing to a new physical phenomenon can increase the required work substantially.
The Ideal Physical Phenomenon for Useful Functions

In this step, we consider which physical phenomena can perform the modification to the product that we desire. The decision of which physical phenomenon to use will come after seeing what resources are available. So, we are not making a decision at this point, but rather identifying potential physical phenomena. We create a fertile situation so that when the right tool is presented, we can see its merit. In effect, we are sensitizing our minds for the next step in which we consider the substance, object and field resources around us. Armed with the knowledge of what is possible, it will be easier to identify the value of a resource when we see it. Some of the phenomena that we consider in this stage may seem a little wild or too weak to perform the function. Remember that there are ways to tame wild phenomena. Weak phenomena can often be boosted in latter stages of the algorithm. Therefore, it is important to keep an open mind to the possibilities.
The Ideal Physical Phenomena Must Have a Chance to Compete

The ideal resource is capable of holding its own. It must be abundant and capable of providing as many functions as possible. In the final set of tools, we consider which potential phenomena would be the most ideal. We filter for certain characteristics. What we have left over are the most likely candidates.
Discovering Completely New Physical Phenomena

The discipline of invention would be incomplete without the consideration of discovering new physical phenomena. These discoveries, while taking much longer to break through, have had profound impacts on all of technology. Discoveries such as the lasers, lithographic processes, and ultrasonic phenomena have transformed our lives. A physical phenomenon is a unique combination of fields and substances which allows for the delivery of a function. The term physical phenomena is a human convention which allows us to create order from chaos. We classify what we are seeing in order to repeat it and use it for our purposes. Even the concept of a field (as used in the above definition) is a human convention. One might argue that 99% of all interactions in nature are the result of electron to electron interactions. Such a narrow definition of field limits classifications greatly. Here, we will consider fields to include the ones that we studied in physics courses. Lets say that we were the first to discover capillary action. Perhaps we were the first to construct a glass tube and place it into a liquid. We might have seen the liquid move up the tube to a position higher than the liquid in the vessel that contains it. The liquid was modified. It changed its shape, height or relationship relative to the glass, etc. In other words, it performed a function because it modified one of the attributes of the liquid. The value of a physical phenomenon is that it is the means of delivering functions. In this context, the search for new physical phenomena is actually the search for new ways to deliver functions. (This logic is not perfect in that we may find a new way to deliver a function which involves an existing physical phenomenon.) This search often begins with the thinking If only I could find a way to. Perhaps we search existing Libraries of Effects and physical phenomena as well as an exhaustive search of the internet. If nothing turns up and we are particularly serious about delivering this function in a new way, we may do something radical. We may begin an innovative quest. Idealize Useful Functions 141
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The search ideally looks like this: --I need to deliver a known function. --I go and look in my own and other industries to search for a physical phenomenon to deliver the function and find that the available physical phenomena are not capable. --I look for new phenomena that have not been used to deliver such a function. (Cant find any) --I form a hypothesis for a new way to manipulate substances and fields that might deliver this function. --I perform crude experiments that confirm (at least dont disprove) the hypothesis. --I apply the new phenomenon to deliver the function and begin the process of working out the bugsresolving contradictions, etc. Because this is a newly applied phenomenon, there are a lot of new problems to be solved which take a lot of time. What often happens is different: In the process of solving one problem (this problem may not be related to delivering a function), I may set things up (usually in an extreme way) that creates the conditions to discover a new phenomenon. An unusual phenomenon is discovered. This new phenomenon may not solve the problem that I am dealing with, so I now have a quandary: Do I continue working on the existing problem, or do I allow myself to divert to the new phenomena? If I decide to divert to the new phenomena, what do I do with it? I could report it out in a technical journal for all to use. This is probably a good idea. I or someone else might recognize that there is a need for this new physical phenomenon. This is a classical solution in search of a problem. It is necessary to find potential functions that this phenomenon can deliver. Methods are given which outline conditions under which new phenomena are often found. Some of these methods are directed towards discovering a new phenomena which can be applied to deliver the function of interest. Other methods merely create the environment in which a new phenomenon may be discovered.
The Ideal Tool for Useful Functions

With potential physical phenomena in mind to deliver the function it is time to identify a tool which can deliver the physical phenomenon. We ask ourselves what the ideal machine should be, and then we tell ourselves that we will achieve this result without the use or addition of any object or substance to the system. This is often possible when we can get an object to perform more functions than it normally would. It is also possible if we can eliminate objects and allow something in the system to take over the function. Up to this point, we have avoided adding any object to the system. If we have reached this point and still need to add a object, then we must do it in the most ideal way possible. We would like to perform our function without adding any object. If possible, existing objects and ambient fields should perform the modification. If this is not possible, 142 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls only then do we consider adding objects. The best situation is a small change to the product that allows an ambient field to perform the function. According to the law of increasing ideality, the value of any object increases when the number of functions that the object does is increased and the number of harmful factors decreases. In general, this means that we would like to get the most functions possible out of each object. Each tool should take on as many functions as possible.
Parasitic Tools
Parasitic tools use something which already exists in the system, super-system or environment to perform the function. When this occurs, it is actually possible to get something for nothing.
Theft of Functions
If the tool must exist, we should make the most of it. The system will become more ideal with fewer elements. Thus, we must look around and see if a given tool can perform more functions than it already is.
L2-Method
Step 1: Identify and Isolate the main modification Step 2: Brainstorm the Ideal Product. Look for ways to not require the product in the first place. For instance, if a waste component is being modified, find a way that the waste component is not required. Find out why the product is needed. Remove the need for the product. Look for ways to have the product come with the function already performed Step 3: Brainstorm the Ideal Modification of the Product. Find a way to avoid needing the offending parts by reversing the situation. For instance, make moving parts stationary and stationary parts moving. Consider harmonizing when things happen so that you get the most good out of them. Step 4: Brainstorm the Ideal Physical Phenomenon to deliver the Modification. Consider using a different physical phenomenon that does not require the offending parts and is more abundant. Consider using a hybrid of the existing physical phenomenon and a new phenomenon without the problems of the existing system. Step 5: Brainstorm the Ideal Tool to Deliver the Phenomenon. Find out why the tool is needed in the first place and remove the need for the tool. Consider simply removing the tool and allowing other elements of the system or the surrounding system to take over their useful function.
143
L3-(Ideal Product)Consider only the Product and the Modification

If a system is being simplified, the function may already come with a tool. If a new function is being created, the tool is not yet evident. We do not need the tool. It is a burden to our reasoning. We take nothing for granted and start with just the modification. For the moment, this is the most ideal form of the final result that we know. However, this will soon change as we consider other more desirable results. For the moment, we must be unencumbered with a tool to perform the function. The tool almost always comes with undesirable functions or features. It may even be harmful to the product or other elements in the system. For now, we will forget it and just talk about what we want to happen.
Method
Write the function without the tool
Tool Mod Mod
Product
Product
ExamplePet Feeding System

Write the function without the tool I am interested in some sort of pet feeding system that protects the food from ants, roaches, birds and bacteria
Feeding System Stops Insects Birds & Bacteria Stops Insects Birds & Bacteria
L3-(Ideal Product)Modification Not Required

All useful functions can be thought of in a remedial or preventative context. This may not seem intuitive at first, but let us consider a couple of cases. A lawn mower cuts grass. Is this a remedial action? Yes, because it remedies the height of the grass. One Slight could reason that if the grass were doing its job better, it would grow to an even height Change and then stop. While this may seem obsessive, it is nevertheless a very useful way to look at a situation from a new point of view. In order to accomplish this result a slight modification of the product is usually required. We might know why a modification is required if we have taken pains in our causal analysis to determine the need. Recall that we did this by considering the need for existence of objects. Objects are required to modify other objects. Once we understand why an object is required, then we also understand why the modification is required. The questioning of existence of objects usually begins an alternative problem path in the causal analysis diagram. When we consider non-existence of elements in the system (in the side-by-side box), we begin an alternative problem path which leads us to understand why an element was originally required in the system. It is possible to remove the need for the troublesome element and often other elements by resolving a problem elsewhere in the system. 144 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Recall that the non-existence of a function element is depicted in the causal analysis as a function box showing a function which has no tool. The tool was required to perform a function which no longer is performed because the tool is missing. One solution of the alternative problem path is to find a new way to perform the function of the missing object. This often leads to the consideration of how the function might be performed by existing elements, thus simplifying the system.
Method
Step 1: Why is the Function Required? What does it prevent? What does it fix? What does it make up for? Does it counter something? Follow this reasoning back through the causal relationships. Step 2: A slight change to an object in the system (often the object that we are serving) removes the requirement for the main function and hence the objects that deliver the function. In other words, if something did its job better, then our system wouldnt be needed.
Examplethe Scaling of Fish

Step 1: Why is the Function Required? What does it prevent? What does it fix? What does it make up for? Does it counter something? Scaling removes scales and underlying tissue that may change the flavor during cooking and are also disgusting to certain cultures to eat. This is a remedial action. Step 2: A slight change to an object in the system that we are serving) removes the requirement for the hence the objects that deliver the function. In other did its job better, then our system wouldnt be needed Consider changes to cooking methods that make Now the function of scaling is no longer required. (often the object main function and words, if something scales a delicacy
L3-(Ideal Product)Remove Transmission or Transformation Elements

This tool comes from the Laws of Development of Systems and in its original form was called the Law of Energy Conductivity. 89 : A necessary condition for the life capability in principle of a technical system is the unhindered passage of energy throughout all parts of the system. It follows that: Transmission paths are shortened and eventually eliminated Energy transformations are reduced and finally eliminated.
Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 225 Some modern TRIZ theorists have expanded this Law and given it other names. Idealize Useful Functions 145
89
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Muscle and control elements use the same field. When applying this law to the ideal product, it means that we should consider bypassing traditional or existing transmission/transformation elements and go directly to the object that requires modification. If the product of the function that we are considering is a transmission element, then we should consider whether it is required or if we can find some way to bypass it altogether or avoid the transformation of energy and use the energy more directly. Some elements masquerade as important functioning elements but are transmission/transformation elements instead.
Shortened or Eliminated
Method
Step 1: Is the product a transmission/transformation element? (Does the product transmit, transform or convert energy?) Step 2: Bypass the element.
ExampleLinkage Operated System

Many systems require rotary movement. Of these systems, a large number convert linear motion to rotary motion through a linkage. The actuators in these systems do not act directly on the working element. Step 1: Is the product a transmission/transformation element? (Does the product transmit, transform or convert energy?) The current system operated on a linkage assembly to turn an object. Step 2: Bypass the element. The new system directly rotates the element with a rotary actuator. The actuator works directly on the element of interest without the need for a transmission.
L3-(Ideal Product)Remove the Product

A product that does not exist does not need to be modified. If the product performs a useful function then that function must be performed by something else. The product can often be removed if it performs an auxiliary function. It is easy to lose track of whether the product is required in the first place. If the product is harmful or even a waste product (such as sawdust or leaves) wouldnt it make more sense to not have it around in the first place?
Method
Step 1: Does the product perform an auxiliary function or is it ever harmful or waste? Step 2: Eliminate the product through the following methods: --Method 1: Directly eliminate the product. --Method 2: Eliminate the sources of the product. --Method 3: Eliminate the path that the product moves to get to the location. --Method 4: Absorb the product so that it is not harmful or wasteful any more. Consider using absorbent materials such as fabrics, powder or batting. 146 Idealize Useful Functions
Examplethe Collection of Leaves

The collection of leaves is a common problem. Step 1: Does the product perform an auxiliary function or is it ever harmful or waste? Unfortunately, it is considered waste in many areas. (Actually, it is natures way of revitalizing itself. But, for this problem, we will consider it waste.) Step 2: Eliminate the product through the following methods: Method 1: Directly eliminate the product. The leaves simply dont exist. Since we may not know how this occurs directly, it creates a contradiction: The leaves must and must not exist. Method 2: Eliminate the sources of the product Remove the tree. This may be a solution in certain cases. Again, it may lead to a contradiction: the tree exists and doesnt exist. Method 3: Eliminate the path that the product moves to get to the location. Remove the path to the ground. Method 4: Absorb the product so that it is not harmful or wasteful any more. Consider using absorbent materials such as fabrics, powder or batting. Something below the tree absorbs the leaves or at least hides them. Ground cover is often a good way to do this.
Gather Leaves Waste
L3-(Ideal Product)Comes with Modification

In certain situations, a modification can be performed upstream by the provider of the elements more conveniently than later. The product may be in a much more convenient form to perform the function. This is often true in a manufacturing environment such as during assembly. Pre-coated or preassembled parts can be more conveniently assembled. Forming and cutting operations can be more conveniently done when the material is in a more convenient form. Pre-modifying the product often leads to a contradiction. The modification must and must not be made.
Method
The product does not require the modification because it is already incorporated.
ExamplePipe Forming Machine

Pipe forming machines feed a flat ribbon into a forming machine that rolls the ribbon into a tube and welds it. The tubes are cut to length by a saw that moves with the formed tube while it is cutting to reduce the time to cut. Idealize Useful Functions
Cutting tool moves with the tube
147
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Faster and faster forming rates require the cutter to return more rapidly. This results in many additional problems. Consider the ideal product. The tube must be cut before it is formed. This slows production (compared to a single ribbon) so the tube must be cut and not cut. The product does not require the modification because it is already incorporated. The tube is partially cut by stamping the tube before rolling. A hard twist fully cuts the tube.
L3-(Ideal Product)Modify Minimum Part

If we have concluded that it is not possible to avoid the requirement for the modification, then we should consider modifying the least amount of the product as possible.
Method
What minimum part of the product must be modified? Produce a list of alternative products which are a minimized subset of the main product. Consider all subsets of the original product down to the molecular level. Modify only Part
ExampleStopping a Speeding Car

Every year innocent people are hurt or killed during high speed chasses. About 40 percent of high speed chases end in crashes. How can the car be stopped? What minimum part of the product must be modified? Produce a list of alternative products which are a minimized subset of the main product. Consider all subsets of the original product down to the molecular level.
What minimum part of the car can be stopped?
Stop Car
What if we only stop the driver, the tires, the drive shaft, the engine computer or carburetor, the tire, the electrical ignition spark?
L3-(Ideal Product)Different Product

Here we consider the possibility that the modification should be performed on something different. This could also spark the possibility that there is a better modification than the given one as well.
Method
Is the modification being performed on the ideal product? Would something else be better?
148
L3-(Ideal Product)Natural Groupings

The seed for this tool comes from the standards involving multiple system elements. 90 91 92 93 However, there is a twist to the idea. Simply increasing the number of product elements that are acted on is definitely an improvement over performing the functions on single product elements, but it is yet more useful when the products come in natural groupings. Such groupings often are dictated by nature or commonly accepted manufacturing conditions.
Multiple Products
If we have concluded that the function is required, then let us get the most out of it that we can. Here we consider extending the function to as many elements as possible by looking for natural groupings. The evolutionary tendency of performing functions on multiple objects is to perform them in parallel. This can involve performing the function simultaneously on a grouping of objects, especially if these groups are natural groups such as a flock of geese, a mouthful of teeth, a pallet of objects, or a box of cereal. Extending the function to more of the same elements at the same time can reduce the overall amount of resources required. However, there are no guarantees that modifying the whole natural group will require fewer resources. At this point, we may not know how we may accomplish this feat, but we continue in hope of finding a physical phenomenon that can do this.
Biased Products
Biased products are products that are alike in function and other material ways, but in less significant ways different from each other. Nails come in different sizes. If a hammer can effectively drive a tiny nail and a large framing nail, it is more valuable to the user. A natural grouping of nails might be related to a certain type of construction job that requires a variety of nails. During this manufacture, it is desirable to perform the function on this group, at the same time or serially with the same system.
Diverse Products
Diverse products are products that are so different that, while they are associated with the same function, they are typically not associated with the same tool. Natural groupings of diverse products are objects that require the same function and are found together during a task or job. If possible we would like to perform this function on all diverse objects at the same time.
90 STANDARD 3-1-1. System efficiency at any stage of its evolution can be improved by combining the system with another system (or systems) to form a bi- or poly-system. Notes: For a simple formation of bi- and poly-systems, two and more components are combined. Components to be combined may be substances, fields, substance- field pairs and whole SFMs. Example: To process sides of thin glass plates, several plates are put together to prevent glass from breaking. 91 STANDARD 3-1-2. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by developing links between system elements. Notes: Links between elements of a bi- and polysystem may be made either more rigid or more dynamic. Example: To synchronize a process of lifting a very heavy part by three cranes, it is proposed to use a rigid triangle synchronizing the cranes moving parts. 92 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 93 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber)
149
Method
Step 1: Do the subjects that require the same function come in natural batches or groups. Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to perform the function on the group simultaneously?
ExampleShelling Nuts
Step 1: Do the subjects that require the same function come in natural batches or groups. Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. The nuts come in a bag. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to perform the function on the group simultaneously? In this case, it would much more ideal to shell the whole bag of nuts at once.
ExamplePicking Fruit
In orchards, the fruit is often picked by hand. If this is automated, there is a problem. The whole tree should be picked at once, but there is a wide variety of fruit that must be picked. Some come off easier than others and they are at different levels of maturity. Step 1: Do the subjects that require the same function come in natural batches or groups. Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. The fruit is at different levels of maturity and cling to the tree with different degrees of attachment. Also, there are a variety of fruit that might be picked. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to perform the function on the group simultaneously? There is a large variety of fruit that this would apply to and the variation in attachment to the trees is also quite high. The ability to pick whole trees (a natural grouping) and the ability to apply this to fruit with a high variability of attachment strengths would be very useful in large orchards.
ExampleCooking Bacon
Step 1: Do the subjects that require the same function come in natural batches or groups. Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. Eggs are generally associated with bacon. 150 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to perform the function on the group simultaneously? Yes, Eggs can be included. The heat is there, but usually there is an over abundance of bacon fat. Remember that we have only considered the possibility of doing these together. In some cases, finding the means to do this is simple.
L3-(Ideal Mod)Describe a Variety of Ideal Modifications

What are ideal final results? Describe this in a variety of ways. What would I want to happen if I could do it magically by snapping my fingers? We would like to consider several ways because each way may lead to a different physical phenomenon to accomplish the function (depending on abundance of system resources). Some of these ways may be more ideal than others. Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 If I could snap my fingers...
Method
Step 1: Are we changing or controlling? Which makes the most sense? Step 2: Work backward by imagining several ideal final states. Using the longhand form of the modification, consider different ways to describe the modification. Consider moving from the macro world to the micro world (atomic level and beyond).

Step 1: Are we changing or controlling? Which makes the most sense? In this case, we want to control the speed of the car to a set speed. This speed may not be zero and in fact, it might be dangerous to stop a car in the middle of fast traffic. Step 2: Work backward by imagining several ideal final states. Using the longhand form of the modification, consider different ways to describe the modification. Consider moving from the macro world to the micro world (atomic level and beyond). The different possibilities are shown in the figure to the right.
Control the speed Control the momentum Car
ExampleBlade Loss of a Fanjet Engine

A jet engine fan loses some fan blades. This is sometimes referred to a blade-out condition. It can be caused when an object is ingested into the engine such as a bird. Each of the blades carries a tremendous amount of kinetic energy. When one blade goes, it often takes out other blades. The effect is explosive. Step 1: Are we changing or controlling? Which makes the most sense?
151
TR IZ P ower T oo ls In this case, we are changing. The blades start in one state and we must move to another. Step 2: Work backward by imagining several ideal final states. Using the longhand form of the modification, consider different ways to describe the modification. Consider moving from the macro world to the micro world (atomic level and beyond).
Change the level of energy (zero) Change the blade direction Blades
The different possibilities are shown in the figure to the right.
ExampleHeating a Gas
How can we describe the heating of a gas? Step 1: Are we changing or controlling? We have already described this as a change of state, thus we are changing rather than controlling. Step 2: Work backward by imagining several ideal final states. Using the longhand form of the modification, consider different ways to describe the modification. Consider moving from the macro world to the micro world (atomic level and beyond).
Change the temperature Change the average random velocity Change the velocity distribution
Gas
The different possibilities are shown in the figure to the right.
L3-(Ideal Mod)Consider an Ideal Inverse Modification

Sometimes it is more ideal to do the reverse of the required action 94 or modification. For instance, it may actually require fewer resources to move a person relative to a work object than it is to change the height of a heavy work object. In order to consider reversing a modification, it is necessary to consider what the action or modification is relative to. If two objects are moving relative to each other, it is usually easy to determine what the modification is relative to. With other modifications, it may take more thought.
Method
Step 1: What object is the modification performed relative to? Step 2: Invert the problem by modifying the relative object. (Make it the product). Step 3: Go back and describe this in a variety of ideal ways.
152
ExamplePouring Hot Syrup into a Chocolate Container

Step 1: What object is the modification performed relative to? The pouring is relative to the stationary chocolate form Step 2: Invert the problem by modifying the relative object. (Make it the product).
Syrup Pour
Thus, instead of pouring the syrup relative to the stationary chocolate form, we spread the chocolate relative to a stationary syrup form which has been frozen. Spread the chocolate onto the syrup.
Spread Chocolate
Step 3: Go back and describe this in a variety of ideal ways. Note that the variety of descriptions does not add a great deal to the understanding of how this function can be accomplished in this case.
Change the thickness Change the position
Chocolate

Step 1: What object is the modification performed relative to?
The slowing is relative to the road. Step 2: Invert the problem by modifying the relative object. (Make it the product). Thus, instead of stopping the car, we speed up the road so that the car and road are moving at the same velocity.
Control the Speed Road
Step 3: Go back and describe this in a variety of ideal ways. Note that this tends to describe some fashion of lubrication between the road and the tires which was not previously considered.
Control the speed Control the surface speed
Road
153
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Level of Modification?

Determine the actual level of the ideal modification. This level usually involves a metric of some sort. As we begin to adjust the levels of the modification, we start to chip away at psychological inertia and gain insights. Perhaps what we are doing is not the correct function. Perhaps there are functions which are more ideal. (Note that these will give more knobs in causal analysis).
Method
If I could snap my fingers, what would the ideal level be?
ExampleBlade Loss of a Fanjet Engine

We continue our consideration of the loss of blades for a Fanjet Engine. We will only consider one of the ideal modifications that were named which is to change the energy level of the blade. If I could snap my fingers, what would the ideal level be? The energy should dissipate low enough as to never reach the cabin. Essentially, the blades have zero kinetic energy relative to the aircraft.

If I could snap my fingers, what would the ideal level be? Continuing with the example of a police officer stopping a speeding car, we realize that bringing the car to a complete stop may not be required or even desirable. It may be more desirable to control the maximum speed of the car. This allows us to control the situation better. For instance, if the car is already stopped, then we may want to guarantee that it is stopped for good. On the other hand, if the car is moving at a high rate of speed on a busy freeway, stopping the car might be dangerous to other cars. It may be better if the car were gradually slowed rather than stopped.
154
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Sequence of the Function?

This method comes from considerations of harmonizing functions 95 or actions in a system. The law of harmonizing the rhythms of parts of the system. An essential condition for the living viability in principle of a technical system is the harmonization of the rhythms (frequencies of vibration, periodicity) of all parts of the system. Considering the ideal sequence will continue to give us more insights into the ideal modification. As we consider when it should occur, it may affect what we believe the ideal modification should be. A powerful tool for investigating this is the process map. This can be accomplished in a variety of ways, including a storyboard or simply words in sequence. However it is done, it is nice to show the possibility of functions performed in parallel as this will be one of the considerations that we make.
Method
Create a process map of the sequence of functions. The subject function should show up as a block in the process map. Step 2: Consider performing the function in different sequences. Move it earlier or later than currently performed. Try moving it so far forward that it is no longer during the normal process sequence. Consider moving it so far backward that it is no longer part of the ordinary sequence. Step 3: Can the function be performed in parallel with other functions? Can the function be performed during other functions such as during transportation or while queued or waiting?. Can setup be performed at the same time as the operation? Rapid setup often implies the use of a previously placed tool. Could other tools help out at another time or sequence? Step 4: Create a process map of the desired function and break it down into finer detail. Step 5: Can the modification be broken into two (or more) stages? Does this allow for parallel processes to accomplish the main function, or does it allow for a more optimum sequencing of functions?
Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 226. Idealize Useful Functions 155
95

Step 1: Create a process map of the sequence of functions. The subject function should show up as a block in the process map. If we start at the beginning of a typical car chase, the car has just been pulled over and the officer is walking to the other car. This is the most likely time for the occupant to become scared and to speed away or bolt. Notice in the following process map that we could have used functional language throughout. Also, the ideal function is located wherever psychological inertia places it. That is fine to begin with.
Officer Identifies Car to Pull Over Officer Flags down the Car Both Cars Pull Over and Stop Officer Walks toward Car Occupant Speeds Away Officer Returns to Car
Occupant Gets Scared
Officer Requests Help
Car Stops
Officers Limit Options
Occupant Increases Speed
Officer Pursues
Officers Bumps Car (Very Dangerous)
Car Strikes Object (Very Dangerous)
Stop
Car
Step 2: Consider performing the function in different sequences. Move it earlier or later than currently performed. Try moving it so far forward that it is no longer during the normal process sequence. Consider moving it so far backward that it is no longer part of the ordinary sequence. In this case, it probably does not make sense to stop the car until it has had a chance to pull over. In the less likely event that the car begins speeding away when the officer flags it down, then there may be a need to stop it at that moment. Now remember, it is 156 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls possible to consider the more ideal situation where the occupant is not scared, etc. This all presupposes that we have already determined these other functions and are idealizing them on other paths. It also presupposes that we have considered other more ideal modifications and products and are working on this one specifically. The question that we are answering here is where is the most ideal place to put the function of stopping the car.
Officer Identifies Car to Pull Over Officer Flags down the Car Both Cars Pull Over and Stop Officer Walks toward Car Officer Performs Duty
Stop
Another possibility is that the car bolts and the officer does not pursue at all! The car will be stopped later when it is safer, or the occupant will stop the car. The occupant can see that the officer is simply standing there and not pursuing. This allows for a less panicked state which keeps speeds lower. Perhaps the fact that officers will no longer pursue has become well publicized. And it becomes common knowledge that the car is being tracked by a high observer such as a surveillance craft or satellite. The occupant then has to pursue another strategy which usually involves abandoning the car. This puts the function of stopping the car far later than normal. Step 3: Can the function be performed in parallel with other functions? Can the function be performed during other functions such as during transportation or while queued or waiting. Can setup be performed at the same time as the operation? Rapid setup often implies the use of a previously placed tool. Could other tools help out at another time or sequence? This creates new possibilities, for instance, the car can be disabled while it is already stopping for a traffic light or stop sign. If this can be done safely, before the occupant is aware of what is happening. This precludes the problem of speeding away, but now this raises other problems such as how other drivers will react when a car is stopped.
Officer Identifies Car to Pull Over Officer Waits for Car to Stop Officer Walks toward Car Officer Performs Duty
Stop
157
TR IZ P ower T oo ls There are also many people who would never consider speeding away and this becomes a needless embarrassment for them. It is also necessary to stop the car in such a way that the occupants and the car are out of harms way. Such may not be the case if the car is stopped on a busy street. This highlights the fact that idealizing the system may cause other problems which can be avoided now (by choosing a different sequence) or later, by fixing the system. Step 4: Create a process map of the desired function and break it down into finer detail.
Some Feature of Car is Disabled Car Slows Down Car Comes to Full Stop
Step 5: Can the modification be broken into two (or more) stages? Does this allow for parallel processes to accomplish the main function, or does it allow for a more optimum sequencing of functions? It may be that the car is not stopped, but first limited in speed to 25 mph. The car can now pull over and remove itself from traffic with the officer following. This brings up the idea that the more ideal possibility is to be able to limit the maximum speed of the car at a distance in such a way that the driver cannot tell the difference between this and a malfunctioning car.
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duration?

The ideal sequence is strongly influenced by the duration of the function. Likewise, duration of the function is strongly influenced by the sequence of the function.
Method
Step 1: If the modification were performed very rapidly, would other harmful functions be precluded? Step 2: How much time do we have after it is normally performed that it would be allowable to continue performing the function? If the modification were performed very slowly (hours, days, weeks, months, years) would this be harmful or could this actually help in the performance of other functions?

Step 1: If the modification were performed very rapidly, would other harmful functions be precluded? Yes, if the car could be stopped instantly, before it was able to get out into traffic, many dangerous or harmful functions could be avoided. Step 2: How much time do we have after it is normally performed that it would be allowable to continue performing the function? If the modification were performed very slowly (hours, days, weeks, months, years) would this be harmful or could this actually help in the performance of other functions? 158 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Stopping the car permanently could be viewed as a punishment for trying to speed away. This might serve as a deterrent.
159
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duty Cycle?

Ideality requires that all objects perform as many functions as possible, as much of the time as possible. Systems that idle waste valuable resources. Consequently, it is important to consider idealizing the function by requiring the system to work all of the time.
Method
Step 1: Are there opportunities for the system to run all the time? Is this even desirable considering the current product? Ideally, objects in the system will be at full capacity 96. Step 2: Are there other objects in the job that require the function? Should the function be reframed to consider these other objects? Step 3: Should the modification be performed along the entire path, both coming and going? This usually applies to machines which have repetitive motions. Step 4: Should dummy runs and downtimes be allowed?
ExampleStopping Speeding Cars

Continuing with our example of stopping speeding cars, we ask whether the stopping system can be in operation at all times. Since the need to stop cars is not continuous, it would be necessary to re-describe the function in terms that can apply to objects other than cars. Step 1: Are there opportunities for the system to run all the time? Is this even desirable considering the current product? Ideally, objects in the system will be at full capacity. In the case of stopping speeding cars, there is no requirement to stop cars continuously. Step 2: Are there other objects in the job that require the function? Should the function be reframed to consider these other objects? Yes, it would be desirable to stop a human that abandons the car. If we redefine the problem as stopping the car occupants, whether they are moving or in a car, the system becomes much more ideal.
Car Occupant Fleeing Occupant
Step 3: Should the modification be performed along the entire path, both coming and going? This usually applies to machines which have repetitive motions. In this case it probably does not apply except to say that the function of stopping the cars occupants should be possible regardless of which direction they are moving, even in reverse. Step 4: Should dummy runs and downtimes be allowed?
96 Inventive Principle #20Continuity of Useful Action: Carry out an action without a break. All parts of the objects should constantly operated at full capacity. Remove idle and intermediate motion. Replace "back-and-forth" motion with a rotating one. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
160
TR IZ P ower T oo ls I suppose that down times are allowed if all we are stopping are the occupants. It should not be necessary to have a test run before it is used each time to stop a car.
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Adjustability and Continuity of Adjustment?

If we havent already touched on this in some way, then we will deal with the subject of variability here. Lines of evolution suggest that the control of functions become more and more adjustable 97. At first, the process is fixed. Next it becomes adjustable to at least discrete levels. Next, the adjustment must become continuous. Next, some form of control scheme is used to adjust the function for changing conditions. The first form of control often turns the function on or off. This is often referred to as bang-bang control. The next form of control is referred to as open-loop control. This means that a change is sensed somewhere and the mechanism that controls the function is given a set command that hopefully puts the output in the required realm. The next form of control uses feedback which continuously or discretely controls the function. Each level of adjustment and control increases the complexity of the system. It is important here to not go overboard in assigning an ideal level of adjustability. We can over-constrain the system. This sounds too much like a compromise, but here we will consider only an acceptable level of adjustment that will allow this system to operate for a long time without change. This is not much of a compromise.
Method
Step 1: Consider different and perhaps extreme operating environments. Decide whether or not it must be capable of adapting to these different environments. Step 2: Consider adjustability to a variety of products. How much variation can we stand in the product? Consider biased products (objects which are of the same type, but have some differences in an important attribute like nails of various sizes or roses of different shades). Consider objects with much greater differences such as the difference between edible plants. Step 3 What granularity of adjustment is necessary? Can the adjustment be discrete? If so, what is the discrete step size? Step 4: Does the adjustment need to be continuous or should it require continuous feedback 98?
97 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 98 Inventive Principle #23Feedback: Introduce feedback. If feedback already exists, change it. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
161

Step 1: Consider different and perhaps extreme operating environments. Decide whether or not it must be capable of adapting to these different environments. The car must be stopped in difficult weather conditions such as rain, snow, high heat, at night or day. The occupant must be stopped regardless of the position that they are in, either running or crouching low in the car. It must be capable of stopping the occupant regardless of obstacles that they hide behind such as seats, windows, car walls or trees and rocks once the occupant leaves the vehicle. Step 2: Consider adjustability to a variety of products. How much variation can we stand in the product? Consider biased products (objects which are of the same type, but have some differences in an important attribute like nails of various sizes or roses of different shades). Consider objects with much greater differences such as the difference between edible plants. The method of stopping must work regardless of the gender or size of the occupant. It must also work regardless of the equipment that they might be operating or carrying. Step 3 What granularity of adjustment is necessary? Can the adjustment be discrete? If so, what is the discrete step size? In this case, the adjustment could be fairly granular. We would like to limit the occupant or former occupant to a variety of speeds. Step 4: Does the adjustment need to be continuous or should it require continuous feedback? The adjustment could use some form of open-loop control if the officer provides the feedback. Some form of feedback may be necessary, however to reduce the concentration burden of the officer.
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Use of Energy

Many modern conveniences save time at the expense of energy waste. We almost always use more energy than is required because energy is cheap. The unfortunate consequence is the cumulative energy and its costs. Considering the least energy that is required to perform the function will give the innovator a very different idea of what the ideal function is.
Move
Method
Consider the least energy required to perform the function. Leaves
ExampleLeaf Blower
Consider the least energy required to perform the function.
20 ft 20 ft
In this case, the debris must be moved a horizontal distance of 20 feet and up 5 feet to be placed in a garbage can or storage receptacle. The least energy that is required to 162 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls perform this function is the potential energy change. (Weight times the height). It is very small (and certainly much smaller than the energy which will be expended with a leaf blower).
L3-(Ideal Mod)Turning Function Burden to Blessing

Usually, we do not think of a raw function as having burdens. This usually occurs when the tool of the function is added. Unfortunately, there are burdens that are almost unavoidable. When we stop a car, the energy must be extracted. Regardless of the way that we do this, the energy must leave the car. This is a burden. We can turn this burden into a blessing 99 by using this energy to perform another function. Without deciding yet how this is going to happen, we are setting ourselves up to identify a physical phenomenon that can perform a second useful function with the energy that is removed from the car.
Method
Step 1: Identify unavoidable burdens which come with a useful function. Step 2: Identify a second function which uses the burden to perform a useful function. Car
Stop
Accelerate
Car
ExampleStopping a Car
Step 1: Identify unavoidable burdens which come with a function. Energy loss comes with stopping any car. Step 2: Identify a second function which uses the burden to perform a useful function. This energy can be used to accelerate the same or a second car.
L3-(Ideal Mod)When Should It Be Excluded? (The Zero Function)

The zero function 100 is the intended absence of a function under certain conditions. We should have full control over the function when its existence would be dangerous or otherwise harmful.
Method
Step 1: Identify times when the primary functions are harmful. Step 2: Consider providing the zero function and means for detecting and controlling the function during these times.
99 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. The use of this principle is somewhat different here because we have to see past the useful function to the burdens that the useful function carries to find the harm. 100
Greg Yezersky, General Theory of Innovation Feb 2006 163
164
ExampleA Safer Gun

Many are killed due to accidental handgun accidents. Children, in particular, are susceptible. Additionally, law enforcement officers sometimes become the victims of their own weapons. Step 1: Identify times when the primary functions are harmful. Harmful functions are most likely to occur when the gun is not in the hands of the owner. If a police officer is not in possession of his weapon, and a suspect has it, this is potentially very harmful. Step 2: Consider providing the zero function and means for detecting and controlling the function during these times. The Gun cannot shoot unless it is being held by the correct person.

Is there a chance that we want to disable the possibility of stopping or controlling a speeding car? Step 1: Identify times when the primary functions are harmful. It may be harmful if the device can be used on a law enforcement vehicle. If the device is harmful to adults, children may be very susceptible to harm. Perhaps it cannot be used when children are present. Step 2: Consider providing the zero function and means for detecting and controlling the function during these times. The function will not be provided with children or law enforcement vehicles present.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Review the Evolutionary History

Knowing the history of a product 101 helps to understand the main evolutionary trends. Each product has a main evolutionary tendency. The tendency of a system to stall along this evolutionary path is largely a function of the technical problems that directly conflict with this evolutionary tendency. You have already conducted a patent search within your industry so you have a lot of information about the history. This step can take a lot of time, but the information is extremely valuable from the viewpoint of continued steps. The inventor is becoming a true expert in this field.
Method
Step 1: From patents and literature, study the history of the functions that are typically involved in the job. What functions have been added over time? What main physical parameters have improved?
101 The Innovation Algorithm by Genrich Altshuller page 215While Altshullers life was a study of the history of systems, this particular chapter shows the various stages of a technology. Altshuller made it a point to take an existing system and determine the evolutionary history of that particular system.
165
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: From patents and literature, study the history of the technologies (physical phenomena) that typically deliver these functions. How have these technologies changed?
ExamplePostal Services
Consider the transport of objects for pay such as postal services. Step 1: From patents and literature, study the history of the functions that are typically involved in the job. What functions have been added over time? What main physical parameters have improved? Things improved with postal services: The purchasing of service; delivery of object to point of use; the protection of objects (container movement); the tracking of objects and informing customer; the speed of movement of objects. Step 2: From patents and literature, study the history of the technologies (physical phenomena) that typically deliver these functions. How have these technologies changed? If we look at the actual physical means of delivering objects we see a continual transition to the fastest modes of general transportation: Runners Horses Carriages Wagons Trains or Boats Trucks Planes. With these transitions other improvements came in the form of speed, protection from damage and knowledge of object location.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Plot the Course of Disruptive Technologies

We have already discussed disruptive technologies 102 in some depth. If you feel that a disruptive technology is threatening you, it may be wise to look at how rapid this encroachment is occurring. This analysis takes a great deal of time, so it is usually not useful unless an imminent threat is detected.
#1 Capability
Speed
#1 Market (Job)
#2 Capability
Method
Step 1: Each recognized market (job) is focused on a competitive parameter. Determine the competitive parameter. The progression of competitive parameters is as follows:
Time
Performance of the main parameter (speed, power, etc) Reliability
102
The Innovators Dilemma by Clayton M. ChristensenHarper Business Essentials Idealize Useful Functions
166
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Convenience Cost Step 2: Plot this main competitive parameter for the most advanced leaders with respect to time for each market (job). This gives the capability curve. Step 3: Plot the average of the competitive parameter for all products for that market. This gives the demand curve for each market. Step 4: If the capability of the lower performing market appears to be on a course to cross the demand line of the market with the upper capability, then it is imperative that you find a way to switch to the phenomenon used by the encroaching market. It may be necessary to spin off an independent group which is given proper resources and incentives to market this new technology. This may be difficult since the new market is likely to have developed new delivery channels. The more likely approach to overcoming a disruptive technology is to use a hybrid of the new and old physical phenomenon.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Determine the System Maturity from Patents

The maturity of systems can be determined by several means. One means is by the study of patents 103. This involves understanding the increase in performance of the main technical parameter related to main technical function, the level of invention and the number of patents over time. The method shown is very time consuming and should only Technical be applied if other methods prove ineffective in showing the Maturity Stagnation Parameter importance of switching to a new physical phenomenon.
Method for Examining System Maturity

Step 1: Identify the technical parameter related to the main function. Quantify how this has improved over time. Step 2: Identify how the level of invention has changed over time. The level of invention is typically high when changing to a new physical phenomenon. It peaks again during the period of rapid growth as resources are made available from sales.
Related to the Main Function Level of Invention
Infancy
Rapid growth
Number Of Patents Per year
Later, it levels off as system resources are exhausted. The levels of invention are as follows:
103
Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach. Page 207 167
TR IZ P ower T oo ls 1. No resolution of contradiction. 2. Resolves contradiction with small change. 3. Resolves contradictions with a major change. Uses a technology from the same field. 4. Resolves a contradiction. Complete change in physical phenomenon. This is usually a technology from another field. 5. New Physical Phenomenon. Has ability to change the super-system to which it belongs. Step 3: Quantify the number of patents per year.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Is it Time to Switch to a New Physical Phenomenon?

The main reason that we would like to know the system maturity is because it is particularly important to determine whether there is a need to change to a new physical phenomenon to perform the main modification of the system product. A new physical phenomenon typically brings fresh resources which allow continued evolution of the function or the job that is being performed. Unfortunately, it typically involves unknown risks and unfamiliarity of the side effects of the new phenomenon. An additional shortcoming of going to a new physical phenomenon is that the customer has come to accept certain levels of performance which will almost certainly not be achieved unless the transition is brought about through the use of hybrid phenomena which will be described later.
Required Conditions for a New Phenomenon

If several of the below conditions are present then consider a new physical phenomenon to deliver the main modification. Condition 1: The super-system has become very specialized. In the beginning, row boats were very crude and usually created from single trunks of trees. As time went on, they evolved to specialized uses including fishing, transportation of goods and conducting warfare. These variations became very specialized with warships having multiple levels of oars. Condition 2: The super-system has reached the point of diminishing return. Are the main technical parameters improving very slowly? An example of a system that has reached the point of diminished return is the fanjet engine. The amount of fuel burned per unit of thrust is improving in the single digit range. This is largely due to the high degree of regulation in the airline industry for the sake of safety. Improvements are absorbed slowly so as to ensure that unintended effects are minimized.
168
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Condition 3: Automatic feedback is used to perform the main super-system function 104. By the point that systems are using extensive feedback, we can usually assume that the system is running out of resources. This is because the use of feedback is costly and indicates that costly improvements are required to bring minor changes to performance. A fanjet engine is again a good example of feedback which is employed in almost every major function on the engine. Condition 4: Multiple conflicts must be resolved for large improvements. (Many rocks appear when we begin to drain the pond). It is typical that products and services will be filled with compromise solutions. Between major improvements in the product, there is a tendency to ignore risks and to live with compromises. As time goes on and the product becomes specialized, these compromises mount up until changes in the operating environment expose multiple compromises. Going back to our example of the aircraft engine, temperatures are always increasing within the engine to increase engine efficiency. This increase in temperature exposes the weakness of multiple components.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Can Line of Evolution be Used Instead?

Until you have reached the end of a line of evolution, it is hard to know if you have more unused resources.
Method
Review Lines of evolution below to see if there are still unused resources. Path: Linear Curved in plane 2-Dim Curved out of plane
Structure: 1-Dim
3-Dim Parts Powder or Mist Mixed Media Structured
Segmentation: Monolith
Voids: Monolith Cavity Voids Capillaries Dynamized 106 Voids Surface Structure: Smooth State: Solid Liquid Gas Protrusions Plasma
Porous 105 or Capillaries Rough Activated Surface Vacuum
Rarified Gas
104 17 SECRETS OF AN INVENTIVE MIND: HOW TO CONCEIVE WORLD CLASS PRODUCTS RAPIDLY USING TRIZ AND OTHER LEADING EDGE CREATIVE TOOLS by James Kowalick 105 Inventive Principle #31Porous Material: Make an object porous, or use supplementary porous elements ( inserts, covers, etc.). If an object is already porous, fill poured in advance with some substance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 106 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
169
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Degrees of Freedom: Fixed Adjustability 107: Fixed Joint Multiple Joints Flexible Feedback 108
Adjustable
Continuously Adjustable Stepwise Variable
Continuity of Adjustment: Invariable Oscillation

109
Continuously Variable
: Continuous Pulsed Oscillating Resonating Standing Wave
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous Products Patents Outside Your Industry

An analogous phenomenon 110 produces the same result that we want on other objects. This can be transferred to our situation with satisfying results. We look at analogous products first because we will soon be looking at existing products and patent searching and we would like to cover the range of analogue products when we do that. In other words, we would like to perform the product and patent searches once and use the information that we gather there for further steps.
Method
Step 1: Identify an analogous product. What other types of objects require the same modification? Step 2: Identify the common tool for modifying this product and the minimum feature required for the modification. Search for patents related to the modification of this analogous product. Step 3: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing tool or transferring the minimum amount of the tool.
ExampleRemoving a Sliver
We would like to identify a new physical phenomenon for extracting slivers. Step 1: Identify an analogous product. What other types of objects require the same modification? A nail is analogous to a sliver.
Extract Sliver
=
107 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 108 Inventive Principle #23Feedback: Introduce feedback. If feedback already exists, change it. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 109 Inventive Principle #18Mechanical Vibration: Utilize oscillation. If oscillation exists, increase its frequency to ultrasonic. Use the frequency of resonance. Replace mechanical vibrations with Piezo-vibrations. Use ultrasonic vibrations in conjunction with an electromagnetic field. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 110 No specific reference is given for this tool. The author has heard rumor that there might be a table of analogous phenomena in existence somewhere in the world. It is not necessary to have a table to use this method, but would be helpful if such a table existed.
170
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Identify the common tool for modifying this product and the minimum feature required for the modification. Search for patents related to the modification of this analogous product. A crowbar is used to extract nails. The feature that performs this modification is the claw. Step 3: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing tool or transferring the minimum amount of the tool. A mini-crowbar is created for extracting slivers.
Sliver Mini-CrowBar Removes
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous ProductsMega Trend

If we look in industries that perform a function on a massive scale 111, we can often discover the evolutionary trend for this function along with physical phenomena which are used to accomplish it. It is even possible to identify physical phenomena by using the patent database.
Method
Step 1: Identify analogous products in leading industries. These are objects which require the same function that you are considering. It may be necessary to think about the modification differently. Step 2: Identify trends for performing the function where a large amount of this product requires the same modification? Consider looking at patents for this analogous product. Can you identify the evolutionary trend? Step 3: Apply this to the product that you are considering.
ExampleMoving Large Amounts of Packaged Materials

We would like to move sacks from a truck shipment to a location on the factory floor. Typically, this is done by hand, unloading one at a time. Step 1: Identify analogous products in leading industries. These are objects which require the same function that you are considering. It may be necessary to think about the modification differently. Cans are an analogous product.
Move Sack
Cans
111 The Innovation Algorithm by G.S. Altshuller, Technical Innovation center. First Edition 1999 page 174. Used as part of ARIZ 71. Compare the by-pass problem with a tendency (a direction of evolution) in a leading industry.
171
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Identify trends for performing the function where a large amount of this product requires the same modification? Consider looking at patents for this analogous product. Can you identify the evolutionary trend? The Cans are moved on pallets as large groups. As more and more things are moved, they seem to be moved in large groups rather than one-by-one. Step 3: Apply this to the product that you are considering.
Trolley / Pallet Move Sacks
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Identify the Competitive Alternative through Observation and Questioning

Here we learn about potential physical phenomena from competitive alternatives. Competitive alternatives are any systems that can potentially compete with the system that you are simplifying or creating. A newspaper is competition for the television. Car or truck transportation is competition for airline travel. The competitive alternative is what people currently use and what they would use if they didnt have what they are currently using. Remember that this is not necessarily what you would consider to be direct business competition. For a pet watering bowl, the competitive alternative might be a large bucket. In the early stages, Southwest Airlines did not compete against other airlines; they were in competition with traveling by car. It is very tempting to go on personal experience to answer this question, but this is a trap. Often, inventors assume that they are like everyone else. There is wisdom in going to the battle to see how it is really being waged. There is no substitute for this. Dont be satisfied with talking to a few people.
Method
Step 1: Observe what the target market currently does to satisfy this function. If possible, go and watch before talking. By observing you get to the truth. What people do and what they say that they do are often two different things. Step 2: Ask how they satisfy this function and what they would do if they didnt have what they currently use. This may give some valuable information into the history of the function. They will often offer what they did way back when... Step 3: Identify what extreme users currently do to satisfy this function and what they would do if they werent using their current means. Extreme users often have a range of experience with uncommon ways to satisfy a function. Step 4: Ask everyone that you interview where they go for the source of items and products that they need to do these jobs. This will set you up for the next step.
172
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Internet Product Search

Learn from the competitive alternatives (Remember that these may not be direct competitors). What jobs do they do? What functions do they perform? What Physical Phenomena delivers the functions? If you are searching for an unrecognized market and you find a major competitor then go back to the drawing board.
Method
Step 1: Use an internet search-engine to determine what products are offered. Step 2: Refine the search by noting and using nomenclature and names that are common to the industry. Step 3: Consider cheap competitive alternatives.

Step 1: Use an internet search-engine to determine what products are offered. Stop-Sticks are found on police equipment websites. They are a triangular shaped device that cost $380 per set and can be deployed by throwing them into the road way. The occupant has little time to react and often rolls over them. The sticks can immediately be pulled back to allowing pursuing law enforcement cars to pass unharmed. As an added feature, the stop sticks are replaced if damaged for up to 4 years. It takes a fair amount of training to use them. If they are thrown too early, the occupant has time to swerve, potentially into the officers throwing them. A marker is used on the side of the road to time the throw. When the fleeing car passes the marker, the stop sticks are thrown out. One tricky feature is that the officer needs to be close enough to throw the sticks, which may put them into a dangerous situation. They come with 80 ft of cord to pull them out of the path or into the path of cars. This does not mean that the officer can be 80 feet away when throwing the stop sticks. An interesting feature of these stop sticks is the number of police officers killed while deploying them. The most common fatalities have to do with drivers swerving to avoid the sticks and striking officers. Others have been killed while trying to retrieve them. Sadly, they are sometimes killed by the pursuing police car. They may try to retrieve them to keep pursuing law enforcement cars from also running over the stop sticks. Another tricky feature is that pursuing officers are often very close behind the speeding car. It is difficult to convey at what point the sticks may be thrown out. The police car may also try to swerve to avoid them which endanger officers trying to deploy them. Another problem reported is the use of stop sticks on people that were not breaking the law. Another competitive alternative is tire spikesthese range from $400 to $800. These spikes spread out to as long as 25 ft. They are capable of piercing truck tires. The tines can be replaced in seconds should they become damaged. The spikes enter the tires and break free from the retainer. They are hollow and slowly deflate the tire to avoid dangerous blowouts. Another competitive alternative is the X-Net. This is a netting covered with spikes. The spikes attach to the wheels and the net is wound onto the wheel thus stopping it. It is purported to be capable of stopping vehicles in excess of 10,000 lbs. Idealize Useful Functions 173
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Refine the search by noting and using nomenclature and names that are common to the industry. Stop Tech Ltd. is the company that makes Stop Sticks. Step 3: Consider cheap competitive alternatives. I could not detect any cheap alternatives. Big rocks would be too dangerous, especially for pursuing police officers.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Observe Existing Products

With an internet product search under your belt, you may be able to identify local products that you can observe first-hand. While competitive alternatives can be anything that others would use if they were not using our system, there may be obvious competitors in the market place. Lets go to the store to see what these products and services are.
Method
Step 1: Go to a store that would sell products that deliver the required modification. Step 2: Note brands and producers. Do the producers sell more than one product? Who are the main producers? Step 3: Look for product trends. Step 4: Read the labels. What do they claim?
ExamplePet Food Container

Step 1: Go to a store that would sell products that deliver the required modification. I am interested in containers that serve pet food, so I go to a pet store or the pet section of a department or grocery store. Step 2: Note brands and producers. Do the producers sell more than one product? Who are the main producers? I note that there are three main manufacturers that sell products in the category that I am interested in. Step 3: Look for product trends. The trend is to combine the food bowls with large storage containers and to keep the food at a level that is comfortable for the pet. Step 4: Read the labels. What do they claim? One claims to slow down bugs.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Use a Known Disruptive Technology

This tool is especially important to consider when targeting a market segment that is already consuming and in which you are trying to sustain the momentum. 174 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls It is easy to get caught up in calling any great innovation a disruptive technology, but be careful how this term is used. Disruptive technologies 112 are products and services that are typically disruptive to a business practice. Ultimately, they are so disruptive that many great businesses can no longer compete. The ones that you typically have to be concerned with are those that may disrupt your business. For instance, they do not give the margins that you have come to expect. They do not intersect your supply chain. They do not satisfy the same levels of performance that your main customers have become accustomed to. They require new vendors. Often, a disruptive technology will require a whole new business model. This is the most disruptive of all. As management considers these technologies, they will seem distasteful and will reject them because they feel that they are doing this in the best interest of their company. Remember, they are held captive by their largest customers. Few resources are left over for other customers and disruptive technologies. These disruptive offerings are generally initiated in industries that are not your own, but may be closely adjacent. They satisfy someone that is not currently purchasing from you, so they seem innocent. They usually do not perform at sufficient levels to attract the attention of your main customers. This is because they are designed to perform the same functions that your products perform, only for other markets. As these offerings increase in performance, eventually, they will have the capability of satisfying low-end customers in your market. Again, this seems innocent as these low end customers are not important to your business as you move up-market to gain higher and higher margins. Slowly, these offerings will gain in performance as they are fueled by the cash coming into these markets until you find that they are cutting into your mainline customers. Often, it is too late at this point because of the resources required to change over. Developing a whole new supply chain is very impractical. History has shown that it is nearly impossible to copy a disruptive technology at this point. Vendors are often locked up while supplying the new supply chain. Consumers have loyalty to the early products. You might ask why we are not intent upon creating technologies which are disruptive to our main competitors. While it is possible to create technologies that are disruptive to others businesses, this strategy can only work if your company is open to destructive creation of products and to the creation of new business models, usually in completely separate business units than your legacy products. In order to disrupt existing competition, you will ultimately cannibalize yourself. Remember that these are your competitors and you are competing for the same market. If the market of your competitor begins to move to your new product, they must also stop buying your legacy product. Most companies will find that it is usually better to try to satisfy a market that will not likely compete with your market. If you pick a non-consuming market to satisfy, there are many opportunities to create new offerings. The need to compete is virtually eliminated. You would only do this out of spite for the competitor which is not really a good business practice and will generally take you nowhere. If you are still determined to create a disruptive business for your competitor, there are more hurdles. This disruptive technology will need to compete against your biggest customers for resources. It will also be necessary to change long-held company values at the highest levels of the business. It is hard to admit that your business strategy and company values are wrong. In order to make this kind of change a lot of people have to be aligned and committed. If they are not convinced, they will likely revolt in passive ways that are hard to detect and counter. A better approach than directly disrupting your business would be to start a new business built on a learning approach with its own resources. This business will create its own business model and supply train from scratch. Finally, if you are still determined to create a disruptive technology within an existing business, you must recognize that, the business needs to have an offering which can stand on its own in some market. This is a large challenge on its own as most offerings fail due to all of the market conditions.
112
The Innovators Dilemma by Clayton M. ChristensenHarper Business Essentials 175
TR IZ P ower T oo ls In summary, it is usually not a good practice to try to create a disruptive technology (disruptive to you) within an existing business and customer base. The more likely place to create disruptive technologies is with new business startups. These have the ability to recognize market segments that are not being served. The reason for considering this step here is that others may be encroaching on your market and it is necessary to consider the physical phenomena that this disruptive technology is using. We do this because there is a way out of this trap and that is hybrid phenomena. Hybrid phenomena are the combination of two phenomena in such a way that the performance gained by one phenomenon compliments the other. In this way, the new phenomena can be used to better satisfy the existing market. This would be difficult to do if we made a sudden jump to the new phenomenon. When this occurs the performance is usually less than what the existing market expects. According to evolution of systems, when we move between physical phenomena, there is usually a transitional state through hybrid phenomena. A recent example of this is hybrid electric and petrol fueled vehicles. Checking for disruptive technologies amounts to looking for analogous functions in closely adjacent markets and then looking for how those functions are delivered. There are usually people in the business that have seen technologies that they would like to bring into the business. They may sense that these technologies will one day compete with them or that they could be exploited with current customers, but there is little support within the businesses. History has shown that many toppled businesses have seen these disruptors coming but were unable to respond adequately. The typical response is to try to force these disruptive technologies into existing markets with disastrous results. The new phenomenon is not capable of delivering the performance that the existing market has come to expect. As mentioned, the strategy that typically works is to strive for a hybrid technology that enhances the current technology. Once established, the new phenomenon will begin to take over from the existing phenomenon, all the while satisfying existing customers.
Method
Step 1: Identify technologies that exist in adjacent markets that seem to be threatening the existing business. These may be low cost alternatives or alternatives that use a different physical phenomenon to deliver the function. Step 2: Identify the physical phenomenon that is used to deliver the function. It is likely that this will later be considered for a hybrid physical phenomenon to satisfy the target market.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Patent Searching and Study

One of the best times for performing a patent search is when you are searching for physical phenomena to deliver a function. During this particular step, we will be considering searching for physical phenomena inside the given industry. Later, we will be searching for patents outside the industry as we identify analogous situations. Not only will we better understand the possible physical phenomena that can be used, it is inevitable that other types of valuable information will be gathered along the way.
6,543,345 5,678,432 3,234,211
Most people wait too long in the inventive process to perform a patent search. It is usually done after much time and expense to develop their invention. Often they find that someone has already patented their idea or that more useful and elegant concepts are available. This can be quite a blow! Waiting too long occurs for a variety of reasons: First, people get excited about an idea and they want to develop it without delay. It is easy to get very excited about what the future will bring. Wealth and fame are at your fingertips! There is no time to waste! The idea must put on the market before someone steals it or you lose your drive! This fear is usually unfounded and based on the idea 176 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls that if we had the idea then the conditions are ripe for someone else to have it. Be patient, there are many inventions to be had if this one doesnt pan out. Secondly, considering a patent search can invoke fear. It is like knowing that you should see the doctor while fearing that he will give you bad news. It is easy to this put off, but, like going to the doctor, the time investment is small compared to the time that can be wasted by not acting. It typically takes a Saturday morning to do a thorough patent search which is a small investment compared to the typical development time for an invention. Even though the resulting information can be somewhat deflating, it is better to start with a realistic view. Thirdly, a patent search can appear to be beyond our capabilities. After all, people are employed full time to do patent searches! Again, this fear is unfounded. It is important to remember that you have several advantages that professional patent searchers do not have. You are motivated by the prospects of your idea. (A patent examiner is employed for money and is obligated to perform to certain minimum standards). You are not constrained by time and can afford to search to the bitter end. (Not all patent examiners are thorough and there may be time constraints on some examiners). You are more familiar with the technology than they are. (They do not have the time to become expert at the technologies that you are interested in). With a little practice, this overwhelming task can become natural and commonplace. Forth, understanding patents is difficult. Admittedly, patents have their own language. In this language, there is no legal prohibition to making up words! Patents can seem very stiff andlegal. Remember that it is in the favor of the legal profession that they look this way. We can easily convince ourselves that only patent attorneys can read patents. On the contrary, anyone can thoroughly understand a patent if they are willing to take the time. They have a repeatable structure, so you can learn the parts of the patent that you need to go to for specific information. Remember that it is much easier to learn to read patents when you are motivated by an idea. This will force you into the patent. Read it, digest it, and diagram it. Soon, you will be speaking patenteze. Reading and understanding your first patent may take you a half day, but the next patent will go much faster. Fifth, some feel that seeing what others have done will keep them from looking outside the box. Sure, there is a possibility that this can temporarily happen, but remember that this whole book is about making us uncomfortable inside the box. There are multiple opportunities to kick ourselves outside. Also, lots of additional information is learned along the way that strengthens our general understanding of physics. Understanding a broad spectrum of physical phenomena will make you a better inventor! Where we get into trouble is by studying only certain areas of physics deeply. Remaining specialists can have a constraining effect on our imagination. It is ok that you do not understand everything about patents when you begin your search. True, like first time car drivers, it is impossible to know what you do not know, but you have to start somewhere. If you make mistakes, remember that there is a world of potential inventions out there. Dive in and you will find that you have more capacity than you thought! There is a wealth of information in patents that is often overlooked. Patents are structured so that others can duplicate the results of an invention. Consequently, it is necessary to give away many details. Most patents begin with a description of the typical approaches that are already available. This sets the stage for why their idea is an improvement. It usually gives the history of the problem (and sometimes the industry) and also a look at alternative physical phenomena that have been used. Following this section is a description of the invention and why it is an improvement. This gives details into new physical phenomena that may have been used. It may describe how various object attributes affect the operation of the product. You may also be able to detect how the inventor overcame various contradictions. Clearly articulating the contradiction that was solved helps an inventor explain why their invention is non-obvious to those experienced in the art. This is the main hurdle that is required to get a patent. Next is a detailed description of the architecture of the invention. This gives valuable clues concerning the Idealize Useful Functions 177
TR IZ P ower T oo ls details of the physics. Finally, the claims section gives an idea to the scope of what the patent examiner thought was allowable to claim for the invention. Unless you are having problems with your computer, it takes about two hours to prepare for your first patent search. Mostly, this involves setting up links in your browser and a patent viewer. The patent viewer is important because looking at pictures conveys information much more rapidly than reading patenteze. Here is how to setup your computer browser with the necessary bookmarks to do a basic patent search: Step 1: Go to www.uspto.gov. This is the official patent website for the US government. If you take the time to familiarize yourself with this site, you will discover that a lot of effort has been made to make patent search and application easier for individuals. All of the forms are available for self application. There seems to be a bias towards helping individuals over corporations. You will particularly notice this if you submit a patent for consideration (this is called prosecuting a patent). People at the patent office sometimes bend over backward to help individuals, especially ones that have never been through the process before. Step 2: On the home page, go to Patents. You will find this on the left-hand side. If you click on this, a drop down will show you a several links. Search Patents is down the list a little. Go to this and bookmark it with a memorable name. You can also find this at http://www.uspto.gov/patft/index.html. This page is the main page for beginning patent searches. It allows for a variety of patent search formats. Step 3: Download the patent viewer for viewing patent drawings. As mentioned, viewing the patents will help immeasurably in understanding them. To access the viewer, go to http://www.uspto.gov/patft/help/images.htm. The program that you download for viewing patents is dependent upon the operating system and internet browser that you use. Follow the instructions and links for your particular operating system. If you are like most people and use the windows operating system and Internet Explorer for your browser, you can go to http://www.alternatiff.com/install/ to directly download the viewer. Remember to bookmark this page in case you need to reload the patent viewer for some reason. You will know that you have succeeded when the text appears at the bottom of the page informing you that it is installed. Step 4: Bookmark the definition of classifications and give it a memorable name. It is located at: http://www.uspto.gov/web/patents/classification/selectnumwithtitle.htm. Each patent is assigned a patent classification. Having a link to the classifications helps the searcher delineate between classifications. When you get to this page, you will notice that there is a numbering system which starts with items such as apparel. Remember that this is a very old system of classifying patents that was based upon products that were available when it was started. Scroll through this list and look for more modern classifications to appear. Click on any one of the definitions. This will take you to sub-classifications. Patents are usually assigned a classification and at least one sub-classification. When you select one of the classification numbers, you finally arrive at the definitions. Step 5: Bookmark the index of classifications and give it a memorable name. It is located at: http://www.uspto.gov/web/patents/classification/uspcindex/indextouspc.htm. When you have an invention with a common name, you can find the classification by going to this index. Everything is listed in alphabetical order. For instance, if you are working on an improvement for hand shovels, you can go to shovels and find that there are a variety of objects which are referred to as shovels. There are hand shovels, power shovels, crane shovels, loading shovels, plow shovels, etc. This is important to know because many of these systems provide exactly the same function as the one that you are considering. In effect, they provide analogous functions in different industries. It is possible that they use physical phenomena and lines of evolution that are different from your industry. These can be put to work in your situation. Also, when you later identify other analogous products, you can readily find the patents for these products by using this index. Step 6: Bookmark the Advanced Search page and study the examples for Boolean searches. (Note that you can search for phrases in parentheses.) 178 Idealize Useful Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Now you are ready to perform the actual patent search.
Method
Step 1: Search for patents directly related to the modification that you would like to perform Step 2: Using Advanced Search, search for key words in the abstract or body of the patents. Step 3: When you finally find a patent which is close to the intended subject, identify the classification. Step 4: Search by classification, making use of the Definitions and Index of Classifications. Make sure that classification includes possible patents that cover the field that you are interested in. Step 5: When you find good representative patents, note and view all patents cited. Step 6: Now search these patents and continue the process until no new patents regarding your area of interest show up. Step 7: Search patents for physical phenomena that are unusual to your industry.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Evolution of Field Phenomena

Examine the Table of Fields in the Appendix. Note that the top fields are the most abundant fields and the bottom fields are typically the least abundant. In general, systems tend to use the top fields first for muscle and then the lower fields for sensing and control. Later, the lower fields may become more abundant. When they are both abundant and controllable it makes sense that systems evolve toward the bottom fields. By examining the fields currently being used by your system, or similar systems, you can guess the fields that might be used next. Standard Solutions includes the replacement of poorly controlled fields with more easily controlled fields. 113 The Inventive Principles suggest the replacement of mechanical systems 114 with systems that use other than mechanical fields.
Method
Step 1: What fields are currently being used to deliver this function? Step 2: What are the next fields that will likely be used?
113 STANDARD 2-2-1. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by replacing an uncontrolled (or poorly controlled) field with a well-controlled field, e.g. by replacing a gravitation field with mechanical field, mechanical field with an electric, etc. Notes: In certain situations, controllability of a field may be improved not only by replacing a given field with another one, but also by modifying the present field along the following line: Permanent field -> monotonically changing one -> pulsed one -> variable one -> variable in frequency and amplitude -> etc. Example: Instead of a metal blade for non-uniform metal cutting, a water jet can be used. 114 Inventive Principle #28Replacement of Mechanical System: Replace a mechanical system with an optical, acoustical, thermal or olfactory system. Use an electric, magnetic or electromagnetic field to interact with an object. Replace fields that are Stationary with mobile. Fixed with changing in time. Random with structured. Use fields in conjunction with ferromagnetic particles. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
179
ExampleLawn Mower
Step 1: What fields are currently being used to deliver this function? Currently, the blade is cut by a mechanical high-pressure field that makes use of the grasss inertia. Step 2: What are the next fields that will likely be used?
Oscillations. Jet pressure
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Library of Effects

The Library of Effects 115 is table of physical phenomena that can be used to deliver functions. Once we know the modification that we desire, we can find a similar function in the table. Usually, this is a generalization of the desired function. The table usually gives many physical phenomena that can deliver the desired modification to the product.
Method
Step 1: Convert given function to a Generalized Function. Step 2: Find phenomena in the Library of Effects. Go to one of the sources for the library of effects. Some commercial software have this library. A scaled-down version can be found at: function.creax.com Step 3: Locate the generalized function and then consider all of the physical phenomena that can be used.
ExampleClothes Dryer
The function of the air in the dryer is to evaporate water. Step 1: Convert given function to a Generalized Function. The generalized function is to move a liquid. Step 2: Find phenomena in the Library of Effects. Go to one of the sources for the library of effects.
Evaporate Water
Move
Liquid
115 A Library of Effects is one way to describe a table of physical phenomena. In Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 309, a table is introduced called THE APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PHYSICAL EFFECTS AND PHENOMENA IN THE SOLUTION OF INVENTIVE PROBLEMS. This table is now referred to in a number of ways, but is generally a table describing physical phenomena that can be used to deliver a desired function.
180
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Locate the generalized function and then consider all of the physical phenomena that can be used.
Fabric (Capillary action)
Move
Liquid
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous ProductsBio-mimicry

Nature has developed many analogous phenomena that can be employed to perform functions. The name for this search is commonly referred to as biomimicry 116. The concept of analogous phenomena starts with an analogous product. Identifying objects in nature that require the same function will begin to lead the seeker to new physical phenomena.
Natural Product = ?
Method
Step 1: Identify analogous products in nature. What objects in nature require or have this same function imposed? You might have to consider variants of this function. (Look for primitive natural analogies). Step 2: Identify the natural Tool/ Effect? Step 3: Transfer the Effect/Tool to the new situation. Step 4: Consult the website-- http://asknature.org/ with a specific function.
ExampleCatching Chips
When we grind an object, small chips are ejected. We would like to constrain these chips.
Constrains Chips
Step 1: Identify analogous products in nature. What objects in nature require or have this same function imposed? You might have to consider variants of this function. (Look for primitive natural analogies). Flying Insects are often caught in webs. Step 2: Identify the natural Tool/ Effect?
Sticky filament Constrains Flying Insects
As stated, the insects are often caught in webs.
Step 3: Transfer the Effect/Tool to the new situation. A sticky filament will catch the flying chips.
116 Otto Schmitt, is credited with creating the term bio-mimicry.
Sticky filament Constrains

Flying Chips
181
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: Consult the website-- http://asknature.org/ with a specific function. We are looking for the function: capture. Here are just a few of the following ways that nature does this. --Wiry tangles capture fog: lichens --Bristles and barbs capture minute foods: Calanoid copepods --Bio-inspired adhesive tape --Elaborate stigmas capture pollen grains: grasses
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Transition to Use of Bulk Properties?

Systems may transition to a new physical phenomenon by moving to the micro-level. 117 In other words, the bulk properties of the material are mobilized to provide the required functions.
Method
Step 1: Can the bulk properties of the materials be used to perform the required functions?
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Hybrid or Stand-Alone Phenomena?

Trying to satisfy an entrenched sustaining market will be unlikely with a completely new physical phenomenon as some very important competitive parameter will almost certainly be compromised. The sustaining market will demand that we not depart from the performance that they are used to, although the s-curve of performance is flattening. New markets will be much more forgiving and may even welcome the weaknesses of the new physical phenomenon as strength. The new Phenomenon will gather strength as a hybrid and eventually replace the old phenomenon or it will gather strength as a stand-alone phenomenon in the new market. Clayton Christensen 118 points out, it is possible that the new stand-alone phenomenon will develop along its own scurve and eventually become a disruptive technology, taking away market share from the existing sustaining markets. Also, if the existing phenomenon is in the rapid growth part of the S-Curve, it will be difficult to
Introduction of Hybrid
Competitive Parameter Introduction of Stand-alone Physical Phenomenon (Potentially Disruptive)
117 STANDARD 3-2-1. Efficiency of a system at any stage of its evolution can be improved by transition from a macro-level to a micro-level: the system or its part is replaced by a substance capable of delivering the required function when interacting with a field. Notes: There is a multitude of micro-level states of a substance (domains, crystal lattice, molecules, ions, domains, atoms, fundamental particles, fields, etc.). Therefore, various options of transition to a micro-level and various options of transition from one micro-level to another, lower one, should be considered when solving a problem. Example: Instead of a micro-screw, a microscopic table can be positioned by fixing it on a metal rod that is subjected to a thermal field. The rod expands and contracts relatively the value of the temperature due to the effect of thermal expansion. 118 The Innovators Dilemma by Clayton M. ChristensenHarper Business Essentials
182
TR IZ P ower T oo ls catch up. Greater resources will keep the performance ahead of the new phenomena. Instead of jumping to the new phenomena entirely, it is possible to gain the rapidly developing advantages of the new phenomena or technology by creating a hybrid 119 of the new and old phenomenon. This tool if extremely useful when you are working with a demanding sustaining market and the resources of the current phenomenon are becoming limited. This is a way to move to the new physical phenomena while increasing (rather than sacrificing) performance, as is often the case when jumping to a new effect.
Method
Step 1: If the market is a recognized and mature market then consider a hybrid of the old and new phenomenon. Step 2: Begin with a common physical phenomenon that is normally used to deliver the modification. Step 3: Identify another phenomenon which performs the same modification. Step 4: What is the feature of the new tool which would extend the capability of the first tool? Step 5: Identify the cheap tool which should deliver most of the function. Step 6: Combine both phenomena into a hybrid. A new capability should emerge. Try combining both as whole tools. Try transferring just the desirable feature. Consider having the two physical phenomena interact with each other. Step 7: If the market is an emerging or unrecognized market then consider using a completely new physical phenomena in which the native weaknesses of the physical phenomena are considered to be a strength.
ExampleTransition to Electric Car

It is time to transition to a new phenomena for car propulsion. Step 1: If the market is a recognized and mature market then consider a hybrid of the old and new phenomenon. Jumping entirely to a fully electric car would sacrifice too much with a mature market. Consequently, the decision is made to consider a hybrid carGas and Electric. Step 2: Begin with a common physical phenomenon that is normally used to deliver the modification. Internal Combustion Engine Step 3: Identify another phenomenon which performs the same modification. Electric Motor
119 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber)
Moves
183
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: What is the feature of the new tool which would extend the capability of the first tool? Torque at low speeds Step 5: Identify the cheap tool which should deliver most of the function. The Internal Combustion Engine Step 6: Combine both phenomena into a hybrid. A new capability should emerge. Try combining both as whole tools. Try Hybrid transferring just the desirable feature. Engine Consider having the two physical Moves phenomena interact with each other. The electric motor is coupled to the driveshaft of the internal combustion engine.
Drive Train
Step 7: If the market is an emerging or unrecognized market then consider using a completely new physical phenomena in which the native weaknesses of the physical phenomena are considered to be a strength. Imagine that the market is not a mature market. This means that it is still small. Lets consider an Electric Car for Teen Drivers Extremely safe enclosure Limited speeds Restricted driving range Full entertainment system
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Merge or Interact With Multiplied Tools

If you are aware of a physical phenomena which can perform the function there is a possibility that a completely new physical phenomenon can be identified by multiplying the common tools and then making the multiplied tools interact with each other.
Method
Step 1: Identify an object related to a physical phenomenon that is similar to the one required. Step 2: Multiply the system. Start with two. Step 3: Can these tools be merged or interact together to create an unexpected capability? Try different orientations. Step 4: Consolidate 120 Elements if Possible
120 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
184
ExampleCommon Knife
Step 1: Identify an object related to a physical phenomenon that is similar to the one required. Consider a knife. Step 2: Multiply the system. Start with two. Now we have two knives.
Step 3: Can these tools be merged or interact together to create an unexpected capability? Try different orientations. Try merging the knives. The knives become scissors. Step 4: Consolidate Elements if Possible
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Chaining Physical Phenomena

As a fallback to creating a completely new physical phenomenon, consider the possibility of chaining physical phenomena 121 to deliver the function. This is especially true if substances and fields can be consolidated 122.
Method
Step 1: Some software is capable of chaining physical phenomena to deliver a function. Step 2: If software is not available, chain a final and starting physical phenomenon together with connecting phenomena. This may be done by trial and error.
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Intelligent Little People

One of the most important tools of investigation is empathy. This is the ability to become a part of the system that we are investigating and to see it from this unique perspective. The principle of empathy is very powerful, but has a few limitations. First, we provide only one perspective from which to view the problem. Secondly, we must exist in order to view the problem. In other words, we cannot dissolve or disappear. Third, there is just one of us to
121 Invention Machine Software provides for chaining physical phenomena or Effects to deliver the desired function. This ability is added to their library of effects (physical phenomena). 122 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
185
TR IZ P ower T oo ls interact with the system. If there were more of us to interact, this would open up new possibilities. These difficulties are largely overcome by using the principle of little intelligent people 123.
Method
Step 1: Envision the system as composed of intelligent little people who can work together. They also have the capability to disappear and reappear if necessary. What do they do to accomplish the desired result? How do they intelligently act together? Step 2: Consider possible physical phenomena that can accomplish this cooperation.
ExampleSelf cleaning air filter

Step 1: Envision the system as composed of intelligent little people who can work together. They also have the capability to disappear and reappear if necessary. What do they do to accomplish the desired result? How do they intelligently act together? The little people pass the particulates from one to the next while allowing air to flow. Step 2: Consider possible physical phenomena that can accomplish this cooperation. A separate liquid moves along the surface due to a mechanical action. The liquid acts to trap and carry the particles. Lungs clean themselves using this same action.
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Measurement and Detection to the Extreme
One might argue that new physical phenomena are going on around us all the time. Unfortunately, we are not capable of detecting it, because it is beyond the normal range of human sensing. For example, without special filters, it would be impossible to detect the polarization of a ray of light. In order to see what is going on around us, we must look with a new perspective; we must use tools which are capable of detecting modifications to substances and fields in places and under circumstances that are extreme. Extreme circumstances would include extremely small, extremely hot, extremely cold Whenever you drive anything to the extreme, you will likely see or experience new phenomena. Being able to see smaller things or further into space, or probe areas of the micro and macro universe or into extremely unusual environments will likely uncover unusual physical phenomena.
Method
Step 1: Identify an attribute that you would like to detect to the extreme. Step 2: Create a measurement system that can detect to this level (see measurement and detections). Step 3: Measure to the extreme and see if what is observed matches theory.
123 Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach page 104
186
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Bio-Mimicry
The biological kingdom performs countless functions at large scales and small. The diversity of functions and physical phenomenon are great. What if we could only train ourselves to see things in a new way and ask ourselves hard questions? Why are eagle claws always sharp? How do bird feathers hold their shape? How can a bumble bee fly? When we are searching for new ways to deliver functions, we can look to nature to see how it delivers these functions and duplicate what it does. Nature has developed many analogous phenomena that can be employed to perform functions. The study of nature to determine how its secrets can be used to deliver useful human functions is called Bio-mimicry 124.
Method
Step 1: Identify analogous products in nature? (Look for primitive natural analogies). Step 2: Identify the natural Tool/ Effect? Step 3: Transfer the Effect/Tool to the new situation Step 4: Consult the website-- http://asknature.org/ with a specific function.
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Analogous Phenomenon

This approach asks, can a physical phenomenon which delivers an analogous function be delivered with fields that are native to your situation.
Method
Step 1: Identify the product and modification that you want to deliver. Step 2: Identify analogous products which use a different phenomenon to deliver the function? Step 2: Identify the fields and substances that deliver the function to the analogous function. Step 3: Transfer the phenomenon to your situation using the fields that are native to your situation.
ExampleConcentration of Light
Step 1: Identify the product and modification that you want to deliver. I would like to concentrate light. I want to push photons closer together and pack them very tightly. Step 2: Identify analogous products which use a different phenomenon to deliver the function? An analogous product is the concentration of gas in a cylinder.
187
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Identify the fields and substances that deliver the function to the analogous function. A piston is used to concentrate the gas particles. Step 3: Transfer the phenomenon to your situation using the fields that are native to your situation. Mirrors are brought close together very rapidly. Is it possible to create structures that can change the distance between reflective bodies rapidly enough to avoid reflective losses through too many reflections?
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Fields to the Extreme

Another way to find new physical phenomena is by looking at physical phenomena that have been driven to the extreme. There are different ways to drive a phenomenon to the extreme. We may pair a field with a substance that is particularly susceptible to the field. We may drive the field to an extreme level. We may create a very precise degree of order to the substances or to the fields. We may drive a physical attribute of one of the substances to the extreme. In each case, we will likely discover that nature behaves in unusual ways. These unusual responses can often be used to deliver functions. Nicola Tesla was legendary for driving fields to the extreme. No electrostatic field was ever high enough for him; he always kept pushing and as a result, discovered new phenomena and fundamentally new ways to deliver functions.
Method
Step 1: Identify fields in the Table of Fields (Appendix). These fields will be applied to a substance at the same time. Step 2: Drive the field to the extreme. This might be extreme intensity or for very short durations. Step 3: Look for new phenomena.
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Order to the Extreme

Whenever order is driven to the extreme, new physical phenomena are discovered.
Method
Step 1: Where there is little order, drive order to the extreme and look for new physical phenomena. Step 2: Where there is great order, drive chaos to the extreme and look for new physical phenomena. 188 Idealize Useful Functions
L3-(Discovering Phenomena)Drive Attributes to the Extreme

Whenever physical attributes are driven to the extreme, new physical phenomena are observed.
Method
Step 1: Take any given physical phenomenon. Step 2: Take an attribute of an Element within that physical phenomenon and consider means in which this can be driven to the extreme. Step 3: Drive this attribute to the extreme and look for physical phenomena.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon-Filter)Choose Most Ideal Phenomenon

Abundance
The availability or abundance of resources to deliver the physical phenomena must be high. Objects and resources are already present in the environment that can help deliver the physical phenomena. We do not determine in this section whether a sufficient abundance exists. This will occur in the next section. That is why this section deals with possible physical phenomena.
Inherent Harm (Contact)

Some physical phenomena require the addition of harmful interactions. This is especially true with physical phenomena that require contact. If physical phenomena are present which do not require contact and the resources for providing this physical phenomena are abundant, then consider these over those that require contact.
Multiple Functions
A more ideal physical phenomenon is capable of performing multiple functions. The value of objects in a system is dependent upon two things, the number of useful functions that they deliver and the burdens that they create. In this case, we are considering the number of functions that they deliver. It is only possible to consider multiple functions if other functions in the system are already required. There is no reason to create functions to perform in order to allow a physical phenomenon to perform more functions. The secondary function that the phenomenon performs may be a supporting function but more ideally, it should be a primary function that acts directly on the system product.
Scalable
A more ideal physical phenomenon is capable of being scaled to the level necessary to meet increasing and decreasing demands.
189
Relative Risk
When we move to a new phenomenon to deliver a function, we are taking upon ourselves unknown risks. Therefore it is important to come to an understanding of this new phenomenon as rapidly as possible and make sure that the risks are localized to one or two major risks.
Method
Step 1: Abundance: In order for the physical phenomenon to have any chance, it should be abundant in the system. Identify abundant fieldsthese are usually associated with abundant physical phenomena. Filter the potential phenomena (previous steps) to allow only those which are abundant. Step 2: Inherent Harm (Contact): considering for contact. Filter the physical phenomena that you are
Step 3: Multiple Functions: Search for additional functions within the system that the physical phenomenon could deliver. Look for opportunities to use passive feedback from physical phenomena that can both sense and actuate. Examples are bi-metals. If necessary, can the physical phenomenon deliver the function and the anti-function? Step 4: Scalable: Is the physical phenomenon capable of being scaled to larger or smaller scales? Step 5: Familiarity and Localization of Risk: Become as familiar with the phenomenon as rapidly as possible to determine the inherent problems and risks. The drawbacks should be localized to one or two areas.
L3-(Ideal Tool-Resources)List of Resources

In preparation for considering changing elements or adding substances and fields to the system, it is good to know what substance and field resources we have available. In this step we consider ordinary elements about us that might be pressed into service 125 to deliver the required physical phenomena. This method is especially effective with low level fields such as elastic, gravity pressure, etc.
List
Method
Step 1: Make a list of adjacent elements, especially those which were not considered in the super-system functional models. Step 2: What fields are associated with these objects: Step 3: Consider ways in which elements on the list might be pressed in to service to perform the required modification. Step 4: Consider decomposing elements into new components.
125 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. Most courses on TRIZ suggest creating a list of objects in the system or environment that can be pressed into service to perform a useful function.
190
ExamplePet FeederHow can we stop insects?

Step 1: Make a list of adjacent elements, especially those which were not considered in the super-system functional models. Pet FoodWater BowlWater HoseWater in Water Bowl Food BowlCement or Ground. Step 2: What fields are associated with these objects: Surface TensionWater Bowl Mechanical fieldsFood Bowl & Water Bowl Water PressureWater hose Step 3: Consider ways in which elements on the list might be pressed in to service to perform the required modification. The water stops the crawling insects. Step 4: Consider decomposing elements into new components.
Water
Stops
Insects
L3-(Ideal Tool-Self-Service)Self- Service

The product in question has native fields associated with it. Can we make some small change to the product so that it performs the modification on itself 126? (It is likely that energy will still need to come from outside).
Method
Step 1: Search the Table of Fields (in the Appendix) for fields that are always associated with the product? Step 2: What Effect or Physical Phenomena can be used to deliver this function? Step 3: In following steps we can try to boost this function.
ExampleCutting Tape from a Roll

Consider the example of a roll of tape that must be cut. Normally it is cut by a blade supported to the base element. Let us begin with the tape alone and the modification cut. Step 1: Search the Table of Fields (in the Appendix) for fields that are always associated with the product? We should consider Adhesive Fields & Mechanical Fields.
Cut
Tape
126 Inventive Principle #25Self-service: An object must service itself and carry-out supplementary and repair operations. Make use of waste material and energy. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
191
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: What Effect or Physical Phenomena can be used to deliver this function? The Creation of directed forces by use of adhesive forces Step 3: In following steps we can try to boost this function.
Tape
Cuts
The adhesion between layers must create forces which grossly overpower adhesion of the tape material to itself. Some readers may be confused with this example as it does not seem to indicate a particular solution, but the possibility of a solution. This is as it should be in this case. Whenever we idealize functions, we are creating new candidate systems. At this point, we do not know whether they will work or not. Most of these examples discuss new systems that seem like they could work out. This one appears to be questionable. Remember that when we have a new candidate system, it may have many weaknesses. It is now our opportunity to turn this sows ear into a silk purse. We do this by going back to the reviewing the related requirements and following through the causal analysis, etc. again. Eventually, we will continue past this point in the algorithm by focusing on the object attributes and contradictions which need to be solved. Remember that in Idealizing Functions, we are creating Ideal Final Results for ourselves. We may not yet know how to realize them.
L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Already Poorly Performed by Native Fields
Sometimes, a function is already performed by some natural phenomenon but it is done very poorly or even harmfully. With a little help, we can boost these functions until they become useful127.
Method
Step 1: Is the function already delivered by a super-system tool, even poorly? Step 2: What physical phenomenon is employed to poorly deliver this function?
127 STANDARD 5-2-1. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM, one should use first of all the present fields for whom the media are those substances that form the system or its part. Note: The use of substances and fields which already present in the system improves the systems ideality: number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-2. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM and it is not possible to use the fields which already present in the system, one should use the fields of the external environment. Note: The use of external environment fields (gravitation, thermal field, pressure...) improves the systems ideality: the number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-3. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM but it is impossible to use the fields which already present in the system or in the external environment, one should use the fields for whom the substances present in the system or external environment can act as media or sources. Notes: In particular, if there are ferromagnetic substances in a system and they are used for mechanical purposes, it is possible to use their magnetic properties in order to obtain additional effects: improve interactions between components, obtain information on the state of the system, etc.
192
ExampleProtecting a Radio Tower from Lightning

A classic TRIZ example is the radio tower which requires lightning rods to protect it. We must guide the current, but we would like to do this by using native fields.
Guide
Current
Step 1: Is the function already delivered by a super-system tool, even poorly? Yes, the air guides the current poorly. The charge comes to the ground in concentrated form Step 2: What physical phenomenon is employed to poorly deliver this function? To initiate this, the air must be locally ionized. The air then becomes conductive. As the current is conducted, there is a self concentrating effect caused by many moving charges traveling in the same direction.
Air
Guides
Current
In following steps we can ask what modifications to the fields or the tool allow the function to be boosted. These modifications may require the small addition of substances or structures which react strongly to the native fields.
L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Abundant Native Fields

Most objects are awash in native fields. These fields do not remain constant throughout the product life cycle. By identifying the fields all around the product, we locate tool resources that can perform the function. The solution standards give several practical suggestions for introducing fields which are native to the system or the environment. 128
128 STANDARD 5-2-1. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM, one should use first of all the present fields for whom the media are those substances that form the system or its part. Note: The use of substances and fields which already present in the system improves the systems ideality: number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-2. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM and it is not possible to use the fields which already present in the system, one should use the fields of the external environment. Note: The use of external environment fields (gravitation, thermal field, pressure...) improves the systems ideality: the number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-3. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM but it is impossible to use the fields which already present in the system or in the external environment, one should use the fields for whom the substances present in the system or external environment can act as media or sources. Notes: In particular, if there are ferromagnetic substances in a system and they are used for mechanical purposes, it is possible to use their magnetic properties in order to obtain additional effects: improve interactions between components, obtain information on the state of the system, etc.
193
Method
Step 1: Process Map the product life through relevant life stages. Step 2: Look through the Table of Fields at the end of this appendix. Identify which native fields the product experiences at each process step. Which of these native fields perform this function even poorly? Step 3: What Effect or physical phenomena can be employed to deliver this function?
ExampleCutting a Pie before Consumption

Step 1: Process Map the product life through relevant life stages.
Produce Pie Freeze Pie Transport Pie
Step 2: Look through the Table of Fields at the end of this appendix. Identify which Cook Pie native fields the product experiences at each process step. Which of these native fields perform this function even poorly? Thermal fields can deteriorate the crust. I suppose that this is a useful variant of cutting Step 3: What Effect or physical phenomena can be employed to deliver this function?
Oven
Cuts (Melts part)
Crust
Melting or Chemical Reaction are possible physical phenomena. In the next steps we can try to boost this function.
L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Use of Cheap Abundant Substances

When a function can be delivered at low cost, the value of the system increases. If there is a way to use a cheap abundant substance, try to use it. If the phenomenon is weak, it may be possible to boost the phenomenon later.
Method
Consider the following list of cheap substances. Could any of these be used to deliver any of the phenomena that you are considering? List of Cheap Substances: Powders Foams Voids Water Ice Steam Hydrates Air Nitrogen Carbon Dioxide Oxygen Corrosion Decay Sand Soil Rocks Waste Waste Water Sawdust Waste Glass Waste Gases Waste Paper Garbage Yard Waste Industrial Wastes Hybrid Substances Disassociated Forms of Any of the Above Products of Interactions Starting Materials Final Products Semi-Finished Elements
194
L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Nearby Similar Tool

Depending on how systems evolve, it is common that several elements in the system perform the same function. These objects may perform the same function on different or biased products 129. Sometimes, this tool can be pressed into service to perform the function on both products.
Method
Step 1: Identify a similar tool nearby which performs the same function. Step 2: Combine and consolidate 130 both elements into one system.
ExampleAir Pump
The pressurization of air is required. Step 1: Identify a similar tool nearby which performs the same function. There is an oil pump nearby which performs the function. Step 2: Combine and consolidate both elements into one system.
Nearby Pump
Pressurizes
Oil Water
L3-(Ideal Tool-Parasite)Simplified Copy of the Current Tool

Use of the current tool can be overkill, especially if the tool is a human. A simplified copy 131 can often perform the same function as the full tool.
Method
Step 1: What part of the current tool performs the function? Step 2: Can a copy of the tool perform the function?
129 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 130 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 131 Inventive Principle #26Copying: A simplified and inexpensive copy should be used in place of a fragile original or an object that is inconvenient to operate. If a visible optical copy is used, replace it with an infrared or ultraviolet copies. Replace an object (or system of objects) with their optical image. The image can then be reduced or enlarged. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
195
ExampleDangerous Missions
Jets are often required to perform dangerous recognizance missions. The pilot controls the sophisticated aircraft. The pilot is capable of performing unexpected maneuvers during combat or if failures occur, but during a recognizance mission, these functions are rarely required. Step 1: What part of the current tool performs the function? The brains and hands of the pilot perform the current function. Step 2: Can a copy of the tool perform the function? A computer performs the function of the pilot.
Control Surfaces Computer (not pilot) Informs
L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Theft From SuperSystem

This is a tool borrowed from TRIZ Universality 132 and also the ASIT 133 Unification Tool. All systems within the super-system, including the super-system itself, are competing for functions. When we steal functions, the more closely related the function is to the function of your system, the more readily it will be accepted.
Method
Step 1: List objects in the environment associated with the job at hand. Take special note of objects with similar functions. Step 2: The Tool takes over all or part of another objects functions. This is not simply a combining of objects. When you are done, one of the two original objects should be invisible. There should be no compromise in the original functions. Step 3: Completely new and unexpected benefits must emerge. Try different orientations and combinations.
ExampleFood Bowl
In a pet feeding system, the food bowl is usually considered separately from the water bowl. Here we will consider how the food bowl might be able to steal another function.
132 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 133 ASIT stands for Advanced Systematic Inventive Thinking and is a methodology created by Roni Horowitz. It is primarily used to create new products which can easily be discriminated in the market place.
196
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 1: List objects in the environment associated with the job at hand. Take special note of objects with similar functions. A water bowl is also a part of the job of nourishing the dog. It also performs the function of containing a substance. Step 2: The Tool takes over all or part of another objects functions. This is not simply a combining of objects. When you are done, one of the two original objects should be invisible. There should be no compromise in the original functions. The water bowl and food bowl are combined Step 3: Completely new and unexpected benefits must emerge. Try different orientations and combinations.
L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Theft From Alternative or Competing Objects

Identify other objects or processes that seek to provide the same functions or do the same job. Sometimes these are not obvious alternatives. Though they may be from completely different industries, they are the true competition. This concept is also a form of the Universality principle 134.
Method
Step 1: Consider objects which provide the extreme of the function as well. Step 2: Consider taking over all or part of these objects functions. New and exciting capabilities should emerge, as well as new synergies between the objects that could not exist before.

Now that we have combined the water dish and the food dish, how might we steal functions or attributes from competing systems? Disposable containers are often used for food and water bowls. This is because they do not tip and they provide storage for long periods of time. Step 1: Consider objects which provide the extreme of the function as well. Disposed food containers can be used for pet drinking water Step 2: Consider taking over all or part of these objects functions. New and exciting capabilities should emerge, as well as new synergies between the objects that could not exist before.
134 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
197
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The pet can no longer drag the food bowl around, scattering the food.
L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Boost Incidental Functions

Most objects in a system provide incidental functions that we rarely notice. If we can identify these incidental functions and boost them, it is often possible to create more value for our product. Sometimes it takes little more than watching people use the product or service and then noticing all of the other things that it does. This is another way to perform the Universality Principle 135.
Method
Step 1: Identify incidental functions that the system already performs. Step 2: What elements in the super-system normally deliver this function? Step 3: Boost these incidental functions to take over for the other super-system elements. Look for unexpected capabilities to emerge.
ExampleSolar-Voltaic Panels
Step 1: Identify incidental functions that the system already performs. The solar panels incidentally protect the house.
PV System
House Electrical System Photons & Rain
Electrifies
Stops
Step 2: What elements in the super-system normally deliver this function? Roof Tiles.
Step 3: Boost these incidental functions to take over for the other super-system elements. Look for unexpected capabilities to emerge. Solar panels double as Roof tiles
198
L3-(Ideal Tool-Theft)Steal Human Interactions

Unless the object of the system is to directly serve humans in the system, there is usually a burdensome element to any function provided by humans to the system. When humans are eliminated from any function in the system, the system becomes less burdensome. Note that in order to oust humans, the human function must be deintellectualized. This is another example of the principle of Universality 136. Human
Method
Step 1: Look at the system from the viewpoint of humans that interact with the system. Are humans required to operate the system? Are humans required to maintain the system? Step 2: What changes to the system would allow the human to be removed from the system?

Step 1: Look at the system from the viewpoint of humans that interact with the system. Are humans required to operate the system? Are humans required to maintain the system? A human is required to fill the water bowl each day Step 2: What changes to the system would allow the human to be removed from the system? What if the Feeding system were to replenish the water?
Feeding System Replenishes Replenishes Human
Water
L3-(Ideal Tool--Consolidation) Consolidation of Objects

Consolidation occurs when objects become one object. It is not enough to simply combine two objects. The two objects must become one system and the resulting system should have new
199
capabilities that did not exist when both systems were separate. System efficiency is increased when multiple like or unlike objects are consolidated . 137 138 Method
Consolidate system objects
137 STANDARD 3-1-4. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by convolution (integration of several components into a single component) by reducing auxiliary components. Completely convoluted bi- and poly-systems become mono-systems again, and integration can be repeated at another level of the system. Example: Instead of three separate indicators on a dashboard, a single indicator can be used in which indicating arrows are made of different colors. 138 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
200
201
L2-Idealize Informing Functions
Subject
Informing functions have to do with measurement or detection. Measurement is actually Informs a subclass of useful functions, but there are additional considerations that we need to take into account. First, the subject is the object being measured or detected. It is the tool of the useful function. It modifies or informs the product or observer. This seems Observer backwards from what we would normally say in English. The thermometer measures the water temperature. From the English, it would appear that the thermometer is modifying the water by measuring it. In reality, the water modifies the thermometer. It changes the temperature of the thermometer which, in turn, informs or modifies the observer. This is a classic confusing function. The direction of the function is always from the subject to the observer. For the rest of this section, we will refer to the tool as the subject and the product as the observer. Another difference between informing functions and useful functions is that someplace in the system is a known observer. Unlike the typical useful function, where the only required part of the function is the product, there is a required and known observer. This puts constraints on the search for an ideal subject, informing modification, physical phenomenon and observer. Describing this in functional terms, there is a functional chain between the object that needs to be measured and the human observer that needs to be informed. For any given system, certain elements in that chain are known. For example, consider the climate control for a large building. Changes Temperature Heater Air Changes Temperature Changes Voltage
Informs
Changes Display Data
Changes Temperature Information
Changes Temperature Information
Attendant
Display
Controller
Data Bus
A/D Converter
Temp Sensor
This system will likely have a large number of sensors measuring such things as temperature and humidity. Each sensor must eventually give a voltage signal which is measured by an analog to digital converter and placed on a data bus. The data bus then changes digital attributes in the controller which manipulates the data and displays the results to a display screen where an attendant then can be informed and respond to what is displayed. The controller also affects a heater which changes the temperature of the air. Notice that the role of subject and observer is constantly changing as we move along the chain. Each observer becomes a subject for the next observer in the chain. Depending upon the part of this chain that we have control over, we will need to make decisions concerning the modifications, physical phenomena and observers that will deliver the functions. In some cases, we may have control over the entire chain, in others; we may have control over one link. The point is that for every measurement system, there are known elements that must be linked together. This is different than useful functions in which only a final result in the product is required. The system that we have shown is the extreme case, but also serves to show that there is usually a chain of transformations that must occur between the main subject that we are trying to measure and the observer or observers. Each transformation has its burdens. We would like to have as few transformations as possible to get the 202 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls job done. We would ideally like the requirement to measure the air temperature go away entirely. If there were only one temperature to measure then it would be more ideal for the air to directly inform the attendant. As mentioned, in a long chain of transformations, each observer becomes the subject for the next measurement transformation in the system. As we idealize each function in the chain we first idealize the observer. We want to know why measurement is important to the observer. If the observer does not need to know the measured attribute then it may not be necessary for measurement to occur. If measurement is required, then we want to identify the ideal subject to be measured? Perhaps it doesnt need to be measured. This allows for the most ideal systems to be considered first. A measurement system that does not require measurement is more ideal than a system where the measurement tool is idealized. The final step is to decide how the detection or measurement will occur. In this case, the most important consideration is the chain of physical phenomena and then the actual objects that will deliver the physical phenomena. Notice that we have allowed for a chain of transformations. Ideally, we want as few transformations as possible, but we still have to allow for a chain of physical phenomena in order to be consistent with the subject and the observer.
The Ideal Subject Doesnt Require Measurement

There is something about the subject that makes measurement or detection unnecessary. As mentioned earlier, there are usually many burdens associated with measurement. The typical measurement system has many interlinking elements that wind their way back to the observer. If measurement is not required, then we can eliminate many system parts.
The Ideal Subject Comes in Natural Groups

If we have decided that the measurement is necessary, then the most ideal subject is all that come in a group. If the group is a natural group, then it is even more ideal. Many subjects come in natural groups. If we can perform the function on all of them, preferably at the same time, then this can make the system less complex. Measuring and detecting objects may not be required if the objects to be measured are not required in the first place. If we can find a way to discard the subject, there is no need to measure them.
Set the Bar for How Well the Modification must be Performed
We just asked ourselves, in the section on idealizing useful functions, what the ideal level of the function was. If I could snap my fingers and make things magically happen, how much do I want to modify or control the subject? Here we ask a similar question. If I could snap my fingers, how would I like the function to be performed? How well, how long, etc. It is important to note that insights derived at this stage have the ability to influence each other. Consequently, the tools in this section may not be followed linearly. It may be necessary to jump back and forth between tools. Conclusions gained during one activity may be upset by insights gained in other activities
The Ideal Physical Phenomenon for Informing Functions

In this step, we consider which physical phenomena can perform the modification to the observer that we desire. In effect, we are sensitizing our minds for the next step in which we consider the substance, object and field resources around us. Armed with the knowledge of what is possible, it will be easier to identify the value of a resource when we see it. Some of the phenomena that we may consider in this stage may seem a little wild or too weak to perform the function. Remember that such weak phenomena can often be boosted in latter stages of the algorithm. Therefore, it is important to keep an open mind to the possibilities. Idealize Informing Functions 203
Current Physical Phenomena

Some of the potential phenomena will be considered in-use. This is an investigation of potential physical phenomena from competitive alternatives. Competitive alternatives are any systems that can potentially compete with the system that you are simplifying or creating. A newspaper is competition for the television. Car or truck transportation is competition for airline travel. Current physical phenomena are possibilities within the given industry. It is entirely possible that we should continue with these phenomena.
New Physical Phenomena

The observer and the physical phenomenon will ultimately come packaged together. In other words, the decision of which physical phenomenon to use will come after seeing what resources are available. We are not making a decision at this point on the physical phenomenon and the object that will deliver it. Instead we are identifying potential physical phenomena that can deliver this informing function. We create a fertile situation so that when the right resources are presented, we can see their merit. While the phenomena that we discover may not be new in the sense that we have discovered them from research, they may be new to the industry. Informing functions create an additional challenge to identifying physical phenomena. While it is ideal to find a single physical phenomenon to inform the observer, this is not always possible. It is often necessary to create a chain of phenomena which delivers the required modification and can be realized by abundant resources. This creates a challenge. How do we identify this chain and harmonize it with abundant resources? Without software designed to perform this, we come back to a trial-and-error what if situation. This subject is beyond the scope of this book. The potential physical phenomena which are suggested are sufficient for many problems and often allow for direct measurement or detection by the observer with few or obvious transformations.
The Ideal Physical Phenomena have a Chance to Compete

The ideal resource is capable of holding its own. It must be abundant and capable of providing as many functions as possible. The final steps help us to decide between the different phenomena which might be the most ideal for our situation.
The Ideal Chain of Objects for Informing Functions

The ideal machine performs its function without the use of substance. This is often possible when we can get an object to perform more functions than it normally would. It is also possible if we can eliminate objects and allow something in the system to take over the function.
The Ideal Observer is Parasitic

Parasitic observers use something which already exists in the system, super-system or environment to perform the function. When this occurs, it is actually possible to get something for nothing.
The Ideal Observer Steals Functions from Other System ObjectsTheft of Functions
If we have to have the observer, we should make the most of it. The system will become more ideal with fewer elements. Thus, we must look around and see if a given observer can perform more functions than it already is.
L2-Method
Step 1: Brainstorm the ideal observer: Find out why the observer needs to know. Remove the need for measurement. Find out why the measurement is required and remove the reason. Consider pre-measurement
204
Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Brainstorm the ideal modification: measurement is much easier Look for the ideal timing so that
Step 3: Brainstorm the ideal physical phenomenon: Consider using field or substance markets in, on or around the subjects. Consider measuring a secondary effect. Consider measuring the derivative or integral of the parameter. Consider measuring resonance. Consider measuring a copy 139 instead. Consider using a different measurement phenomenon that does not require the offending parts Step 4: Brainstorm the Ideal Chain of Measurement: Look for ways to incorporate measurement tools that already exist. Look for ways to incorporate measuring tools from the super system
L3-(Ideal Observer)Doesnt Need to Know

Up to this point, we have taken for granted that the observer is a required system object. We cannot afford to take this for granted. If we have any control on the system, we must challenge the requirement for the observer. The ideal observer is one that does not require the measurement to occur. Measurement brings many burdens to the system. Sensors provide auxiliary functions to systems which do not directly modify the system product. Consequently, they have lower functional ranking or value in the system. Paradoxically, sensors are often one of the most expensive elements in the system. If the need for measurement is removed, then we can usually remove a lot of system elements. Is there something about the observer that makes measurement or detection unnecessary? Why does the observer want to know the attributes of the measured object? The reason can be disappointing. This is especially true in human systems. Take the example where an obsessive employer wants to monitor his employees. While this may seem extreme, it is nevertheless a very useful way to look at a situation from a new point of view. In order to accomplish this result a slight modification of the product is usually required.
Method
Step 1: Identify the required observer and the required subject that must be measured or detected. If the system is technical, you may need to decide where you have control over the system and where you do not.
Subject
Informs
Step 2: Why does the observer require informing? Follow this Observer reasoning back through the causal relationships. If a Causal analysis Diagram is being used, it is easier to follow the chain of reasoning back to the problems that the measurement function helps to resolve. At this point, we are looking for a reason that has to do with the observer. What characteristics of the observer make this function necessary? Step 3: A change to an object in the system (often the observer) removes the requirement for the observer to be informed.
139 Inventive Principle #26Copying: A simplified and inexpensive copy should be used in place of a fragile original or an object that is inconvenient to operate. If a visible optical copy is used, replace it with an infrared or ultraviolet copies. Replace an object (or system of objects) with their optical image. The image can then be reduced or enlarged. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
Idealize Informing Functions
205
L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Measurement Not Required

There is something about the subject that makes measurement or detection unnecessary. 140 All measurement functions can be thought of in a remedial or preventative context. This may not seem intuitive at first, but consider the following. Why do we measure the temperature of air in a room? It is because the temperature tends to go out of the comfortable zone. It is not doing its job! If it were doing its job, the air would remain the correct temperature all of the time without external action. While this may seem excessive, it is nevertheless a very useful way to look at a situation from a new point of view. In order to accomplish this result a modification of some object in the system is often required.
Method
Step1: Why is the subject being measured? Is detecting or measurement required in preparation for fixing preventing or countering something? Follow this reasoning back through the causal relationships. If a Causal analysis Diagram is being used, it is easier to follow the chain of reasoning back to the problems that the measurement function helps to resolve. (Remember that this is usually done by considering existence of elements). Step 2: A change to an object in the system (often the object that we are serving) removes the requirement for the main function and hence the objects that deliver the function. In other words, if something did its job better, our system wouldnt be needed. What modification to the subject or other element in the system would make it so that measurement is not required?
ExampleVacuum Crucible
The temperature of a crucible in a vacuum furnace is constantly measured. Step1: Why is the subject being measured? Is detecting or measurement required in preparation for fixing preventing or countering something? Follow this reasoning back through the causal relationships. If a Causal analysis Diagram is being used, it is easier to follow the chain of reasoning back to the problems that the measurement function helps to resolve. (Remember that this is usually done by considering existence of elements). The temperature is being measured to ensure that the operator knows when the crucible is about to melt. Step 2: A change to an object in the system (often the object that we are serving) removes the requirement for the main function and hence the objects that deliver the function. In other words, if something did its job better, our system wouldnt be needed. What
140 STANDARD 4-1-1. If a problem involves detection or measurement, it is proposed to change the problem in such a way, so that there should be no need to perform detection or measurement at all. Example: To prevent a permanent electric motor from overheating, its temperature is measured by a temperature sensor. If to make the poles of the motor of an alloy with a Curie point equal to the critical value of the temperature, the motor will stop itself.
206
TR IZ P ower T oo ls modification to the subject or other element in the system would make it so that measurement is not required? The crucible is made of a material with a high enough melting temperature that it cannot melt. Temperature measurement is no longer required.
ExampleMeasuring Job Performance

Step1: Why is the subject being measured? Is detecting or measurement required in preparation for fixing preventing or countering something? Follow this reasoning back through the causal relationships. If a Causal analysis Diagram is being used, it is easier to follow the chain of reasoning back to the problems that the measurement function helps to resolve. (Remember that this is usually done by considering existence of elements). Measurement of job performance is required because workers do not always perform in a manner that is best for the company. This is a remedial function. Also, it is required so that the company may know how to recompense the employee. This is also a preventative action to keep the employee from leaving. Both remedial and preventative functions are prime candidates for removal. By taking it for granted that these remedial or preventative actions are required; companies spend a great deal of time and money on this process. Step 2: A change to an object in the system (often the object that we are serving) removes the requirement for the main function and hence the objects that deliver the function. In other words, if something did its job better, our system wouldnt be needed. What modification to the subject or other element in the system would make it so that measurement is not required? In this case, we might consider changing the system of how the company contracts with the employee or allowing employees to identify areas that they could better serve the company with their particular talents. It may be possible to hire employees that have already been through the gauntlet and have proven themselves to be worthy of not monitoring. In some highly developed countries, salary increases are automatic and dependent upon competitive pay for that position.
L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Non-Existent Subject

The ideal subject does not require the measurement. There are a variety of reasons that measurement may not be required. If the element isnt required in the system or doesnt even exist, then there is no requirement for measurement.
Method
Step 1: Is the subject ever Harmful, Waste? Yes Step 2: Eliminate Subject. No way found Step 3: Eliminate Source. No way found Step 4: Eliminate Path. No way found Step 5: The Waste becomes useful and thus is eliminated by its usefulness. Idealize Informing Functions 207
ExampleNuclear Waste
Nuclear Waste and its storage medium must be monitored. Step 1: Is the subject ever Harmful, Waste? Yes Step 2: Eliminate Subject. No way found Step 3: Eliminate Source. No way found Step 4: Eliminate Path. No way found Step 5: The Waste becomes useful and thus is eliminated by its usefulness. The Nuclear Waste becomes a pre-heater. As the pre-heater grows, the main reactor material is reduced.
Pre-heater Main Reactor
L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Direct Acting Sensors

A critical point is a region of operation where the properties of an object change abruptly. Most physical phenomena can be tailored to operate in the around a critical point. Efficiency of system operation can be increased by operating near critical points. 141 This often involves the use of Phase Transitions 142. The boiling or melting points of a substance are critical points.
Critical Points Sheer Strength Ultimate Strength Tip Angle Static Friction Adhesive Failure point Zero Buoyancy Triple point Surface Tension Resonant Frequency Spark point Freezing point Boiling point Curie temperature Human Temperature threshold Pressure threshold Auditory threshold Olfactory threshold Personal space violation Speed threshold Altitude threshold Visual thresholds Startling point Discomfort (A pattern or perception that something is out of place) Equilibrium threshold
141 STANDARD 5-4-1. If an object is to be alternating between different physical states, the transition is performed by the object itself using reversible physical transformations, e.g. phase transitions, ionization-recombination, dissociation-association, etc. Note: A dynamic balance providing for the process self-adjustment or stabilization may be maintained in the dual-phase state. STANDARD 5-4-2. If it is necessary to obtain a strong effect at the system's output, given a weak effect at the input, the transformer substance is placed to a condition close to critical. The energy is stored in the substance, and the input signal acts as a "trigger". 142 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
208
Operating near critical points allows for direct acting elements. For passive control 143 144, we demand that the sensor use the same fields for sense and modulation (the subject is a combined sensor and modulating element). Method
Step1: Identify the fields associated with the parameter of the subject that is being sensed. Step 2: Identify a physical phenomenon which reacts to the parameter change. Step 3: Identify a critical point associated with the phenomena. Step 4: Identify how crossing this critical point can be used to both sense and control.
ExampleFluid Temperature Feedback

Consider a control system that measures the temperature of a fluid and then actuates a fluid closure element. Step1: Identify the fields associated with the parameter of the subject that is being sensed. The field is a thermal field Step 2: Identify a physical phenomenon which reacts to the parameter change. Expansion during Phase Change Step 3: Identify a critical point associated with the phenomena. Melting Point Step 4: Identify how crossing this critical point can be used to both sense and control. Expansion upon melting provides muscle to move closure element.
143 Inventive Principle #25Self-service: An object must service itself and carry-out supplementary and repair operations. Make use of waste material and energy. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 144 Use of critical points is an extension of Standard 1-2-5. There are many physical phenomena that exhibit critical points. Operation about these critical points allows for large forces to be created which, in turn, can be used for actuation. STANDARD 1-2-5. If it is necessary to decompose a SFM with a magnetic field, the problem is solved by using physical effects, which are capable of switching off ferromagnetic properties of substances, e.g. by demagnetizing during an impact or during heating above Curie point. Notes: The magnetic field may appear at the right moment if a system of magnets compensating the effect of each other's field is used. When one of the magnets is demagnetized, a magnetic field arises in the system. Example: During welding, it is difficult to insert a ferromagnetic powder in the welding zone: an electromagnetic field of a welding current makes the particles move away from the welding zone. It is proposed to heat the powders above the Curie point to make them non-magnetic.
209
L3-(Ideal Subject-No Measurement)Subject Comes Pre-Measured

The Subject does not require detection because the detection is already incorporated. Can the subject be apportioned in such a way that the required properties are already known or pre-measured? This principle is an extension of the principle of Prior Action 145 where the action of measuring and using the measured substance or field is broken down into measurement and action with the measurement performed prior to being required.
Method
For substances, identify a way to make the substance pre measured. For measurement of fields, make the source of the fields come in discrete forms.
ExamplesSubstances and Fields

For substances, identify a way to make the substance pre measured. MedicationPills FoodPackets TubesPre-fabricated diameters (very accurate)
For measurement of fields, make the source of the fields come in discrete forms. Following are several examples. Sound or Vibration Set frequencies (resonance) and duration LightSet frequencies or duration Buoyancydiscrete volumes PressuresSaturated liquid gas phase gives one pressure TemperatureSaturated liquid-gas phase gives off pressure CurrentUse of current driver
ExampleDetection of Astronomical Phenomena

For substances, identify a way to make the substance pre measured. For measurement of fields, make the source of the fields come in discrete forms.
Pre-measured Frequency
Astronomical objects give off many frequencies of light. These frequencies can often be separated into frequency bands by optical gratings. Expensive detectors can sense a variety of frequencies, but large
Filter
Photo Detector
145 Inventive Principle #10Prior Action: Perform required changes to an object completely or partially in advance. Place objects in advance so that they can go into action immediately from the most convenient location. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
210
TR IZ P ower T oo ls sections of the sky need to be surveyed. How can the frequencies be pre-measured? By use of an optical filter, the light can be filtered to specific frequencies which show up as anomalies or can be discretely detected with an alarm.
L3-(Ideal Subject-Least Measurement)Detect or Measure the Minimum Part or Constituents

Detecting or measuring a parameter of a system composed of a variety of elements allows for the possibility of simplifying by measuring the parameters for only part of the system. It is natural to directly measure the properties of the direct elements. An alternative method is to measure the properties of the constituents or derivatives of the constituents to determine the properties of the whole.
Method
Step 1: If the subject is a single element, what minimum part of the subject must be detected? Step 2: If the subject is composed of multiple elements, identify parts of the system that could be measured, rather than measuring the whole system.
ExampleBicycle Speedometer
How can the speed of a bicycle be determined? Step 1: If the subject is a single element, what minimum part of the subject must be detected? Detect the revolution of part of the wheel rather than the whole bicycle Step 2: If the subject is composed of multiple elements, identify parts of the system that could be measured, rather than measuring the whole system.
Magnet Magnetic Pickup
211
L3-(Ideal Subject-Natural Groupings) Multiple Subject Elements

The seed for this tool comes from the standards involving multiple system elements. 146 147 148149 However, there is a twist to the idea. Simply increasing the number of subject elements that are measured/detected is definitely an improvement over performing the functions on single product elements, but it is yet more useful when the subjects come in natural groupings. Such groupings often are dictated by nature or commonly accepted manufacturing conditions. In the Case of multiple and identical subject elements, it is often more ideal or easier to detect the average parameter of many objects than it is to detect the properties of a single object. 150 This is almost always true when detecting the properties of small things such as particles, molecules, atoms. This is especially true if the subjects come in natural groupings. In this case, we are treating all of the objects that are being measured and looking primarily for the statistics of the group. In the case of biased subjects, it may be more ideal to measure a natural group of these all at once. In the case of completely different subjects that come in natural groupings, it may be more ideal to measure all of them together.
Method
Step 1: Do the subjects that need the same measurement come in natural batches or groups? Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to detect the group simultaneously? For instance, is it advantageous to know the average value as opposed to individual values of measurement? Measuring the subjects as a group makes it easier and gives an average value which may be more ideal in some situations.
146 STANDARD 3-1-1. System efficiency at any stage of its evolution can be improved by combining the system with another system (or systems) to form a bi- or poly-system. Notes: For a simple formation of bi- and poly-systems, two and more components are combined. Components to be combined may be substances, fields, substance- field pairs and whole SFMs. Example: To process sides of thin glass plates, several plates are put together to prevent glass from breaking. 147 STANDARD 3-1-2. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by developing links between system elements. Notes: Links between elements of a bi- and polysystem may be made either more rigid or more dynamic. Example: To synchronize a process of lifting a very heavy part by three cranes, it is proposed to use a rigid triangle synchronizing the cranes moving parts. 148 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 149 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber) 150 STANDARD 4-5-1. Efficiency of a measuring system at any stage of its evolution can be improved by forming bi- or poly-system. Notes: To form bi- and poly-systems, two or more components are combined. The components to be combined may be substances, fields, substance-field pairs and SFMs. Example: It is difficult to accurately measure the temperature of a small beetle. However, if there are many beetles put together, the temperature can be measured easily.
212
ExampleMeasuring the Temperature of an Insect

It is desirable to understand the metabolic rate of insects. In order to do this, we would like to measure their temperature compared to the ambient environment. Step 1: Do the subjects that need the same measurement come in natural batches or groups? Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. While the insects do not come in natural groups but rather arbitrary swarms, they are small, making them hard to separate. This makes this situation a likely situation for measuring in groups. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to detect the group simultaneously? For instance, is it advantageous to know the average value as opposed to individual values of measurement? Measuring the subjects as a group makes it easier and gives an average value which may be more ideal in some situations. In this case, it is more advantageous to measure the average temperature of a swarm.
ExampleMeasurement of Glass Thickness

Consider the measurement of the thickness of each piece of glass in a stack of glass. The glass to be measured has a variety of thickness within a narrow range. Step 1: Do the subjects that need the same measurement come in natural batches or groups?. Do they come in large groups or in groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. The glass comes as a stack of plates that have a slight variation in thickness. For our application, the variety of thicknesses is detrimental. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to detect the group simultaneously? For instance, is it advantageous to know the average value as opposed to individual values of measurement? Measuring the subjects as a group makes it easier and gives an average value which may be more ideal in some situations. The net thickness, coupled with the number of sheets will help us to understand whether the individual plates have a wide variation.
ExampleWeighing Fruit and Vegetables

Consider automatic checkout of fruits and vegetables in a grocery store. Each fruit or vegetable comes in a variety of weights. Yet, the speed of weighing and assigning costs must be done rapidly. Step 1: Do the subjects that need the same measurement come in natural batches or groups. Do they come in large groups or in
Fruits / Vegetables Inform
213
TR IZ P ower T oo ls groups that are hard to separate? The subjects may be identical, similar in some aspect or completely different. The important question is whether they require the same measurement. The fruits and vegetables come in natural groups, but they are quite different from each other. However, they all require the same measurement of weight. Step 2: Is it more ideal (or easier) to detect the group simultaneously? For instance, is it advantageous to know the average value as opposed to individual values of measurement? Measuring the subjects as a group makes it easier and gives an average value which may be more ideal in some situations. An automatic checkout would be greatly enhanced if it could detect the presence of a large variety of items at the same time.
L3-(Ideal Mod)Describe the Measurement in a Variety of Ways

After focusing on the ideal observer and the ideal subject, we focus on the ideal modification. We ask: What do we really want to have happen and what are the attributes of the ideal informing? While informing functions are useful, the ideal modification for informing functions (measurement and detection) has to be thought of differently than useful functions. Since the subject that is being measured and the observer are both known, this can be confusing. What does it mean to inform ideally? We are setting the stage to think differently about the measurement. Subject Mod 1 Mod 2 Observer
If I could snap my fingers...
According to the laws of system evolution, we would like detection to occur with as few energy transformations as possible. Often, there is a multi-step process that occurs between the subject and the observer. The subject being measured changes something else which changes something else which changes something else which then informs the user. Now, how do we describe this in the most ideal way possible? We would like as few transformations as possible. What are ideal final results? In some situations, the most ideal measurement is that the observer merely looks (smells, feels or hears) and all required information is transferred. In another situation where control is required, the observer may be a system that detects a voltage. The ideal in this case is that the change in the subject being measured directly changes the voltage of the system. It is not enough to describe this in only one way. Each way may lead to a different physical phenomenon to accomplish the function (depending on abundance of system resources). What would I want to happen if I could do it magically by snapping my fingers?
Method
Step 1: Identify the subject and its attribute that is being measured. Step 2: Identify the observer. information for logging or control. 214 This may be a human or system which collects
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Begin with the assumption that the modification will occur directly between the subject being measured and the observer. If this is not possible, we will come back and allow another transformation to occur. Step 4: Consider the observer. What attribute do we want to change in the observer? If the observer is human, we need to pick a sense that we want to affect. If the observer is a device, then we need to decide which device attributes we would like to change (voltage, current, etc.). Step 6: Work backward by imagining several ideal final states. Using the longhand form of the modification, consider different ways to describe the modification. Consider moving from the macro world to the micro world (atomic level and beyond).
ExampleDetecting Fan Speed

Step 1: Identify the subject and its attribute that is being measured. The subject being measured is the fan and its rotational speed. Step 2: Identify the observer. This may be a human or system which collects information for logging or control. The observer is a human observer. Step 3: Begin with the assumption that the modification will occur directly between the subject being measured and the observer. If this is not possible, we will come back and allow another transformation to occur. The fan must directly inform the user of its speed. Step 4: Consider the observer. What attribute do we want to change in the observer? If the observer is human, we need to pick a sense that we want to affect. If the observer is a device, then we need to decide which device attributes we would like to change (voltage, current, etc.). In this case, the attribute that I want to change is the sense of hearing. Step 6: Work backward by imagining several ideal final states. Using the longhand form of the modification, consider different ways to describe the modification. Consider moving from the macro world to the micro world (atomic level and beyond). In this case, the human directly hears the fan and knows its speed by detecting and translating the audible sounds given off by the fan. Fan Changes tone heard Changes audible voice heard Human
215
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Level of Measurement?

Determine the actual level of the ideal informing. This level usually involves a metric. As we begin to adjust the levels of the informing, we start to chip away at psychological inertia. We gain insights.
Method
Step 1: If I could snap my fingers, what would the ideal level of informing be?
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Sequence of Measurement?

This method comes from considerations of harmonizing functions 151 or actions in a system. The law of harmonizing the rhythms of parts of the system. An essential condition for the living viability in principle of a technical system is the harmonization of the rhythms (frequencies of vibration, periodicity) of all parts of the system. Considering the ideal sequence will continue to give us more insights into the ideal informing. A powerful method for investigating this is the process map. This can be accomplished in a variety of ways, including a storyboard or simply words in sequence. However it is done, it is nice to show the possibility of functions performed in parallel as this will be one of the considerations that we make.
Method
Step 1: Create a process map of the sequence of functions. Informing functions show up as blocks in the process map. It is preferable, but not absolutely necessary that functional language be used. Step 2: Consider performing the informing function in different sequences. Move it earlier or later than currently performed. Try moving it so far forward that it is no longer during the normal process sequence. Consider moving it so far backward that it is no longer part of the ordinary sequence. Step 3: Can the function be performed in parallel with other functions? Step 4: If necessary, break down sections of the map into finer detail. Step 5: Can the modification be broken into two (or more) stages? Does this allow for parallel processes to accomplish the main function, or does it allow for a more optimum sequencing of functions?
151
Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 226. Idealize Informing functions
216
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duration of Measurement?

The ideal sequence is strongly influenced by the duration of the function. Likewise, duration of the function is strongly influenced by the sequence of the function.
Method
Step 1: If the informing modification were performed very rapidly, would other harmful functions be precluded? Step 2: How much time do we have after it is normally performed that it would be allowable to continue performing the function? If the modification were performed very slowly (hours, days, weeks, months, years) would this be harmful or could this actually help in the performance of other functions?
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the Ideal Duty Cycle of Measurement?

Ideality requires that all objects perform as many functions as possible, as much of the time as possible. Systems that idle use valuable resources without doing anything. Consequently, it is important to consider idealizing the function by requiring the system to work all of the time 152.
Method
Step 1: Are there opportunities for the system to run all the time? Is this even desirable considering the current subject? Ideally, objects in the system will be at full capacity Step 2: Are there other objects in the job that require the same informing function? Should the informing function be reframed to consider these other objects? Step 3: Should the informing modification be performed along the entire path, both coming and going? This usually applies to machines which have repetitive motions. Should dummy runs and downtimes be allowed?
217
L3-(Ideal Mod)What is the ideal Adjustability and Continuity of Adjustment?

Lines of evolution suggest that the control of functions become more and more adjustable 153. At first, the process is fixed. Next it becomes adjustable to at least discrete levels. Next, the adjustment must become continuous. Next, some form of control scheme is used to adjust the function for changing conditions. The first form of control often turns the function on or off. This is often referred to as bang-bang control. The next form of control is referred to as open-loop control. This means that a change is sensed somewhere and the mechanism that controls the function is given a set command that puts the output in the required range. The next form of control uses feedback 154 which continuously or discretely controls the function. Each level of adjustment and control increase the complexity of the system. It is important here to not go overboard in assigning an ideal level of adjustability. We can over-constrain the system. This sounds too much like a compromise, but here we will consider only an acceptable level of adjustment that will allow this system to operate for a long time without change.
Method
Step 1: Consider different and perhaps extreme operating environments. Decide whether or not the informing function must be capable of adapting to these different environments Step 2: Consider adjustability to a variety of measured objects. How much variation can we tolerate? Consider biased objects (objects which are of the same type, but have some differences in an important attribute like nails of various sizes or roses of different shades). Consider objects with much greater differences such as the range of edible plants. Step 3: What granularity of adjustment is necessary? Can the adjustment be discrete? If so, what is the discrete step size? Step 5: Does the adjustment need to be continuous or should it require continuous feedback?
L3-(Ideal Mod)When Should Measurement Be Excluded?(The Zero Function)

The Zero Function 155 is the intended absence of a function under certain conditions. We should have full control over the function when its existence would be dangerous or otherwise harmful. Zero
153 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 154 Inventive Principle #23Feedback: Introduce feedback. If feedback already exists, change it. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 155
Greg Yezersky, General Theory of Innovation Feb 2006 Idealize Informing functions
218
Method
Step 1: Identify times when the informing functions are harmful. Step 2: Consider providing the zero function and means for detecting and controlling the informing function during these times.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Review the History

When we know what we want to do, we are now prepared to talk about how we are going to deliver the function. We deliver functions with physical phenomena which are in turn delivered by the tool. The tool and the physical phenomena often come together, but for our purposes we will consider them separately as potential physical phenomena. As taught in school, physical phenomena are a human abstract of fields and substances arranged in special architectures that do something recognizable. When we talk about buoyancy as a physical phenomenon, we are talking about several substances and several fields that interact to cause objects to float in their surrounding fluid. We recognize that this works in water and in the air. Buoyancy can be used to do things. It is a means to an end if we want. It is rare that only one substance and/or field is involved. For those who have learned physics, they recognize that the study of physics is primarily the study of physical phenomena. This is fortunate because it helps the user to understand how to calculate the effects of the associated parameters. The decision of what physical phenomena to use to deliver a function is often ignored or taken for granted. Whenever we ignore or take for granted, we are assuming. Whenever we assume, we are subject to psychological inertia. We may not recognize that there are more ideal physical phenomena that can be used to deliver our modification to the tool. We may be ignoring free resources in the environment or in the job that can be used to simplify the system. Even though, a physical phenomenon may not be ideal, we need to additionally consider whether the timing is right to change it. This decision should not be taken lightly as changing to a new physical phenomenon can lead to a lot of headaches. If it is not time to change, this whole section can be skipped. There are many avenues for identifying physical phenomena. Many of physical phenomena are already in-use to perform the function. Some need to be transported from other industries. Once we have them, we need to sort through them to find the most ideal. In the event that we cannot identify a good physical phenomenon to meet our needs, there is always the option to go searching for new phenomena. This should only be done if absolutely necessary as it requires the heart and soul of the researcher. Means are given to look for new phenomena. This is a new area for TRIZ and the methods are experimental. The decision to switch the phenomenon has ramifications for the amount of work that will be required to make your product or service work. Generally speaking, when you change to a new physical phenomenon, there are many new unknowns. Perhaps you are lucky because you experienced in the new phenomenon. This makes the possibility of bridging to the new phenomenon much easier. Remember that the new product or service must compete with one that has been polished for many years. The bar is quite high.
219
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Knowing the history 156 of a system helps in understanding the main evolutionary trends. Each system has a main evolutionary tendency. The tendency of a system to stall along this evolutionary path is largely a function of the technical problems that directly conflict with this evolutionary tendency. You have already conducted a patent search within your industry so you have a lot of information about the history. This step can take time, but the information is extremely valuable from the viewpoint of continued steps. The inventor is becoming a true expert in this field.
Method
Step 1: From patents and literature, study the history of the functions that are typically involved in the job. What functions have been added over time? What main physical parameters have improved? Step 2: From patents and literature, study the history of the technologies (physical phenomena) that typically deliver these functions. How have these technologies changed
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Plot the Course of Disruptive Technologies

We have already discussed disruptive technologies 157 in some depth. If you feel that a disruptive technology is threatening you, it may be wise to look at how rapidly this encroachment is occurring. This analysis takes a great deal of time, so it is usually not called for unless an imminent threat is detected.
#1 Capability
Speed
#1 Market (Job)
#2 Capability #2 Market (Job)
Method
Step 1: Each recognized market (job) is focused on a competitive parameter. Determine the competitive parameter. The progression of competitive parameters is as follows:
Time
Performance of the main parameter (speed, power, etc) Reliability Convenience Cost Step 2: Plot this main competitive parameter for the most advanced leaders with respect to time for each market (job). This gives the capability curve. Step 3: Plot the average of the competitive parameter for all products for that market. This gives the demand curve for each market.
156 The Innovation Algorithm by Genrich Altshuller page 215While Altshullers life was a study of the history of systems, this particular chapter shows the various stages of a technology. Altshuller made it a point to take an existing system and determine the evolutionary history of that particular system. 157
The Innovators Dilemma by Clayton M. ChristensenHarper Business Essentials Idealize Informing functions
220
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: If the capability of the lower performing market appears to be on a course to cross the demand line of the market with the upper capability, then it is imperative that you find a way to switch to the technology used by the encroaching market. It may be necessary to spin off an independent group which is given proper resources and incentives to market this new technology. This may be difficult since the new market is likely to have developed new delivery channels. Another possibility is to consider a hybrid of the old and new technologies which enhance the existing performance.
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Determine the System Maturity from Patents

The maturity of systems can be determined by several means. One means is by the study of patents 158. This involves understanding the increase in performance of the main technical parameter related to main technical function, the level of invention and the number of patents over time. The method shown is very time consuming and should be applied if other methods prove ineffective in showing the importance of switching to a new physical phenomenon.
Method for Examining System Maturity

Step 1: Identify the technical parameter related to the main function. Quantify how this has improved over time. Step 2: Identify how the level of invention has changed over time. The level of invention is typically high when changing to a new physical phenomenon. It peaks again during the period of rapid growth as resources are made available from sales. Later, it levels off as system resources are exhausted. The level of invention is as follows: 1. No resolution of contradiction 2. Resolves contradiction with small change 3. Resolves contradictions with a major change. It uses technology from the same field. 4. Complete change in physical phenomenon. This is usually a technology from another field. 5. New Physical Phenomenon. Has ability to change the super-system to which it belongs.
Technical Maturity Parameter Related to the Main Function Level of Invention Infancy Stagnation
Rapid growth
Number Of Patents Per year
Step 3: Quantify the number of patents per year.
158
Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach. Page 207 221
L3-(Switch Phenomenon?)Is it Time for a New Physical Phenomenon?

The main reason that we would like to know the system maturity is because it is particularly important to determine whether there is a need to change to a new physical phenomenon to perform the main modification of the system product. A new physical phenomenon brings fresh resources which allow continued evolution of the function or the job that is being performed. Unfortunately, it also involves unknown risks and unfamiliarity of the side effects of the new phenomenon. An additional shortcoming of going to a new physical phenomenon is that the customer has come to accept certain levels of performance which will almost certainly not be achieved unless the transition is brought about through the use of hybrid phenomena which will be described later.
Required Conditions for a New Phenomenon

If several of these conditions are present then consider a new physical phenomenon to deliver the main modification. Condition 1: The super-system has become very specialized. Condition 2: The super-system has reached the point of diminishing return. Are the main technical parameters improving very slowly? Condition 3: Automatic feedback 159 is used to perform the main super-system function. By the point that systems are using massive feedback, we can usually assume that the system is running out of resources. This is because the use of feedback is costly indicating that costly improvements are required to bring minor changes to performance. Condition 4: Multiple conflicts must be resolved for even minor improvements. (Many rocks appear when we begin to drain the pond) It is typical that products and services will be filled with compromise solutions. Between major improvements in the product, there is a tendency to ignore risks and to live with compromises. As time goes on and the product becomes specialized, these compromises mount up until changes in the operating environment exposes multiple compromises.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Analogous Transformation

An analogous phenomenon 160 produces the same transformation of object attributes. This can be transferred to our situation with satisfying results.
Method
Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. Step 2: State this in short format.
159 17 Secrets of an Inventive Mind: How to Conceive World Class Products Rapidly Using TRIZ and other Leading Edge Creative Tools by James Kowalick 160 No specific reference is given for this tool. The author has heard rumor that there might be a table of analogous phenomena in existence somewhere in the world. It is not necessary to have a table to use this method, but would be helpful if such a table existed.
222
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: What other situations require the same transformation? Step 4: Search for patents related to this transformation. Step 5: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing subject or transferring the minimum amount of the subject.
ExampleVoltage Change Due to Temperature Change of Hydrogen Gas

Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. The voltage of the observer object must change due to a temperature change of the gas. Step 2: State this in short format. Temperature changes voltage. (T V) Step 3: What other situations require the same transformation? Oven temperature sensing requires a change of voltage due to a change of gas temperature. Step 4: Search for patents related to this transformation. Step 5: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing subject or transferring the minimum amount of the subject.
Hydrogen Changes Voltage
Circuit
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Mega-trend Analogous Observers

If we look in industries that perform a function on a massive scale 161, we can often discover the evolutionary trend for this function along with physical phenomena which are used to accomplish it. It is even possible to identify physical phenomena by using the patent database.
Method
Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. Step 2: State this in short format. Step 3: What other situations in leading industries require the same transformation? This is where this same transformation occurs in large amounts of materials. Step 4: Search for patents related to this transformation.
161 The Innovation Algorithm by G.S. Altshuller, Technical Innovation center. First Edition 1999 page 174. Used as part of ARIZ 71. Compare the by-pass problem with a tendency (a direction of evolution) in a leading industry.
223
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing subject or transferring the minimum amount of the subject.

Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. The voltage of the observer object must change due to a temperature change of the gas. Step 2: State this in short format. Temperature changes voltage. (T V) Step 3: What other situations in leading industries require the same transformation? This is where this same transformation occurs in large amounts of materials. Combustion sensors in automobiles. Step 4: Search for patents related to this transformation. Step 5: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing subject or transferring the minimum amount of the subject.
Circuit
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Identify Competitive Alternatives through Observation and Questioning

The competitive alternative is what people currently use and what they would use if they didnt have what they are currently using. Remember that this is not necessarily what you would consider to be the competition. For a pet watering bowl, the competitive alternative might be a large bucket. In the early stages, Southwest Airlines did not compete against other airlines; they were in competition with travel by car. It is very tempting to go on personal experience to answer this question, but this is a trap. This is where many problem solvers and inventors go astray by assuming that they are like everyone else. There is wisdom in going to the battle to see how it is really being waged. There is no substitute for this. Dont be satisfied with talking to a few people.
Method
Step 1: Observe what the target market currently does to satisfy this function. If possible, go and watch before talking. By observing you get to the truth. What people do and what they say that they do are often two different things. Step 2: Ask how they satisfy this function and what they would do if they didnt have what they currently use. This may give some valuable information into the history of the function. They will often offer what they did way back when. Step 3: Identify what extreme users currently do to satisfy this function and what they would do if they werent using their current means. Extreme users often have a range of experience with uncommon ways to satisfy a function. 224 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: Ask everyone that you interview where they go for the source of items and tools that they need to do these jobs. This will set you up for the next step.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Internet Product Search

Learn from the competitive alternatives (Remember that these may not be direct competitors). What jobs do they do? What functions do they perform? What Physical Phenomena delivers the functions? If you are searching for an unrecognized market and you find a major competitor then go back to the drawing board.
Method
Step 1: Use an internet search-engine to determine what offerings are offered. Step 2: Refine the search by noting and using nomenclature and names that are common to the industry. Step 3: Consider cheap competitive alternatives.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Observe Existing Offerings

If you have performed an internet product search, you may have found that some competing products can be observed locally. While competitive alternatives can be anything that others would use if they were not using our system, there may be obvious competitors in the market place. Lets go to the store to see what these offerings are.
Method
Step 1: Go to a store that would sell offerings that deliver the required modification. Step 2: Note brands and producers. Do the producers sell more than one offering? Who are the main producers? Step 3: Look for product trends. Step 4: Read the labels. What do they claim?
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Use Known Disruptive Technology

This thought tool is especially important to consider when targeting a market segment that is already consuming and in which you are trying to sustain the momentum. It is easy to get caught up in calling any great innovation a disruptive technology, but be careful how this term is used. Disruptive technologies 162are products and services that are typically disruptive to a business practice. Ultimately, they are so disruptive that many great businesses can no longer compete.
162
The Innovators Dilemma by Clayton M. ChristensenHarper Business Essentials 225
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The ones that you typically have to be concerned with are those that may disrupt your business. For instance, they do not give the margins that you have come to expect. They do not intersect your supply chain. They do not satisfy the same levels of performance that your main customers have become accustomed to. They require new vendors. Often, a disruptive technology will require a whole new business model. This is the most disruptive of all. As management considers these technologies, they will seem distasteful and will reject them because they feel that they are doing this in the best interest of their company. Remember, they are held captive by their largest customers. Few resources are left over for other customers and disruptive technologies. These disruptive offerings are generally initiated in industries that are not your own, but may be closely adjacent. They satisfy someone that is not currently purchasing from you, so they seem innocent. They usually do not perform at sufficient levels to attract the attention of your main customers. This is because they are designed to perform the same functions that your products perform, only for other markets. As these offerings increase in performance, eventually, they will have the capability of satisfying low-end customers in your market. Again, this seems innocent as these low end customers are not important to your business as you move up-market to gain higher and higher margins. Slowly, these offerings will gain in performance as they are fueled by the cash coming into these markets until you find that they are cutting into your mainline customers. Often, it is too late at this point because of the resources required to change over. Developing a whole new supply chain is very impractical. History has shown that it is nearly impossible to copy a disruptive technology at this point. Vendors are often locked up while supplying the new supply chain. Consumers have loyalty to the early products. You might ask why we are not intent upon creating technologies which are disruptive to our main competitors. While it is possible to create technologies that are disruptive to others businesses, this strategy can only work if your company is open to destructive creation of products and to the creation of new business models, usually in completely separate business units than your legacy products. In order to disrupt existing competition, you will ultimately cannibalize yourself. Remember that these are your competitors and you are competing for the same market. If the market of your competitor begins to move to your new product, they must also stop buying your legacy product. Most companies will find that it is usually better to try to satisfy a market that will not likely compete with your market. If you pick a non-consuming market to satisfy, there are many opportunities to create new offerings. The need to compete is virtually eliminated. You would only do this out of spite for the competitor which is not really a good business practice and will generally take you nowhere. If you are still determined to create a disruptive business for your competitor, there are more hurdles. This disruptive technology will need to compete against your biggest customers for resources. It will also be necessary to change long-held company values at the highest levels of the business. It is hard to admit that your business strategy and company values are wrong. In order to make this kind of change a lot of people have to be aligned and committed. If they are not convinced, they will likely revolt in passive ways that are hard to detect and counter. A better approach than directly disrupting your business would be to start a new business built on a learning approach with its own resources. This business will create its own business model and supply chain from scratch. Finally, if you are still determined to create a disruptive technology within an existing business, you must recognize that, the business needs to have an offering which can stand on its own in some market. This is a large challenge on its own as most offerings fail due to all of the market conditions. In summary, it is usually not a good practice to try to create a disruptive technology (disruptive to you) within an existing business and customer base. The more likely place to create disruptive technologies is with new business startups. These have the ability to recognize market segments that are not being served. The reason for considering this step here is that others may be encroaching on your market and it is necessary to consider the physical phenomena that this disruptive technology is using. We do this because there is a way out of this trap and that is hybrid phenomena. Hybrid phenomena are the combination of two phenomena in such a way that the performance gained by one phenomenon compliments the other. In this way, the new phenomena can be 226 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls used to better satisfy the existing market. This would be difficult to do if we made a sudden jump to the new phenomenon. When this occurs the performance is usually less than what the existing market expects. According to evolution of systems, when we move between physical phenomena, there is usually a transitional state through hybrid phenomena. A recent example of this is hybrid electric and petrol fueled vehicles. Checking for disruptive technologies amounts to looking for analogous functions in closely adjacent markets and then looking for how those functions are delivered. There are usually people in the business that have seen technologies that they would like to bring into the business. They may sense that these technologies will one day compete with them or that they could be exploited with current customers, but there is little support within the businesses. History has shown that many toppled businesses have seen these disruptors coming but were unable to respond adequately. The typical response is to try to force these disruptive technologies into existing markets with disastrous results. The new phenomenon is not capable of delivering the performance that the existing market has come to expect. As mentioned, the strategy that typically works is to strive for a hybrid technology that enhances the current technology. Once established, the new phenomenon will begin to take over from the existing phenomenon, all the while satisfying existing customers.
Method
Step 1: Identify technologies that exist in adjacent markets that seem to be threatening the existing business. These may be low cost alternatives or alternatives that use a different physical phenomenon to deliver the function. Step 2: Identify the physical phenomenon that is used to deliver the function. It is likely that this will later be considered for a hybrid physical phenomenon to satisfy the target market.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Patent Searching and Study

One of the best times for performing a patent search is when you are searching for physical phenomena to deliver a function. During this particular step, we will be considering searching for physical phenomena inside the given industry. Later, we will be searching for patents outside the industry as we identify analogous situations. Not only will we better understand the possible physical phenomena that can be used, it is inevitable that other types of valuable information will be gathered along the way.
6,543,345 5,678,432 3,234,211
Most people wait too long in the inventive process to perform a patent search. It is usually done after much time and expense to develop their invention. Often they find that someone has already patented their idea or that more useful and elegant concepts are available. This can be quite a blow! Waiting too long occurs for a variety of reasons. First, people get excited about an idea and they want to develop it without delay. It is easy to get very excited about what the future will bring. Wealth and fame are at your fingertips! There is no time to waste! The idea must put on the market before someone steals it or you lose your drive! This fear is usually unfounded and based on the idea that if we had the idea then the conditions are ripe for someone else to have it. Be patient, there are many inventions to be had if this one doesnt pan out. Secondly, considering a patent search can invoke fear. It is like knowing that you should see the doctor while fearing that he will give you bad news. It is easy to this put off, but, like going to the doctor, the time investment is small compared to the time that can be wasted by not acting. It typically takes a Saturday morning to do a thorough patent search which is a small investment compared to the typical development time for an invention. Even though the resulting information can be somewhat deflating, it is better to start with a realistic view. Idealize Informing Functions 227
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Thirdly, a patent search can appear to be beyond our capabilities. After all, people are employed full time to do patent searches! Again, this fear is unfounded. It is important to remember that you have several advantages that professional patent searchers do not have. You are motivated by the prospects of your idea. (A patent examiner is employed for money and is obligated to perform to certain minimum standards). You are not constrained by time and can afford to search to the bitter end. (Not all patent examiners are thorough and there may be time constraints on some examiners). You are more familiar with the technology than they are. (They do not have the time to become expert at the technologies that you are interested in). With a little practice, this overwhelming task can become natural and commonplace. Forth, understanding patents is difficult. Admittedly, patents have their own language. In this language, there is no legal prohibition to making up words! Patents can seem very stiff andlegal. Remember that it is in the favor of the legal profession that they look this way. We can easily convince ourselves that only patent attorneys can read patents. On the contrary, anyone can thoroughly understand a patent if they are willing to take the time. They have a repeatable structure, so you can learn the parts of the patent that you need to go to for specific information. Remember that it is much easier to learn to read patents when you are motivated by an idea. This will force you into the patent. Read it, digest it, and diagram it. Soon, you will be speaking patenteze. Reading and understanding your first patent may take you a half day, but the next patent will go much faster. Fifth, some feel that seeing what others have done will keep them from looking outside the box. Sure, there is a possibility that this can temporarily happen, but remember that this whole book is about making us uncomfortable inside the box. There are multiple opportunities to kick ourselves outside. Also, lots of additional information is learned along the way that strengthens our general understanding of physics. Understanding a broad spectrum of physical phenomena will make you a better inventor! Where we get into trouble is by studying only certain areas of physics deeply. Remaining specialists can have a constraining effect on our imagination. It is ok that you do not understand everything about patents when you begin your search. True, like first time car drivers, it is impossible to know what you do not know, but you have to start somewhere. If you make mistakes, remember that there are is a world of potential inventions out there. Dive in and you will find that you have more capacity than you thought! There is a wealth of information in patents that is often overlooked. Patents are structured so that others can duplicate the results of an invention. Consequently, it is necessary to give away many details. Most patents begin with a description of the typical approaches that are already available. This sets the stage for why their idea is an improvement. It usually gives the history of the problem (and sometimes the industry) and also a look at alternative physical phenomena that have been used. Following this section is a description of the invention and why it is an improvement. This gives details into new physical phenomena that may have been used. It may describe how various object attributes affect the operation of the product. You may also be able to detect how the inventor overcame various contradictions. Clearly articulating the contradiction that was solved helps an inventor explain why their invention is non-obvious to those experienced in the art. This is the main hurdle that is required to get a patent. Next is a detailed description of the architecture of the invention. This gives valuable clues concerning the details of the physics. Finally, the claims section gives an idea to the scope of what the patent examiner thought was allowable to claim for the invention. Unless you are having problems with your computer, it takes about two hours to prepare for your first patent search. Mostly, this involves setting up links in your browser and a patent viewer. The patent viewer is important because looking at pictures conveys information much more rapidly than reading patenteze. Here is how to setup your computer browser with the necessary bookmarks to do a basic patent search: Step 1: Go to www.uspto.gov. This is the official patent website for the US government. If you take the time to familiarize yourself with this site, you will discover that a lot of effort has been made to make patent search and application easier for individuals. All of the forms are available for self application. There seems to be a bias 228 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls towards helping individuals over corporations. You will particularly notice this if you submit a patent for consideration (this is called prosecuting a patent). People at the patent office sometimes bend over backward to help individuals, especially ones that have never been through the process before. Step 2: On the home page, go to Patents. You will find this on the left-hand side. If you click on this, a drop down will show you a several links. Search Patents is down the list a little. Go to this and bookmark it with a memorable name. You can also find this at http://www.uspto.gov/patft/index.html. This page is the main page for beginning patent searches. It allows for a variety of patent search formats. Step 3: Download the patent viewer for viewing patent drawings. As mentioned, viewing the patents will help immeasurable in understanding them. To access the viewer, go to http://www.uspto.gov/patft/help/images.htm. The program that you download for viewing patents is dependent upon the operating system and internet browser that you use. Follow the instructions and links for your particular operating system. If you are like most people and use the windows operating system and Internet Explorer for your browser, you can go to http://www.alternatiff.com/install/ to directly download the viewer. Remember to bookmark this page in case you need to reload the patent viewer for some reason. You will know that you have succeeded when the text appears at the bottom of the page informing you that it is installed. Step 4: Bookmark the definition of classifications and give it a memorable name. It is located at: http://www.uspto.gov/web/patents/classification/selectnumwithtitle.htm. Each patent is assigned a patent classification. Having a link to the classifications helps the searcher delineate between classifications. When you get to this page, you will notice that there is a numbering system which starts with items such as apparel. Remember that this is a very old system of classifying patents that was based upon products that were available when it was started. Scroll through this list and look for more modern classifications to appear. Click on any one of the definitions. This will take you to sub-classifications. Patents are usually assigned a classification and at least one sub-classification. When you select one of the classification numbers, you finally arrive at the definitions. Step 5: Bookmark the index of classifications and give it a memorable name. It is located at: http://www.uspto.gov/web/patents/classification/uspcindex/indextouspc.htm. When you have an invention with a common name, you can find the classification by going to this index. Everything is listed in alphabetical order. For instance, if you are working on an improvement for hand shovels, you can go to shovels and find that there are a variety of objects which are referred to as shovels. There are hand shovels, power shovels, crane shovels, loading shovels, plow shovels, etc. This is important to know because many of these systems provide exactly the same function as the one that you are considering. In effect, they provide analogous functions in different industries. It is possible that they use physical phenomena and lines of evolution that are different from your industry. These can be put to work in your situation. Also, when you later identify other analogous products, you can readily find the patents for these products by using this index. Step 6: Bookmark the Advanced Search page and study the examples for Boolean searches. (Note that you can search for phrases in parenthesizes.) Now you are ready to perform the actual patent search.
Method
Step 1: Search for patents directly related to the modification that you would like to perform Step 2: Using Advanced Search, search for key words in the abstract or body of the patents.
229
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: When you finally find a patent which is close to the intended subject, identify the classification. Step 4: Search by classification, making use of the Definitions and Index of Classifications. Make sure that classification includes possible patents that cover the field that you are interested in. Step 5: When you find good representative patents, note and view all patents cited. Step 6: Now search these patents and continue the process until no new patents regarding your area of interest show up. Step 7: Search patents for physical phenomena that are unusual to your industry.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Library of Effects

The Library of Effects 163is table of physical phenomena that can be used to deliver functions. Some software is capable of chaining physical phenomena to create the desired outcome from available resources.
Method
Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. Step 2: State this in short format. Step 3: Convert the given function to a Generalized Useful Function. If a resource filter is available then filter for the fields and the substances Step 4: Find phenomena in the Library of Effects. Go to one of the sources for the library of effects. Some commercial software has this library. A scaled-down version can be found at www.creax.com Step 5: Locate the generalized function and then consider all of the physical phenomena that can be used. Note that it is harder to find a match because both the subject and the observer are already known. This is an additional constraint on the system.
163 A Library of Effects is one way to describe a table of physical phenomena. In Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 309, a table is introduced called THE APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PHYSICAL EFFECTS AND PHENOMENA IN THE SOLUTION OF INVENTIVE PROBLEMS. This table is now referred to in a number of ways, but is generally a table describing physical phenomena that can be used to deliver a desired function.
230

Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. The voltage of the observer object must change due to a temperature change of the gas. Step 2: State this in short format. Pressure changes voltage. Step 3: Convert the given function to a Generalized Useful Function. If a resource filter is available then filter for the fields and the substances Filter for temperature fields and gas. Change voltage of a solid substance by use of a temperature field in a gas. Step 4: Find phenomena in the Library of Effects. Go to one of the sources for the library of effects. Some commercial software has this library. A scaled-down version can be found at www.creax.com Step 5: Locate the generalized function and then consider all of the physical phenomena that can be used. Note that it is harder to find a match because both the subject and the observer are already known. This is an additional constraint on the system.
Circuit
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Natural Analogous Observer

Nature has developed many analogous phenomena that can be employed to perform functions. The name for this search is commonly referred to as bio-mimicry 164. The concept of analogous phenomena starts with an analogous observer. Identifying objects in nature that require the same function will begin to lead the seeker to new physical phenomena. Natural Product = ?
Method
Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. Step 2: State this in short format. Step 3: Where does this transformation occur in nature? Step 4: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing observer or transferring the minimum amount of the observer.
231

Step 1: Start with the required change of properties of the observer due to a change of properties of the object being measured. The voltage of the observer object must change due to a temperature change of the gas. Step 2: State this in short format. Temperature changes voltage. (T V) Step 3: Where does this transformation occur in nature? Large amounts of charge are gathered during storms due, in part, to convection in clouds. Step 4: Transfer this feature to the new situation. Consider combining this with the existing observer or transferring the minimum amount of the observer. Temperature variation causes movement of the gas which interacts with charged moisture, inducing a voltage in objects nearby.
Circuit
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Transition to Use of Bulk Properties?

Systems may transition to a new physical phenomenon by moving to the micro-level. 165 In other words, the bulk properties of the material are mobilized to provide the required functions.
Method
Step 1: Can the bulk properties of the materials be used to perform the required functions?
165 STANDARD 3-2-1. Efficiency of a system at any stage of its evolution can be improved by transition from a macro-level to a micro-level: the system or its part is replaced by a substance capable of delivering the required function when interacting with a field. Notes: There is a multitude of micro-level states of a substance (domains, crystal lattice, molecules, ions, domains, atoms, fundamental particles, fields, etc.). Therefore, various options of transition to a micro-level and various options of transition from one micro-level to another, lower one, should be considered when solving a problem. Example: Instead of a micro-screw, a microscopic table can be positioned by fixing it on a metal rod that is subjected to a thermal field. The rod expands and contracts relatively the value of the temperature due to the effect of thermal expansion.
232
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Chaining Physical Phenomena

As a fallback to creating a completely new physical phenomenon, consider the possibility of chaining physical phenomena 166 to deliver the function. This is especially true if substances and fields can be consolidated 167.
Method
Step 1: Some software is capable of chaining physical phenomena to deliver a function. Step 2: If software is not available, chain a final and starting physical phenomenon together with connecting phenomena. This may be done by trial and error.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Secondary Phenomena

Rather than measuring the parameter, a second parameter can be measured which is influenced by the one that you would like to measure. 168 Object parameters always influence each other. The temperature of an object affects its dimensions. The weight of an object affects its buoyancy. In reality, almost all parameters are measured by measuring a secondary parameter and then inferring the required measurement. It may be necessary to consider various physical phenomena to identify a good secondary phenomena. 169
Method
Step1: What exact parameter requires detection? Step 2: List secondary parameters that change when the main parameter changes. Step 3: Detect these secondary parameters instead.
ExampleMeasurement of Pressure
Step1: What exact parameter requires detection? Pressure
166 Invention Machine Software provides for chaining physical phenomena or Effects to deliver the desired function. This ability is added to their library of effects (physical phenomena). 167 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 168 STANDARD 4-2-1. If a non-SFM is not easy to detect or measure, the problem is solved by synthesizing a simple or dual SFM with a field at the output. Instead of direct measurement or detection of a parameter, another parameter identified with the field is measured or detected. The field to be introduced should have a parameter that we can easily detect or measure, and which can indicate the state of the parameter we need to detect or measure. Example: To detect a moment when a liquid starts to boil, an electrical current is passed through the liquid. During boiling, air bubbles (S2) are formed - they dramatically reduce electrical conductance of the liquid. 169 STANDARD 4-3-1. Efficiency of a measuring SFM can be improved by the use of physical effects. Example: Temperature of liquid media can be measured by measuring a change of a coefficient of refraction, which depends on the value of the temperature.
233
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: List secondary parameters that change when the main parameter changes.
Physical State
Shape Change
Temperature
Solid
Liquid
Gas
Step 3: Detect these secondary parameters instead.
Measure the change of dimension
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Measure a Copy or Facsimile

When it is difficult to measure an attribute, that you would like to measure it may be possible to measure a copy 170 171of the genuine article. Following is a list of possible Photographs Silhouettes copies. Movies Castings
Method
Measure a facsimile of the article. Consult the list of possibilities in the tan colored boxes.
Paint Coverings Molds Time lapse photos Impressions
Resists Projections Computer Model
ExampleMeasurement of the Dimensions of an Elastic Article

Traditional measuring instruments such as calipers tend to deform the article during measurement. Measure a facsimile of the article. Consult the list of possibilities in the tan colored boxes. Measure the Silhouette
170 Inventive Principle #26Copying: A simplified and inexpensive copy should be used in place of a fragile original or an object that is inconvenient to operate. If a visible optical copy is used, replace it with an infrared or ultraviolet copies. Replace an object (or system of objects) with their optical image. The image can then be reduced or enlarged. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 171 STANDARD 4-1-2. If a problem involves detection or measurement, and it is impossible to change the problem to eliminate the need for detection or measurement, it is proposed to detect/measure properties of a copy of the object (e.g. picture). Example: It might be dangerous to measure the length of a snake. It is safe to measure its length on a photographic image of the snake, and then recalculate the obtained result.
234
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Successive Detection

This thought tool is very similar to the concept of pre-measurement. In this step, we compare the parameter of an object to the same parameter of another object that comes only at discrete levels. 172
Method
Step 1: How accurate does the measurement need to be? Step 2: Break the levels of measurement, or the measurement of a secondary parameter into discrete levels. Create these levels in a second device. Examples are: Discrete volumes, Filters, Musical notes, Go-No-Go gages, Measuring spoons, Set of Weights. Step 3: Compare the object being measured or detected to the discrete values. By ear, compare the musical note to the resonance. The musical note has a known frequency.
ExampleMeasuring the Resonant Frequency of Objects

Step 1: How accurate does the measurement need to be? It needs to be within 50 Hz. Step 2: Break the levels of measurement, or the measurement of a secondary parameter into discrete levels. Create these levels in a second device. Examples are: Discrete volumes, Filters, Musical notes, Go-No-Go gages, Measuring spoons, Set of Weights. For the detection of the frequency, we will use a digital musical instrument which plays discrete notes Step 3: Compare the object being measured or detected to the discrete values. By ear, compare the musical note to the resonance. The musical note has a known frequency.
172 STANDARD 4-1-3. If a problem involves detection or measurement, and the problem cannot be changed to eliminate the need for measurement, and it is impossible to use copies or pictures, it is proposed to transform this problem into a problem of successive detection of changes. Notes: Any measurement is conducted with a certain degree of accuracy. Therefore, even if the problem deals with continuous measurement, one can always single out a simple act of measurement that involves two successive detections. This makes the problem much simpler. Example: To measure a temperature, it is possible to use a material that changes its color depending on the current value of the temperature. Alternatively, several materials can be used to indicate different temperatures.
235
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Resonance
Resonance 173 is an important type of secondary parameter. Many parameters can be measured by the resonance of an object or an attached object 174. Virtually every field can be detected by resonance. (Thermal resonance is difficult to achieve). It can occur at all levels from macro objects to particles to molecules to atoms to electrons. It may be necessary to induce oscillations into the subject in order to measure the resonant frequency. 175
Method
Step 1: Identify if there is a natural resonance in the system. Step 2: If the resonance is weak, are there ways to boost the resonance such that a change in the measured parameter affects the resonance? Consider attaching an object and measuring the resonant amplitude, frequency or decay rate of oscillation.
ExampleMeasurement of Resistance in a Wire and Its Connections

Step 1: Identify if there is a natural resonance in the system. All electrical systems have resonance.
Resistance changes current resonance
Step 2: If the resonance is weak, are there ways to boost the resonance such that a change in the measured parameter affects the resonance? Consider attaching an object and measuring the resonant amplitude, frequency or decay rate of oscillation. A capacitor and inductor can be added in series. A change in resistance will affect how rapidly the resonance decays.
173 Inventive Principle #18Mechanical Vibration: Utilize oscillation. If oscillation exists, increase its frequency to ultrasonic. Use the frequency of resonance. Replace mechanical vibrations with Piezo-vibrations. Use ultrasonic vibrations in conjunction with an electromagnetic field. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 174 STANDARD 4-3-3. If resonance oscillations may not be excited in a system, its state can be determined by a change in the natural frequency of the object (external environment) connected with the system. Example: The mass of boiling liquid can be measured by measuring the natural frequency of gas resulting from evaporation. 175 STANDARD 4-3-2. If it is impossible to detect or measure directly the changes in the system, and no field can be passed through the system, the problem can be solved by exciting resonance oscillations (of the entire system or of its part), whose frequency change is an indication of the changes taking place. Example: To measure the mass of a substance in a container, the container is subjected to mechanically forced resonance oscillations. The frequency of the oscillations depends on the mass of the system.
236
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Derivative Detection

One of the most powerful ways to measure a parameter is to measure the rate of change and then integrate. 176 (Measuring and then differentiating is also possible, but it is quite noisy). With modern computing, integration schemes are easily accomplished. It is also possible to integrate with analogue circuits.
f(t) f(t) f(t)
Method
Step 1: Measure higher order derivatives. Step 2: Integrate as many times as necessary to determine the desired parameter.
ExampleMeasurement of Relative Position of an Object

Step 1: Measure higher order derivatives. Place an accelerometer on the object and measure acceleration. Step 2: Integrate as many times as necessary to determine the desired parameter. Integrate twice to determine the relative position of the object.
X dt =
..
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Detecting Multiple Subject Elements

This tool comes from the standards involving multiple system elements. 177 178 179 180Often, it is easier to detect the average parameter of many objects than it is to detect the properties of a single object.
176 STANDARD 4-5-2. Measuring systems evolve towards measuring the derivatives of the function under control. The transition is performed along the following line: measurement of a function -> measurement of the first derivative of the function -> measurement of the second derivative of the function. Example: Change of stress in the rock are defined by the speed of changing the electrical resistance of the rock. 177 STANDARD 3-1-1. System efficiency at any stage of its evolution can be improved by combining the system with another system (or systems) to form a bi- or poly-system. Notes: For a simple formation of bi- and poly-systems, two and more components are combined. Components to be combined may be substances, fields, substance- field pairs and whole SFMs. Example: To process sides of thin glass plates, several plates are put together to prevent glass from breaking. 178 STANDARD 3-1-2. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by developing links between system elements. Notes: Links between elements of a bi- and polysystem may be made either more rigid or more dynamic. Example: To synchronize a process of lifting a very heavy part by three cranes, it is proposed to use a rigid triangle synchronizing the cranes moving parts. 179 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 180 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber)
237
TR IZ P ower T oo ls This is almost always true when detecting the properties of small things such as particles, molecules, atoms.
Method
Step 1: Are the objects small? Step 2: Does the subject come in natural batches or groups, or are they hard to separate? Step 3: Is it more ideal or easier to detect the group simultaneously? For instance, is it advantageous to know the average value as opposed to individual values of measurement?
ExampleMeasuring the Temperature of an Insect

Step 1: Are the objects small? Yes, insects are small. Step 2: Does the subject come in natural batches or groups, or are they hard to separate? Not usually, unless they are swarming insects. Step 3: Is it more ideal or easier to detect the group simultaneously? For instance, is it advantageous to know the average value as opposed to individual values of measurement? Measuring the insects as a group makes it easier and gives an average value which may be more ideal in some situations.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Field Markers

Field markers 181. Can be used to measure or detect the property of substances. By introducing a field into the system, it is possible to then
181 This comes from several standards. The first three involve using substance additives as markers. The last states that if a physical substance is required and cannot be used, then a field can be used instead. The result is the use of field markers rather than substance markers. STANDARD 4-2-2. If a system (or its part) does not provide detection or measurement, the problem is solved by transition to an internal or external complex measuring SFM, introducing easily detectable additives. Example: To detect leakage in a refrigerator, a cooling agent is mixed with a luminescent powder. STANDARD 4-2-3. If a system is difficult to detect or to measure at a given moment of time, and it is not allowed or not possible to introduce additives into the object, then additives that create an easily detectable and measurable field should be introduced in the external environment. Changing the state of the environment will indicate the state of the object. Example: To detect wearing of a rotating metal disc contacting with another disk, it is proposed to introduce luminescent powder into the oil lubricant, which already exists in the system. Metal particles collecting in the oil will reduce luminosity of the oil. STANDARD 4-2-4. If it is impossible to introduce easily detectable additives in the external environment, these can be obtained in the environment itself, for instance, by decomposing the environment or by changing the aggregate state of the environment. Notes: In particular, gas or vapor bubbles produced by electrolysis, cavitation or by any other method may often be used as additives obtained by decomposing the external environment. Example: The speed of a water flow in a pipe might be measured by amount of air bubbles resulting from cavitation. STANDARD 5-1-1-2. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a field can be introduced instead of the substance.
238
TR IZ P ower T oo ls measure the effects of this field, though it may not permanently reside in the system.
Internal Field Markers

When it is difficult to detect or measure a desired parameter, often it is because the materials and fields involved do not have strong interactions. Markers are a special type of additive that strongly couple with a field and are, therefore, easily detected. Often, the detection comes directly by sight, feel, smell or taste. One of the best ways to not add a material marker to the subject is to add a temporary or permanent field instead This page considers different ways to add fields.
External Field Markers

Sometimes, a field will disrupt a substance enough that it should not inhabit the subject. Also, some fields are principally associated with surface phenomena and cannot inhabit the subject. Here we consider fields that reside on the subject, but are not associated with any other substances but the subject.
Attached Field Markers

If no fields can inhabit the subject or its surface, then consider adding a substance to the subject that can be inhabited by a field with a strong coupling.
Detached Field Markers

Some of the field-substance couples in the attached field materials will disrupt the subject. If this is the case, then there may be secondary effects that the subject causes on the environment which can be measured by introducing a substance-field combination into the immediate environment and then detecting the field.
Method
Step 1 Internal Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can inhabit the bulk of the subject: PressureSurface TensionSoundUltrasoundVibrationsCurrent Thermal FieldsElectromagnetic FieldsElectrostatic Fields. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Step 2 External Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can be attached to the subject. Surface StressFrictionAdhesionSurface TensionOdor-TasteCorona DischargeSkin CurrentElectrostatic FieldsReflected Light or Radiation. Allow for fields which are only there momentarily. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Step 3 Fields Attached by Attached Objects: For each field in the Table of Fields (appendix), identify a paired substance which retains and exhibits the field. Consider ways of attaching the paired substance to the subject and then detecting the field. Step 4: Identify a secondary effect of the measured parameter on the environment. For the paired substances of step 3 consider ways to attach or mix the field into the environment and then detect the field.
ExampleDetermining the Direction of Flow in a Pipe

How can the direction of flow of a liquid be detected in a pipe?
239
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 1 Internal Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can inhabit the bulk of the subject: PressureSurface TensionSoundUltrasoundVibrationsCurrent Thermal FieldsElectromagnetic FieldsElectrostatic Fields. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Thermal fields can inhabit the bulk of the water. Solution: A heat cuff is attached to the pipe. The water absorbs the heat into its bulk. The pipe becomes hotter downstream of the cuff. Detect the heat by touch. Step 2 External Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can be attached to the subject. Surface StressFrictionAdhesionSurface TensionOdorTasteCorona DischargeSkin CurrentElectrostatic FieldsReflected Light or Radiation. Allow for fields which are only there momentarily. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Since the pipe surrounds the water, it is difficult to attach a field to the surface of the water. No field or physical phenomena is found. Step 3 Fields Attached by Attached Objects: For each field in the Table of Fields (appendix), identify a paired substance which retains and exhibits the field. Consider ways of attaching the paired substance to the subject and then detecting the field. No solution is mentioned. Step 4: Identify a secondary effect of the measured parameter on the environment. For the paired substances of step 3 consider ways to attach or mix the field into the environment and then detect the field. No solution is mentioned.
ExampleMeasuring the Rotational Speed of the Rings of Saturn.

How can the rotation speed of the rings of Saturn be measured? Step 1 Internal Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can inhabit the bulk of the subject: PressureSurface TensionSoundUltrasound VibrationsCurrentThermal FieldsElectromagnetic FieldsElectrostatic Fields. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. No Solution is given. Step 2 External Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can be attached to the subject. Surface StressFrictionAdhesionSurface TensionOdor-TasteCorona DischargeSkin CurrentElectrostatic FieldsReflected Light or Radiation. Allow for fields which are only there momentarily. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Reflected Light can be attached. The Doppler shift of reflected light allows detection of ring velocity. (Opposite sides of ring have different shift). 240 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3 Fields Attached by Attached Objects: For each field in the Table of Fields (appendix), identify a paired substance which retains and exhibits the field. Consider ways of attaching the paired substance to the subject and then detecting the field. No Solution is given. Step 4: Identify a secondary effect of the measured parameter on the environment. For the paired substances of step 3 consider ways to attach or mix the field into the environment and then detect the field. No solution is given
ExampleTracking Wild Animals

How can the position of a wild animal be tracked? Step 1 Internal Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can inhabit the bulk of the subject: PressureSurface TensionSoundUltrasoundVibrationsCurrent Thermal FieldsElectromagnetic FieldsElectrostatic Fields. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. No Solution is given. Step 2 External Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can be attached to the subject. Surface StressFrictionAdhesionSurface TensionOdor-TasteCorona DischargeSkin CurrentElectrostatic FieldsReflected Light or Radiation. Allow for fields which are only there momentarily. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. No solution is given. Step 3 Fields Attached by Attached Objects: For each field in the Table of Fields (appendix), identify a paired substance which retains and exhibits the field. Consider ways of attaching the paired substance to the subject and then detecting the field. A small antenna can be inhabited by an alternating electric current which gives off an electromagnetic field An emitting antenna is attached to the animal. The antennas field is detected by another antenna and amplifying circuit. Triangulation tells where the animal is. Step 4: Identify a secondary effect of the measured parameter on the environment. For the paired substances of step 3 consider ways to attach or mix the field into the environment and then detect the field. No solution is given.
241
ExampleDetecting Planets in Other Solar Systems

How can planets in other solar systems be detected? Step 1 Internal Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can inhabit the bulk of the subject: PressureSurface Tension SoundUltrasoundVibrationsCurrentThermal Fields Electromagnetic FieldsElectrostatic Fields. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Step 2 External Fields: Search this list of fields for one that can be attached to the subject. Surface StressFrictionAdhesionSurface TensionOdor-TasteCorona DischargeSkin CurrentElectrostatic FieldsReflected Light or Radiation. Allow for fields which are only there momentarily. Once the subject has this added field, search the Table of Effects (physical phenomena) for ways to detect these fields. Step 3 Fields Attached by Attached Objects: For each field in the Table of Fields (appendix), identify a paired substance which retains and exhibits the field. Consider ways of attaching the paired substance to the subject and then detecting the field. Step 4: Identify a secondary effect of the measured parameter on the environment. For the paired substances of step 3 consider ways to attach or mix the field into the environment and then detect the field. Other Large Objects wobble due to the gravitational attraction of the planet. The star maintains a thermal field and gives off light. Detect the wobble by a slight Doppler shift of light coming from the star
242
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Markers
Internal Markers
An internal marker is a substance additive that is mixed with or nested in the subject. This substance interacts with a matching field to aid detection. 182
Attached Markers
An attached marker is a marker which sits on the outside of the subject. This may be done to avoid the contamination or because it does not easily mix with the subject.
Detached Marker
A detached marker may be necessary if interaction with the subject and marker must be kept to a minimum. In this case, a secondary effect which the subject has upon the environment is detected. 183 Remember that the ideal additive is one that does not exist. Consider these ways to produce additives that come close to not existing. 184 Consider the box to the right for additives which provide minimal impact.
Method
Step 1: Does the subject react strongly with any field? Search the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, then introduce an additive (according to the suggestions above) internally into the substance to be measured which has a strongly coupled paired field.
Especially active or concentrated additives (very little is needed) Temporary additive (eliminated or self eliminated when not needed.) Decomposition of native materials (use only the part that delivers the function. It can be chemically decomposed or segmented)
Step 2: Does anything attached to the subject react strongly with any field? Check the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, identify a field-substance couple that can be attached to the subject. Consider also coating the object. Step 3: Identify secondary effects that a parameter change has on the immediate environment. Add the marker to the environment and then detect the change to the environment by a change in the marker.
182 STANDARD 4-2-2. If a system (or its part) does not provide detection or measurement, the problem is solved by transition to an internal or external complex measuring SFM, introducing easily detectable additives. Example: To detect leakage in a refrigerator, a cooling agent is mixed with a luminescent powder. 183 STANDARD 4-2-3. If a system is difficult to detect or to measure at a given moment of time, and it is not allowed or not possible to introduce additives into the object, then additives that create an easily detectable and measurable field should be introduced in the external environment. Changing the state of the environment will indicate the state of the object. Example: To detect wearing of a rotating metal disc contacting with another disk, it is proposed to introduce luminescent powder into the oil lubricant, which already exists in the system. Metal particles collecting in the oil will reduce luminosity of the oil. 184 STANDARD 4-2-4. If it is impossible to introduce easily detectable additives in the external environment, these can be obtained in the environment itself, for instance, by decomposing the environment or by changing the aggregate state of the environment. Notes: In particular, gas or vapor bubbles produced by electrolysis, cavitation or by any other method may often be used as additives obtained by decomposing the external environment. Example: The speed of a water flow in a pipe might be measured by amount of air bubbles resulting from cavitation.
243
ExampleDetection of Refrigerant Leaks

Find a way to detect the leakage of automotive refrigerant. Step 1: Does the subject react strongly with any field? Search the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, then introduce an additive (according to the suggestions above) internally into the substance to be measured which has a strongly coupled paired field. A luminescent material is introduced into the lubricant. A black light shows the location of the leak. Step 2: Does anything attached to the subject react strongly with any field. Check the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, identify a field-substance couple that can be attached to the subject. Consider also coating the object. No solution is mentioned. Step 3: Identify secondary effects that a parameter change has on the immediate environment. Add the marker to the environment and then detect the change to the environment by a change in the marker. No solution is mentioned.
No
ExampleMeasuring the Position of Animals in the Wild

It is difficult or dangerous to add a substance internally to the animal. Step 1: Does the subject react strongly with any field? Search the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, then introduce an additive (according to the suggestions above) internally into the substance to be measured which has a strongly coupled paired field. No Solution is given. Step 2: Does anything attached to the subject react strongly with any field? Check the Table of Fields in the appendix No. Nothing reacts strongly. If not, identify a field-substance couple that can be attached to the subject. Consider also coating the object. A substance can be attached to the animal which responds to light fields. The animal wears a large collar with a visible number. Step 3: Identify secondary effects that a parameter change has on the immediate environment. Add the marker to the environment and then detect the change to the environment by a change in the marker.
30
ExampleDetecting the Movement of Bacteria

How is it possible to detect the movement of bacteria? 244 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 1: Does the subject react strongly with any field? Search the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, then introduce an additive (according to the suggestions above) internally into the substance to be measured which has a strongly coupled paired field. No solution is given. Step 2: Does anything attached to the subject react strongly with any field. Check the Table of Fields in the appendix. If not, identify a field-substance couple that can be attached to the subject. Consider also coating the object. No solution is given. Step 3: Identify secondary effects that a parameter change has on the immediate environment. Add the marker to the environment and then detect the change to the environment by a change in the marker. The movement of the bacteria leaves waste products in the environment. The medium is modified to react with the waste products to form bubbles.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Intelligent Little People
One of the most important tools of investigation is empathy. This is the ability to become a part of the system that we are investigating and to see it from this unique perspective. The principle of empathy is very powerful, but has some limitations. First, we provide only one perspective from which to view the problem. Secondly, we must exist in order to view the problem. In other words, we cannot dissolve or disappear. Third, there is just one of us to interact with the system. If there were more of us to interact, this would open up new possibilities. These difficulties are largely overcome by using the principle of little intelligent people 185.
Method
Step 1: Envision the system as composed of intelligent little people who can work together. These people also have the capability to disappear and reappear if necessary. What do they do to accomplish the desired result? How do they intelligently act together? Step 2: Consider possible physical phenomena that can accomplish this cooperation.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Evolution of Field Phenomena

Examine the Table of Fields 186 in the Appendix. Note that the top fields are the most abundant fields and the bottom fields are typically the least abundant. In general, systems tend to use the top fields first for muscle and then the lower fields for sensing and control.
Solid
Liquid
Gas
Field
Later, the lower fields may become more abundant. Since they are both abundant and controllable, it makes sense that systems evolve toward the bottom fields.
185 Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach page 104 186 Invention Machine software.
245
TR IZ P ower T oo ls By examining the fields currently being used by your system, or similar systems, you can guess the fields that might be used next. Standard Solutions includes the replacement of poorly controlled fields with more easily controlled fields. 187 The Inventive Principles suggest the replacement of mechanical systems 188 with systems that use other than mechanical fields.
Method
Step 1: What fields are currently being used to deliver this function? Step 2: What are the next fields that will likely be used?
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Merge or Interact With Multiplied Subjects

The seed for this tool comes from the standards involving multiple system elements. 189 190 191192 If you are aware of a physical phenomena which can perform the function there is a possibility that a completely new physical phenomenon can be identified by multiplying the common subjects and then making the multiplied subjects interact with each other.
Method
Step 1: Identify an object related to a physical phenomenon that is similar to the one required. Step 2: Reduce the objects to the minimum part that performs the function. Step 3: Multiply the objects.
187 STANDARD 2-2-1. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by replacing an uncontrolled (or poorly controlled) field with a well-controlled field, e.g. by replacing a gravitation field with mechanical field, mechanical field with an electric, etc. Notes: In certain situations, controllability of a field may be improved not only by replacing a given field with another one, but also by modifying the present field along the following line: Permanent field -> monotonically changing one -> pulsed one -> variable one -> variable in frequency and amplitude -> etc. Example: Instead of a metal blade for non-uniform metal cutting, a water jet can be used. 188 Inventive Principle #28Replacement of Mechanical System: Replace a mechanical system with an optical, acoustical, thermal or olfactory system. Use an electric, magnetic or electromagnetic field to interact with an object. Replace fields that are Stationary with mobile. Fixed with changing in time. Random with structured. Use fields in conjunction with ferromagnetic particles. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 189 STANDARD 3-1-1. System efficiency at any stage of its evolution can be improved by combining the system with another system (or systems) to form a bi- or poly-system. Notes: For a simple formation of bi- and poly-systems, two and more components are combined. Components to be combined may be substances, fields, substance- field pairs and whole SFMs. Example: To process sides of thin glass plates, several plates are put together to prevent glass from breaking. 190 STANDARD 3-1-2. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by developing links between system elements. Notes: Links between elements of a bi- and polysystem may be made either more rigid or more dynamic. Example: To synchronize a process of lifting a very heavy part by three cranes, it is proposed to use a rigid triangle synchronizing the cranes moving parts. 191 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 192 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber)
246
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Can these subjects be merged or interact together to create an unexpected capability? Try different orientations. (example: Scissors) Step 4: Consolidate 193 elements if possible.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Hybrid Combination of Physical Phenomena

Trying to satisfy an entrenched sustaining market will be unlikely with a completely new physical phenomenon as some very important competitive parameter will almost certainly be compromised. The sustaining market will demand that we not depart from the performance that they are used to, although the s-curve of performance is flattening. New markets will be much more forgiving and may even welcome the weaknesses of the new physical phenomenon as strength. The new Phenomenon will gather strength as a hybrid and eventually replace the old phenomenon or it will gather strength as a stand-alone phenomenon in the new market. Clayton Christensen 194 points out, it is possible that the new stand-alone phenomenon will develop along its own s-curve and eventually become a disruptive technology, taking away market share from the existing sustaining markets. Also, if the existing phenomenon is in the rapid growth part of the S-Curve, it will be difficult to catch up. Greater resources will keep the performance ahead of the new phenomena.
Introduction of Hybrid
Competitive Parameter Introduction of Stand-alone Physical Phenomenon (Potentially Disruptive)
Instead of jumping to the new phenomena entirely, it is possible to gain the rapidly developing advantages of the new phenomena or technology by creating a hybrid 195 of the new and old phenomenon. This tool if extremely useful when you are working with a demanding sustaining market and the resources of the current phenomenon are becoming limited. This is a way to move to the new physical phenomena while increasing (rather than sacrificing) performance, as is often the case when jumping to a new effect.
Method
Step 1: Begin with a common physical phenomenon that is normally used to deliver the modification Step 2: Identify another phenomenon which performs the same modification. Step 3: What is the feature of the new subject which would extend the capability of the first subject?
193 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 194 The Innovators Dilemma by Clayton M. ChristensenHarper Business Essentials 195 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber)
247
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: Identify the cheap subject which should deliver most of the function. Step 5: Combine both phenomena into a hybrid. A new capability should emerge. Try combining both as whole subjects. Try transferring just the desirable feature. Consider having the two physical phenomena interact with each other.
L3-(Ideal Phenomenon)Filters
Abundant Resources
The availability or abundance of resources to deliver the physical phenomena must be high. Objects and resources are already present in the environment that can help deliver the physical phenomena. We do not determine in this section whether a sufficient abundance exists. This will occur in the next section. That is why this section deals with possible physical phenomena.
Inherent Harm (Contact)

Some physical phenomena require the addition of harmful interactions. This is especially true with physical phenomena that require contact. If physical phenomena are present which do not require contact and the resources for providing this physical phenomena are abundant, then consider these over those that require contact.
Multiple Functions
The more useful functions that a given physical phenomena can provide, the better. Consider the functions that your system will perform and ask: How many of these functions can be provided by the new phenomena? In the case of measurement, it would be more ideal if the physical phenomenon could both sense and control.
Passive Control
If sensing and actuation are required in the same system, then it is ideal to perform both functions with the same subject. It is therefore necessary that the physical phenomenon is capable of delivering both.
Deliver both the Function and the Anti-Function

The evolution of systems predicts that systems will eventually take on the anti-function in order to provide more value. The anti-function is often provided by the super-system already, but it is often forgotten because it may occur much later than when the product or process is applied. But what does this mean when we refer to measurement? Whenever measurement occurs, there is a disturbance to the system. If you dip a thermometer into a hot liquid, the liquid must change the temperature of the thermometer in order for it to register. For every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction. While the thermometer is being heated, the liquid is being cooled. While most measuring instruments are designed to disturb the system as little as possible, a very accurate measurement of the system may require that the disturbance be undone, preferably at the same time that the measurement is taken.
Method
Step 1: Does the physical phenomenon use abundant resources? Step 2: Does the physical phenomenon avoid contact? Step 3: Does the physical phenomenon allow for other system functions to be performed? Step 4: Does the physical phenomenon allow both sensing and control or actuation? 248 Idealize Informing functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: Does the physical phenomenon allow the disturbance of measurement to be undone?
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Already Poorly Performed by Native Fields

Sometimes, a function is already performed by some natural phenomenon but it is done very poorly or even harmfully. With a little help, we can boost these functions until they become useful196.
Method
Step 1: Is the function already delivered by a super-system observer, even poorly? Step 2: What physical phenomenon is employed to poorly deliver this function? In following steps we can ask what modifications to the fields or the observer allow the function to be boosted. These modifications may require the small addition of substances or structures which react strongly to the native fields.
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Abundant Native Fields

Most objects are awash in native fields 197. These fields do not remain constant throughout the product life cycle. By identifying the fields all around the observer, we locate observer resources that can perform the function.
196 STANDARD 5-2-1. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM, one should use first of all the present fields for whom the media are those substances that form the system or its part. Note: The use of substances and fields which already present in the system improves the systems ideality: number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-2. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM and it is not possible to use the fields which already present in the system, one should use the fields of the external environment. Note: The use of external environment fields (gravitation, thermal field, pressure...) improves the systems ideality: the number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-3. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM but it is impossible to use the fields which already present in the system or in the external environment, one should use the fields for whom the substances present in the system or external environment can act as media or sources. Notes: In particular, if there are ferromagnetic substances in a system and they are used for mechanical purposes, it is possible to use their magnetic properties in order to obtain additional effects: improve interactions between components, obtain information on the state of the system, etc. 197 STANDARD 5-2-1. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM, one should use first of all the present fields for whom the media are those substances that form the system or its part. Note: The use of substances and fields which already present in the system improves the systems ideality: number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-2. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM and it is not possible to use the fields which already present in the system, one should use the fields of the external environment. Note: The use of external environment fields (gravitation, thermal field, pressure...) improves the systems ideality: the number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-3. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM but it is impossible to use the fields which already present in the system or in the external environment, one should use the fields for whom the substances present in the system or external environment can act as media or sources. Notes: In particular, if there are ferromagnetic substances in a system and they are used for mechanical purposes, it is possible to use their magnetic properties in order to obtain additional effects: improve interactions between components, obtain information on the state of the system, etc.
249
Method
Step 1: Process Map the product life through relevant life stages. Step 2: Look through the Table of Fields at the end of this appendix. Identify which native fields the subject experiences at each process step. Which of these native fields perform this function even poorly? Step 3: What Effect or physical phenomena can be employed to deliver this function? In the next steps we can try to boost this function
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Laundry List of Adjacent Elements

In this step we consider ordinary elements about us that might be pressed into service 198 to deliver the required physical phenomena. This method is especially effective with low level fields such as elastic fields, gravity, pressure, etc.
Laundry List
Method
Step 1: Make a laundry list of adjacent elements, especially those which were not considered in the super-system functional models. Step 2: What fields are associated with these objects? Step 3: Consider ways in which elements on the list might be pressed in to service to perform the required modification. Step 3: Consider decomposing elements into new components.
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Use of Cheap Abundant Substances

When a function can be delivered at low cost, the value of the system increases. If there is a way to use a cheap abundant substance, try to use it. If the phenomenon is weak, it may be possible to boost the phenomenon later.
250
Method
Consider the following list of cheap substances. Could any of these be used to deliver any of the phenomena that you are considering? List of Cheap Substances: Powders Foams Voids Water Ice Steam Hydrates Air Nitrogen Carbon Dioxide Oxygen Corrosion Decay Sand Soil Rocks Waste Waste Water Sawdust Waste Glass Waste Gases Waste Paper Garbage Yard Waste Industrial Wastes Hybrid Substances Disassociated Forms of Any of the Above Products of Interactions Starting Materials Final Products Semi-Finished Elements
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Nearby Similar Measurement Device

Depending on how systems evolve, it is common that several elements in the system need detection or measurement. Several objects may be detected or measured by the same observer 199. Sometimes, this same observer can be pressed into service to perform the function on both subjects.
Method
Step 1: Identify a similar observer nearby which detects or measures similar attributes. Step 2: Combine and consolidate 200 both elements into one system.
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Simplified Copy of the Current Measurement Device

Use of the current observer can be overkill, especially if the observer is a human. A simplified copy 201 can often perform the same function as the full observer.
Method
Step 1: What part of the current observer performs the function? Step 2: Can a copy of the observer perform the function?
199 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 200 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 201 Inventive Principle #26Copying: A simplified and inexpensive copy should be used in place of a fragile original or an object that is inconvenient to operate. If a visible optical copy is used, replace it with an infrared or ultraviolet copies. Replace an object (or system of objects) with their optical image. The image can then be reduced or enlarged. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
251
L3-(Ideal Chain-Parasite)Steal Human Service to System

The Master shall not serve the slave. All human interactions on the system should be performed by the system if they are necessary 202.
Method
Step 1: Identify human actions on the system. Step 2: Assume that the system performs these functions on itself 203
Our System
Human
Step 3: Note that in order to oust humans; the human function must be deintellectualized.
L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft) Theft of Functions from Super-System

This is also known as TRIZ Universality 204 and the ASIT Unification Tool. All systems within the super-system, including the super-system itself, are competing for functions. When we steal functions, the more closely related the function is to the function of your system, the more readily it will be accepted.
Method
Step 1: List objects in the environment associated with the job at hand. Take special note of objects with similar functions. Step 2: The Observer takes over all or part of another objects functions. This is not simply a combining of objects. When you are done, one of the two original objects should be invisible. There should be no compromise in the original functions. Step 3: Completely new and unexpected benefits must emerge. Try different orientations and combinations.
202 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 203 Inventive Principle #25Self-service: An object must service itself and carry-out supplementary and repair operations. Make use of waste material and energy. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 204 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
252
L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft)Theft from Alternative or Competing Objects

Identify other objects or processes that seek to provide the same functions or do the same job 205. Sometimes these are not obvious alternatives. Though they may be from completely different industries, they are the true competition.
Method
Step 1: Consider objects which provide the extreme of the function as well. Step 2: Consider taking over all or part of these objects functions. New and exciting capabilities should emerge, as well as new synergies between the objects that could not exist before.
L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft)Boost Incidental Functions

Most objects in a system provide incidental functions that we rarely noticed. If we can identify these incidental functions and boost them, it is often possible to create more value for our offering 206.
Method
Identify incidental functions that the system already performs. Step 1: What elements in the super-system normally deliver this function? Step 2: Boost these incidental functions to take over for the other super-system elements. Look for unexpected capabilities to emerge.
205 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 206 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
253
L3-(Ideal Chain-Theft)Steal Human Interactions

Unless the object of the system is to directly serve humans in the system, there is usually a burdensome element to any function provided by humans to the system. When humans are eliminated from any function in the system, the system becomes less burdensome. Note that in order to oust humans, the human function must be de-intellectualized. This is an example of the principle of Universality 207.
Method
Step 1: Look at the system from the viewpoint of humans that interact with the system. Are humans required to operate the system? Are humans required to maintain the system? Step 2: What changes to the system would allow the human to be removed from the system? Human
254
255
L2-Idealize Harmful Functions

If the function that you are trying to idealize is a harmful function, then begin here. It may sound somewhat counterintuitive to consider idealizing something that is actually harmful. It would seem to instantly create an oxymoron. For instance, we might find ourselves considering the ideal pain, ideal wear or ideal product failure. While this might sound ridiculous, we shall see that there are ways to think about this that can turn harm on its head. In the end, harm must not exist and might even become useful. There are four main ways of handling harmful functions. 1) Turn the harmful function into a useful function and then boost it. 2) Decrease the harm. 3) Eliminate elements. 4) Redirect the harm. How we handle the objects which cause or receive harm have a lot to do with what functions they perform in the system. In general, objects which support the primary function can be eliminated, allowing their useful function to be performed by something else in the system or super-system. If the object performs a primary function, it is difficult to remove this element and therefore we need to consider other approaches. If the element is not required in the system at all, then it should be removed. If it cannot be removed, then it needs to be weakened, channeled or redirected.
The Ideal Harmful Tool Does Not Exist

Elimination is one of the most commonly taught methods of dealing with harmful functions. If we are successful at eliminating an object, then the system is simplified and we come closer to the ideal final result. There are a number of reasons that a tool might not exist. For instance, it might not be required because it is considered waste in the system. The tool may perform an auxiliary function and therefore can be eliminated. By solving a problem in the system, the auxiliary function may not be required.
The Ideal Harmful Modification is Useful

Our next attempt to idealize harmful functions is to change them into useful functions. This is truly making lemonade out of lemons, which is generally not the first thing that people think of. It is often easier to conceptualize the reduction of harm to zero. If one were to think of this on a sliding scale, the harmful function is large in magnitude. The sliding scale decreases the harm until it reaches zero. What if we continue reducing the harm? The only way to do this is to make the function increasingly useful on the same product! An algorithm is given for making this seemingly impossible transition, from harmful to useful, possible.
Useful
Useful
Harmful Typical Thinking is to reduce to zero

256
Harmful
Changing to Useful
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The typical approach to reducing harm is to identify object attributes such as size, position, duration, color and then adjusting the level of these attributes. Here, we take an entirely different approach. We actually want to do something that is truly valuable with that which was harmful. This creates the possibility of eliminating elements, especially if the new useful function performs a function done by something else in the system.
A Less Ideal Modification Prevents Harm

A less ideal way to jump to a new system is to add functions that prevent harmful functions. We are not talking about functions that modify design attributes, but rather adding preventative functions, including their attending objects, to the system. To illustrate the difference, we may recognize that our product is harmed by a high temperature environment. We could make a design decision which increases the temperature capability of the product. This may require adding a function to the manufacturing process. This is an example of adding a function that modifies a design attribute and we will consider these changes to the system later when we are considering changing the product at the level of attributes. On the other hand, if we added the function of active cooling to the system to prevent the problem in the first place, and this active cooling were to travel with the system outside of the manufacturing process. We are jumping to a new system. The reason that this is less ideal is that this can increase the complexity of the system. There may be good reasons to do this, however. By adding functions, we can sometimes reduce the complexity of the supersystem or (sometimes) the system itself. If the system already has many compensating or remedial functions, we may be able to reduce the overall number of elements by applying a strategic preventative modification.
A Less Ideal Modification Diminishes Harm

A Diminishing Modification is one that reduces the effect of a harmful function while the harmful function is occurring. This occurs downstream of preventative functions and upstream of remedial functions. Diminishing modifications are usually less ideal than preventative modifications because there is greater possibility of increasing system complexity. Again, there may be situations where adding a diminishing modification will improve the complexity of the super-system.
The Least Ideal Modification Fixes Harm

Least ideal of all is remedial modifications. These are modifications that fix the harmed product after the fact. This is the least ideal because it requires the addition of new system elements. It may be justified, however, by reducing the complexity of the super-system.
The Ideal Product Does not Exist so it cannot be Harmed

A harmful function exists because the product of the function is harmed in some fashion. If the product does not exist, then it cannot be harmed. There are several reasons that the product does not need to exist.
The Ideal Product is Something Else that is Harmed

As with useful functions, we will first consider the ideal product. At this point, the only ideal products of harmful functions that have been identified are those that do not exist. With the
L2-Method
Step 1: Brainstorm the ideal tool: Find out why the harming parts are needed. Remove the need for these parts. Simply remove the harming part and then find something else to perform the useful function. Put some modification of the offending objects between each other. Idealize Informing Functions 257
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Brainstorm the ideal modification: Look for ways to make the harmful function useful. Look for ways to redirect the harm to a weakened component. Look for ways to channel the harm away from objects that would normally be harmed. Look for ways to strengthen the product while the harming is occurring. Find a way to heal the harmed part after or during the harm. Step 3: Brainstorm the Ideal Product (non-existent waste products): If the product is a waste product, look for ways that it doesnt exist. Redirect the harm to a weakened component. Use a previously placed cushion 208 to make up for failure of the harmed part
L3-(Ideal ToolPreventative)Tool Not Required

It is very common for a tool to cause both harmful and useful functions. Understand why the harmful tool is required in the first place. If a Causal Analysis Diagram is being used, it is easier to follow the chain of reasoning back to the problems that the function helps to resolve. Practically, this is done using a causal analysis diagram by considering the existence of a tool or product of a function as an object attribute that causes the problem. (Seeing the function in the cause effect diagram reminds us that existences of the elements of the function are object attributes that should be considered.) When we consider non-existence of elements in the system (in the side-by-side box), we begin an alternative problem path which leads us to understand why an element was originally required in the system. It is possible to remove the need for the troublesome element and often other elements by resolving a problem elsewhere in the system. This is done by tracing back the alternative problem path. Non-existence of a function element is shown with a new function which has no tool. The tool was required to perform a function which no longer is performed because the tool is missing. One solution of the alternative problem path is to find a new way to perform the function of the missing object. This often leads to the consideration of how the function might be performed by existing elements, thus simplifying the system. A slight change to an object in the system (often the object that we are serving) removes the requirement for the main function and hence the objects that deliver the function. In other words, if something did its job better than our system wouldnt be needed.
Method
Step 1: Why is the Function Required? What does it prevent? What does it fix? What does it make up for? Does it counter something? Follow this reasoning back through the causal relationships. Step 2: Resolve the problem that made the tool necessary in the first place. With the problem resolved, the function and all of its supporting functions are no longer required. These elements can then be removed from the system.
ExampleWater Rinse
The residue from a water rinse makes subsequent metal plating less predictable. Sometimes, the plating falls off during heat treat.
208 Inventive Principle #11Cushion in Advance: Compensate for the relatively low reliability of an object with emergency measures prepared in advance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
258
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 1: Why is the Function Required? What does it prevent? What does it fix? What does it make up for? Does it counter something? Follow this reasoning back through the causal relationships. The water rinse is required to remove soap that is used to wash oil from the part. The oil is on the part to cool and lubricate the part during machining. It is also useful to reduce corrosion of the part following machining and during storage of the part. Step 2: Resolve the problem that made the tool necessary in the first place. With the problem resolved, the function and all of its supporting functions are no longer required. These elements can then be removed from the system. If the machined part is cooled during machining with something other than oil, or machined with a process that does not require lubricant; and if the part does not need storage following machining, the lubricant, soap and rinse are not required prior to plating. The system is greatly simplified.
L3-(Ideal ToolPreventative)Non-Existent Tool
It is very common for a tool to cause both harmful and useful functions. Eliminating the tool will remove the harm, but now there may be a necessity to transfer the performance of the useful function to something else. It is most likely that the tool can be eliminated if it performs auxiliary functions or actually not required at all in the system.
Method
Step 1: Identify whether the tool is a waste product; performs an auxiliary function or has no useful function in the system. Step 1: Eliminate the tool. Eliminate the Source of the product. Eliminate the movement or path of the product Redirect the movement with a counter-flow Redirect the tool by creating another path of least resistance Change Concentration of the flow Make the system unavailable Absorb the Tool: Use Porous materials 209FabricsBattingGel Step 2: If the tool performed a useful function, identify something else in the system that can perform this function.
209 Inventive Principle #31Porous Material: Make an object porous, or use supplementary porous elements ( inserts, covers, etc.). If an object is already porous, fill poured in advance with some substance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
259
ExampleChristmas Tree Fires

Many homes are burned each year during Christmas due to electrical fires caused by bulbs. The bulbs perform a harmful and a useful Informs function Step 1: Identify whether the tool is a waste product; performs an auxiliary function or no useful function in the system. Step 1: Eliminate the tool. Eliminate the Source of the product. Eliminate the movement or path of the product Redirect the movement with a counter-flow Redirect the tool by creating another path of least resistance Change Concentration of the flow Make the system unavailable Absorb the Tool: Use Porous materials 210FabricsBattingGel Step 2: If the tool performed a useful function, identify something else in the system that can perform this function. The bulb must be eliminated. Now we consider what will perform the function of the bulb. The ornaments must replace the bulbs and give off small points of light. Small luminescent stickers on the ornaments glow when illuminated with a black light.
Bulb Burns Owner Tree
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Reframing Harmful Functions as Useful Functions

This tool is a different but powerful way to turn lemons into lemonade 211. What we are trying to do is to reframe a harmful action so that it is now useful. This is like a criminal trying to rationalize their crime in a way that everyone thinks that it was truly a good thing that he did. I wasnt holding up the store, I was helping the store owner to test their security. Virtually every harmful action has a useful context. For instance, if one part is wearing another part, we can ask ourselves Where are the contexts where we want wear to happen?
Mod
Useful Variant
210 Inventive Principle #31Porous Material: Make an object porous, or use supplementary porous elements ( inserts, covers, etc.). If an object is already porous, fill poured in advance with some substance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 211 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
260
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Answers to this are in situations where we are polishing or grinding on purpose. Going back to the criminal analogy, he would say I wasnt wearing the surface; I was just trying to polish it! If we reframe the harmful variation as a good one, then we can boost this function and make it truly useful. It should be noted that the system can often be reduced by pressing elements into performing more functions 212. Following this are several methods for helping us to see a useful variant in a harmful function. For instance, the anti-function can often be performed as a useful function. Simply making a function adjustable may allow us to see the useful function.
Examples:
Melt > Form Wear > Form Break > Disassemble Tear > Cut Burn > Cook Disturb > Control Corrode > Secure Corrode > Form
Method
Step 1: Cast the harmful function in a useful contextany useful context. This often takes a little practice, but the change in perspective can be very satisfying. If you are having trouble, identify situations where the harmful action is done on purpose. Step 2: Can this function take over for something else in the system, thus simplifying the system? Or, is this a new and useful function? Step 3: Can it reverse the effect of other harmful actions in the system? Step 3: Consider this now-useful function and identify the knobs that control it. Adjust the knobs to boost this now-useful function.
ExampleSyrup is Melting Chocolate

In order to increase production of a chocolate factory, the syrup that was normally pumped into the chocolate was heated. This reduced the viscosity, allowing for larger volumes to be pumped through the existing pipes. Unfortunately, the heated syrup now distorted the chocolates. Step 1: Cast the harmful function in a useful contextany useful context. This often takes a little practice, but the change in perspective can be very satisfying. If you are having trouble, identify situations where the Syrup harmful action is done on purpose. In our case, we can say that the syrup forms or cooks the chocolate. Step 2: Can this function take over for something else in the system, thus simplifying the system? Or, is this a new and useful function?
Distorts Syrup
Distorts
Chocolate
Syrup 1. Forms 2. Cooks 3. Changes Taste Chocolate
Chocolate
We will consider allowing the syrup to partially form the chocolate. Step 3: Consider this now-useful function and identify the knobs that control it. Adjust the knobs to boost this now-useful function.
261
ExampleCancer Repair
Cancer
Cancer is normally thought of as a very harmful element in the body. What harm does it cause? Cancer causes an number of harmful effects including the replacement or invasion of healthy tissue.
Invades
Step 1: Cast the harmful function in a useful contextany useful Tissue context. This often takes a little practice, but the change in perspective can be very satisfying. If you are having trouble, identify situations where the harmful action is done on purpose. Cancer Cancer In our case, we can say that the cancer repairs the tissue. Step 2: Can this function take over for something else in the system, thus simplifying the system? Or, is this a new and useful function?
Invades Rebuilds
Tissue
Tissue
We will consider allowing the cancer cells to repair a heavily damaged organ. Step 3: Consider this now-useful function and identify the knobs that control it. Adjust the knobs to boost this now-useful function.
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Anti Function

Mod AntiFunction We are going to try to reverse the harmful function 213 and perform a useful antifunction. In this first attempt, we are going to allow for the possibility of using any method from the Table of Knobs (object attributes). It should be noted that when we do this, we get more functionality from our existing elements 214 and turn harm into good 215. The effect of this may be similar to some of the other methods.
214 Inventive Principle #6Universality: an object can perform several different functions ; therefore, other elements can be removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 215 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
262
Method
Step 1: Identify the anti-function. Would this be considered a useful function in the system? Step 2: Now that the anti-function has been identified, we boost this function. Use any of the methods from the Table of Knobs to boost this now-useful function. We may need to consider modifications to other elements in the system. In the end, the system must become simpler, or the solution is not a good one.
ExampleSelf Sharpening Tools

The action of cutting and shaping tools causes them to become dull. Drills, saws and shears need to be periodically sharpened. This sharpening action takes time and is often never performed, especially when the tools are used only occasionally. In this case, the harmful function is the material being cut is wearing the cutting tool. Step 1: Identify the anti-function. Would this be considered a useful function in the system? The anti-function of wearing the cutting tool is to sharpen it. Cut Article Cut Article Wears Cutting Tool
Cut Article
Step 2: Now that the anti-function has been Sharpens Wears identified, we boost this function. Use any of Cutting Cutting the methods from the Table of Knobs to Tool Tool boost this now-useful function. We may need to consider modifications to other elements in the system. In particular, it may be necessary to modify the product slightly in order for this to work. In the end, the system must become simpler, or the solution is not a good one. At this point, we would be looking for various ways to make the cut article sharpen the tool. This seems quite unusual and maybe impossible. However, the ability of wearing surfaces to sharpen the tool is known in nature where animal claws and teeth actually become sharper with use. This is possible because the outer layers of the claws and teeth are made from softer materials than the inner layers. The innermost layers are the hardest. The action of wearing away the outer layers causes the harder inner layers to be exposed which makes the claws very sharp. Self-sharpening tools employ this same principle to keep drills and saw blades very sharp during use.
263
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Reverse the Fields or Action

One of the simplest ways to reverse or create the anti-function is to directly reverse the direction of action of the fields 216. The function may change when the fields are reversed. This is particularly useful when the physical phenomenon that delivers the harmful action is primarily performed by few fields and objects.
Method
Step 1: Reverse the fields to perform the Anti-function. Step 2: What constitutes the reverse of the current action? Step 3: What is the action performed relative to? Change that instead. Step 4: Boost the anti-function to make it completely useful.
ExampleFoundry Explosions
Consider a situation where water escapes from cooling pipes into the refractory bricks of a smelter. The water explodes upon contact with the bricks. One of the harmful functions is that the pressurized water pushes itself out of the pipe Step 1: Reverse the fields to perform the Antifunction. Reversing the fields means that the water in the pipe is under vacuum. The pump pulls the water rather than pushing it. Step 2: What constitutes the reverse of the current action? The water pulls itself. Step 3: What is the action performed relative to? Change that instead. It pushes relative to the hole position of the pipe. This would imply that the pipe should move instead of the water. This may be possible Step 4: Boost the anti-function to make it completely useful. Here we reverse the pressure field and cause vacuum in the line. This is effectively done by having the pump draw the water through the line rather than pushing it.
Water Pulls Pushes
Water
264
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Work With

Sometimes an object will perform a harmful function and a useful variant at the same time 217. The useful function may be occurring at such a low degree that it is not recognized. Boosting the useful variant effectively eliminates the harmful.
Method
Step 1: Is the useful variant of the harmful function performed with the harmful function, but so slightly as to not be noticed? Step 2: Is the anti-function performed with the harmful function but not in equilibrium? Boost the anti-function. Step 3: Is the harmful function useful any place on the product or on other elements to the least degree? Boost this function.
ExampleTelescope Dust Cover

A telescope uses a transparent dust cover. Small irregularities in the cover distort the incoming light. The distortions could be used to correct the effect of a spherical (nonparabolic) mirror which would be cheaper to fabricate. Step 1: Is the useful variant of the harmful function performed with the harmful function, but so slightly as to not be noticed? Spherical Some of the distortions actually help to focus the light. Can this be used if it were boosted? It is possible to design the dust cover so as not to distort. In fact, in Controlled working with the reflecting mirror the light can be Distortion focused. A further refinement is to recognize how the reflecting mirror can be modified to help the situation. A spherical mirror is much easier to produce. The effect of the dust cover can allow the spherical mirror to focus the light like a parabolic mirror as in a meniscus telescope. (It should be noted that a meniscus telescope typically focuses the light off of a reflecting piece on the cover and back through a hole in the spherical mirror. Step 2: Is the anti-function performed with the harmful function but not in equilibrium? Boost the anti-function. No anti-function is detected. Step 3: Is the harmful function useful any place on the product or on other elements to the least degree? Boost this function. No useful place is noticed.
Mirror
217 The idea for this comes from the telescope example shown with this method. The inventor notices a distortion of the glass and then that the distortion can be used to correct the effect of spherical (not parabolic) mirrors. The Innovation Algorithm by G.S. Altshuller, Technical Innovation center. First Edition 1999. Page 32
265
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Aesthetic Incorporation

Many forms of art require the artist to incorporate flaws which inadvertently occur during the creation of the art. A small and accidental mark on an India Ink drawing becomes the beginning a bush, etc. In effect, we are increasing the harmful function until it ceases to be harmful 218.
Harmful Useful
Method
Step 1: Can the flaw, caused by the harmful modification be directly incorporated aesthetically? Step 2: Multiply the flaw. Make different patterns with the multiplied flaw. What pattern looks the best or performs a useful function? Step 3: Can this aesthetic incorporation perform a useful function?
ExampleCutting Plastic Tubing

A plastic tube is cut. In the process, the tube is malformed where the blade begins to cut. Step 1: Can the flaw, caused by the harmful modification be directly incorporated aesthetically? No way is seen. Step 2: Multiply the flaw. Make different patterns with the multiplied flaw. What pattern looks the best or performs a useful function? If the pattern is repeated, it becomes a rolled cut Step 3: Can this aesthetic incorporation perform a useful function? The bevel can act to guide elements that might be attached to the tube ends.
Malformed
218 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
266
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Make Adjustable

Almost any harmful function can be made useful if it can be made adjustable219. Adjustable friction becomes traction control. Adjustable wear becomes forming. If a function can be made adjustable, sometimes it can perform a useful variant if it can be amplified sufficiently 220..
Method
Step 1: What is a useful variant of the harmful function on the system product? Consider the anti-function as a possible useful function. Step 2: Identify knobs that can be used to adjust the useful function.
ExampleBlinding Car Lights

Consider the blinding light that is seen from oncoming traffic with their high beams on. Step 1: What is a useful variant of the harmful function on the system product? Consider the anti-function as a possible useful function.
Light Blinds Driver
A useful variant would be to alert the driver. (Especially if something was wrong with the oncoming car and an alert could be sounded. The anti-function would be to sooth or rest the eyes. This will not be considered at this time. Step 2: Identify knobs that can be used to adjust the useful function. Make the lights different in color, blinking or intensity to alert others of an intoxicated driver.
Light Alerts Driver
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful) Perform Accurately

Sometimes a useful function becomes harmful when it goes outside of its useful bounds. In this case, it may become useful by simply putting it within bounds.
harmful useful harmful
219 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 220 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
267
Line of Evolution
The line of evolution for adjustability 221 is shown below. Once the point of feedback 222 is reached, the added benefits of increasingly good feedback give diminishing returns and the system usually jumps to a new physical phenomenon or to passive control.
Fixed
Adjustable
Increased Adjustability (Continuous, Multiple)
Feedback
Open Loop Control

Open loop control adds an actuator to change the main machine that controls the parameter. A simple controller changes the actuator based upon environmental conditions or time. This is done in avoidance of feeding back the main parameter being controlled because sensing elements can be very expensive.
Closed Loop Control

Closed loop control 223 goes beyond open loop control by providing a device to sense the main parameter that is being controlled. The sensor may sense the derivative of the parameter and then integrate or it may sense the integral of the controlled parameter and then take the derivative. The control scheme then compares the level of the parameter that is being controlled to a reference level and calculates an error. This error is then used in a controller to provide a signal to the actuator that drives the main plant. The control laws can be simple or complicated depending upon the accuracy required.
Passive Control
The highest form of control is passive control 224 225,. The system should ideally use one physical phenomenon for operation and control. The element that senses and controls operates about a critical point at which small changes in
221 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 222 Inventive Principle #23Feedback: Introduce feedback. If feedback already exists, change it. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 223 Inventive Principle #23Feedback: Introduce feedback. If feedback already exists, change it. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 224 Inventive Principle #25Self-service: An object must service itself and carry-out supplementary and repair operations. Make use of waste material and energy. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 225 Use of critical points is an extension of Standard 1-2-5. There are many physical phenomena that exhibit critical points. Operation about these critical points allows for large forces to be created which, in turn, can be used for actuation. STANDARD 1-2-5. If it is necessary to decompose a SFM with a magnetic field, the problem is solved by using physical effects, which are capable of switching off ferromagnetic properties of substances, e.g. by demagnetizing during an impact or during heating above Curie point. Notes: The magnetic field may appear at the right moment if a system of magnets compensating the effect of each other's field is used. When one of the magnets is demagnetized, a magnetic field arises in the system. Example: During welding, it is difficult to insert a ferromagnetic powder in the welding zone: an electromagnetic field of a welding current makes the particles move away from the welding zone. It is proposed to heat the powders above the Curie point to make them non-magnetic.
268
TR IZ P ower T oo ls input cause large changes in output or large changes in environmental conditions cause small changes in the controlled parameter.
Method
Step 1: Is the anti-function or a useful variant of the harmful function achieved by performing the modification very accurately? Step 2: Consider Open-Loop Control. Make the tool or product adjustable if it is not already. Consider making the control continuously adjustable. Add an actuator to the tool or product. Add a controller which changes the level of actuation based on operating conditions other than feeding back the main parameter that is being controlled. Step 3: Use of Closed Loop Control
Control Laws
Plant
Controlled Parameter
Does the modification need to be yet more precise? Add a sensor to sense the main parameter that is being controlled. Compare this to a reference level that the parameter is being controlled to. The whole system looks like the figure below.
Reference +
-
Error
Control Laws
Plant
Sensor
If necessary, increase the number of parameters sensed. Consider increasing the order of the variable sensed (first derivative, second derivative). Step 4: Control Use of Passive
Critical Points Sheer Strength Ultimate Strength Tip Angle Static Friction Adhesive Failure point Zero Buoyancy Triple point Surface Tension Resonant Frequency Spark point Freezing point Boiling point Curie temperature Human Temperature threshold Pressure threshold Auditory threshold Olfactory threshold Personal space violation Speed threshold Altitude threshold Visual thresholds Startling point Discomfort (A pattern or perception that something is out of place) Equilibrium threshold
Identify a physical phenomenon that senses the parameter that is being controlled and automatically urges the plant to change the parameter being controlled. Identify the critical point around which the system will control the main parameter to the desired level then move the critical point to the desired control point.
269
ExampleHot Air Temperature in a Room

If the temperature of a room becomes too hot, then it performs a harmful function on the occupants.
Air Heats
Step 1: Is the anti-function or a useful variant of the harmful function achieved by performing the modification very accurately? Bringing the temperature into bounds makes the normally useful function of warming useful again.
Occupants
Step 2: Consider Open-Loop Control. Make the tool or product adjustable if it is not Warms already. Consider making the control continuously adjustable. Add an actuator to the tool or product. Add a controller which Occupants changes the level of actuation based on operating conditions other than feeding back the main parameter that is being controlled.
Air
Control Laws
Plant
An open-loop control actuates a heating or cooling system at regular time intervals or times. In this case, the actuator is a cooler which can be turned on and off. The controller turns the cooler on in the morning and off at dusk. Step 3: Use of Closed Loop Control Does the modification need to be yet more precise? Add a sensor to sense the main parameter that is being controlled. Compare this to a reference level that the parameter is being controlled to. The whole system looks like the figure below. If necessary, increase the number of parameters sensed. Consider increasing the order
Reference +
-
Error
Control Laws
Plant
Sensor
of the variable sensed (first derivative, second derivative). In most homes, the cooling/heating needs to be fairly accurate. A temperature sensor is added. The room temperature is fed back and compared to a reference temperature. Step 4: Use of Passive Control Identify a physical phenomenon that senses the parameter that is being controlled and automatically urges the plant to change the parameter being controlled. Identify the critical point around which the system will control the main parameter to the desired level then move the critical point to the desired control point. 270 Idealize Informing Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Many substances experience phase transitions which occur at critical temperatures. These phase change materials can have large capacities to store and release energy. Such materials have been incorporated into building materials which have critical points around the temperatures that humans find comfortable.
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Harmonize the Sequence of Functions

This method comes from considerations of harmonizing functions, 226 whether they be useful or harmful. Sometimes, a harmful function becomes useful 227 when it is performed in a different sequence or time than it is normally performed. It may be necessary for a completely different job, so it is important to expand the thinking in time.
Method
Step 1: Consider the sequence of actions or functions. Consider using a process map or story board. Step 2: Consider performing the harmful function in a different sequence. When does it become useful?
ExampleCohabitation
Many studies have shown that couples that cohabitate have decreasing satisfaction with their relationship over time. Step 1: Consider the sequence of actions or functions. Consider using a process map or story board. The sequence of the relationship often show that sexual relations predate attempts to establish attraction, compatibility, exclusivity, commitment and practical considerations for living together in a family. If sexual relations are performed before the others steps, this stunts the other steps. Even if marriage eventually occurs, couples that cohabitate express lower satisfaction than married couples that wait until marriage. Step 2: Consider performing the harmful function in a different sequence. When does it become useful? When sexual relations are placed in the proper sequence, following marriage, they enhance the other aspects of marriage.
226 Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 226. 227 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
271
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Perform Stages when Useful

This method comes from considerations of harmonizing functions, 228Along with performing a function in a different sequence, a harmful function may become useful by breaking it up and performing the different parts at times when they are useful. Remember, functions are shorthand for processes which can always be broken into stages.
Method
Step 1: Break the function into two (or more) stages? Step 2: Are any stages of the function considered useful? Step 3: Move stages around so that unproductive or harmful stages become productive.
ExampleCombustion of Cooking Oils

In developing countries such as Haiti, the country is deforested due to the local habit of burning plant materials such as wood. Local people forage the area to find any burnable wood. As a result, satellite photos show a demarcation between Haiti and the Dominican Republic where half of the island is deforested. One way to handle this is to burn nonedible vegetable oils. Some plants give off large amounts of these oils. The problem is that the oils do not burn cleanly because combustion happens prematurely. Once the oxygen in the air combusts with part of the oxygen, the nitrogen and un-burnt fuel act as a buffer which cools the remaining mixture of gases below the point where they can be burned. This is true in any candle or like combustion which has a yellow flame. In this case, there are useful and harmful actions occurring at the same time. Step 1: Break the function into two (or more) stages? 1) Gasification of the oil by the heat 2) Hot combustion gas comes into contact with the oxygen in the air 3) Slight mixing of the air and the gas occurs 4) When sufficient oxygen is present, some of the mixed gases burn, but there is too much fuel for the oxygen present. 5) Further mixing of the gases occur 6) The nitrogen in the air and the burnt gases absorb the energy so that the unburned gases only partly combust, forming soot. 7) Due to the buffering, no further combustion occurs. Step 3: Move stages around so that unproductive or harmful stages become productive. The combustion stage must wait until full mixing of the gases has occurred. This means that the mixing of gases must occur in a much cooler environment away from the flame front. If liberation of the gas must occur at a higher temperature, the unburned gases must be cooled sufficiently before introduction into the air.
228 Creativity as an Exact Sciencethe Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems, G.S Altshuller, Gordon and Breach, page 226.
272
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Storage of Harmful Action

Similar to harmonizing the sequences of a harmful action, a harmful action is stored and then used when it will be more appreciated.
Method
Step 1: Identify a useful variant of the harm. Step 2: What does it mean to store this function?
ExampleFlood Waters
Flood waters destroy manmade structures and croplands. These very same areas are often affected by drought. Lets consider the harmful action of the flood waters. Step 1: Identify a useful variant of the harm. The water performs a harmful action. It washes away crops and land. This harm has the useful variant of nourishing the plants. Step 2: What does it mean to store this function? We must store the nourishment that the water provides. We can do this by storing the water for use when it is needed.
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Combine with Other Harmful Actions

Sometimes, a harmful action can be combined with other harmful actions to create a useful action 229. If it is not obvious that this new action is useful, it may be possible to find a useful variant of the combined action and boost that useful variant.
Method
Step 1: Identify a useful variant of the harmful action. Step 2: Identify a second object in the system that could use the useful variant because a harmful action is being performed on it.
229 Inventive Principle #22Convert Harm Into Benefit: Utilize harmful factors - especially environmental to obtain a positive effect. Remove one harmful factor by combining it with another harmful factor. Increase the degree of harmful action to such an extent that it ceases to be harmful. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
273
ExamplePipe Loss from Acid

Waste acid is transported in pipes throughout a plant. Even though the pipes are made from non-corrosive materials, they still are eaten away by the acid and eventually need to be replaced. Replacing the waste pipes is very expensive. Step 1: Identify a useful variant of the harmful action The useful variant of being eaten away is that the acid cleans the pipes. Step 2: Identify a second object in the system that could use the useful variant because a harmful action is being performed on it. Nearby are waste pipes that transport materials that deposit on the inside of the pipe. These pipes need the cleaning action. Alternately switching the waste products between the two pipes allows the deposits to protect the pipes and the acid to wear away the deposits. Note that we could have looked at the pipes with the deposits as a method of coating the pipes to protect them. We could have then looked around and asked what needed this protection (recall that protecting is a confusing function).
L3-(Ideal Mod-Make Useful)Intelligent Little People

If we have identified a useful modification to replace the harmful modification and cannot find a way to deliver this function, we can try the fantasy method of intelligent little people 230.Intelligent little people allow us to see the situation from an empathetic point of view. After going through the previous step of identifying a useful variant, it may not be obvious how the given fields and elements perform this useful function. The physical phenomenon is given, but how do we employ it to perform the useful variant?
Method
Step 1: Define a useful variant of the harmful function. Step 2: Envision the system as composed of intelligent little people who can work together. What do they do to perform the useful variant? These people also have the capability to disappear and reappear if necessary.
ExampleStained Carpet
Some liquids can badly stain the fibers of a carpet. Step 1: Define a useful variant of the harmful function. Perhaps the fluid washes the fiber instead of changing the color. This is more like the antifunction. Step 2: Envision the system as composed of intelligent little people who can work together. What do they do
Fluid Changes Color Fiber Fiber
Washing Constituents
Fluid Washes
Staining Constituents
230 Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach page 104
274
TR IZ P ower T oo ls to perform the useful variant? These people also have the capability to disappear and reappear if necessary. The Little People separate the staining and washing constituents. The washing constituents are used to clean the fiber and the staining constituents are discarded at the base of the fiber.
L3-(Ideal ProductPreventative)Product Not Required

If the product is an unessential part of the super-system or performs a supporting function in the system, then it may not be required. We need to understand why the product is required in the system. What problem does it help resolve? If a Causal Analysis Diagram is being used, it is possible to follow the chain of reasoning back to the problems that the function helps to resolve. Practically, this is done on a Causal analysis diagram by considering the existence of a tool or product of a function as an object attribute that causes the problem. (Seeing the function in the cause effect diagram reminds us that existence of the elements of the function are object attributes that should be considered.) When we consider non-existence of elements in the system (in the side-by-side box), we begin an alternative problem path which leads us to understand why an element was originally required in the system. It is possible to remove the need for the troublesome element and often other elements by resolving a problem elsewhere in the system.
Method
Step 1: If the function is an auxiliary function, then the product may not be required in the system. Determine why the function is required. This may require a causal analysis. What problem does the product solve? Step 2: Resolve the problem that necessitated the product so that the product is no longer necessary.
ExampleAcid Bath
In the beginning chapters of the book, we considered the problem of acid corroding a container that was used to contain blocks of metal and the acid that was used to test the metal blocks for their ability to withstand corrosion. Step 1: If the function is an auxiliary function, then the product may not be required in the system. Determine why the function is required. This may require a causal analysis. What problem does the product solve? A causal analysis was performed and it was discovered that the container was required to position the acid against the cubes. This function was required in order that a sufficient volume of acid would come in contact with the cube surface under heated conditions. This was necessary because a large amount of corrosion was required for the analysis. This was necessary because the observation technique required a large amount of metal and its attending corrosion to determine its ability to withstand the corrosion. This was required because the weighing of the cubes was performed on a weight scale with low resolution. Step 2: Resolve the problem that necessitated the product so that the product is no longer necessary. Idealize Informing Functions 275
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Weight scales with higher resolution can be easily obtained and a different procedure can be used which requires vastly smaller amounts of acid and cube materials. The materials are more finely divided so that the time at high temperatures is minimized. Corrosion takes place in minutes rather than hours and almost any low-cost container is suitable for containing the acid and sample materials.
L3-(Ideal ProductPreventative)Eliminate the Product

This approach is very direct. Remove the product and find something else in the system which can perform its useful function. This often leads to the consideration of how the function might be performed by existing elements, thus simplifying the system.
Method
Step 1: Eliminate the product and look for something else in the system that can perform the useful function that the product performed?
ExampleAcid Bath
In the beginning chapters of the book, we considered the problem of acid corroding a container that was used to contain blocks of metal and the acid that was used to test the metal blocks for their ability to withstand corrosion. Step 1: Eliminate the product and look for something else in the system that can perform the useful function that the product performed? The useful function that the container performed is to hold the acid against the cubes. This will now be performed by the cube itself. The cube is shaped to hold the acid and the container is no longer required.
L3-(Ideal ProductPreventative)Non-Existent Waste Product

Harmful actions can occur on products which are not required in a system. They may be harmful, expended or waste products. If the product has outlived its usefulness, is waste or was never required, consider eliminating it. This is a special case of the proceeding method of simply removing the product and finding something else in the system that can take over the useful function of the product.
Method
Step 1: The product goes away of its own accord by being combined with something else which allows it to dissipate. Step 2: Consider ways in which the product never existed. It is no longer manufactured Eliminate the Source of the product 276 Idealize Informing Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Eliminate the Path of the product Absorb the product into another substance. Absorbent materials might include porous materials 231, fabrics, batting or gel. Step 3: The waste product remains or becomes useful and is eliminated by its usefulness.
ExampleDisposal of Waste Oil

At industrial sites, waste liquid products are often spilled, polluting ground water. This spillage is accomplished by corrosion of the vessels, clumsy handling, etc. Fork Lift Step 1: The product goes away of its own accord by being combined with something else which allows it to dissipate. The spent liquid is waste, waiting for recycling. Step 2: Consider ways in which the product never existed. It is no longer manufactured Eliminate the Source of the product Eliminate the Path of the product Absorb the product into another substance. Absorbent materials might include porous materials, fabrics, batting or gel. Step 3: The waste product remains or becomes useful and is eliminated by its usefulness. In this case, the waste oil is immediately burned as an energy source.
Spills
Waste Oil
231 Inventive Principle #31Porous Material: Make an object porous, or use supplementary porous elements ( inserts, covers, etc.). If an object is already porous, fill poured in advance with some substance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
277
L1-Solve by Adding Functions

Simplifying by Making More Complex?
So far we have emphasized that all efforts should result in simplification. Our strongest efforts should be towards removing system elements to resolve the problem. Sometimes we solve another problem so that we can remove the offending elements. Other times, we simply remove elements and find other elements in the system that can perform their useful function. As a general rule, we do everything that we can to avoid adding new system elements, substances, fields, etc. There is, however an exception to this rule. We will allow ourselves to add elements or complexity to the system if there is a greater offset elsewhere in the system or super-system. The precedence is to avoid harm first, then to diminish harm while it is happening and then to remedy the harmful effects.
L1-Method
Step 1: Weaken the harmful tool Step 2: Neutralize the harming field Step 3: Channeling the harm away Step 4: Strengthening the product to take the harm Step 4: Place a mediator between the tool and product Step 5: Redirect harm to a pre-weakened expendable component Step 6: Detecting the harm Step 7: Healing the harm Step 8: Providing a previously placed cushion Step 9: Verify that the changes allow for simplification of the super-system.
L3-(Avoid Harm)Weaken or Misinform the Harmful Tool

If existence of the tool is unpreventable, identify preventative modifications on the harming tool which will have the effect of weakening the harmful effect on the product while the product is being harmed. Sometimes, the harming object exhibits intelligent action. We can prevent the harm by misinforming the tools so that the harmful function does not occur in the first place, or it can be fooled while the harmful modification should be happening. The ideal tool is misinformed.
Weaken / Misinform
278
Solve By Adding Functions
Method
Step 1: Consider potential modifications to the tool that prevent harm in the first place. If the tool exhibits intelligence, then identify the misinformation that the tool requires. Step 2: Identify the physical phenomenon that would deliver the modification. If the tool exhibits intelligence, consider hiding or camouflaging the product. Step 3: Identify the tool which would deliver the physical phenomenon. Try to find ways to get other objects in the system to perform the modification. If possible, the tool should perform it on itself 232. If the tool exhibits intelligence and the misinforming must occur during the harmful modification, consider what object will misinform the tool.
ExampleWing Icing
At high altitudes, the air can be very pure and devoid of particulates. Under these Ice Airfoil conditions, water can exist at temperatures much lower than freezing in liquid form. The water needs a solid surface upon which to nucleate before it will freeze. This is unfortunate for aircraft flying through these super-cooled water droplets because the instant that the water strikes the leading edge of the wing it freezes. The flow of the air over the wing forces the water droplets to travel on an unusual path. The ice begins to build up. Now the water nucleates on the ice and begins to build up two ridges along the leading edge of the wing. A cross-section of the wing looks as though horns are forming on the leading edge. This shape so disrupts the flow of air over the wings that it completely loses lift and the plane will plummet to the earth. If it were only possible to weaken the tool (the ice on the leading edge which nucleates the ice) or the product (in this case, it is the water droplets which are channeled) then the ice will not form on the leading edge of the wing. Step 1: Consider potential modifications to the tool that prevent harm in the first place. If the tool exhibits intelligence, then identify the misinformation that the tool requires. The leading edge of the wing is the tool that must be weakened so that it cannot be a surface upon which the ice will form. Another avenue might be to weaken the product, or water droplets. In this case, if they might be turned into ice before striking the leading edge of the wing then they will bounce harmlessly off of the wing instead of sticking. Step 2: Identify the physical phenomenon that would deliver the modification. If the tool exhibits intelligence, consider hiding or camouflaging the product. Heating the leading edge of the wing will weaken the ice that forms in ridges. Another possibility may be to use ultrasound to crystallize the water droplets before they strike the wing. It is known that ultrasound can be used to crystallize super-cooled liquids. Step 3: Identify the tool which would deliver the physical phenomenon. Try to find ways to get other objects in the system to perform the modification. If possible, the tool should
Solve by Adding Functions
279
TR IZ P ower T oo ls perform it on itself 233. If the tool exhibits intelligence and the misinforming must occur during the harmful modification, consider what object will misinform the tool. It may be possible to heat the leading edge of the wing to weaken the ice that forms there. It may be possible to use the air-flow, itself, to produce strong ultrasonic waves to crystallize the droplets of water.
L3-(Avoid Harm)Maximum Action with Minimum Field

A maximum effect needs to occur in one zone and a minimum action in another zone but the field must be minimum. 234 This usually occurs where a useful function is required but the fields are not sufficient to perform the function. The ideal product is capable of receiving the action, but not without some modification. We still want the minimum action everywhere else. Method
Step 1: If the effect is amplified over everything and some harm will occur then we may choose to use the minimum field. Step 2: If the field is minimal and cannot be amplified then we may have to use the minimum field. Step 3: Given that we are going to use the minimum field then a substance is introduced to amplify the affects of the field where it is needed.
ExampleWelding Parts
During welding, adjacent material properties are changed or compromised. (This example comes from the reference below) Step 1: If the effect is amplified over everything and some harm will occur then we may choose to use the minimum field.
Heater Heats Other Parts Melts Thermite Metal Joints Melts Metal Joints Heater Ignites
In this case, a high heat field applied everywhere will hurt other elements.
233 Inventive Principle #25Self-service: An object must service itself and carry-out supplementary and repair operations. Make use of waste material and energy. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 234 STANDARD 1-1-8-2. If a selective-maximum effect is required (maximum in certain zones, and minimum in other zones), the field should be minimal; then a substance that produces a local effect interacting with a field (e.g. thermite compounds for thermal action or explosive ones for mechanical action) is introduced in places where a maximum effect is required. Example: To weld two metal parts, an exothermic powder producing extra heat is introduced between the parts.
280
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: If the field is minimal and cannot be amplified then we may have to use the minimum field. The field is controllable so that this does not apply. Step 3: Given that we are going to use the minimum field then a substance is introduced to amplify the affects of the field where it is needed. An exothermic powder producing extra heat is introduced between the parts.
L3-(Avoid Harm)Maximum and Minimum Action with Maximum Field

A maximum effect needs to occur in one zone and a minimum action in another zone but the field must be maximized. 235 The field may be difficult to control or constant from the native environment such as gravity. Method
Step 1: Identify whether the field is controllable. If it must be high and it is difficult to control the field then a substance is introduced to draw off the field to protect those parts of the system that could be harmed.
ExampleSealing Glass Ampoules

When sealing a glass ampoule with liquid medicine, an overheated glass might destroy the medicine. (This example comes from the reference below).
Heater Heats Medicine Melts Heats Heater Heats
Ampoule Step 1: Identify whether the field is controllable. If it must Water Cools Ampoule be high and it is difficult to Medicine Heats control the field then a substance is introduced to draw off the field to protect those parts of the system that could be harmed.
The ampoule is put into water leaving the ampoules tip above the water. Water protects the rest of the ampoule from overheating.
235 STANDARD 1-1-8-1. If a selective effect of action is required (maximum in certain zones, while the minimum is maintained in other zones), the field has to be maximal; then a protective substance is introduced in places where a minimum effect is required. Example: When sealing a glass ampoule with liquid medicine, an overheated glass might destroy the medicine. The ampoule is put into water leaving the ampoules tip above the water. Water protects the rest of the ampoule from overheating.
281
L3-(Avoid Harm)Mediator
The ideal tool is one that does not harm the product. The ideal product is one that we dont mind harming. A mediator becomes both. Most of the harm is being directed to the mediator. This diminishes the harm to the product during the harmful function. Unfortunately, the mediating object is a new object in the system, but it can often be decreased to a coating or minor object. 236 Ideally the mediating object should be made from some derivative of the product or tool. 237 (That is indicated by the two tone mediator). This usually reduces the complexities that often occur with mediators that are composed of substances that are foreign to the system.
Line of Evolution
Following is the line of evolution of mediators.
Rocket Nozzle
None
Foreign Substance
Modified Tool / Product Substance
Void
Modified Foreign Substance Tool/Product Substances
Void
Possible Modifications to Substances

The table to the right shows several ways that one of the existing substances could be modified to become a more ideal mediator.

Internal additives Ionized Recombined Dilution of constituents Concentration of constituents Change of Bulk Properties Form structures at micro level
State of Matter Chemically altered Heat treatment Electrification Heated Foam Decomposed Mobilized
236 STANDARD 1-2-1. If useful and harmful effects appear between two substances in a SFM and there is no need to maintain a direct contact between the substances, the problem is solved by introducing a third substance between them. Notes: The third substance can also be obtained from the present substances by exposure to the existing fields. In particular, the substance to be introduced can be bubbles, foam, etc. Example: To compact walls of a borehole, gases produced during explosion are used. However, the gases also may cause cracks in the boreholes walls. It is proposed to cover the walls by plasticine that transmits pressure but prevents the walls from crack formation. 237 STANDARD 1-2-2. If there are a useful and a harmful effects between two substances, and there is no need to maintain direct contact between the substances, and it is forbidden or inconvenient to use foreign substances, the problem can be solved by introducing a third substance between the two, which is a modification of the first or the second substances. Note: The third substance can be obtained from the existing substances by exposure to the present fields. In particular, the substance to be introduced can be bubbles, foam, etc. Besides, a modification of the substance may bring about a change in the law of its movement: movable-fixed parts, etc. Example: A hydrodynamic foils surface might be destroyed by a cavitation produced by the friction between the foil and the water when moving at a high speed. It is proposed to refrigerate the surface of the foil. Surrounding water will freeze and form an ice layer on the foil.
282
Method
Step 1: Place a substance between the tool and the product. This object stops the harm. --Use a foreign substance --Enclose both the tool and the product in the mediator Step 2: Consider ways that this could be performed without the addition of any new substance. Ideally this should use objects or substances that are modifications or derivatives of existing substances (either the tool or the product). --Place a void or rarified gas between the tool and product --Use a modification of the tool substance --Use a modification of the product substance --Use a mixture of the tool and product --Use multiplied versions of the tool or product
ExampleDistribution of Uneven Loads

A clamping device is used to hold uneven objects. Because of the shape of the object, some parts of the object are more highly stressed than others and yield under the load. Step 1: Place a substance between the tool and the product. This object stops the harm. --Use a foreign substance --Enclose both the tool and the product in the mediator A substance with a much lower yield point is placed between the clamp and the objects such as a hard rubber. The rubber more evenly distributes the load over the clamped object. Step 2: Consider ways that this could be performed without the addition of any new substance. Ideally this should use objects or substances that are modifications or derivatives of existing substances (either the tool or the product). --Place a void or rarified gas between the tool and product --Use a modification of the tool substance --Use a modification of the product substance --Use a mixture of the tool and product --Use multiplied versions of the tool or product If the clamping were performed in a hot environment where pliable members were more difficult to use, the clamp could employ powders made from the same materials that were being clamped so as to avoid problems with the mediator reacting poorly with the clamped objects. The powders would yield around the clamped surface and distribute the load evenly.
283
L3-(Avoid Harm)Redirect Harm to a Pre-weakened, Expendable Product

Introduce a weak link or a path of least resistance 238. Something should be harmed that is expendable rather than the important element.
Method
Step 1: Pre-weaken part of the system so that the harm damages it. If possible, use voids or an absence of material to create the effect.
ExampleElectrical Fuse
Electrical fires are often caused in dwellings when wires touch and short circuit. The resulting heat that is generated can cause dwelling fires. Step 1: Pre-weaken part of the system so that the harm damages it. If possible, use voids or an absence of material to create the effect. A conductor with higher resistance than the contact resistance and a low melting point is placed in the circuit. When the contact is made between conductors, most of the resistance is in this object and so the electrical power load dissipates its energy melting the substance and opening the circuit.. This is typically called an electrical fuse.
ExampleLizards Tail
A lizards tail can often be used by a predator to capture a lizard because it is long and easily trapped between the predators feet and a surface. Also, it is a large target in general. Step 1: Pre-weaken part of the system so that the harm damages it. If possible, use voids or an absence of material to create the effect. The lizards tail should be pre-weakened to break off close to the torso in such a way that vital organs are not affected. If possible, the tail should grow back over a short period of time to restore balance.
L3-(Avoid Harm)Redirect Extreme Action

An extreme level of action is required but is not allowed for some reason. The extreme level of action is directed toward a second attached object. 239 The reason that it is not allowed can be varied. Perhaps another harmful action occurs or possibly, a useful action occurs in a wrong location on the product. The main thing is to recognize that a useful action becomes bad when taken to the extreme.
238 STANDARD 1-2-3. If it is required to eliminate the harmful effect of a field upon a substance, the problem can be solved by introducing a second substance that draws off upon itself the harmful effect of the field. Example: To protect underground cables from stresses of ground occurring during frost, cavities are formed in the ground beforehand. 239 STANDARD 1-1-7. If a maximum effect of action on a substance is required and this is not allowed, the maximum action has to be preserved but directed to another substance attached to the first one.
284
Method
If the situation is such that an extreme level of action is required but is not allowed for any reason, the extreme level of action is directed towards a second object attached to the first product. The attached product performs the required action on the first product.
Example Stretching Wire

When manufacturing reinforced concrete, it is possible to use metal wire instead of rods. But the wire has to be stretched. To do this it has to be heated up to 700C which is not allowed.The wire is connected to the rod that is heated while the wire remains cold. 240
Heater Anneal Heats Heater Heats
Wire
Wire
Rod
Elongates If the situation is such that an Elongates extreme level of action is required but is not allowed for any reason, the extreme level of action is directed towards a second object attached to the first product. The attached product performs the required action on the first product.
Long lengths of wire are elongated under the action of heat. Unfortunately, the wire loses its temper and cannot maintain the heavy stresses after it is cooled. This is the reason that the extreme temperature is not allowed. By redirecting the heat to the rods, the rods are elongated and when cooled, stretch the wires to the required stress levels. The rods may be sacrificial or they may be such that heat does not harm them. Thus, they can be used over and over. This is also an example of Separation in Space. The wire must be heated and not heated. A second wire attached to the first wire is heated.
240 Yuri SalamatovTRIZ: The Right Solution at the Right Time page 231 Standard 1-1-7
285
L3-(Diminish Harm)Neutralize the Harming Field

When a useful effect and a harmful effect occurs between the tool and the product and contact must be maintained, a second field is introduced to neutralize the harmful effect of the first field. 241. Since this often requires the addition of elements to a system, it would only be used if it were able to simplify the super-system or if it can be performed very inexpensively. Elastic Stress Buoyant Force Centrifugal Force Oder & Taste Sound Diffusion Gravity Hydrostatic Pressure Inertial Force Osmosis Ultrasound Friction Jet Pressure Adhesion Surface Tension Coriolis Force Chemical Fields Waves Information Nuclear Forces
Neutralize
Thermal Heating or Cooling
Thermal Shocks Particle Beams
Corona Discharge Current Eddie Currents Electrostatic Fields Magnetic Fields
Electromagnetic Fields
Radio Waves Micro Waves Infrared Visible Light Ultraviolet X-Ray Cosmic
Method
Step 1: Identify the field being employed by the harmful function. Step 2: Identify a second field which is capable of countering the harmful field. Consider using a counter flow. Consider absorbing or dissipating the harmful fields. Identify the type of material that could absorb or dissipate the harmful fields. Consider other elements in the system that could take on this additional function.
ExampleFlower Pollination
In order to pollinate flowers, airflow is used to move the pollen about. Unfortunately, the airflow also has the tendency to close the flower petals making the distribution of pollen inefficient. Step 1: Identify the field being employed by the harmful function. The harmful field is jet pressure. Step 2: Identify a second field which is capable of countering the harmful field. Consider using a counter flow. Consider absorbing or dissipating the harmful fields.
241 STANDARD 1-2-4. If useful and harmful effects appear between two substances in a SFM, and a direct contact between the substances must be maintained, the problem can be solved by transition to a dual SFM, in which the useful effect is provided by the existing field while a new field neutralizes the harmful effect (or transforms the harmful effect into a useful effect). Example: To help with pollination of a flower, airflow is used. However, it also closes the flower. It is proposed to open the flower with electrostatic discharge.
286
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Identify the type of material that could absorb or dissipate the harmful fields. Consider other elements in the system that could take on this additional function. Electrostatic fields can counter the air force on the pedals causing them to push away from each other against the airflow.
L3-(Diminish Harm)Channel Harm

Redirecting harm includes adding another element to the system that channels the harmful tool or fields. This is usually accomplished by creating a path of least resistance to the fields being used.
Field Channel
Method
Step 1: Identify the fields that are performing the harmful function. Step 2: Identify a path of least resistance for the fields. This may require the addition of new objects to the system.
ExampleClothes Washer Overflow

Washers have external water inlets and outlets. If the inlets leak or the outlets are blocked and overflow, the water will often damage other objects around the washer. Step 1: Identify the fields that are performing the harmful function. The field that is moving the water around is mostly gravity. Step 2: Identify a path of least resistance for the fields. This may require the addition of new objects to the system. A path of least resistance would be a channel under the washers which would allow the water to flow in another direction away from objects that can be harmed. Preferably the channel is lower than the surrounding area. If this is not possible, a barrier can be built around the washer so that as the height of the water increases, the level of the water is higher than the channel that drains the water away.
L3-(Diminish Harm)Strengthen while Harming

Identify diminishing modifications on the harmed product which will have the effect of diminishing the harmful effect on the product. This is an ideal modification because it is performed on the product at the same time that it is being harmed, but it is in addition to the harming function. Since we are adding a function to the system, we would like to avoid adding any substance. One way to do this is to find a way that the product performs this function upon itself 242.
Strengthen
287
Method
Step 1: Identify properties of the product that would allow the product to withstand the harmful action. Step 2: Identify functions which would cause the product to have this useful property. Step 3: If possible, the product should perform the function on itself to avoid adding any new elements to the system.
ExampleHeating of Medicine Ampoules

Ampoules of medicine are formed into small bottle shapes with open tops that can be filled with medicine. To ensure that the medicine is never contaminated or tampered with, the tops are sealed with a blast of heat which melts the tops. Unfortunately, the medicine contents at that end of the ampoules are damaged by the heat. Step 1: Identify properties of the product that would allow the product to withstand the harmful action. The medicine should be cool. Step 2: Identify functions which would cause the product to have this useful property. The function would strengthen the product follows from the previous step, the medicine should be cooled while the heating occurs. Submerge the ampoules in water with the tops sticking above the surface. Step 3: If possible, the product should perform the function on itself to avoid adding any new elements to the system.
L3-(Remedial)Detection of Harm
This modification is added in addition to the harmful function. It leads to remedial action so it is less ideal. It usually occurs after or during when the harmful function is performed. On the other hand, there are certain types of harm that are very unsafe. Additionally, they may be very unpredictable and difficult to prevent. In this case, it may be necessary to inform someone that the harm is happening or that it has progressed to a critical state. Method
Step 1: Identify that an informing function is required. Step 2: Go to the steps for idealizing an informing function and perform the necessary changes to the system
Observer
Inform
ExampleForest Fires
Forest Fires are very difficult to stop from occurring. In most cases, the healthy thing to do is to allow the fire to burn. On the other hand, human lives are often at stake. It is necessary to get word to people living in the locale of a fire that one is approaching. Step 1: Identify that an informing function is required. An informing function is required in this case. 288 Solve By Adding Functions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Go to the steps for idealizing an informing function and perform the necessary changes to the system.
L3-(Remedial)Healing
This modification is added in addition to the harmful function. It is remedial, so it is less ideal. It usually occurs after the harmful function is performed. In order to allow this to happen without adding additional elements, we would like to find a way to make the product service itself 243 or regenerate itself. 244 Method
Step 1: Identify remedial modifications on the harmed product which will have the effect of healing the harm. Step 2: Consider ways that the modification might be performed during the harm so that it never appears to be harmed. Step 3: Consider ways to have other elements in the system perform the fixing or healing. If possible, the object that is being harmed should heal itself or regenerate itself.
Heal
ExampleHealing Fractures
Aircraft structures are somewhat susceptible to developing cracks which propagate and eventually fail due to the negative safety margins which they are sometimes designed to. While the parts are rigorously tested, it is possible that some parts will fail in the field due to extreme conditions in the environment or the materials from which the structures are made. Step 1: Identify remedial modifications on the harmed product which will have the effect of healing the harm. Structural composites are formed from fibers (often carbon) laid in an epoxy matrix. If cracks in the composites could be healed, particularly at the high stress points, the fracture would be stopped from propagating. Step 2: Consider ways that the modification might be performed during the harm so that it never appears to be harmed. If the healing could occur during the fracture, it would propagate more slowly, thus diminishing the potential harm.
243 Inventive Principle #25Self-service: An object must service itself and carry-out supplementary and repair operations. Make use of waste material and energy. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 244 Inventive Principle #34Rejecting and Regenerating Parts: After completing its function, or becoming useless, an element of an object is rejected (discarded, dissolved, evaporated, etc.) or modified during its work process. Used-up parts of an object should be restored during its work. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
289
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Consider ways to have other elements in the system perform the fixing or healing. If possible, the object that is being harmed should heal itself or regenerate itself. Uncured matrix could be contained in hollow fibers. The hollow fibers would crack open during the formation of the crack, filling the crack and lowering the stresses.
L3-(Remedial)Previously Placed Cushion

The ideal product cant be harmed because there is another waiting to take over when the first one fails. The cushion 245 must take over the function of the harmed product. The harmful function may still continue on the new product, but at least it still is performed. Method
Step 1: Identify another element which can take over for the failed product. Step 2: Look for ways to add the minimum possible.
ExampleCotter Pins
A nut which must secure a vital component can become loose during repeated use or during vibration. Step 1: Identify another element which can take over for the failed product. There are several possibilities. A second bolt and nut could take over for the first. A second nut could take over and might be used to lock the first. Step 2: Look for ways to add the minimum possible. In some cases, the important thing is that the bolt does not come completely out. In this case, it can be loose. A cotter pit can be used to make sure this does not happen. This is a simple example of a previously placed cushion.
L3-(Verify Value)Verify that the System is Simpler

Now that we have added functions, we need to verify that the added complexity is offset by decreasing the elements and burdens elsewhere in the system.
Method
Step 1: Verify that the system is less complex after adding the function.
ExampleElectrical Fuse
Electrical fires are often caused in dwellings when wires touch and cause a short circuit. The resulting heat that is generated can cause dwelling fires. Step 1: Verify that the system is less complex after adding the function.
290
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Without the fuses, the system requires complicated measures to make sure that short circuits are contained. The system is simpler.
L3-Evaluate Candidate Systems

We should not concern ourselves that our simplified candidates do not work perfectly. (In all likelihood they wont). By this point, we may have some new candidate systems. The first impulse is to wonder if these alternatives might actually work. Its fine to go with your impulse. Evaluate the alternatives that you have time to evaluate. You may need to do some experiments to give you confidence. Simple experiments will help to reduce the risk of being surprised later. An alternative to experiments is to perform analysis. Regardless of whether we do experiments, or analysis, we will begin to see the strengths and weaknesses of what we are doing. Now is time for caution. This caution is not about the idea but about how we respond when things dont work out like we thought they would. Things rarely work like we imagined that they would. It is perfectly normal to discover problems with our alternatives. Now, our impulse is to become discouraged with our idea and give it up. In this case, it is not a good idea to go with your impulse. It is likely that you have improved some things and made other things worse. We have already talked about this. We have likely uncovered contradictions. This is to be expected! The exact wrong behavior is to give up. We need to understand what is happening. What are the physics? Have we found a course which makes no difference or have we found that the idea has a bad mark? Each candidate system has its problems. Sometimes these problems are small and we can move through this step and consider that we have a viable concept for implementation. Almost always, there is a substantial problem lurking in the system. Systems that represent a more radical departure from the original system may have large problems associated with them. Usually, we try to trade many small problems for one large problem. This one large problem is likely caused by a contradiction. From the TRIZ point of view, we dont consider contradictions to be large problems, so in this sense we are trading many small problems for one small problem. This is a good trade. Unfortunately, we do not know as much about these candidate systems as we did the original system. Remember that we conducted a causal analysis of the original system to understand what was causing its problems. Now we must do the same for the other candidate systems.
L2-Method
Step 1: Identify problems with the candidate systems. Step 2: If there are no problems with the candidate systems, can we consider them to be solutions? It is entirely possible that you have solved your problem and it is time to leave the problem solving process. This happens from time to time. Feel free to go on. On the other hand, if you are looking for several solutions then continue by performing causal analysis on the problems related to the candidate systems. Step 3: If there are problems with the candidate systems then consider whether you will want to perform a causal analysis. Again, we will not take space except to remind the problem solver that this is no different than understanding the cause of the problem with the original system. It may not be necessary to go into the same depth as in the original system. The author often performs a simplified causal analysis on candidate systems.
291
L1-Solve by Mobilizing Idle Knobs

During the causal analysis, you may have discovered parameters of the existing system that could have been used to control harmful or useful effects, but were not. These parameters may show up on the causal analysis diagram because they are a part of the equations. There is no escaping the fact that these parameters enter into the equation of friction, but from the viewpoint of human intent or potential usefulness, they remain idle. For example, the friction between two surfaces might currently be controlled by the clamping force between the surfaces. Other parameters, such as the coefficient of friction, lubricants or surface texture determine the friction forces, but were not actively employed to control the friction. There are various reasons that some knobs are not turned to control a situation. Some parameters are simply overlooked because they do not typically show up in formulas for friction. For example, we may have forgotten that the number of objects sliding past each other or temperature might have an effect on the outcome. The number of objects is usually not a parameter in formulas for friction. Another reason that a parameter may be overlooked is because changing it to improve one outcome may harm another. For whatever reason, there are often parameters that could be used to provide a problem solution, but they remain idle. The intent of this step in the algorithm is to put these idle resources to work to resolve the problem. The Table of Knobs (Object Parameters) is a restructuring and reinterpretation of the parts of the Solution Standards 246 which deal with object and field parameters (knobs). The concept of knob may be objectionable to some, but is easily learned and so used in the text. The idea is that objects and fields have structure or architectural and functional features which can be varied. Once we know the structure, we can vary the measurable parameters. This is like turning knobs on a device. Apologies are made in advance if the concept of knobs trivializes object and field parameters. Using the Table of Knobs will help the problem solver uncover several unanticipated ways to control the function.
L1-Method
Step 1: Consider the following knobs that have not been turned (mobilized): Existence, Number of objects, Location, Movement, Structure, Surface Properties, Bulk Properties, Direction, Field Structure, Adding or Superimposing Fields, Conductivity, Adjustability 247, Timing, Time Variation
246 Standard Solutions is a TRIZ tool which is not covered in TRIZ Power Tools except in its restructured form. Table of Standard Solutions can be found in a variety of texts including _________________________ 247 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
292
Solve by Mobilizing Idle Resources
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Turn the knob to create solutions.
Turn the Knobs

L3-(Existence) Existence
Existence of the tool or product is a controllable feature of the product. The existence of the product is not limited to the whole product, but can be extended to the existence of interaction zones and constituents of the objects involved. Existence is a measurable parameter of objects. It is often neglected when mobilizing resources. Consider that objects or their parts may not be required to exist. Contradictions having to do with existence are often solved by transparency 248. Method
Step 1: Consider eliminating the tool Step 2: Consider eliminating the Product Step 3: Consider eliminating the source of the product Step 4: Consider eliminating the path of the tool or product. Step 4: Consider removing the existence of the interaction site on the tool or product. Step 5: Consider removing the micro-constituents that interact
248 Inventive Principle #32Changing the color: Change the color of an object or its environment. Change the degree of translucency of an object or its environment. Use color additives to observe an object or process which is difficult to see. If such additives are already used, employ luminescent traces or trace atoms. Innovation Algorithm page 289. Genrich Altshuller, The
293
L3-(Number of Objects) Combinations of Like Objects

When identifying object knobs, this is an object parameter that is often overlooked. Objects collected together have interesting properties. Simply collecting the objects together allows for interactions between objects. If the objects are similar but have biased properties, they have the ability to be used in different environments. System efficiency can be improved by moving from single elements to multiple elements. This progression can be from single to bi-systems to poly-systems. 249 The efficiency can be further improved by transitioning to bi and poly-systems that have interaction between the multiplied elements. 250 Efficiency can be further increased by using elements with biased properties. Each element is somewhat different from the others.
Method
Step 1: Do any of the following changes affect the outcome? (With each of these, new capabilities should emerge) --Number of tool objects --Number of product elements --Orientation of multiplied objects --Combining or interacting of multiplied objects --Combinations of objects that come in natural groupings --Multiply the product --Multiply the tool --Combine multiple objects in different orientations. New capabilities should emerge. Step 2: Make the multiplied objects modify or interact with each other. New capabilities should emerge. Step 3: Nest 251 or stack the objects
249 STANDARD 3-1-1. System efficiency at any stage of its evolution can be improved by combining the system with another system (or systems) to form a bi- or poly-system. Notes: For a simple formation of bi- and poly-systems, two and more components are combined. Components to be combined may be substances, fields, substance- field pairs and whole SFMs. Example: To process sides of thin glass plates, several plates are put together to prevent glass from breaking. 250 STANDARD 3-1-2. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by developing links between system elements. Notes: Links between elements of a bi- and polysystem may be made either more rigid or more dynamic. Example: To synchronize a process of lifting a very heavy part by three cranes, it is proposed to use a rigid triangle synchronizing the cranes moving parts. 251 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
294
L3-(Number of Objects) Combinations of Unlike Objects

Multiple physical phenomena can be used to deliver a function. This allows for the possibility that different types of objects can be involved in delivering a function. These combined objects constitute hybrid tools. On the other end of the function, multiple object types can be served by the same function. The parameter in question can be influenced by the type and number of objects delivering or receiving the function. System efficiency is increased when dissimilar objects are combined in ways that complement each other.252 This can begin with grouping biased objects and progresses to grouping together objects that are entirely different. Method
Step 1: Identify another effect/tool which performs the same function. Step 2: What is the feature of the new tool which would extend the capability of the first tool? --Variety of size or features of multiplied objects? --Bias some of the objects to handle different operating conditions Step 3: Identify the cheap tool which should deliver most of the function. Step 4: Transfer the whole new tool or just the desirable feature of the new tool. Step 5: Merge the tools. A new capability should emerge. Step6: Make the tools modify each other. A new capability should emerge.
L3-(Location) Location of Objects

An object parameter that is easily overlooked is the location of the object. The location of objects affects the operating environment. Many factors can be changed by simply changing the location of the objects.
252 STANDARD 3-1-3. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by increasing the difference between system components. The following line of evolution is recommended: similar components (pencils of the same color) ->components with biased characteristics (pencils of different colors) ->different components (set of drawing instruments) ->combinations of the "component + component with opposite function (pencil with rubber)
295
Method
Step 1: Define the entire location envelope for the tool and product (What space can the tool and product be located in?) Step 2: Move the tool about in higher dimensions 253. Are the fields affected? Step 3: Move the product about in higher dimensions. Are the fields affected? Where are the fields more concentrated? Where are the fields of interaction less concentrated? Step 4: Move the product and tool to environments that are conducive to their operation or where the environment is much better.
L3-(Location) Interaction Zone Location

An object parameter that is sometimes missed is the location of the interaction zone on either the tool or the product. The location of the interaction zone can change the substances and fields involved in the interaction. Method
Step 1: Locate the exact zone of the modification on the tool and product. Step 2: Does changing the location affect the fields of the function? Step 3: Make the interaction zone a completely benign region on the tool and product or make it the most effective part of the tool or product. Step 4: If the action degrades either the product or the tool, make sure that the location is not important.
L3-(Location) Relative Location

With this knob, we consider the full range of possibilities from complete separation to fully merging the tool and product. The relative location of the tool and product will almost certainly affect the fields of interaction. Method
Consider the following changes: --Distance --Contact or separation --Location of contact --Mixing of tool and product --Absorption of tool into product
253 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
296
TR IZ P ower T oo ls --Combining the tool and product --Move the parts far away from each other --Try different distances from each other --Nestle 254 one into the other --Mix the tool and product --Combine the tool and product. Consolidate. 255 Look for new capabilities --Combine with super-system. Look for more consolidation, new capabilities and room for growth.
L3-(Movement) Path
The paths that the tool and product move on will affect the interaction fields and cause them to change in time. Line of Evolution
Linear
Curved in Plane
Curved out of Plane
Method Step 1: Consider CONSTANT POTENTIAL PATHS: Path in relation to potential field lines of a field. In order to perform lower work, it is necessary to move along lines of constant field potential. An example of this is moving objects horizontally rather than up and down to avoid moving against gravity. The lines of constant potential in the earths gravitational field are arcs High Work with constant radius from the earths center. To us, this looks like horizontal movement. For an electrostatic field between to capacitor plates, the lines of constant potential (at the center) run nearly parallel to the plates. Step 2: Move along lines of constant field potential Step 3: Move directly through lines of constant field potential.
Low Work Potential Lines
254 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 255 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
297
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: Move in an entirely new dimension 256. Step 5: Movement around harmful objects or functions Step 6: Rotation 257 rather than linear paths
L3-(Movement) Velocity Acceleration or Jerk

This knob considers the absolute and relative velocity, acceleration and jerk (the rate of change of acceleration. It turns out that humans are able to sense the change of acceleration and it can be quite uncomfortable if the jerk is high.) Method
Consider the following changes: --Velocity or relative velocity --Stopping the tool or product --Existence of acceleration --Rate of change of the acceleration (jerk) --Stop the tool or product --Try extremely high or low rates of acceleration
L3-(Structure) Structure of Interaction Zone

Efficiency of systems increase when the interaction zones are structured to compliment the fields which are used to perform the functions. 258 Method
Step 1: Locate the exact zone of the modification on the tool and product. Step 2: Does changing the structure change the efficiency of the interactions? Step 3: Make the interaction zone a completely benign region on the tool and product.
256 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 257 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 258 STANDARD 2-2-6. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by transition from substances that are uniform or have a disordered structure to substances that are non-uniform or have a predefined spatial-temporal structure (permanent or variable). Notes: In particular, if an intensive effect of a field is required in certain places of a system (points, lines), then substances that produce the required field are introduced in these spots beforehand. Example: To make a porous material with oriented spatial structure threads are inserted into the soft material beforehand. After the material solidifies these threads are burned out.
298
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: Change the structure of the interaction zone to compliment or augment the fields that are being used.
L3-(Structure) Symmetry
Symmetry refers to how half of an object appears to be a reflection of the other half. This reflection can be made around a variety of axes or planes. As long as the reflection is exact about any plane, the object is said to be symmetric. Symmetric objects can generate symmetric fields of interaction. Objects tend to evolve towards un-symmetric structures which are usually more difficult to manufacture than symmetric objects. Method
Step 1: Consider parameters or knobs which have already been identified. Are they symmetrically located? Step 2: Consider symmetry or asymmetry 259 of the tool and product Step 3: Change symmetry to another axis Step 4: Make the tool or product unsymmetrical Step 5: Make symmetrical
L3-(Structure) Dimension
Systems which produce useful functions tend to evolve to higher dimensions. Structures which product harmful functions tend to evolve to lower dimensions. Lower dimensional structures tend to have more minimum fields. An example of moving to a higher dimension is a plan. Efficiency of useful functions is increased by moving to higher dimensions 260. Harm done by harmful functions is decreased by decreasing the dimension of the harming interface. Line of Evolution
Point
1-Dim
2-Dim
3-Dim
259 Inventive Principle #4Asymmetry: Replace symmetrical form(s) with asymmetrical form(s). If an object is already asymmetrical, increase its degree of asymmetry. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 260 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
299
Method
Consider changing the structure dimension to the next higher dimension for useful effects and to lower dimensions for harmful effects.
L3-(Structure) NestingNestlingThrough
Unless the main function of the system requires a high volume in order to perform well, systems can be created by nesting 261objects, nestling them together or making one go through the other. Method
Step 1: Consider putting objects inside each other to change the volume requirements Step 2: Make one object go through another Step 3: Nest an object completely inside another Step 4: Allow one object to invade the space of another by nestling in to its volume.
Nested sink trap
L3-(Structure) Degree of Segmentation

Increasing the degree of segmentation 262 263 can increase the efficiency of a system. Degree of segmentation can have a large influence on the interaction fields. Systems tend to increase segmentation for useful functions. The efficiency of systems generally increases with segmentation of the elements. Methods for creating particles are provided in the standard solutions. 264
261 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 262 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 263 STANDARD 2-2-2. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by increasing the degree of fragmentation of the object which acts as an instrument in SFM . Notes: The standard displays one of the major trends of the technology evolution, i.e. fragmentation of the object or its part interacting with the product. Example: A knife with teeth, then with the abrasive coating. 264 STANDARD 5-5-1. If substance particles (e. g. ions) are required to solve a problem and they are not available according to the problem conditions, the required particles can be obtained by decomposing a substance of a higher structural level (e.g. molecules). STANDARD 5-5-2. If substance particles (e.g. molecules) are required to solve a problem and they cannot be produced by decomposing a substance of a higher structural level, the required particles can be obtained by combining particles of a lower structural level (e.g. ions). STANDARD 5-5-3. If a substance of a higher structural level has to be decomposed, the easiest way is to decompose the nearest higher element. When combining particles of a lower structural level, the easiest way is to combine the nearest lower elements.
300
Line of Evolution
Monolith
Parts
Powders Mist
Mixed Media
Method
Step 1: Would increasing the number of interaction sites improve the function? Can the sites be independent? Step 2: Consider the affect that the following would have on the segmented pieces: --Dividing into multiple copies of the original objects --Size --Shape --Aspect Ratio Step 3: Make the sites independent Step 4: Break the original piece into sections that can be easily dismantled and assembled. Step 5: Make multiple copies of the original objects. Reduce in size. Combine or make interact Step 6: Change the shape of the segmented pieces Step 7: Change to a powder or aerosol Methods of segmenting: --Decompose: GrainsDustMoleculesAtomsIonsSub Atomic Particles --Combine: Sub Atomic ParticlesIonsAtomsMoleculesDustGrains --Solidify a liquid or its constituents into particles
301
L3-(Structure) Voids, Capillary Structures and Foam

Voids 265 capillary structures 266 267 and foam 268 269 270 can have an effect on interactions between objects. It should be noted that the difference between voids and foam is one of ratio between gas and substance. Foam has very little substance and voids have little gas. Capillary structures are somewhere between and can be very structured.
Line of Evolution
Monolith
Cavity
Voids
Porous Capillaries
Structured Capillaries
Dynamized Voids
Liquid Filled and Structured
Tube
Tire Example
265 STANDARD 5-1-1-1. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a "void" can be used instead of the substance. Notes: A "void is usually gaseous substance, like air, or empty space formed in a solid object. In some cases a "void" may be formed by other substances, such as liquids (foam) or loose bodies. 266 STANDARD 2-2-3. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by transition from a solid object to a capillary porous one. The transition is performed as: solid object -> object with one cavity -> object with multiple cavities (perforated) -> capillary porous object -> capillary porous object with a predefined porous structure. Notes: Transition to a capillary porous object enables a liquid substance to be placed in the pores and use physical effects. Example: A bunch of capillaries apply liquid glue more accurately on a surface to be glued than a single large-sized tube. 267 Inventive Principle #31Porous Material: Make an object porous, or use supplementary porous elements ( inserts, covers, etc.). If an object is already porous, fill poured in advance with some substance. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 268 STANDARD 1-2-1. If useful and harmful effects appear between two substances in a SFM and there is no need to maintain a direct contact between the substances, the problem is solved by introducing a third substance between them. Notes: The third substance can also be obtained from the present substances by exposure to the existing fields. In particular, the substance to be introduced can be bubbles, foam, etc. Example: To compact walls of a borehole, gases produced during explosion are used. However, the gases also may cause cracks in the boreholes walls. It is proposed to cover the walls by plasticine that transmits pressure but prevents the walls from crack formation. 269 STANDARD 1-2-2. If there are a useful and a harmful effects between two substances, and there is no need to maintain direct contact between the substances, and it is forbidden or inconvenient to use foreign substances, the problem can be solved by introducing a third substance between the two, which is a modification of the first or the second substances. Note: The third substance can be obtained from the existing substances by exposure to the present fields. In particular, the substance to be introduced can be bubbles, foam, etc. Besides, a modification of the substance may bring about a change in the law of its movement: movable-fixed parts, etc. Example: A hydrodynamic foils surface might be destroyed by a cavitation produced by the friction between the foil and the water when moving at a high speed. It is proposed to refrigerate the surface of the foil. Surrounding water will freeze and form an ice layer on the foil. 270 STANDARD 5-1-4. If it is necessary to introduce a large quantity of a substance, but this is not allowed, a "void" in the form of inflatable structures or foam should be used as the substance. Note: Introduction of foam or inflatable structures resolves a contradiction 'much substance - little substance'
302
Method
Step 1: Consider the affect of the following changes to the tool or product --Voids --Porosity --Structured capillaries --Fluids in voids or capillary structures Step 2: Place specially shaped voids in the tool or product (honeycomb, spherical, random) Step 3: Use open or closed celled porous materials Step 4: Consider using: --Sintered powders --Dried or fired clays --Porcelain --Sand --Loose Powders --Pumice Step 5: Make the tool or product from structured capillary materials such as: --Fabrics --Fiber batting --Fiber bundles (thread, string, rope) --Screen or layers of screens --Capillary tubes or tube bundles Step 6: Fill the porous material with special fluids or allow fluids to move through the porous material. Step 7: Replace the tool or product with a foam Step 8: Put foam between the tool and the product
L3-(Structure) Thickness/Length/Aspect Ratio

The thickness or the length of an object can have a strong effect on interacting fields. In general, objects trend toward smaller lengths and thicknesses as they evolve which makes a better use of resources. When taken together, the length to width ratio gives an aspect ratio. Any one of these three measures of an object may dominate as the controlling factor. Method
Step 1: Does the thickness of the tool or the product affect the function? Solve by Mobilizing Idle Resources 303
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Replace solid constructions with flexible membranes Step 3: Isolate objects with thin films 271
L3-(Structure) Volume
Objects may start with large volumes because the strength of interacting fields may be a function of the size. However, they trend toward smaller volumes 272 273 to conserve resources unless their main function is to transport, in which case, the trend is toward greater volumes. strong
Method
Step 1: Does the volume of the tool or the product affect the function? Step 2: Consider changing the volume of the tool or product. Consider extreme changes in volume.
L3-(Structure) Curvature
The use of spherical structures is a very important tool in TRIZ. Curved structures 274 have special properties. They allow for the precise rotation of objects relative to each other. They also allow for the concentration or dispersion of fields in unique ways. While the constant curvature of objects is very common, non constant curvatures, such as parabolas and ellipses and hyperbolas have unique characteristics. Method
Step 1: Does the curvature of the tool or product affect the outcome? Step 2: Change from linear shapes to curved shapes Step 3: Use rollers or balls Step 4: Change from linear to rotary motion
271 Inventive Principle #30Flexible Membranes or Thin Films: Replace customary constructions with flexible membranes or thin film. Isolate an object from its outside environment with flexible membranes or thin films. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 272 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 273 This comes from what is sometimes called the STC operator which stands for size, time and cost. When using this concept, the problem solver considers the possibility that the there is no limit to each of these variables and to consider the problem at the extremes of each. In this case, we consider the size or volume of the tool or product only Page 112 of The Innovation Algorithm, Genrich Altshuller. 274 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
304
L3-(Surface) Surface Structure

Many functions are controlled by the surface structure 275 of objects. Surface shapes can be rough or smooth. They can also have a fine structure. Surface shapes can have a strong effect on reflection, transmission and dispersion of electromagnetic fields. Many other properties of objects can be changed at the surface in ways that have a strong effect on interaction fields. The table on the next page shows how other properties can effect various fields.
Smooth
Protrusions
Rough
Activated Surface
Line of Evolution Method

Step 1: How does the surface shape affect the fields of interaction? Step 2: Make the surface smooth if it is not already Step 3: Make ridges, protrusions or cavities in the surface of the tool or product (Random or structured) Step 4: Make the surface of the tool or product rough (random or structured) Step 5: Use a finer and finer surface roughness
275 The source of this object property is The line of evolution was presented in Invention Machine TM Software.
305
Elastic Force Internal & External Creep Coefficient-StrengthElasticity-ToughnessDuctility Centrifugal Force
Gravity Density
Friction ProtrusionsRoughness-Matter State-Friction Couple-Slipperiness Coriolis Force
Adhesive AdhesivenessMatter StateCohesiveness
Buoyant force
Hydrostatic Pressure Surface State
Jet Pressure
Surface Tension Bulk PropertiesState-Wetted CircumferenceTemperature Chemical Fields Chemical Reactivity -Surface StateConcentration
Odor & Taste Chemical CompositionSurface State
Diffusion Surface Porosity Surface State
Osmosis Surface Molecular Structure Surface State
Sound
Ultrasound Surface State
Waves
Corona Discharge Surface ProtrusionsRoughness-Surface State
Current Continuity-Surface StateConductivity
Eddie Currents (Internal and skin) Continuity-Surface StateConductivity
Particle Beams State-Chemical Reactivity-Surface Molecular Weight
Surface Property Knobs which Affect these Fields
Thermal Heating or Cooling Surface Protrusions or RoughnessSurface State Electrostatic Field Protrusions Roughness
Thermal Shocks Surface Protrusions or Roughness-
Nuclear Forces Nuclear Particle Type
Magnetic Field
Electromagnetic (Voltage) Continuity Conductivity
Information
Radio Waves Reflectivity-State - Absorbtivity -Emissivity
Micro-waves Reflectivity-State -Absorbtivity -Emissivity
Infrared Reflectivity-State --Absorbtivity -Emissivity
Visible Light Reflectivity-State -Emissivity
Ultra-violet Reflectivity-Emissivity-State -Fluorescence
X-Ray Atomic Weight
306
L3-(Surface) Surface Properties

Fields of interaction are modified and controlled surface properties other than surface structure. The table on the previous page gives suggestions as to surface properties that can modify fields of interaction. Method
Step 1: Identify the fields which deliver the modification. Step 2: Consult the Table of Surface Properties to see which ones modify the fields of the function Step 3: Greatly increase the surface properties. Step 4: Change to new materials or coatings if necessary
L3-(Surface) Surface Substances

Substances can exist on surfaces which modify the fields of interaction. Such substances can be put there for useful purposes or they can be contaminants. Over the course of time, it is almost a certainty the some type of contaminant will find its way to the surfaces of the product or tool. Method
Step 1: Can contaminants (solids, liquids or gases) find a way to the surface? (Internal or external paths) Step 2: Greatly decrease the surface contaminants until the surface is ultra-clean Step 3: Greatly increase the contaminants Step 4: Add a lubricant to the surface Step 5: Condense a liquid onto the surface
L3-(Bulk) State of Matter

Most substances exist in multiple physical states 276 277, even if one of the states is barely perceptible. Because of this, it is possible that the different states of matter will react differently with the fields of interaction. These controlling factors are even stronger when multiple states of matter exist.
276 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 277 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
307
Look at every tool or product as being composed of at least two states of matter and consider whether less dominant state might be having an effect on the interactions. Line of Evolution
Solid
Liquid
Gas
Plasma
Rarefied Gas
Vacuum
Solid
Liquid
Gas
Field
Not Existing
Method
Step 1: Consider how the following affect the interaction or fields: --State of the tool --State of the Product --State of the Environment --Note that state of matter controls most fields Step 2: Change the State of the tool Step 3: Change the State of the Product Step 4: Change the State of the Environment (Note that state of matter controls most fields)
308
L3-(Bulk) Bulk Properties of Substance

Substances of the product and the tool have many native bulk properties 278 Generally, we would like the substances to have a strong effect on the useful interaction fields and a weak effect on the harmful fields. Below is a table of bulk properties. Each property reflects its typical reaction to interacting fields. Method
Step 1: Identify the current fields throughout the tool or product Step 2: What materials are affected by these fields? What are their bulk properties (Properties spread throughout the volume?) Step 3: Change the product or tool to be composed of a substance with the ideal bulk properties. Step 4: Introduce a substance to the product or tool which has the ideal properties for control. 279 Step 5: Attach a substance to the product or tool which has the ideal properties for control. 280 Step 6: Introduce a substance into the environment of the tool or product which allows the Example of Bulk Properties

Creep Coefficient Strength Elasticity Toughness Ductility Physical State Density Temperature Viscosity Coefficient of restitution Gas Constant Gamma Cohesiveness Chemical Composition Molecular Weight
Ionization Potential Molecular size Ease of Ionization Rarefaction Conductivity Trans Conductance Thermal Conductivity Coefficient of Thermal Expansion Thermal Capacity Dielectric Constant Magnetic Permeability Magnetic Hysteresis Curie Point Permeability Transparency Image Splitting Properties
278 STANDARD 3-2-1. Efficiency of a system at any stage of its evolution can be improved by transition from a macro-level to a micro-level: the system or its part is replaced by a substance capable of delivering the required function when interacting with a field. Notes: There is a multitude of micro-level states of a substance (domains, crystal lattice, molecules, ions, domains, atoms, fundamental particles, fields, etc.). Therefore, various options of transition to a micro-level and various options of transition from one micro-level to another, lower one, should be considered when solving a problem. Example: Instead of a micro-screw, a microscopic table can be positioned by fixing it on a metal rod that is subjected to a thermal field. The rod expands and contracts relatively the value of the temperature due to the effect of thermal expansion. 279 STANDARD 1-1-2. If there is a SFM which is not easy to change as required, and the conditions do not contain any limitations on the introduction of additives to given substances, the problem is to be solved by a transition (permanent or temporary) to an internal complex SFM, introducing additives in the present substances enhancing controllability or imparting the required properties to the SFM. Example: To detect very small drops of liquid (S2) in a liquid (S1), a luminescent substance is added to the liquid (S2) in advance. 280 STANDARD 1-1-3. If there is a SFM which is not easy to change as required, and the conditions contain limitations on the introduction of additives into the existing substances, the problem can be solved by a transition (permanent or temporary) to an external complex SFM, attaching to one of these substances an external substance which improves controllability or brings the required properties to the SFM. Example: To detect a leakage of gases (S1) from a pipe (S2), an outer surface of the pipe is covered with a substance (S3)
309
TR IZ P ower T oo ls ideal properties for control. 281 Step 7: Change the bulk properties by chemically transforming, decomposing, and combining existing materials or by heat treatment. 282 Step 8: Further enhance by adding a field. Step 9: If the addition of substances is not allowed, a number of ways are provided in the Solution Standards to add these substances. 283

Cheap Substances
Grocery store products Powders Foam Void Loose Bodies Waste or transformed waste Garbage Water, Steam or Hydrates Air and its components
281 STANDARD 1-1-4. If there is a SFM that is not easy to change as required, and the conditions contain limitations on the introduction or attachment of substances, the problem has to be solved by synthesizing a SFM using external environment as the substance. 282 STANDARD 1-1-5. If the external environment does not contain ready substances required to synthesize a SFM, these substances can be obtained by replacing the external environment with another one, or by decomposing the environment, or by introducing additives into the environment. Example: To improve a coefficient of sliding effect, a liquid lubricant is aerated. 283 STANDARD 5-1-1-1. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a "void" can be used instead of the substance. Notes: A "void is usually gaseous substance, like air, or empty space formed in a solid object. In some cases a "void" may be formed by other substances, such as liquids (foam) or loose bodies. STANDARD 5-1-1-2. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a field can be introduced instead of the substance. STANDARD 5-1-1-3. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed. an external additive can be used instead of an internal one. STANDARD 5-1-1-4. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a very active additive can be introduced in very small quantities. STANDARD 5-1-1-5. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, an additive can be introduced in very small quantities, and concentrated in certain parts of the object. STANDARD 5-1-1-6. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, the substance can be introduced temporarily and then removed. STANDARD 5-1-1-7. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, a copy of the object can be used instead of the object itself, where introduction of substances is allowed. STANDARD 5-1-1-8. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed by the system's operating conditions, the substance can be introduced in a form of a chemical compound which can be later decomposed. STANDARD 5-1-1-9. If it is necessary to introduce a substance in the system, and it is not allowed, the substance can be produced by decomposing the external environment or the object itself, for instance, by electrolysis, or by changing the aggregate state of a part of the object or external environment. STANDARD 5-1-2. If a system is not easy to change as required, and the conditions do not allow to replace the component acting as an instrument or introduce additives, the artifact has to be used instead of the instrument, dividing the artifact into parts interacting with each other. STANDARD 5-1-3. After the substance introduced in the system has fulfilled its function, it should either disappear or become indistinguishable from the substance that was in the system or in the external environment before. Note: The substance that has been introduced may disappear due to chemical reactions or change of phase. STANDARD 5-1-4. If it is necessary to introduce a large quantity of a substance, but this is not allowed, a "void" in the form of inflatable structures or foam should be used as the substance. Note: Introduction of foam or inflatable structures resolves a contradiction 'much substance - little substance'.
310
Elastic Force Internal & External Creep Coeff-StrengthElasticityToughness-Ductility-Physical Centrifugal Force Density
Gravity Density-State
Friction TemperatureViscosity -State
Adhesive TemperatureState of Mater
Inertia of Bodies (Note Direction) Density-State-Elasticity Coeff. of Restitution
Coriolis Force Density
Buoyant Force Density-State
Hydrostatic Pressure Gas Constant-StateGamma-Temperature
Jet Pressure Density-State
Surface Tension Cohesiveness-State
Odor & Taste Chemical Composition -State
Diffusion Molecular Weight-State
Osmosis Molecular Size -Ionization Potential-State
Chemical Fields Chemical CompositionConcentration-State
Sound Coeff. of RestitutionViscosity-DensityState
Vibrations & Oscillations Coeff. of RestitutionViscosity-Density-State
Ultrasound Coeff. of Restitution-
Waves Coeff. of RestitutionViscosity-Density-State
Corona Discharge Ease of IonizationRarefaction-State
Current Conductivity-StateTrans-conductance
Eddie Currents (Internal and skin) Conductivity-StateTrans-conductance
Particle Beams Molecular Weight
Bulk Property Knobs which Affect these Fields
Thermal Heating or Cooling Thermal ConductivityCoeff. Thermal Electrostatic Field Dielectric Constant
Thermal Shocks Thermal ConductivityCoeff. Thermal
Nuclear Forces Atomic WeightDensity Temperature
Magnetic Field Magnetic PermeabilityMagnetic HysteresisCurie Point Information
Electromagnetic (Voltage) Permeability-Conductivity Dielectric Constant
Radio Waves TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Micro-waves TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Infrared TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Visible Light TransparencyState-Image Splitting Refractive index
Ultra-violet X-Ray Transparency-State- Molecular -Image Splitting Weight Refractive index
311
L3-(Bulk) Match or Mismatch of Properties

When substances must touch each other, a matching of properties is often necessary to avoid harm. For example, having two substances clamped together with different thermal expansion coefficients can lead to high stresses or high levels of friction. The tool and product should match the properties that matter the most. This is known as the inventive principle of homogeneity284. Not every property is required to match. For instance, clamping two substances with different densities may be fine so long as the thermal coefficients match under conditions of large temperature swings. Examples of properties that are often considered are: Thermal expansion 285, Thermal Conductivity, Electrical Conductivity, Modulus of Elasticity Method
Step 1: Are the tool and product alike? Do the bulk properties match each other? Consider the following and how well matched the tool and product are: --Thermal expansion --Thermal Conductivity --Electrical Conductivity --Modulus of Elasticity Step 2: Match or mismatch tool and product properties, especially if they are in contact or must move or expand together Step 3: Make the product and tool from the same materials if possible
L3-(Bulk) Gradients of Components

The gradient of any property is its rate of change with respect to distance. High gradients change from one value to another over a very short distance. In this case, we are considering the gradient of substance components. An additive to a substance can have a high gradient and thus, the properties vary across the object. This is sometimes important in the control of fields and is similar to the concept of asymmetry of structures in controlling fields.
284 Inventive Principle #33Homogeneity: Objects interacting with the main object should be made out of the same material (or material with similar properties) as the main object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 285 Inventive Principle #37Thermal Expansion: Use expansion or contraction of material by changing its temperature. Use various materials with different coefficients of thermal expansion. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
312
Method
Step 1: Consider the bulk constituents. Can they be made non-uniform 286? Step 2: How would a material gradient affect the internal fields? Step 3: Allow a gradation or mixture gradient 287 of material constituents Step 4: Allow a sharp gradation of material constituents Step 5: Add a new material and allow the gradient to vary
L3-(Bulk) Chemical Activity

The chemical activity is a reference to how chemically active the tool is to the product under a given condition. This has greatest emphasis when the main useful functions are involved in a chemical reaction between the tool and the product. The chemical reactivity can be boosted by thermal fields or electrical currents. Method
Step 1: Consider how chemically reactive the Product is to the Tool Step 2: Increase Chemical Activity Step 3: Change to very active chemical substances: --Use progressively activated oxygen 288. --Ambient Air --Oxygenated Air --Pure Oxygen --Ionized Oxygen --Ozone --Singlet Oxygen Step 4: Change the tool or product to an inert substance289
286 Inventive Principle #3Local Quality: Transition from homogeneous to heterogeneous structure of an object or outside environment (action). Different parts of an object should carry out different functions. Each part of an object should be placed under conditions that are most favorable for its operation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 287 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 288 Inventive Principle #38Accelerated Oxidation: Make transition from one level of oxidation to the next higher level : Ambient air to oxygenated; Oxygenated to oxygen. Oxygen to ionized oxygen. Ionized oxygen to ozoned oxygen. Ozoned oxygen to ozone. Ozone to singlet oxygen. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
289 Inventive Principle #39Inert Environment: Replace a normal environment with an inert one. Introduce a neutral substance or additives into an object. Carry out the process in a vacuum. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
313
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: Introduce inert gases 290 Step 6: Introduce or mix in inert substances 291 Step 7: Use a vacuum
L3-(Field) Adding Fields

There are a variety of reasons to add fields 292. Whenever it is necessary to introduce a field, it should be done in a way that requires the least use of resources. The Solution Standards shown in the references below, give a variety of ways to introduce fields without increasing system complexity. 293 Method
Step 1: Identify substances and constructions which react strongly to the existing fields or fields which would react strongly to the existing substances. Step 2: Identify other fields in the environment. Step 3: Consider assisting fields or counter fields that could be superimposed into, onto or in the environment of the objects? Step 4: Consult the table of Storage of Fields for consideration of residual fields.
290 Inventive Principle #39Inert Environment: Replace a normal environment with an inert one. Introduce a neutral substance or additives into an object. Carry out the process in a vacuum. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 291 Inventive Principle #39Inert Environment: Replace a normal environment with an inert one. Introduce a neutral substance or additives into an object. Carry out the process in a vacuum. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 292 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289 293 STANDARD 5-2-1. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM, one should use first of all the present fields for whom the media are those substances that form the system or its part. Note: The use of substances and fields which already present in the system improves the systems ideality: number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-2. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM and it is not possible to use the fields which already present in the system, one should use the fields of the external environment. Note: The use of external environment fields (gravitation, thermal field, pressure...) improves the systems ideality: the number of functions performed by the system increases without increasing the number of used components. STANDARD 5-2-3. If a field has to be introduced in a SFM but it is impossible to use the fields which already present in the system or in the external environment, one should use the fields for whom the substances present in the system or external environment can act as media or sources. Notes: In particular, if there are ferromagnetic substances in a system and they are used for mechanical purposes, it is possible to use their magnetic properties in order to obtain additional effects: improve interactions between components, obtain information on the state of the system, etc.
314
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: Introduce a field into the system that performs the required action. 294 Step 6: Superimpose a counter field Step 7: Superimpose an assisting field 295 Step 8: Superimpose a new field type Step 9: Pre-stress the parts
L3-(Field) Conductivity of Medium

The conductance 296 of the medium in which the fields must operate can control the effect of the function. The medium refers to the substance that contains the tool or product whether that be a solid, liquid or gas or even a vacuum. The conductivity of the medium can have a strong impact on the fields and their distribution in space. For instance, electromagnetic fields would be strongly influenced by submersion in a conductive fluid. Method
Step 1: Draw field potential lines and gradients Step 2: How does the conductivity of the medium affect the interaction? Step 3: What medium is between the tool and product? Step 4: Is the conductivity of the medium adjustable? Step 5: Should a different medium be used? Step 6: Change the conductivity of the medium by using concentrated additives Step 7: Change the gradient of conductivity Step 8: Change to a different medium with higher or lower conductance Step 9: Shorten the flow path Step 10: Decrease flow transformations Step 11: Change the number of turns Step 12: Increase or decrease the field intensity from the tool
Decrease Shield Amplify
294 STANDARD 1-1-1. If there is an object which is not easy to change as required, and the conditions do not contain any limitations on the introduction of substances and fields, the problem is to be solved by synthesizing a S F M: the object is subjected to the action of a physical field which produces the necessary change in the object. Example: To remove air (S1) from a powdered substance, the substance (S2) is subjected to centrifugal forces (F). 295 STANDARD 2-1-2. If it is necessary to improve the efficiency of SFM, and replacement of SFM elements is not allowed, the problem can be solved by the synthesis of a dual SFM through introducing a second field which is easy to control. Example: It is proposed to increase control over a melted metal by rotating the metal in a centrifuge. 296 The concept of conductance was first introduced to the author by Invention Machine software graphics which showed how fields could be modulated by the medium that was placed between the tool and the product to decrease or amplify the effect of the field.
315
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 13: Use an intermediate substance to shield, amplify or decrease the field Step 14: Change the conductivity of the mediator
L3-(Field) Field Direction

Field direction 297 refers to the direction that actions will take when influenced by a field. If one knows the field gradient, then the field direction is perpendicular to the field gradient lines. The direction of a magnetic field between two infinite plates emanates perpendicular to the two parallel surfaces and is related to the charge of the plates (assuming constant charge distribution). The field direction has a direct effect on the function of the tool on the product. Method
Step 1: Identify the field gradients and potential lines Step 2: Is the field direction important? Step 3: What would happen if the fields were reversed 298? Reverse the fields? Step 4: Change to the ideal field direction. Step 5: Identify the field gradient and potential Step 6: Does varying the field direction affect the function? Vary the field direction
Change Direction Diffraction Refraction Reverse Reflection Scannin
Static or Dynamic
297 The concept of changing the field direction was first introduced to the author by Invention Machine software graphics which showed how fields direction could be changed by the graphics shown. 298 Inventive Principle #13Do It in Reverse: Instead of the direct action dictated by a problem, implement an opposite action (i.e., cooling instead of heating). Make the
316
L3-(Field) Field Gradient or Concentration

Field gradient refers to how rapidly a field changes at a point in space. High field gradients mean that the field strength changes rapidly at that point. The efficiency or harm of functions is often related to the uniformity of fields or the structure of the fields. 299 300 System efficiency can often be improved by moving from uniform fields to fields with structure. 301 Method
Step 1: Draw the field gradients and field potential lines as they currently exist. Consider the following: --Concentration of the field --Rate of change of field gradient --Coherence of field --Interference of field --Field Scatter Step 2: Move to higher dimensions 302. Step 3: Change the dimension of the affected area of the product Step 4: Use heat to change the refractive index Step 5: Sharply change the field gradient to eliminate harmful functions Step 6: Make the Field Coherent
Interference Diffraction Refraction Structure Focus Scatter
299 STANDARD 2-2-5. Efficiency of SFM can be improved by transition from a uniform field or fields with a disordered structure to non-uniform fields or fields with a definite spatial- temporal structure (permanent or variable). Notes: If a certain spatial structure is to be imparted to a substance object, the process can be conducted in a field having a structure that matches the required structure of the substance object. Example: To mix two magnetic powders, a layer of the first powder is put in the layer of the second powder and the non-uniform magnetic field is applied. 300 Inventive Principle #3Local Quality: Transition from homogeneous to heterogeneous structure of an object or outside environment (action). Different parts of an object should carry out different functions. Each part of an object should be placed under conditions that are most favorable for its operation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 301 The various methods for changing the field gradients was first introduced to the author by Invention Machine software graphics which showed how fields gradients could be changed by the graphics shown. 302 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
317
L3-(Field) Variety or Separation of Field Components

Many fields come as combinations of different field regimes. For instance sunlight is a continuation of frequencies which can be separated into different frequencies. Some field components may be harmful or less useful. It is also possible that more regimes can be helpful. Various parts can be operating in different directions. It is possible to separate 303 out the different field components by the methods shown. Method
Step 1: Can the field be broken into various components by direction, Frequency or Variety of Fundamental Fields? Step 2: Identify the truly useful components Step 3: What properties of the product or tool affect the variety of field components? --Transmission of frequency --Absorption of frequency
Filtering Expanding or Refracting Anisotropy of Medium Using Paint
--Reflection of frequency --Anisotropy of Medium --Resonance properties of medium Step 4: Break the field into various components --Variety of field directions --Frequency --Variety of Fundamental Fields Step 5: Separate out the useful components
Step 6: Use a different Color: Filter field or reflect only certain frequencies Step 7: Change the receptivity of the product to certain field components Step 8: Search the Table of Effects for ways to separate field components Step 9: Move to a higher dimension 304 to enhance the filter.
303 The concept of separating field components was first introduced to the author by Invention Machine software graphics which are similar to those shown. 304 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
318
L3-(Adjustability) Adjustability
The efficiency of systems is generally increased by increasing the degrees of freedom305 and ultimately the flexibility. 306 Adjustability first comes from the increase in degrees of freedom. This can occur by adding a joint or making an object flexible. It can come from increasing the number of variables that are varied in order to control a final result. Line of Evolution
Fixed
Joint
Multiple Joints
Flexible
Line of Evolution Adjustable Features
Fixed
Adjustable
Increased Adjustability (Continuous, Multiple)
Feedback
305 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 306 STANDARD 2-2-4. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by increasing the degree of dynamics of SFM, i.e. by transition to a more flexible, rapidly changing structure of the system. Notes: Making a substance dynamic starts with dividing it into two joint-coupled parts and continues along the following line: One joint -> many joints -> flexible object. A field can be made more dynamic by transition from a permanent field (or of the field together with a substance) to a pulsed field. Example: A door made of hinged segments -> "Accordion" door ->.
319
Line of Evolution for Continuity of Adjustment
Invariable
Stepwise Variable
Continuously Variable
Method
Step 1: Which of the features of the tool, product or field can be made adjustable? Step 2: Make adjustable to adapt to each stage of operation. 307 Step 3: Make self-adjusting according to operating conditions. become mobile. Immobile objects
Step 4: Place joints in the tool or product. Increase the number of joints Step 6: If a parameter is already adjustable, increase the degrees of freedom. Step 7: Make several controlling parameters adjustable Step 8: Make an existing or new parameter continuously adjustable.
L3-(Adjustability) Flexibility
Everything is flexible 308 . Look at the system as a collection of springs, masses and dampers that go in every direction, sort of like bed springs. Materials are flexible in all directions, however the structure of an object will make it more flexible in some directions. The flexibility of the tool or product can affect the adjustability of the interaction or make the system more robust. Remember that the state of matter affects the flexibility of materials.
Method
Step 1: Everything is flexible. Look at the system as a collection of springs, masses and dampers. Step 2: Consider the flexibility of the tool. Step 3: Consider the flexibility of the product. Step 4: Consider the direction of flexibility
307 STANDARD 2-1-1. Efficiency of SFM can be improved by transforming one of the parts of the SFM into an independently controllable SFM, thus forming a chain SFM. Example: A tractor with movable center of gravity to work on steep slopes. 308 Inventive Principle #35Transformation of Properties: Change the physical state of the system. Change the concentration or density. Change the degree of flexibility. Change the temperature or volume. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289
320
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 5: Consider the state of matter Step 6: Change the flexibility of the tool. Step 7: Change the flexibility of the product. Step 8: Change the direction of flexibility. Step 9: Make very flexible by transforming to a liquid or gas.
L3-(Adjustability) Operation Near Critical Points

For many physical phenomena, there are critical points 309 which cause an abrupt change of properties when they are crossed. For example, when the temperature of water reaches the boiling point, large amounts of vapor are generated. Many of the properties of water vapor and water are different. We can think of the boiling point of water as a critical point. When interactions occur near critical points, more effect occurs for smaller changes in inputs. Thus, efficiency of system operation can be increased by operating near critical points. Phase Transitions 310 are another example of Critical Points Human Critical critical points. To the right is a nonSheer Strength Points exhaustive table of critical points for various Ultimate Strength Temperature threshold; Tip Angle physical phenomena. One can often construe Pressure threshold Static Friction Auditory threshold a critical point for nearly every physical Adhesive Failure point Olfactory threshold Zero Buoyancy phenomenon. Personal space violation Method
Step 1: Does the feature have a natural critical condition or threshold, such as boiling point or Curie temperature?
Triple point Surface Tension Resonant Frequency Spark point Freezing point Boiling point Curie temperature Speed threshold Altitude threshold Visual thresholds Startling point Discomfort (perception that something is out of place) Equilibrium threshold
Step 2: Can a critical condition or threshold be created for a feature which does not normally have one, such as a bi-stable condition? Step 3: If the function is useful, operation near the critical condition can trigger large results.
309 STANDARD 5-4-1. If an object is to be alternating between different physical states, the transition is performed by the object itself using reversible physical transformations, e.g. phase transitions, ionization-recombination, dissociation-association, etc. Note: A dynamic balance providing for the process self-adjustment or stabilization may be maintained in the dual-phase state. STANDARD 5-4-2. If it is necessary to obtain a strong effect at the system's output, given a weak effect at the input, the transformer substance is placed to a condition close to critical. The energy is stored in the substance, and the input signal acts as a "trigger". 310 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
321
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 4: If the function is harmful, operating far away from the critical point reduces the effect. This can be used to switch off the harmful field 311. Step 5: Operate near or far from the critical condition
L3-(Direction) Direction of Action

This is not to be confused with the direction of fields. The direction of action is the direction of the resulting interaction between the tool and the product. For instance, if the product moves, it is the direction of movement. Method
Step 1: Identify current direction of Action Step 2: Reverse the direction of action 312 Step 3: Change from linear to rotary motion. Step 4: Change from rotary to linear motion. Step 5: Go 90 degrees to the current direction
L3-(Direction) Relative Orientation

The relative orientation is how the product and tool face each other. To the right of the diagram is shown a non-exhaustive variety of orientations. Do they both face the same or opposite directions? Are they crosswise of each other? The relative orientation is another way of looking at the orientation of the fields of action. Method
Step 1: Try different rotational orientations 313, relative to each other.
311 STANDARD 1-2-5. If it is necessary to decompose a SFM with a magnetic field, the problem is solved by using physical effects, which are capable of switching off ferromagnetic properties of substances, e.g. by demagnetizing during an impact or during heating above Curie point. Notes: The magnetic field may appear at the right moment if a system of magnets compensating the effect of each other's field is used. When one of the magnets is demagnetized, a magnetic field arises in the system. Example: During welding, it is difficult to insert a ferromagnetic powder in the welding zone: an electromagnetic field of a welding current makes the particles move away from the welding zone. It is proposed to heat the powders above the Curie point to make them non-magnetic. 312 Inventive Principle #13Do It in Reverse: Instead of the direct action dictated by a problem, implement an opposite action (i.e., cooling instead of heating). Make the
313 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
322
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Consider differences between linear and rotary motion. Step 3: Change the orientation of the tool to the product
L3-(Direction) Reversal of Relative Action

Reversal of action 314refers to doing the opposite action rather than the action that is being performed. We could say that instead of pushing we pull, but it needs to be thought of as more than this. What we are saying is that if an action is performed, it is performed relative to something. That something changes instead. Instead of the mechanic moving to get under the car, the car is lifted relative to the mechanic. A collar is heated to expand it to go over a rod. Now the rod is cooled so that the collar can fit over it. Method
Step 1: What constitutes the reverse of the current action? Step 2: What is the action performed relative to? Step 3: Change the relative action Step 4: Perform the reverse action Step 5: Place parts upside down or backward Step 6: Make moving parts stationary
L3-(Direction) Movement Relative to Gradients

When objects move, they not only move relative to other objects, but they also move relative to fields and field gradients. Gravity is a field gradient. The closer we get to the earth, the greater its pull. When we move relative to field gradients, we do work which is usually a burden on the system. Moving up or down in a gravity field requires work which is proportional to the distance moved. Fortunately, this is reversible since gravity is a field that conserves energy. No matter how we move in the field, it always retains the same direction, making the energy flow reversible. Since it takes work to move across field gradients, it is often possible to move along field gradients and avoid performing work. For instance, if motion can be done in such a way that neither moves up or down, then the work performed against gravity is not required. An example of this is the movement of heavy objects on wheels or
323
rotated on their center of gravity. Acceleration of the mass, either rotationally or horizontally requires energy, but no energy is required to move it up or down. The same is true of many other field types that are conserving. Some field types are not conserving. For instance, fields which change with a change of direction of motion. Friction is a notorious example of this. Energy lost by friction is difficult to recover for this reason. The question that we are asking with this tool is: are we moving along gradient lines or against them which requires energy input. Method
Step 1: Draw the field lines and the equipotential lines 315 Step 2: Does either object move or rotate through a field gradient? Step 3: What direction do they move relative to the gradient? Step 4: Make objects move along equipotential lines Step 5: If either object already moves along equipotential lines, changing the field slightly can make the function adjustable. How can the fields be changed? Step 6: Avoid lifting.
L3-(Timing) Continuity of Operation

Efficiency of a function is increased by increasing the percentage of time that the function is performed. The function should be performed as continuously as possible 316 and the machine should operate at full capacity. If the attribute that is being examined has to do with efficiency of operation or the overall value of the function performed, then this feature of timing will have a controlling effect. Method
Step 1: If the tool follows a path, make the Tool perform the function on the entire path, both coming and going? Step 2: If the function is not at full capacity, find a way to ensure that it is operating all the time. Eliminate the downtimes. Step 3: Eliminate all dummy runs and downtimes. Step 4: Make the tool perform the function on the entire path.
315 Inventive Principle #12Equipotentiality: Change the condition of the work in such a way that it will not require lifting or lowering an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 316 Inventive Principle #20Continuity of Useful Action: Carry out an action without a break. All parts of the objects should constantly operated at full capacity. Remove idle and intermediate motion. Replace "back-and-forth" motion with a rotating one. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288
324
L3-(Timing) Different Time

Sometimes the only difference between a harmful function and a useful function is when it is performed. If the conditions under which a function occurs can change with time, then so can the variables that control the outcome. Method
Step 1: Periodically perform the function 317. Step 2: Process Map the changing conditions over time. Step 3: Does the requirement for the function vary over time? Step 4: Could other tools help out at another time? Step 5: If the modification is performed as a step in a process, can the sequence be varied? Step 6: Change the Sequence Step 7: Change the time Step 8: Perform during transportation or while queued or waiting Step 9: Temporarily turn the function off Step 10: Introduce a temporary blocking. (Should be taken away by resources only) Step 11: Make the product temporarily insensitive Step 12: Temporarily move the product away
L3-(Timing) Partial Modification

Functions are shorthand for processes. Any function can be separated into parts. The efficiency of a function may be controlled by when the parts of a function are performed. It is possible to perform part 318 of a function at one time and the rest at other times. It is also possible to perform parts of the function at the same time or in parallel. Method
Step 1: Can the modification be broken into two (or more) stages? Step 2: Can the operation be broken into parallel processes?
317 Inventive Principle #19Periodic Action: Replace a continuous action with a periodic one (impulse). If the action is already periodic, change its frequency. Use pauses between impulses to provide additional action. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 318 Inventive Principle #10Prior Action: Perform required changes to an object completely or partially in advance. Place objects in advance so that they can go into action immediately from the most convenient location. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
325
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Separate the modification into two or more serial stages Step 4: Separate the operation into parallel stages Step 5: Perform setup at the same time as the operation. Step 6: Implies use of a previously placed tool
L3-(Timing) Addition or Subtraction of Other Functions

With a function diagram of the system, it is possible to see all of the functions that other objects perform, both inside and outside the system. If an object performs a function in the system, it is sometimes possible to have that object perform a similar function on other system objects. It is also possible to decouple functions (both useful and harmful). Method
Step 1: Identify other functions performed on the tool, product and field. Step 2: Does uncoupling these other functions affect the interaction? Step 3: Would coupling other functions such as vibration affect the outcome? Step 4: Couple or uncouple other functions such as vibration.
L3-(Timing) Uninterrupted Operation

Systems are more efficient when operations are performed continuously 319. This may require that a tool in the system be capable of handling biased products or even different products that require the function. This is particularly true for systems that manufacture goods.
Method
Step 1: Are all parts of the system at full load? Step 2: Have dummy runs and downtimes been eliminated? Step 3: What else in the system requires the same modification? Step 4: Is it possible to change functions between objects? Step 5: Move to uninterrupted operation Step 6: Make the tool operate on other similar products Step 7: Modify the tool to operate on diverse products
326
L3-(Timing) Incompatible Operations

Efficiency is increased when one incompatible operation is performed during the pauses of the other. 320 321 Method
Step 1: Identify incompatible operations Step 2: Identify pauses in each operation Step 3: Identify how one operation might be employed in pauses of the other.
L3-(Timing) Storage of Action or Field

Many actions are stored or at least delayed in their delivery. As stated, the timing of actions has much to do with how harmful or useful they are. An action can be harmful because it is delayed or not. Here we consider what storage or delay action currently exists. In particular, it is possible that actions are already being stored in field storage elements of the system, or they are slowly building up due to oscillations of the function. Method
Step 1: Identify the main fields of the function. Step 2: Does storage improve the function? Step 3 Consult the next page for ways to store this field Step 4 Is this field stored, even for an instant in the tool, product or in space? (Is there a lag between field generation and application?) Step 5: Is there energy storage in oscillations? Consider storing in oscillations. Step 6: Can storage be a mediator between the tool and product? Step 7: Store the field in the lag between field generation and application
320 STANDARD 2-3-3. If we are given two incompatible actions, e.g. changing and measuring, one action should be performed during the pauses of another one. In general, pauses in one action should be filled with another useful action. Example: To provide accuracy of contact welding, measurements are conducted during the pauses between the pulses of an electrical current. 321 Inventive Principle #19Periodic Action: Replace a continuous action with a periodic one (impulse). If the action is already periodic, change its frequency. Use pauses between impulses to provide additional action. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
327
Gravity Height of Objects Weight or Density Friction Adhesive
Elastic Force Internal & External Springs Elastic Media State Centrifugal Force Momentum
Inertia of Bodies (Note Direction) Momentum
Coriolis Force Momentum
Buoyant Force Average Density of Buoyant Object
Hydrostatic Pressure Pressure Vessel
Jet Pressure Fluid Momentum
Surface Tension Surface Tension Area
Odor & Taste Container
Diffusion Pressure Vessel
Osmosis Container
Chemical Fields Explosives Chemical Potential
Sound Oscillation Chamber-Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Vibrations & Oscillations Oscillation Chamber--Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Ultrasound Oscillation Chamber-Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Waves Oscillation Chamber-Distance of Travel--Resonance of Objects
Corona Discharge Low Field Vacuum
Current Inductance Super-conducting media
Eddie Currents (Internal and skin) Inductance Super-conducting media
Particle Beams Low Field Vacuum
Storage Property Knobs which Affect these Fields
Thermal Heating or Cooling Thermal Mass Thermal Capacity-State Electrostatic Field Capacitance-- Piezo Electric Materials
Thermal Shocks Thermal Mass of Two Objects ExpansionThermal Capacity--State
Nuclear Forces Radio-active Materials
Magnetic Field Permanent Magnet
Electromagnetic (Voltage) Separation Space
Information Data Fields
Radio Waves Separation Space Oscillating Circuits
Micro-waves Separation Space Oscillating Circuits
Infrared Separation Space Hot Objects
Visible Light Separation Space Hot Objects Fluorescence
Ultra-violet X-Ray Separation Space Separation Hot Objects Space Fluorescence Radioi
328
L3-(Time Variation) Speed

The speed at which an action is performed can have a strong impact on many sub-steps to the action. Since all interactions and functions are processes and functions are shorthand for processes, there may be several steps that occur when an action is performed. Performing an action very rapidly may preclude other actions from occurring at the same time. Performing it very slowly may allow for other actions to be performed during the action time or, at least, performed more completely. Method
Step 1: How are the fields changed by performing the modification at different speeds? Step 2: If the modification were performed more rapidly, would other harmful functions be precluded? Step 3: Slow the function way down (hours, days, weeks, months, years) 322 Step 4: Perform the modification very rapidly 323 to preclude harmful or hazardous functions.
L3-(Time Variation) Discrete or Continuous

When it is difficult to perform a useful function at all, the ability to perform it may be a function of continuity. Generally, functions move from discrete instances to continuous operation. In order to create a function, it may be necessary to go through the discrete324 stage first in order to perform it at all.
322 This comes from what is sometimes called the STC operator which stands for size, time and cost. When using this concept, the problem solver considers the possibility that the there is no limit to each of these variables and to consider the problem at the extremes of each. In this case, we may consider that we have all the time in the world and that the function is performed quite slowly or we have no time and the function must be performed very quickly. Page 112 of The Innovation Algorithm, Genrich Altshuller. 323 Inventive Principle #21Rushing Through: Perform harmful and hazardous operations at a very high speed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 324 This method is an adaptation of STANDARD 4-1-3. If a problem involves detection or measurement, and the problem cannot be changed to eliminate the need for measurement, and it is impossible to use copies or pictures, it is proposed to transform this problem into a problem of successive detection of changes. Notes: Any measurement is conducted with a certain degree of accuracy. Therefore, even if the problem deals with continuous measurement, one can always single out a simple act of measurement that involves two successive detections. This makes the problem much simpler. Example: To measure a temperature, it is possible to use a material that changes its color depending on the current value of the temperature. Alternatively, several materials can be used to indicate different temperatures.. In this case, we are considering the more general case of useful functions and performing them in discrete steps.
329
Method
Step 1: If the action is continuous, is there any advantage to make it discrete? Step 2: Can the Tool be Multiplied or segmented into separate pieces. Step 3: Can each piece moves into action in discrete steps or into fixed positions or amplitudes. Step 4: If the action is discrete, can it be made continuous? Step 5: Continuous actions move to discrete actions Step 6: Multiply or segment the tool into separate pieces. Step 7: Each piece moves into action in discrete steps or into fixed positions or amplitudes. Step 8: Discrete actions move to continuous actions
L3-(Time Variation) Time Variance or Pulse

The outcome of a function may be controlled by the variation in timing or the shape 325 of the application of fields. Functions become more efficient when the fields become more controllable and can vary as the conditions vary.
Method
Step 1: How is the interaction affected if you could continuously vary the action in time? Step 2: Shape the curve Step 3: Square pulse the action Step 4: Shape the pulse. Step 5: Make the pulse travel.
325 STANDARD 2-2-4. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by increasing the degree of dynamics of SFM, i.e. by transition to a more flexible, rapidly changing structure of the system. Notes: Making a substance dynamic starts with dividing it into two joint-coupled parts and continues along the following line: One joint -> many joints -> flexible object. A field can be made more dynamic by transition from a permanent field (or of the field together with a substance) to a pulsed field. Example: A door made of hinged segments -> "Accordion" door ->.
330
L3-(Time Variation) Pulsation or Oscillation

All matter and many fields oscillate. The oscillations may be very small and sometimes nearly undetectable. Assume that t he objects of study are oscillating. Actions can be stored or amplified by oscillating the action, the object or the tool. Here we consider whether oscillations are taking place and what controls these oscillations. System efficiency is improved by matching the oscillation of fields to the natural frequency of objects being acted upon. 326 327 328 Efficiency can also be improved by matching or mismatching the frequency of the fields that are being used. 329 Line of Evolution
Continuous
Pulsed
Oscillating
Resonating
Standing Wave
Method
Step 1: Is the interaction affected by pulsing or oscillating the tool, product or field? Step 2: Can a feature or knob of the tool, product or field be oscillated? Step 3: How do the natural frequencies of the tool and product affect the interaction? Step 4: Pulsate or oscillate the tool Step 5: Pulsate or oscillate the product
326 STANDARD 2-3-1. Efficiency of a SFM can be improved by matching (or mismatching) the frequency of acting field with the natural frequency of a product (or tool). Example: 1. The rhythm of massage is synchronized with a pulse of a patient. 2. In arc welding, the frequency of magnetic field is equal to the natural frequency of a melting electrode. 327 Inventive Principle #18Mechanical Vibration: Utilize oscillation. If oscillation exists, increase its frequency to ultrasonic. Use the frequency of resonance. Replace mechanical vibrations with Piezo-vibrations. Use ultrasonic vibrations in conjunction with an electromagnetic field. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 328 The graphics shown are similar to Invention Machine software graphics which are used to describe oscillations.. 329 STANDARD 2-3-2. Efficiency of a complex SFM can be improved by matching (or mismatching) frequencies of the fields being used. Example: To coat a part with a material, the material is applied as a powder. To provide a high degree of regularity, the frequencies of pulses of an electrical current and pulses of magnetic field are made equal.
Pulse AM FM PWM
Oscillat
AM
FM
Phase Mod
Resonat
Filte
Dying
Combin
Standing
331
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 6: Pulsate or oscillate the field Step 7: Pulsate or oscillate the product receptivity Step 8: Make the tool, product or field resonate Step 9: Create standing waves Step 10: Cancel oscillations in the tool, product or field Step 11: Mismatch the product natural frequency with the tool driving frequency Step 12: Increase or decrease the frequency
332
333
L1-Solve by Resolving Contradictions

Contradictions
At the beginning of this book, we introduced the concept of contradictions while explaining causal analysis. It was explained that resolving contradictions is one of the most useful and fundamental aspects of TRIZ because it greatly expands the solution space. It allows us to consider turning many more knobs than we would normally be allowed to turn. It was explained that resolving contradictions allows us to improve something without making other features worse. At the heart of most contradictions is a knob that must have two settings. For instance, we talked about a vehicle that needed to have a small volume in order to create low drag and a high volume to carry lots of cargo. This appears to be physically impossible, yet we will try to make this happen.
Common Approaches for Dealing with Contradictions

There are several approaches to dealing with contradictions: 1) Discount one or both of the conflicting properties. This is an uncommon approach in the world of physics, but one that is often used in theological, political, negotiation or historical settings. For this text, we will not discount either property but rather assume that we are only dealing with situations where the requirement for both properties are valid because we have thoroughly analyzed the situation. 2) Compromise somewhere between both conflicting properties. Due to drawbacks that we will soon discuss, we will not be applying this approach in this text. 3) Deliver both properties to the required degree by resolving the contradiction. 4) Allow only one of the properties and then compensate by turning another knob. This is also a valid approach which we will call compensation. This tool will be used in this text. The first approach of discounting one or the other conflicting properties, can be referred to as the ostrich approach or throwing the hand grenade back over the wall. Either we do not face the problem or we force someone else to deal with the problem. In this case we would either deny that the drag existed or we would deny that the volume was too small. As mentioned, this approach is less common in the world of physics, but it can happen in the realm of marketing. The second approach is to compromise and make the volume larger but not too large. The problem with this thinking is that we now guarantee risk. If we are building the vehicle for public sale, we may find that the cost of operation is too high for some customers and the volume too low for others. In order to perform an artful compromise a lot of data needs to be collected and models built. This can be time consuming. In addition, it is likely that this risky situation that will be perpetuated in future generations. 334 Solve by Resolving Contradictions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The third approach is to resolve the contradiction without compromising. Nobody, including future generations, needs to live with the problem. When we learn how to do this, we will find that there are a lot more knobs that we can consider turning to solve problems. This skill is liberating to problem solvers who find that the solution space is much larger than they supposed.
A Review of How we Formed the Contradiction

Recall that we first looked at contradictions while we were performing the causal analysis. Let us consider the situation of a common garden rake. When the rake is used to collect loose debris such as rocks and loose weeds over an uneven surface, a problem arises: The rake leaks some of the debris that is to be collected under the tines and several strokes are required to fully collect the debris. The dependent variable that we want to improve is Debris Leakage. Let us now ask what the debris leakage is a function of. Debris Leakage = f (Tine Flexibility, Ground Stiffness, Tine Spacing . . .) (Note that we are not considering all of the possible independent variables). This can also be shown pictorially with a causal analysis diagram. (Note that we are not showing functions at this point but only the object attributes or knobs.) Now, let us improve the situation by turning one of the knobs: Tine Flexibility. (We show this by creating another box with the conflicting knob setting). Flexible tines follow the contour of the earth and collect much more effectively.
Tine Flexibility is Stiff
Ground Shape is Irregular
Tine Spacing is Wide
Debris Leakage is Excessive
Unfortunately, other things get worse. It is more difficult to extract embedded debris from the soil and to move soil around (other functions of the rake). This difficulty can by represented by the following diagram. (For the sake of simplicity we are only considering debris extraction). The contradiction can now be stated: The rake tines need to be flexible in order to collect and they need to be rigid in order to extract embedded debris from the ground. Had we chosen to decrease Tine Spacing, as shown below, we would have found that the rake now collects too much useful small debris (mulch) that would ordinarily be left behind.
Tine Flexibility is Flexible
Debris Extraction is Difficult
Contradiction The tine flexibility needs to be stiff in order to extract debris and flexible in order to decrease debris leakage.
Solve by Resolving Contradictions
335
Tine Spacing is Narrow
Contradiction Debris Leakage is Excessive The tine spacing needs to be wide in order to not collect small mulch. The tine spacing needs to be narrow in order to not have excessive leakage.. Mulch Collection Excessive
Conditions where it is Difficult to State a Contradiction

A properly stated contradiction may not include something that gets worse. Suppose that we had chosen the ground shape as the knob to turn. In this case it would be clumsy and artificial to identify something that gets worse if we make the ground flat. Instead it is better to conclude that the ground shape comes in many different flavors other than flat.
Ground Shape is Flat
The full contradiction can be stated, in Debris Leakage is order to improve Debris Leakage, the Excessive Ground Shape needs to be flat, but since the ground shape comes in many different forms, it needs to be Irregular. Many contradictions arise because a knob only comes in one flavor. While this fact does not stop us from resolving the contradiction, it does serve to show that it is not always practical to state something else that becomes worse. A second example of a contradiction, which does not include something else getting worse, is when we try to turn an outcome knob without consideration for the inputs. In other words, we want to improve a dependent variable without regard for the independent variables or knobs that cause the problem. The contradiction can be stated the Debris Leakage must be excessive because the ground is irregular, the tine spacing is wide and the ground is irregularly shaped. The Debris Leakage must be minimal because that is what we want to improve.The Debris Leakage is excessive and minimal. 336 Solve by Resolving Contradictions
Tine Flexibility is Stiff Ground Shape is Irregular Tine Spacing is Wide
Debris Leakage is Minimal
Why not use the Contradiction Matrix?

In the early years of TRIZ development, Genrich Altshuller created what is called a Contradiction Matrix. The matrix was designed to help the problem solver resolve contradictions. It was created by meticulous study of strong patents. Altshuller noted the apparent methods of resolving difficult contradictions and categorized them into 40 Inventive Principles. By noting the type of problem that was solved and the number of times that a particular resolution principle was employed, it was possible to create a table of the best methods for resolving these contradictions. The table is used by choosing a variable that must be improved on one table axis and then finding the variable that gets worse on the second axis of the table. This defines a row and column of the table. At the intersection lies a cell containing the most common principles used to resolve this particular contradiction. There has been a great deal of debate concerning the need for the Contradiction Matrix. Avid users of the matrix can often point to successful solution concepts generated by the use of the matrix. It is clear that it is possible to successfully use the Contradiction Matrix. It represents a quantum improvement over standard brainstorming methods. It is simple and compact. The user feels very creative while using it. On the other hand, many TRIZ specialists have abandoned the matrix in favor of using Separation Principles. At the risk of sounding incomplete, we will not be using the Contradiction Matrix in this text. The main reason for this is that using Separation Principles helps enhance visualization of the solution. In order to illustrate why this is important, lets see what happens if we use the Contradiction Matrix in the pile driving example. I want to improve the driving speed without sacrificing the supporting capability of the pile. Lets say that I go to the Contradiction Matrix and it is suggested that I consider the principle of Local Quality 330 (non-uniform in space). Should I apply this principle to the pile driver, the ground or the pile? Once I decide which object to consider, I am left to consider what feature to make non-uniform? The problem solver must make assumptions and drive forward. Assumptions can limit our options, especially if we only consider what we have considered before. Now, lets consider the use of Separation Principles. First, we begin with a carefully constructed contradiction: we need the pile to be sharp in order to drive more easily and we need it to be blunt in order to support well. Notice that we have identified both the object (the pile) and the attribute (tip shape) to consider. The Separation Principles provide a large number of methods for resolving this contradiction. If we pick the Separation Principle of Separation in Space and the sub principle of Non-Uniform, we can directly visualize a single pile that is sharp in one location and blunt in another. For instance, the tip can be sharp, but further up the pile, it can have a blunt feature protruding. The ability to visualize a solution is actually enhanced when we make the problem harder by saying that the solution requires the extreme properties of sharp and blunt.
New Separation Principles

Several new categories of Separation Principles are introduced which are unique and distinct from Separation in Space, Separation in Time and Separation between the Parts and the Whole. (These three are the separation principles practiced in mainstream TRIZ). Separate Gradually. There are cases where there is no definitive moment in time where an object or system has different properties. These properties can creep gradually until the full transformation is complete.
337
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Separation by Scale: both properties are expressed, but each at different scales. A piece of sandpaper is composed of rigid particles expressed at the micro-scale and flexible at the macro scale. This is different than Separation between the Parts and the Whole because with Separation in Scale, we want to express both properties, whereas in Separation between the Parts and the Whole, we only want to express one property at the macro level. Separation by Direction: at the same moment in time and in the same space, a piece of sheet metal can be flexible in one direction and stiff in another. Separation by Perspective: separation occurs because of unique ways of looking at the situation. An object may be small, but look large under a microscope. Separation by Response of Fields: at the same moment and in the same space, glass can be transparent to visual light and opaque to infrared light. Separation between Substance and Field: at the same moment and in the same space, the field coils of a motor can be stationary while its field is moving. The author believes that there may yet be other groups which are distinct from time, space and separation between the parts and the whole.
When it is Difficult to use a Separation Principle

It is common that the problem solver will become confused while trying to apply one of the methods. One way around this problem is to simply brainstorm a variety of objects that use the method and have the contradictory properties regardless of whether they resolve the specific contradiction. This line of reasoning will sometimes clear the path to using the method. Each method should be carefully considered before moving on. Remember that each method is a model solution. Instructions, diagrams and examples are given with each method. One of the more powerful tools are the A and B diagrams shown at the beginning of each method. Insert the conflicting words for the A and B symbols to help visualize the model solution.
Then Then Stiff Flexible Stiff
There are often two ways that the diagrams can be written, try both ways as shown. An example from Separation in Time is shown above.
First
B A
Then
First Flexible
Then First Flexible
Recursive Improvement
First
Flexible Once we have solutions to the Stiff Stiff A A contradiction, the final stage of this step asks us to check whether our goals have been met. Are there any major risks or disadvantages left? Have we met the specification which we have made to satisfy our market? If we have not, then we must loop back and continue to improve the product or process. If we have met the goals, then it is time to move on to the next possibility. If we can find no solution to the contradiction, then we may pick another object attribute to idealize.
Law of Non-Uniform System Development

Before leaving this introduction, it is worthy of note that system development is largely regulated by the overcoming of contradictions. Systems do not improve in a pretty manner. There is constant tension between development of 338 Solve by Resolving Contradictions
TR IZ P ower T oo ls one part and another. One would think that a given product, over time, would have a much more smooth development in which each part of the system becomes better and better. This was not meant to be. We refer to this as the law of non-uniform system development which states that: -System parts are improved in fits and spurts -When one part is improved, other parts may be harmed. -System improvement is slowed by increasing conflicts. -When one part improves, other parts may appear worse by comparison. -The system takes on Subsystem improvements and Effects To illustrate this, let us take a jet engine. One way to make a jet engine more efficient is to increase the temperature of the combusted gases before these gases enter the turbine part of the engine. This generally necessitates that many sub-components on the engine become hotter. The increased temperature accelerates the degradation of many subsystem components. Consequently, there is a constant struggle between increasing the efficiency of the jet engine and the reliability of its subsystems. Note that this is fertile grounds for contradictions. Removing these contradictions will free up more resources for development of the system. The following algorithm is a detailed process for determining which of the Separation Principles to use. Repeated use of this algorithm will make it possible to perform this from memory and will serve to greatly reduce the time to solution. Each category of separation is considered, in turn and questions are asked to determine whether the given Separation Principles may be used.
L1-Method
Step 1: Pick high impact knobs Step 2: Form the contradiction --In order to (Y1 improvement) the (element) (knob or attribute) must be (setting A) --In order to (Y2 improvement) the (element) (knob or attribute) must be (setting B) Step 3: Solve by separating in time 331: Consider using a carrier 332 which lends its property for a period of time and is then removed. -Consider using a transformable state 333. Consider segmenting 334 the object and then merging or unmerging to create the
331 Separation in Time appears in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77 332 Inventive Principle #24Mediator: Use an intermediary object to transfer or carry out an action. Temporarily connect the original object to one that is easily removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 333 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 334 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
339
TR IZ P ower T oo ls two states. Consider making the element adjustable 335 so that it can have both properties at different times. Step 4: Solve by separating in space 336: Consider the different parts of an object. Can different parts have opposing properties 337,? Consider separating the opposing properties into two objects. Consider making the object have both properties but in different places making it non-uniform 338 Step 5: Solve by separating between the part and the whole 339.: Consider attaching the object to a carrier 340 which carries the opposing property, thus hiding the unwanted property. Consider segmenting 341 the element or merging 342 multiple elements in order to hide an unwanted property. Consider making the parts counter 343 each other Step 6: Solve by separating by Direction: Consider having one property in one direction and the other in another direction. Consider the opposite or rotary directions
335 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 336 Separation in Space appears in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller published by Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77 337 Inventive Principle #2Extraction: (Extracting, Retrieving, Removing). Extract the "disturbing" part or property from an object. Extract only the necessary part or property from an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 338 Inventive Principle #3Local Quality: Transition from homogeneous to heterogeneous structure of an object or outside environment (action). Different parts of an object should carry out different functions. Each part of an object should be placed under conditions that are most favorable for its operation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 339 Separation between the Parts and the Whole appears in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller published by Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77 Page 292 340 Inventive Principle #24Mediator: Use an intermediary object to transfer or carry out an action. Temporarily connect the original object to one that is easily removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 341 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 342 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 343 Inventive Principle #8Counterweight: Compensate for the weight of an object by combining it with another object that provides a lifting force. Compensate for the weight of an object with aerodynamic or hydrodynamic forces influenced by the outside environment. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
340
L2-Pick and Clarify High Impact Contradictions

High impact contradictions begin with high impact knobs. These are knobs that strongly affect the primary problem. With a causal analysis diagram in front of us, we can see the effect of individual knobs. It is worth a careful study of the diagram before we choose which contradictions to focus on. By study, we can tell which knobs must be simultaneously turned to solve the problem. In general, it is better to find single knobs that can be turned far enough to achieve the needed difference. If none can be found, this is a clue that we may be approaching the limits of the system and need to evolve the system to a new physical phenomenon. Note that many high impact knobs lie on the main paths that cause the problem, but some of these knobs dont seem like good candidates to try. In considering the acid corrosion problem, lets look at the implied contradiction for the cost of replacement is high. For most people, this knob would not be considered because it seems to be an outcome rather than an independent variable. But notice that it is still a highimpact knob. The implied contradiction is The cost of replacement is high because we are not going to alter the things that cause it to be high and the cost of replacement must be low because I dont want this expense. Notice that nothing gets worse, but the cost of replacement must be high and low. This is a valid contradiction. The solution to this contradiction might yield interesting options that would not, otherwise, be considered. Most causal analysis diagrams will include many of these implied contradictions. Here is a warning. High impact implied contradictions can be forgotten or marginalized. This is because most people shy away from turning these knobs. This tendency diminishes with experience. Some knobs are especially important kingpins. You can recognize them because several alternative solution paths join together at one double box. An example form is shown to the right. Note that one contradiction is circled. The resolution of this contradiction resolves four problems shown at the bottom of the diagram. Note that turning other knobs might solve one or two problems. Pick High Impact Contradictions 341
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Once we have chosen the contradiction that we want to work with, now we want to write them in a form that is easier to understand. We want to write them in a sentence. As mentioned, when we turn a knob and something else gets worse, we will be able to see an alternative solution path. If nothing gets worse, then we can still form the contradiction 344. We use the same basic method that was used in the simplified causal analysis, but this is mostly performed in the mind. We write the contradiction using the following format:
L2-Method
Step 1: Compare all the knobs on the cause effect diagram and consider which might have a greater impact. These could be high impact contradictions. Especially consider object attributes (knobs) that cause several alternate problems (Kingpins) Step 2: Pick one attribute to concentrate on. Warning: Do not shy away from or ignore the hard knobs to turn. Step 3: Consider the knob setting in which the main problem (Y1) goes away. This knob setting may not be the most extreme value possible, but sufficiently different that the problem would be removed for some time to come. (Note that sometimes, combinations of object attributes must be changed to fix the main problem. Thus it may be necessary to resolve multiple contradictions at once. This is usually avoidable since there are usually sufficient knobs to work with in which this is not the case.) Step 4: Identify what gets worse (Y2). Step 5: In order to not have the resulting problem the knob setting must be at another setting. This knob setting may not be the most extreme value possible, but sufficiently different that the new problem would be removed for some time to come. Step 6: form the Contradiction: In order to (Y1 improvement) the (element) (knob or attribute) must be (setting A) In order to (Y2 improvement) the (element) (knob or attribute) must be (setting B) We go to this trouble for a couple of reasons. For one thing, it is easy to get confused during the resolution of the contradiction what the element is and sometimes the problem solver forgets which knob and setting they are concerned with. Note that the wording may be changed to fit the situation. For instance we might say In order for the instead of In order to. Use the wording that fits the situation.
A version of this approach can be found in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach in the appendix which explains ARIZ 77. 342 Pick High Impact Contradictions
344
ExamplePile Driving
Step 1: Compare all the knobs on the cause effect diagram and consider which might have a greater impact. These could be high impact contradictions. Especially consider object attributes (knobs) that cause several alternate problems (Kingpins) In this case, there are many knobs which control the driving speed of the pile. Several are mentioned to the right. Step 2: Pick one attribute to concentrate on. Warning: Do not shy away from or ignore the hard knobs to turn.
Pile Diameter
Pile Sharpness
Ground Hardness
In this case, we will concentrate on tip sharpness. We could have chosen one of the others, but we always know that if we have too many struggles, we can go back to one of the other knobs.
Pile Sharpness
Step 3: Consider the condition in which the main problems go away. This condition may not be the most extreme value possible, but sufficiently different that the problem would be removed for some time to come. Note that sometimes, combinations of object attributes must be changed to fix the main problem. In our case, we have chosen the tip sharpness as the attribute that we want to change. In order to improve driving speed, the tip must be very sharp. (Note that this step is a repeat of what we have already done while forming the diagram. We are now focusing in on the implied and explicit contradictions that we have already formed.) Step 4: Identify what gets worse (Y2). Supporting under an earthquake is what gets worse. Step 5: In order to not have the resulting problem the knob setting must be at another setting. This knob setting may not be the most extreme value possible, but sufficiently different that the new problem would be removed for some time to come. The pile should be blunt in order to avoid providing poor support under an earthquake load. Step 6: Form the Contradiction. In our pile driving example we write: In order to (drive fast) the (pile) (tip shape) must be (sharp) In order to (support well) the (pile) (tip shape) must be (blunt) . The Tip Shape is Sharp
Pick High Impact Contradictions
343
L2-Separation in Time
With Separation in Time 345 we allow for the knob setting to be at one setting at one point in time and the conflicting setting at another point in time. This separation principle is one of the most intuitive. There are also a lot of tools for separating in time. This allows us to overwhelm a contradiction so long as Separation in Time is allowed. Unfortunately, it is not always possible to separate in time. The conditions under which both knob settings must occur are not allowed to overlap in time. If they must overlap, then we cannot separate in time. (However, we will make provisions for finding ways to not overlap). Additionally, there are often inherent drawbacks to separation in time. Changing properties may require the addition of functions and their attending elements. This can add complexity to the product or service. An exception to this is if the separation can occur on condition without the addition of parts.
Why Start with Separation in Time?

The flow logic starts with Separation in Time because it contains the largest number of opportunities for solution. If the flow logic tells us that it cannot be used, then we have eliminated a large number of methods and can move on. After finishing each section, move on to the next, unless the flow logic indicates otherwise. The subject of the contradiction may be an object, field or action. These are referred to as the Element.
L2-Method
Step 1: Ask under what conditions each property is needed. Are both condition required at the same time? Step 2: Consider using a carrier 346 which lends its property for a period of time and is then removed. Step 3: Consider using a transformable state Step 4: Consider segmenting 347 the object and then merging or unmerging to create the two states. Step 5: Consider making the element adjustable 348 so that it can have both properties at different times.
345
Separation in Time appears in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller. Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77
346 Inventive Principle #24Mediator: Use an intermediary object to transfer or carry out an action. Temporarily connect the original object to one that is easily removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 347 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 348 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
344
Separate in Time
L3-Test for Separation in Time

With so many ways to resolve contradictions, it is necessary to focus the problem solver on which methods might be appropriate or even possible. Each separation principle uses a test which guides the user by asking questions about the objects or fields or actions involved in the contradiction. Learning to thoughtfully answer these questions is an essential skill. Lets take the test for Separation in time.
Test
I want the (element) to be (setting A) while (condition A). I want the (element) to be (setting B) while (condition B). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? If they must overlap then you should go to Separate Gradually. If there really is a requirement for both properties then we ask if the conditions under which they are required must occur at the same time. An example of this is the measuring of temperature of weevils. For those unacquainted with this classic TRIZ example, there is a need to measure the temperature of weevils with a simple apparatus, such as a common thermometer. The size of the weevil is the problem. The weevil must be large in order to insert the thermometer. Lets ask the question that we did before: must we ensure that the weevil is both large and small? While weevils do not come in this size, lets assume that by using some bizarre physical phenomenon that we could make them large, does this cause a problem? Yes, the metabolism of the weevil would change if it were large. In other words, we must ensure that the weevil is large in order to insert the thermometer and the weevil must be small in order to maintain the same metabolism. The answer to the next question helps us further. When are the conditions that both properties must occur? It must be (prop #1) while (condition A) It must be (Property #2) while (condition B) Weevil Example: It must be (Large) while (measuring the temperature) It must be (small) while (all the time being a weevil) May these critical conditions be separate (not overlap) in time? The answer is no, they must overlap in time. Therefore it is not possible to Separate in Time. There are usually critical moments in time when one property or the other must exist. If these critical moments overlap in time, it is not possible to separate the contradictory properties in time. Let us take the example of driving piles into the ground. If we are interested in driving fast, we may choose to make the pile sharp. But then something gets worse. Because the tip is sharp, we need to drive it further to get the same vertical support. In this case, we have requirements for the pile to be sharp and to be blunt. We need it to be sharp for driving fast and blunt for support. In answer to the above question we would write: It must be (sharp) when (driving) It must be (blunt) when (supporting) Both properties must be ensured. Now, we ask if these conditions must occur at the same time: May these critical conditions be separate (not overlap) in time? Separate in Time 345
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Clearly, the critical conditions of driving and supporting may be separated in time. Therefore, it makes sense to Separate in Time. During driving, the piles are sharp. Some time afterwards, the piles must be blunt for supporting. By using the logic flows provided in each section, the problem solver can confidently use or skip each Separation Principle. While Separation in Time is one of the primary tools for resolving contradictions, it may not be possible or necessary. If this is the case then we can bypass this step and save ourselves a lot of work. In certain cases, Separation in Time may not be possible. We can tell that it is not possible if the conditions under which each conflicting attribute is essential (useful and necessary) overlap in time. If the conditions clearly do not overlap, then we can safely proceed with Separation in Time. Be careful that you have explored various ways that the critical conditions can be separated in time. Sometimes the conditions are actions that can be broken into steps which have sequence. It may be possible to rearrange the sequence such that the conditions do not overlap. Following is the test and the various strategies for Separating in Time.
Test
I want the (element) to be (setting A) while (condition A). I want the (element) to be (setting B) while (condition B). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? If they must overlap then you should go to Separate Gradually.
ExamplePile Driving
We would like the pile to be SHARP in order to drive it more rapidly and we would like it to be BLUNT in order to support well. Test: I want the (pile) to be (sharp) while (driving). I want the (pile) to be (blunt) while (supporting). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? This is a clear example of a contradiction where the conditions of driving and supporting are separated by potentially large expanses of time. This is a good candidate for Separation in Time.
ExampleThe Farmers Mush

I cant stand cold cereal anymore! The farmer says. Yes, but it takes a long time to make hot cereal the way that you like it! Im not getting up any earlier to make it! The farmer's wife complains. The cooked cereal must be PREPARED in order to keep peace in the house and it must NOT BE PREPARED order not bother the farmers wife. Test: I want the (cooked cereal) to be (prepared) while (sometime before the farmer eats). I want the (cooked cereal) to be (not prepared) while (the farmers wife is sleeping). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? Since preparation of the cereal is an action or function, we know that it is possible to break this action down into steps which can be sequenced to guarantee that no overlap between the conditions occurs. We just need to guarantee that the cereal preparation does not occur while the farmers wife
346
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls wants to sleep. This makes this contradiction a good opportunity for Separation in Time and in particular to use Prior Action 349.
ExampleLong Distance Swimming

In order to train for long swims, it is necessary to have MUCH water so that the swimmer does not need to do lots of turns. But there must be LITTLE water in order to conserve space. Test: I want the (water) to be (much) while (swimming). I want the (water) to be (little) while (all the time). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? Overlap occurs between swimming and all the time. We will go to Separate Gradually.
ExampleTraffic Light
The operation of the lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. Test: I want the (operation) to be (failed) while (never). I want the (operation) to be (not failed) while (operating in traffic). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? Never and operating in traffic do not overlap in time. Since operation of the light bulb is an action, this makes one of the action principles a good candidate for resolving this contradiction. Note that many of the methods will not apply because they seek to guarantee that the unwanted setting is achieved.
ExampleControlled Explosions
During mining operations it is necessary to precisely time a series of explosions. One way to do this is to drop a conductive plug down a tube with electrical contacts spaced at precise intervals. As the conductive weight passes each set of contacts, continuity is established across the contacts and an explosive charge is Contact detonated. Unfortunately, in order to is ensure continuity, the force of the Non-Existent contacts against the conductive weight needs to be high. This causes the timing to be erratic. The plugs must INTIMATELY CONTACT the leads in Contact order to complete the circuit and must Conduction is NOT CONTACT the leads in order to Poor keep the timing perfect. Test: I want the (plug) to be (intimately contacting) while (making contact with
Contact is Existent
Timing Between Contacts is Irregular
Separate in Time
347
TR IZ P ower T oo ls the leads). I want the (plug contact) to be (not existing) while (falling). Must the critical conditions (making contact with the leads and falling) overlap in time? It appears that these overlap in time since the plugs never stop falling. It is concluded to go to Separate Gradually.
ExampleSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor. A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Test: I want the (construction) to be (in the dock) while (the ship parts are small enough to fit in the dock). I want the (construction) to be (in the Harbor) while (the ship parts are too big for the dock). Must the critical conditions overlap in time? Since construction of the ship is an action or function, we know that it is possible to break this action down into steps which can be sequenced differently to guarantee that no overlap occurs. Also, the way that we formed the conditions makes them mutually exclusive in time. This makes this contradiction a good opportunity for Separation in Time and in particular to use Prior Action.
ExampleFish to the Rescue

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how small fish are.
Endurance is Infinite
Endurance is Low
Test: I want the (fish) to be (normal endurance) No Fish while (never). I want the (fish) to be (infinite comes endurance) while (being chased). Must the critical this way conditions overlap in time? Never and while being chased do not overlap in time. Therefore we will try to separate in time. Some of the methods will appear weak because they seek to guarantee the condition of low endurance which is not essential.
Vulnerability is High
348
Separate in Time
ExerciseRadiation Treatment
High levels of radiation can damage the structure of cells and cause them to cease functioning. This is useful in the treatment of tumors. A beam of high energy radiation is focused on the tumor. After the Radiation procedure, the tumor shrinks. Unfortunately, the Intensity is tissue surrounding the tumor is also damaged by Low the high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Test for Separation in Time.
Tumor Shrinkage is Poor
Radiation Intensity is High
Surrounding Tissue Damage is High
ExerciseThe Lesser Weevil

In the war on hunger, Russian scientists were studying the metabolism of the weevil. This required the scientists to be able to measure the body temperature over a period of time. Tiny temperature probes were proposed, which through the aid of a Weevil Weevil microscope could be inserted into the Size is Size is weevil. The cost of these probes and Large Small placement apparatus were prohibitive. If the Weevil were only larger, we Weevils only could put a normal thermometer into come small its mouth opening? The Weevil needs Thermometer to be LARGE AND SMALL. Test insertion is difficult for Separation in Time.
or complex
ExerciseA Post and an Outpost

For years your company has Large Variance produced an aircraft product which fits over two posts on Tight Control your customers aircraft. Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely controlled. Unfortunately, a recent production change by the customer allows a large variance in the distance between the posts.
Separate in Time
349
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit over the customers posts. (The diameter of the posts is still closely held). The customer is unwilling to change the new production process, but has instead asked you to modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the application, without rotating. If the hole clearance is large, they can easily fit over, but they will not be snug. The Hole Clearance needs to be LOOSE & TIGHT. Test for Separation in Time.
Hole Clearance is Loose
Hole Clearance is Tight
Rotational Slop is High
Assembly Yield is Poor
ExerciseI Just Cant Stop

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is V wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by Current Path Current Path throwing a switch which allows is is electrons to begin flowing. Such coils Continuous Interrupted are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a heavy object. When it comes time to turn off the coil, the opposite effect occurs. The electrons Coil Voltage do not want to stop moving, but Operation not Spikes are bunch up causing high voltages. In Adjustable High many applications this causes difficulties such as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or causing electromagnetic pulses) or high voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Test for Separation in Time.
L3-ActionPrior Action
Prior action 350 is only used for contradictions dealing with functions or actions. Prior action does not mean that we simply do something prior to a critical event. Consider that virtually every separation principle requires that something be done ahead of time. What would make Prior Action different than every other separation method? This principle has the name prior action because some action related to the problem occurs prior to the normal occurrence, not because we take an action prior to the solution being realized. One of the reasons that contradictions occur with actions and functions is that we mentally lock ourselves into the idea that an action is something that happens at once. When we say we cook the egg, we typically do not consider all of the sub-actions that occur. We oil the pan, heat the pan, move the egg from the refrigerator, crack the egg, etc. In fact, all actions can be broken into sub-actions or steps which can be rearranged in sequence and time. We can
350
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls even interject other actions into the sequence. Some of these stages (or a part of each) should be moved into condition A and the others should occur during condition B. The redistribution of these sub-actions resolves the contradiction. We must find a way to break the action into stages and then perform these stages when they are best suited to resolve the contradiction. Mostly, we want to perform the necessary actions in advance of when they are actually needed. One very good way to perform an action in advance is to place a tool for the purpose of performing an action later. This represents half a step that might normally have been taken. The tool is placed to perform an action and then the full action is performed later.
Method
The contradiction attribute relates to an action or Only Part of Some Stages Not Performed function. (Modification) of (Performed in Advance) Action Performed the (product) can be broken When Required down into steps. The steps(s) of (actions performed during Condition A) are performed during (condition A) by (method or previously placed tool) in order to have (setting A). The remaining steps(s) of (remaining actions) are performed during (condition B) in order to have (setting B).
Common ExamplePaper Towel Dispensing

In a public lavatory, people need to dry their hands following washing them. We are very familiar with paper towels that are perforated, but imagine what it would have been like without the perforations. The cutting of the towel would take some time in order to not make a mess. It is necessary to TEAR the spent portion of the paper towel for disposal. But imagine trying to tear off a piece of the paper towel with wet hands. We must NOT TEAR in order to save time and not make a mess for the next person. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Tearing) of the (towel) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (holding and tearing) are performed during (any time previous to use) by (mechanical holding and tearing) in order to have (tearing). The remaining steps(s) of (pulling the towel) are performed during (towel use) in order to have (not tearing). Part of the action is performed at the time that it is required (pulling). Part is not performed when it is required, it is performed earlier (holding and cutting). The towel is torn and not torn.
ExampleRemoving a Plaster Cast Following Healing

Plaster casts are somewhat difficult to remove. Insertion of tools between the flesh and the cast can be uncomfortable for the patient. The cast needs to be CUT to complete healing and for sanitation reasons and it should NOT BE CUT so as to keep the patient comfortable. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Removing) of the (cast) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (inserting Separate in Time 351
TR IZ P ower T oo ls the cutting tool) are performed during (forming the cast) by (cutting tool in straw) in order to have (not cut). The remaining steps(s) of (cutting and removing the cast) are performed during (final cast removal) in order to have (cutting). Part of the action is performed at the time that it is required (cutting and prying). Part is not performed when it is required; it is performed earlier (inserting the cutting tool). Cutting is performed and not performed.
Manufacturing ExampleRapid Setup

Manufacturers have recognized that once a numerically controlled machine is set up, it can inexpensively machine many parts. The cost comes in when the machine is first prepared for the parts. SETTING UP the machine can be very slow and tedious. NOT SETTING UP avoids adding this cost to the cost of making the parts increases the part costs, making the manufacturer less competitive. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Setting up) of the (machined part) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (adjusting) are performed during (other machining operation) by (use of a rapid-setup mount) in order to have (setting up). The remaining steps(s) of (inserting the mount into the machine) are performed during (machining time) in order to have (not setting up). Rapid and Accurate Connection Points Part of the action is performed at the time that it is required (performing the machining). Part is not performed when it is required; it is performed earlier (setting up the machine). The action is performed and not performed. This is known as Rapid Setup and is a common tool used to lean a process.
Chemical ExampleSelf Cleaning Oven

Self cleaning ovens accomplish their task of cleaning by requiring the operator to lock the oven and then heat it to a much higher temperature than normal. While this is somewhat easier than performing the cleaning manually, the process is wasteful of energy. The action of heating (cleaning) must be PERFORMED and NOT BE PERFORMED. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Removal) of the (oven residue) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (decomposing the residue) are performed during (normal cooking) by (use of catalysts) in order to have (not performedthe heavy work). The remaining steps(s) of (wiping the surfaces) are performed during (an empty and cool oven) in order to have (performed).
Administrative ExampleAdult Training
Catalysts are thinly distributed on all oven surfaces.
The startup of a new facility can be difficult when performed in offshore situations. Many new procedures must be learned by a large amount of people. TRAINING is required so that the new procedures will be performed perfectly or the product may get a bad reputation. NOT TRAINING is required to preserve money. 352 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Training) of the (employees) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (presentation type learningleast time consuming) are performed during (construction of the plant) by (trained instructors) in order to have (training). The remaining steps(s) of (applying the trainingmost time consuming) are performed during (actual work) in order to have (not trainingpaid to work).
Software ExampleCalculating
Long and abstract equations are often necessary for control functions. These calculations can be very time consuming and reduce the throughput of a microprocessor. It is necessary to CALCULATE in order to provide control and it is necessary to NOT CALCULATE in order to free up the processor for other functions. (The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. Manipulationcalculation) of the (data) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (calculation) are performed during (construction of the algorithm) by (lookup table) in order to have (calculation). The remaining steps(s) of (fetching the data) are performed during (calculation) in order to have (not calculate).
Software ExampleCaching
Fetching data from disk or physical memory can be time consuming when a lot of data needs to be fetched. The data must be FETCHED in order to perform calculations and it must NOT BE FETCHED in order to take less overall time to perform the calculations. Simplified Method: The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Fetching) of the (data) can be broken down into steps. The steps(s) of (fetching from the disk) are performed during (other related manipulations) by (reading from the disk and storing in separate memory) in order to have (not fetching). The remaining steps(s) of (clocking the data into the CPU) are performed during (use of the data) in order to have (fetching). Load something before-hand into cache memory. It remains there until it is required. This means pre-fetching instructions and any static data that goes with it. Caching memory is much faster than physical memory. It is likewise much faster than pulling instructions and static data from disk.
ExerciseThe Farmers Mush

I cant stand cold cereal anymore! The farmer says. Yes, but it takes a long time to make hot cereal the way that you like it! Im not getting up any earlier to make it! The farmer's wife complains.
Separate in Time
353
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The cereal MUST BE PREPARED in order to nourish the farmer. It must NOT BE PREPARED in order to not fatigue the farmers wife. Using the principle of Prior ActionPartial Action, resolve this contradiction. Cereal is not prepared to eat Cereal is prepared to eat
L3-ActionPartial Action
No Cereal for the Farmer
Time of awakening is early
Partial action 351 352 is only used for contradictions dealing with functions or actions. Unlike Prior action, this method calls for partially performing all of the stages beforehand. The action is thus completed later. It is not performed and then it is performed which are attributes of a function or action. Contradictions involving other interaction attributes can also be solved using this method.
Method
The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Modification) of the (product of the function) is partially performed in its entirety during (condition A) by (method) giving (setting A). The function is completed during (condition B) by (description of final action) giving (setting B). Part of whole action performed in advance
Rest of whole action performed when required
Common ExamplePaper Towel Dispensing

In a public lavatory, people need to dry their hands following washing them. We are very familiar with paper towels that are perforated, but imagine what it would have been like without the perforations. The cutting of the towel would take some time in order to not make a mess. It is necessary to TEAR the spent portion of the paper towel for disposal. But imagine trying to tear off a piece of the paper towel with wet hands. We must NOT TEAR in order to save time and not make a mess for the next person. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Tearing) of the (towel) is partially performed in its entirety during (manufacture of the towel) by (perforating the towel) giving (not tearing). The function is completed during (towel use) by (pulling the towel) giving (tearing).
351 Inventive Principle #16Partial or Excessive Action: If it is difficult to obtain 100% of a desired effect, achieve more or less of the desired effect. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
354
Separate in Time
ExampleRemoving a Plaster Cast Following Healing

Plaster casts are somewhat difficult to remove. Insertion of tools between the flesh and the cast can be uncomfortable for the patient. The cast needs to be CUT to complete healing and for sanitation reasons and it should NOT BE CUT so as to keep the patient comfortable. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Removing) of the (cast) is partially performed in its entirety during (forming of the cast) by (pre-inserting a dissolvable material) giving (not cut). The function is completed during (removal of the cast) by (cutting the cast with a solvent) giving (cutting).
Region of softening reaction
Partially cutting the cast is probably not preferable as some patients may engage in behaviors which could put stress into the cast. Precutting the cast would lower the structural integrity. However, if a material could be found that would not lose structural integrity and would lose its integrity when exposed to an unusual, yet safe, solvent (such as alcohol), it might be possible to finish the cutting by applying the solvent.
Manufacturing ExampleRapid Setup

Manufacturers have recognized that once a numerically controlled machine is set up, it can inexpensively machine many parts. The cost comes in when the machine is first prepared for the parts. SETTING UP the machine can be very slow and tedious. NOT SETTING UP avoids adding this cost to the cost of making the parts increases the part costs, making the manufacturer less competitive. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Setting up) of the (machined part) is partially performed in its entirety during (other machining operations) by (setting up another machine) giving (setting up). The function is completed during (machining) by (running the machine) giving (not setting up).
Administrative ExampleAdult Training

The startup of a new facility can be difficult when performed in offshore situations. Many new procedures must be learned by a large amount of people. TRAINING is required so that the new procedures will be performed perfectly or the product may get a bad reputation. NOT TRAINING is required to preserve money. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. (Training) of the (employees) is partially performed in its entirety during (operation of another plant) by (apprenticing the employees to skilled workers) giving (trained). The function is completed during (actual work) by (applying the training) giving (not paid training). The employees are partially trained at another facility and then come to work at the new facility. (According to a chemist friend, this is what the Japanese did when they set up amino acid plants in the United States. They had the employees go back to Japan for several weeks of on-hands training).
Separate in Time
355

I cant stand cold cereal anymore! The farmer says. Yes, but it takes a long time to make hot cereal the way that you like it! Im not getting up any earlier to make it! The farmer's wife complains. Cereal is not The cereal MUST BE PREPARED in order to prepared to nourish the farmer. It must NOT BE PREPARED eat in order to not fatigue the farmers wife. Using the principle of Partial Action, resolve this contradiction. No Cereal for the Farmer
Cereal is prepared to eat
L3-ActionExcessive and Remedial Action

With Excessive and Remedial Action 353 354 we consider a useful action that must be performed accurately and not accurately. It is a necessary function, but performing it accurately is not possible because it is too inconvenient or time consuming to perform it accurately at the time that it is required. In order to solve this contradiction, the action, or part of the action, is performed excessively or even wastefully at the inconvenient time. We cut the board long, so to speak and sand it to length later. In order to correct the negative effect caused by performing it excessively there are two approaches. In one case, a remedial action is performed that corrects the action to the required state. In the other case, the excessive action over-flows or crosses a threshold where it is no longer performed. In either case, the action is performed inaccurately and then accurately.
Cut Long Sand to Length
Performing a remedial action is generally not preferred, but it may be allowable if it is inexpensive or not too wasteful. The negative effects of performing and action excessively may be softened by adding a tool, beforehand, to make the correction more convenient or less costly.
353 Inventive Principle #16Partial or Excessive Action: If it is difficult to obtain 100% of a desired effect, achieve more or less of the desired effect. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 354 STANDARD 1-1-6. If a minimum (measured, optimal) effect of action is required, but it is difficult or impossible to provide it under the conditions of the problem, use a maximum action, while the excess of the action is then removed. Excess of a substance is removed by a field, while excess of a field is removed by a substance. Example: To paint a part accurately, the part first loaded into a container with the paint, and then subjected to rotation. Excess of paint is removed due to centrifugal forces.
356
Separate in Time
Method
The contradiction attribute relates to an Then First action or function that must be performed rapidly and slowly. The function of Too Much Perfect (modifying) the (product) can be rapidly performed by the gross action of (method of performing excessively). The detailed remedial action of (remedial action) is made possible by (method) in advance or by overflowing a (threshold) threshold by (method)
ExampleMasking & Painting

The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. Painting detailed parts or surfaces can be a very time consuming task. It is necessary to paint the parts very rapidly and INACCURATELY in order to save time and to reduce exposure of the painters to solvents, etc. But it is also necessary to perform the painting very ACCURATELY to that it looks nice. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The function of (painting) the (detailed parts) can be rapidly performed by the gross action of (painting with a roller or large brush). The detailed remedial action of (removing the excess paint) is made possible by (applying masking) in advance or by overflowing a (hydrophobic) threshold by (making the unpainted areas from hydrophobic materials.)
ExampleConcentrated Sauces from Pastes

Cooking sauces can be time consuming due to the lengthy time to reduce the sauce to a consistency that meets the needs of the recipe or the taste of the cook. A good example of this is tomato sauce. Fresh cut tomatoes are composed of a high percentage of water. Cooking these down to a sauce in a restaurant can be very time consuming. The creation of the sauce under the high pressure cooking conditions of a modern restaurant needs to be very rapid and INACCURATE in order to make money and it needs to be performed very ACCURATELY in order to achieve the perfect consistency for the customer. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The function of (reducing) the (tomato sauce) can be rapidly performed by the gross action of (introducing tomato paste). The detailed remedial action of (thinning the sauce) is made possible by (thickening the paste) in advance or by overflowing a (unknown) threshold by (unknown).
Sauce Comes thick Later Thinned for The Recipe
Separate in Time
357
ExampleBuilding Kitchen Cabinets

Building custom cabinets for a kitchen is time consuming. Each individual board must be sawed and glued or nailed into place. This is one reason that custom cabinets are so expensive. This puts nice cabinets out of the reach of the common person. The cabinets must be rapidly and INACCURATELY built in order to make money and they must be built very ACCURATELY in order that the customer is pleased. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The function of (building) the (cabinets) can be rapidly performed by the gross action of (installing the prebuilt cabinets). The detailed remedial action of (shimming to the correct spacing) is made possible by (providing precut or adjustable shims) in advance or by overflowing a (unknown) threshold by (unknown).
ExampleWriting a Book
Stopping and starting during the creative process of writing a book interrupts the creative flow of ideas and images. The writing must be INACCURATE. Unfortunately, this leads to poor grammar, clumsy thoughts and poor punctuation. The writing needs to be performed ACCURATELY. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The function of (writing) the (book) can be rapidly performed by the gross action of (writing without stopping). The detailed remedial action of (correcting the logic, grammar and punctuation) is made possible by (a specialist and specialized software) in advance or by overflowing a (unknown) threshold by (unknown).
Excessive length for uninterrupted writing
Edited to be precise
ExampleRapidly Forming a High Functioning Team

Sometimes it is difficult to put a group together which has the right skills to perform a task. This is especially true when under schedule pressure. The group needs to be ACCURATELY put together to make sure that the right skills are available and it needs to be performed INACCURATELY in order to do it in a short period of time. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The function of (forming) the (group) can be rapidly performed by the gross action of (gathering rapidly). The detailed remedial action of (selecting the most appropriate members) is made possible by (unknown) in advance or by overflowing a (capability) threshold by (filling task positions as the group arrives with the most capable person).
Group excessively large to guarantee enough participants
Those not required can leave
358
Separate in Time
L3-ActionPrior Counteraction
Prior Counteraction 355 is useful when a harmful action must unavoidably occur. This usually happens when there is an object that performs a useful function and also performs a harmful function. In order to nullify the harmful action, we perform a counter action prior to the harmful action which nullifies the harmful action. Thus, the harmful action occurs, but because of the counter action, the combined effect is that it doesnt occur. The counter action usually involves the same physical phenomenon as the action which performs the harmful function.
Method
The harmful function of (harmful function) the (element) cannot be avoided. The counter action of (counter action) is performed in advance by (method of counter action) so that when the time for the harmful action of (harmful action) the (element) it is not (harmful action). First Then
Null
ExampleMedicine Ampoule
An ampoule filled with heat sensitive medicine must be heat sealed. The heat will damage the Medicine. The medicine must be HEATED to seal the ampoule and NOT HEATED to keep from spoiling the medicine. The harmful function of (heating) the (medicine) cannot be avoided. The counter action of (cooling the medicine) is performed in advance by (cooling with liquid nitrogen) so that when the time for the harmful action of (heating) the (medicine) it is not (heated).
ExampleMovement of an Object
A periodic harmful action moves an object to a location where it is not wanted. The object must be MOVED and UNMOVED. The harmful function of (moving) the (object) cannot be avoided. The counter action of (moving the object in the opposite direction) is performed in advance by (relocating the object) so that when the time comes for the harmful action of (moving) the (object) it is not (moved). In this case, the object ends up where you wanted it in the first place.
ExamplePre-stressed Concrete
Concrete has low strength in tension and a high strength in compression. When a structure such as a bridge is built, it must support heavy loads such as commercial trucks. The span between supports is heavily loaded which causes high tension stresses on the underside of the span. This high stress is unavoidable. The tension load must be HIGH
355 Inventive Principle #9Prior Counteraction: Preload counter-tension to an object to compensate excessive and undesirable stress. Algorithm page 287.
Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation
Separate in Time
359
TR IZ P ower T oo ls because it is unavoidable. The tension load must be LOW in order to keep from fracturing the concrete. The harmful function of (loading) the (concrete span) cannot be avoided. The counter action of (applying a tension load) is performed in advance by (inserting steel columns under tension which clamp the span) so that when the time comes for the harmful action of (applying tension to the span) the (concrete span) it is not (loaded in tension).
ExerciseVibrating Water Wheel

Consider an aluminum water wheel. Inlet flow strikes the blades after accelerating in the nozzle, transferring energy and momentum to the blade and wheel. During energy transfer the blade is bent slightly and released causing it to vibrate. The resulting alternating stresses decrease the life of the turbine blades. If the pressure forces were eliminated, so would the vibration. (Assume a constant speed). The Pressure Forces should be HIGH & ABSENT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Hint: consider using the same type of action which causes the problem to counter the action. The counter action should be caused by a second stream of water.
Pressure Forces NonExistent Pressure Forces are High
Turbine Output is Low
Turbine blade and component life is low
Traffic Light
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Resolve this contradiction using The method you have just learned.
Traffic Light Operation Fails
Traffic Light Operation Doesnt Fail Note that nothing gets worse
All lights will eventually fail
360
Separate in Time
ExerciseStoring Almost Protons

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are made very thick. The resulting vessel weight is high (95%) compared to the weight of the hydrogen (5%). If only the pressure forces were not so high, the vessel walls could be made much thinner. The Pressure Forces should be LOW & HIGH. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Pressure Forces are Low Pressure Forces are High
Assume that Pressure only comes high
Material Stresses are High
L3-ActionCountering
For Countering 356, the conflicting properties are that an action must occur and it must not occur. Both are actually desirable at the appropriate times. There are two possibilities. First, two strong actions counter each other and give a null action. Later, one of the actions is removed, leaving the full action of one of the original actions. The second possibility is that one strong action exists. Later a counter action is added which gives the null action. This is typically used with actions, fields and movements. The possibility exists to use the principle of COUNTER WEIGHT to make elements push or pull each other. A transmission element may be required between the elements. Sometimes, counter fields can overlap each other in such a way to nullify each other. The field gradients can be opposite each other to create one condition or they can be entirely opposite each other.
Method
The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (element) must be (null action) during (condition A). This is accomplished by applying (counteraction). The counter action is removed during (condition B) when the full action is required.
First Then
Null
356 Inventive Principle #8Counterweight: Compensate for the weight of an object by combining it with another object that provides a lifting force. Compensate for the weight of an object with aerodynamic or hydrodynamic forces influenced by the outside environment. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Separate in Time
361
Example of Counter Weight

A heavy object must be precisely dropped, but in order to drop it precisely, it must first be positioned accurately. Positioning the object is difficult since it is so heavy. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (weight) must be (held) during (positioning). This is accomplished by applying (a counter weight or force). The counter action is removed during (dropping) when the full action is required.
ExampleCancellation of Waveforms
Counter Weight
A signal needs to be transmitted at all times, but it must not be transmitted during resting periods. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (signal) must be (silent) during (a rest period). This is accomplished by applying (an 180 degrees out of phase signal). The counter action is removed during (communication) when the full action is required.
Then
Null
ExampleDeadfalls and Snares

In order to kill an animal during wilderness survival, a large force must be used. However, a large force is not easily and rapidly brought into play. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (heavy log) must be (held) during (positioning of the animal). This is accomplished by applying (a counter weight or force). The counter action is removed during (killing of the animal) when the full action is required.
High Force High Force High Force
Null
ExampleMilitary Mock Battles

In order to be increasingly ready with the latest in military strategy, a military unit should be in battle against units prepared with the latest technology and strategies. However, there are times of peace when fighting an actual enemy is not possible. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (military unit) must be (opposed by the latest military strategies) during (times of peace). This is accomplished by applying (pitting half of the army against itself). The counter action is removed during (times of war) when the full action is required. This is accomplished in mock military battles.
362
Separate in Time
ExampleStrong Pitch
At times a strong message is required from leaders. At other times it is not necessary or even harmful. In order that the main presenter of the message is not considered weak, the message must always be presented. The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (message) must be (muted) during (times when message has low priority). This is accomplished by applying (a counter argument from other leaders). The counter action is removed during (times of high priority) when the full action is required.
ExampleMagnetization
The contradiction attribute relates to an action or function. The (magnetic element) must be (magnetically neutral) during (non-operation). This is accomplished by applying (counter magnetic forces). The counter action is removed during (operation) when the full action is required.
N S
A material is magnetized with both polarities. The flux lines remain primarily internal to the magnetic material. This is called a keeper and keeps the magnetic strength high. Later, one polarity is reversed so that only one of the polarities remains. Now the flux lines are primarily external and can be used for various functions.
L3-Separation on Condition
It is more ideal to separate on condition than in time. The changing conditions must cause the change. There is no need of monitoring or active control. Thus, Separation on Condition is the Holy Grail of Separation in Time. When we passed the test for Separating in Time, we determined the conditions (condition A) and (condition B) in which the (element attribute) needed to Elastic Stress Gravity Friction Adhesion be (setting A) and Buoyant Force Hydrostatic Pressure Jet Pressure Surface Tension (setting B). There are usually a number of Centrifugal Force Inertial Force Coriolis Force things that change between these two Oder & Taste Diffusion Osmosis Chemical Fields conditions. One of these differences will Sound Vibrations & Oscillations Ultrasound Waves be used to drive the Information Thermal Heating or Cooling Thermal Shocks change in settings. Lets take the case Corona Discharge Current Eddie Currents Particle Beams Nuclear Forces where the changing conditions were night Electrostatic Fields Magnetic Fields Electromagnetic Fields and day. We ask ourselves What Radio Waves Micro Waves Infrared Visible Light Ultraviolet X-Ray Cosmic changes between night and day? The light level changes. Temperatures change. Relative humidity and insect activity changes Separate in Time 363
TR IZ P ower T oo ls between night and day. One of these differences can now be used to change the attribute setting. Changing fields can drive the change. An unformatted list of fields is extracted from the Table of Fields in the appendix.
Simplified Method
The difference of (difference) between (condition A) and (condition B) will change the (element attribute) from (setting A) to (setting B). The (physical phenomenon or method) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters.
A
First Condition
B
On Changing Conditions
Full Method
Step 1: We have already identified the conditions under which we need to have each property or knob setting to determine whether we can Separate in Time. What are these changing conditions? Step 2: Consult the unformatted table of fields above. What fields change in the new conditions? Step 3: Identify the required function. Step 4: What physical phenomena can be used to deliver the required function? If you are familiar with the methods used for identifying physical phenomena to deliver functions then use these methods. Otherwise, brainstorm physical phenomena that can be used.
ExampleClothes Iron Steam

Before steam irons, flat irons were used to iron clothes. The iron was heated first by hot coals or on a stove top, and then later it was heated by an electric current. Finally, it was desired that steam should flow. In order to conserve water we ask how the flow of steam can occur only during ironing. The flow should be FLOWING while ironing and NOT FLOWING while not ironing. Simplified Method The difference of (iron orientation) between (ironing) and (iron resting) will change the (water flow) from (flowing) to (not flowing). The (water level versus flow orifice level) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters. Full Method Step 1: We have already identified the conditions under which we need to have each property or knob setting to determine whether we can Separate in Time. What are these changing conditions? Since we have already performed this Not Flow Flow step we recognize that the change from ironing to not ironing is the changing condition. Identify the Not Ironing Ironing contradiction in the form shown. Step 2: Consult the unformatted table of fields above. What fields change in the new conditions? From the Table of Fields, we see that adhesion (friction), inertia and gravity fields are changing. 364 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Identify the required function. The required function is to move a liquid. Step 4: What physical phenomena can be used to deliver the required function? If you are familiar with the methods used for identifying physical phenomena to deliver functions then use these methods. Otherwise, brainstorm physical phenomena that can be used. In this case, it was recognized that the iron is naturally set upright to keep from burning the clothing between ironing movements. This change of orientation naturally allows for a change of flow through an orifice. The contradiction is resolved on condition by making the water NOT FLOW when upright (not ironing) and FLOW when in the ironing position.
ExampleDark Glasses
The glasses need to be CLEAR under low lighting conditions and DARK under intense lighting conditions. Simplified Method The difference of (light intensity) between (low lighting) and (intense lighting) will change the (glasss light transmission) from (high transmission) to (low transmission). The (photo sensitivity) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters. Full Method Step 1: What are these changing conditions? The change from low ambient light to high ambient light is the changing condition. Identify the contradiction in the form shown.
Clear
Low Light
Dark
Bright Light
Step 2: Consult the unformatted table of fields above. What fields change in the new conditions? From the Table of Fields, we see light fields are changing. Step 3: Identify the required function. The required function is to darken glass. Step 4: What physical phenomena can be used to deliver the required function? If you are familiar with the methods used for identifying physical phenomena to deliver functions then use these methods. Otherwise, brainstorm physical phenomena that can be used. In this case, it was recognized that certain materials are photo-sensitive and change shade based upon their energy state. This phenomenon was used to change the glasses from clear to light. The contradiction is resolved on condition by making the glasses CLEAR under low ambient light and DARK under high ambient light.
ExampleFluorescent Materials
A material must be VISIBLE under ultraviolet light and NOT VISIBLE when the light is turned off. The difference of (ultraviolet intensity) between (light on) and (light off) will change the (material visibility) from (visible) to (not visible). The (addition of a luminescent material) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters.
Separate in Time
365
xampleDiving
The relative hardness of the water must be SOFT at low entrance speed and HARD at high entrance speeds. The difference of (velocity) between (low entrance speed) and (high entrance speed) will change the (feeling of water hardness) from (soft) to (hard). The (inertia of the water) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters. When jumping from low heights, the water is SOFT. When jumping from great heights, the water is HARD.
ExerciseTwo Tining Rake

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and collect the materials. On the other hand, if the tines are flexible, then the rake is not Tine useful for extracting embedded debris or Stiffness is for moving earth about. The Tine Flexible Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Tine Stiffness is Stiff
Debris leakage is High
Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the V coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin Current Path Current Path flowing. Such coils are natural is is inductors, meaning that the flow of Continuous Interrupted electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a heavy object. When it comes time to turn off the coil, the opposite effect occurs. The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up Coil Voltage causing high voltages. In many Operation not Spikes are applications this causes difficulties Adjustable High such as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or causing electromagnetic pulses) or high voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND 366 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls INTERRUPTED. contradiction. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this
ExerciseSpecial Delivery
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Package contents are Useless
?
Package contents are Useful
Value For Needy is Low
Enemy Troop Confiscation is High
ExerciseTake Smaller Bites

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, if the teeth are too fine, the point loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE Tooth Spacing Tooth Spacing & COARSE. Using the principle that is Coarse is Fine you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Point Loading is High
Cutting Speed is Slow
Separate in Time
367
Exercisethe Beat Goes On

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very Heart traumatic for the rest of the body which Motion is may be badly damaged. If it were Still possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Trauma to Rest of
Body is High
Heart Motion is Beating
Operational Mistakes are Frequent
L3-Separation on ConditionTransparency
This separation principle is specifically related to one attribute, transparency. The use of transparency 357is a common TRIZ principle. It is used in a variety of ways throughout the separation principles. Here it allows for separation on condition because a transformation of transparency will automatically occur depending upon the changing conditions. Certain types of filters can selectively pass objects depending on their size or shape.
Method
The difference of (difference) between (condition A) and (condition B) will change the (element) transparency from transparent to opaque. The (physical phenomenon or method) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters.
ExampleHinged Elements
Selectively passes solids in motion. They may stop gases, liquids and small objects. Thus hinged elements are TRANSPARENT when large objects try to pass and OPAQUE when small objects or extremely large objects try to pass. The difference of (object size) between (large animals) and (insects or air) will change the (trap door) transparency from transparent to opaque. The (inertia of the door) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters.
ExampleMechanical Filters
Mechanical filters selectively pass small objects. Examples of these are sieves, fabrics, filament wraps and molecular
Light & Air
Bugs
368
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls sieves. Sieves are TRANSPARENT when light and air try to pass and OPAQUE when bugs try to pass. The difference of (object size) between (light and air) and (bugs) will change the (screen) transparency from transparent to opaque. The (opening size of the screen) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters.
ExampleFoams, Liquids, Floating Solids, Fluids in Motion

These selectively pass large objects. They may stop gases, other liquids and very small objects. Consider using inert materials 358 to perform this. In this example, evolving gases from a machining process are stopped by a foam barrier. The foam is TRANSPARENT to large objects and OPAQUE to small objects. The difference of (inertia of force) between (large objects) and (small objects) will change the (separator material) transparency from transparent to opaque. The (inertia or relative force) will be exploited to drive the change of parameters. Note that whenever small inertial forces occur, there is a large resistance to transmit the small inertia body. Whenever large inertial forces occur there is a small resistance to transmit the large inertia body. This can also be a separation in space. Wherever there is a large inertia force, there is a small resistance to the large inertia body. Everywhere else, there is a high resistance to small inertia bodies.
ExerciseThe Cover That Wasnt

In large plating operations, the plating tanks give off large amounts of corrosive gases. Over the course of time, these gases damage the plating facility and everything in it. Covering the tanks with non-corrosive covers would greatly reduce the evolution of gases, but a cover slows down production. The Plating Tank Needs to be COVERED & UNCOVERED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Tank
is Covered
Tank is Uncovered
Part Movement is Slow
Structure Damage is High
358 Inventive Principle #39Inert Environment: Replace a normal environment with an inert one. Introduce a neutral substance or additives into an object. Carry out the process in a vacuum. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
Separate in Time
369
L3-TransformationTransformable States
This generally involves changing the state of the bulk properties of the element 359, in order to change from one conflicting property to the next. Note that broad definition of states which contains much more than Critical Points the transition between solids, liquids Sheer Strength and gases. The current list is not Ultimate Strength exhaustive. If you need more ways, go Tip Angle to the table of knobs and look under Static Friction changing bulk properties. A field may Adhesive Failure point change state by transformation to Zero Buoyancy another frequency. Triple point Surface Tension The transformation should occur near Resonant Frequency the critical point for maximum effect. Spark point For instance, if the transformation is Freezing point from liquid to gas, operating near the Boiling point boiling point would allow the Curie temperature transformation to occur with less addition of energy. The Solution Standards give a number of practical suggestions for use of phase transitions. 360 Solid to Liquid to Gas Combustible materials Fissable Adhesives Explosive Wettable Exothermic-Endothermic Soluble or dissolvable materials Foams Settable liquids--(increase of volume) Easily breakable or abraidable Polymerizing or de-polymerizing Mixture decomposition --Electrolysis Disassociation- recombination Shape Memory Materials Magnetic materials using Curie Effect Molecular reorganization (diamonds)
Method
The (element) is formed from (a transformable structureconsult the table). The (element) is (state A) during (condition A), thus making it (setting A). The (element) is (state B) during (condition B), thus making it (setting B). (The transformation) is operated near (critical point) by (method).
359 Inventive Principle #36Phase Transition: Using the phenomena of phase change (i.e., a change in volume, the liberation or absorption of heat, etc.). Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 360 STANDARD 5-3-1. Efficiency of the use of a substance without introducing other substances can be improved by changing its phase. STANDARD 5-3-2. "Dual" properties are provided by using substances capable of converting from one phase to another according to operating conditions. STANDARD 5-3-3. Efficiency of a system can be improved by the use of physical phenomena accompanying a phase transition. Notes: Structure of a substance, density, thermal conductivity, etc. also change along with the change of aggregate state during all types of phase transitions. In addition, during phase transitions, energy may be released or absorbed. STANDARD 5-3-4. "Dual" properties of a system are provided by replacing a single-phase state of the substance with a dual-phase state. STANDARD 5-3-5. Efficiency of systems obtained as a result of replacing a substances single- phase state with a dual-phase state can be improved by introducing interaction (physical or chemical) between parts (phases) of the system. STANDARD 5-4-1. If an object is to be alternating between different physical states, the transition is performed by the object itself using reversible physical transformations, e.g. phase transitions, ionization-recombination, dissociation-association, etc. Note: A dynamic balance providing for the process self-adjustment or stabilization may be maintained in the dual-phase state.
370
Separate in Time
ExampleSoda Container
A soda container must be CLOSED completely in order to store or contain a liquid. It must be OPEN during consumption of the beverage. The (can seal) is formed from (an easily yielding material). The (can seal) is (unbroken) during (storage), thus making it (closed). The (can seal) is (broken) during (consumption), thus making it (open). (Yielding) is operated near (nearly torn or yield point) by (providing leverage at the point of tearing).
First Then
Closed
Opened
ExampleSponge
A cleaning product needs to be ATTRACTIVE to small debris during cleaning and NOT ATTRACTIVE to small debris during storage. The (cleaning product) is formed from (a sponge). The (cleaning product) is (moist) during (collection of small debris) thus making it (attractive). The (cleaning product) is (dry) during (storage) thus making it (not attractive). (Adhesion) is operated near (critical surface tension) by (keeping slightly damp).
First Then
Attractive
Not Attractive
ExampleChopsticks
Chopsticks need to be JOINED for ease of dispensing in a vending machine and SEPARATE for use while eating. The (element) is formed from (an easily broken structure). The (chopsticks) are (unbroken) during (storage in vending machine) thus making them (joined). The (chopsticks) are (broken) during (preparation for consumption) thus making them (separate). (Breaking) is operated near (yield) by (creating a high stress crack initiation).
First Then
ExampleFoam Soap
It is common for people to take much more soap than needed when dispensing soap from a liquid soap dispenser. During storage, the soap needs to be CONCENTRATED in order to take up little room. During use, it needs to be UN-CONCENTRATED in order to be easily spread on the hands. First Then The (soap) is formed from (a foaming liquid). The (soap) is (liquid) during (storage) thus making it (concentrated). The (soap) is (foam) during (use) thus making it (un-concentrated). (Foaming) is operated near (critical surface tension) by (proper dilution of the soap).
Un-concentrated
Concentrated Separate in Time 371
ExerciseToo Flexible
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during the measurement. This makes the Boot Flexibility measurement inaccurate. How can the is Very boot be measured more accurately? Stiff The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction using the principle that Boot Life is you have just learned. Low
Boot Flexibility is Very Flexible
Diameter Measurement is Inaccurate
High levels of radiation can damage the structure of cells and cause them to cease functioning. This is useful in the treatment of tumors. A beam of high energy radiation is focused on the tumor. After the procedure, the tumor shrinks. Unfortunately, the tissue surrounding the tumor is also damaged by the high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Radiation Intensity is Low Radiation Intensity is High
Large
Variance For years your company has produced an aircraft product Tight Control which fits over two posts on your customers aircraft. Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely Hole Hole controlled. Unfortunately, a recent Clearance is Clearance is production change by the customer allows Tight Loose a large variance in the distance between the posts. Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit over the customers posts. (The diameter of the posts is still closely held). The customer Rotational Assembly is unwilling to change the new production Slop is Yield is Poor process, but has instead asked you to High modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the application, without rotating. If the hole clearance is large, they can easily fit over, but they will not be snug. The Hole
372
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Clearance needs to be LOOSE & TIGHT Resolve this contradiction using the method you have just learned.

In large plating operations, the plating tanks give off large amounts of corrosive gases. Over the course of time, these gases damage the plating facility and everything in it. Covering the tanks with non-corrosive covers would greatly reduce the evolution of gases, but a Tank cover slows down production. The Plating Tank Needs to be COVERED & UNCOVERED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
is Covered
Tank is Uncovered
ExerciseSpecial Delivery II
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the Package Package supplies to themselves.
Dropping many packages gets more packages into the hands that need them, but high winds may disperse the drop if they are dropped separately. The Package Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Configuration is Dispersed
Configuration is Compact
Plane Vulnerability is high
Ground dispersal is poor
Separate in Time
373
L3-TransformationUsing Fields
In the previous section, we considered changing the bulk properties of the element in question to change from one knob setting to the other. In this case, we consider the fields associated with the element in order to change between the conflicting attributes. A Table of Fields is provided. The turning on and off of fields is a good example of the inventive principle of periodic action 361. Elastic Stress Buoyant Force Centrifugal Force Oder & Taste Sound Diffusion Gravity Hydrostatic Pressure Inertial Force Osmosis Ultrasound Friction Jet Pressure Adhesion Surface Tension Coriolis Force Chemical Fields Waves Information Nuclear Forces
Corona Discharge Current Eddie Currents Electrostatic Fields Magnetic Fields
Electromagnetic Fields
Radio Waves Micro Waves Infrared Visible Light Ultraviolet X-Ray Cosmic
Method
Using (physical phenomenon including pneumatic or hydraulic structures 362) B Then A . . A Then First allows us to add a (associated field from the table) to the (element) during (condition A), makes it (setting A). (Removing or reversing) the (field) during (condition B) makes it (setting B).
ExampleInflatable Displays
I need displays that EXIST and function as displays and NOT EXIST for easy storage. Using (pneumatic structures) allows us to add a (pressure field) to the (display) during (displaying), makes it (exist). (Removing) the (pressure field) during (storage) makes it (not exist).
361 Inventive Principle #19Periodic Action: Replace a continuous action with a periodic one (impulse). If the action is already periodic, change its frequency. Use pauses between impulses to provide additional action. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 362 Inventive Principle #29Pneumatic or Hydraulic Constructions: Replace solid parts of an object with a gas or liquid. These parts can now use air or water for inflation, or use pneumatic or hydrostatic cushions. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
374
Separate in Time
ExampleElectric Fence
I need an enclosure fence which must be PAINFUL during contact in order to hold in animals, and must be HARMLESS during non contact in order to reduce operating costs. Using (high voltage structures) allows us to add an (electric field) to the (enclosure) during (contact), makes it (painful). (Removing) the (electric field) during (non contact) makes it (harmless).
ExampleLight Bulb Changer

A mechanical arm is able to reach a light bulb to change it. The arm allows for a twisting action to turn the bulb. A device is sought which allows for NOT HOLDING the bulb during positioning and HOLDING the bulb during twisting.
Light Bulb Extractor
Using (pneumatic structures) allows us to add a (pressure field--Vacuum) to the (handle) during (removal), makes it (holding). (Removing) the (pressure field--Vacuum) during (positioning) makes it (not holding).
ExampleMagnetic Clutch
The clutch must be RIGID during energy transfer and FLUID during periods of rest. Using (magnetic fluids) allows us to add a (magnetic field) to the (ferromagnetic balls in the fluid) during (transfer of energy), makes it (rigid). )Removing) the (magnetic field) during (rest) makes it (fluid).
ExampleGrass Trimmer
The trimmer blade needs to be STIFF in order to trim grass and small limbs. It needs to be FLEXIBLE for easy maintenance and storage. Using (inertia of high velocity bodies) allows us to add an (inertia field) to the (blade) during (trimming grass), makes it (stiff). (Removing) the (inertia field) during (maintenance and storage) makes it (flexible).
ExampleDetection of Food Particles

Food particles must be HIGHLY VISIBLE during inspection to show a child how to improve the brushing of teeth. The particles should be INVISIBLE at all other times so as to not embarrass the child. Using (iridescent materials) allows us to add an (ultraviolet field) to the (particles) during (inspection), making it (highly visible). (ultraviolet field) during (all other times) makes it (invisible). Separate in Time (Removing) the 375
Common ExamplePlating and Electro Polishing

While plating , the metal atoms coming from the solution tend to be attracted to areas of strong electrostatic fields. Any points on the surface of the metal that has a smaller radius will have higher fields. After the plating metal attaches itself to the surface, the surface has an even smaller radius which accelerates the process and makes the surface of the metal even more rough. If the fields were reversed, the opposite would happen and the material would be removed from the peaks. In order to deposit the plating material, the plated piece should have NEGATIVE polarity. In order for the surface to be smooth, the plated piece should have POSITIVE polarity. Using (reversal of electric fields) allows us to add a (negative electric field) to the (plated piece) during (plating), makes it (positive polarity). (Reversing) the (negative electric field) during (polishing) makes it (positive polarity). + + + + ++ Left is Negative + + + + + Right is Negative
Example
A strong light is required to ILLUMINATE the melt during an arc welding demonstration film. We should NOT ILLUMINATE the melt in order to see the arc in the film. Using (a bright illumination or strobe light) allows us to add a (light field) to the (melt) during (frames showing the melt), makes it (illuminated). Removing or reversing the (light) during (frames showing the arc) makes it (not illuminated). Strobe
ExerciseSoft Water
The addition of bubbles to diving pools is a good way to keep diving injuries to a minimum. This is especially true when diving from great heights. Unfortunately, the diver is no longer buoyant in the water and finds it difficult to surface after a dive. The Bubbles need to be EXISTENT AND Bubbles ABSENT. Using the principle that you Absent in have just learned, resolve this Water contradiction.
Bubbles Exist in Water
Damage to divers is High
Surfacing is Difficult
376
Separate in Time
ExerciseFree-Fall Plating
Crystals grown in a micro-gravity environment have unusual properties. Such an environment is created by objects in free-fall. A space craft in orbit about the Tank State is earth achieves this same effect by being in a constant not Free free fall state. Plating in such a free-fall state might Fall also have unusual properties. We are a small company which cannot afford a shuttle experiment. How can we perform such experiments? A Plating Plating is only Tank State should be FREE FALL & NOT FREE useful during free-fall FALL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Tank State is Free Fall
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with Package pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the Configuration is end to keep the contents from being Dispersed damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves.
Financial Cost is High
?
Package Configuration is Compact
Dropping many packages gets more Plane Ground packages into the hands that need them, Vulnerability dispersal is but high winds may disperse the drop if is high poor they are dropped separately. The Package Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged. Heart Heart If it were possible to operate on the Motion is Motion is beating heart, there would likely be more Still Beating survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Trauma to Rest of Body is High Operational Mistakes are Frequent
Separate in Time
377
L3-TransformationInput / Output
An object has something with one property coming in and then later, the opposite property exiting. Identify a means (function) which allows for the adjustment of the property between the input and the output. This means that a physical phenomena needs to be identified and a tool provided to deliver this physical phenomena. This method is primarily used for the transformation of a flow of objects, fields or information.
Method
The (elements) to be operated upon must be (setting A) during (condition A). A transformation of (phenomena or action) changes the (elements) to (setting B) during (condition B). A B
ExampleVoice Modulation
A male story teller relates the story in a MALE voice. Later he would like to interject a WOMANS voice into the story during the televised transmission of the show. The (voice) to be operated upon must be (male) during (actual story telling). A transformation of (voice modulation) changes the (voice) to (female) during (transmission of the show).
ExampleMixing of Liquids
The compounds must be procured and stored as SEPARATE constituents. Later, they must be MIXED for consumption. The (compounds) to be operated upon must be Mixing Blades (separate) during (procurement and storage). A transformation of (mixing blades) changes the (compounds) to (mixed) during (fabrication of the final product).
ExampleSignal Separation
The signals must be MIXED in order to send them from the same transmitter. They must be SEPARATED in order to understand the content.
Filter
The (signal) to be operated upon must be (mixed) during (transmission). A transformation of (signal filtering) changes the (signal) to (separate) during (logging and use of the information).
ExampleSpook Alley
People must be calm during travel between amusements so that they can enjoy looking around and eating. They must later be SCARED in order to feel that they have properly celebrated Halloween. 378 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The (patrons) to be operated upon must be (calm) during (travel and eating). A transformation of (scary costumes and actions) changes the (patrons) to (scared) during (travel through the amusement).
ExerciseBlood Brain Barrier

Some medicines need to be delivered to the brain, but cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. Molecules that pass easily are lipids and sugars. How can these medicines be delivered across the blood-brain barrier? The composition should be LIPID & NON-LIPID. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Drug is a sugar or Lipid
Lipids
Drug
Barrier
Drug is not a sugar or lipid
Drug is ineffective at treating disease
Passage is Constrained
L3-TransformationUnrolling & Stretching

This transformation considers the manipulation of one particular field, stress fields. The element is made to change shape radically by the application of external forces. Note the box to the right allows for a variety of constructions which respond readily to external forces, changing their area, volume or shape. This is probably an offshoot of transformable states which is very commonly used.
Nesting Extenders Fabrics Extension Springs Constant Force Springs Shape Changing Molecules Nets Origami Scissoring Expanders
Method
The (element) is formed from (expanding structuresee table). The (element) is (state A) during (condition A), thus making it (setting A). The (element) is (state B) during (condition B), thus making it (setting B).
First
ExampleParachute
The air brake must be LOW DRAG during freefall. It must be HIGH DRAG during breaking. The (air brake) is formed from (fabric). The (air brake) is (compacted) during (freefall), thus making it (low drag). The (airbrake) is (expanded) during (braking), thus making it (high drag).
Then
Separate in Time
379
ExampleTape Measure
In order to be easily transported and maneuvered, the measure is COMPACT. In order to measure, the measure is LONG. The (measure) is formed from (a rolled constant force spring). The (measure) is (rolled up) during (transport), thus making it (compact). The (measure) is (unrolled and straight) during (measurement), thus making it (long).
ExampleSpring
The spring must have a HIGH SPRING RATE during movement to keep the masses from banging and damaging each other. The spring must have a LOW SPRING RATE during operation in order to operate correctly. The (spring) is formed from (a spring structure). The (spring) is (collapsed to solid height) during (movement), thus making it (high spring rate). The (spring) is (operating length) during (machine operation), thus making it (low spring rate).
Example Hammock
The sleeping support must be COMPACT for easy transport and LARGE AREA to support someone during rest. The (sleeping support) is formed from (netting). The (sleeping support) is (rolled up) during (transport), thus making it (COMPACT). The (sleeping support) is (extended) during (resting conditions), thus making it (large area).
ExampleFolding of Molecules
The molecules must be FOLDED during movement of the blood to the reaction site in order to not react with anything along the way. It must be UNFOLDED at the reaction site in order to perform the correct reaction. The (molecule) is formed from (a long molecular chain). The element is (folded) during (movement to the reaction site), thus making it (low reacting). The (molecule) is (extended) during (location at the reaction site), thus making it (reactive).
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy.
380
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves.
Package Configuration is Dispersed Package Configuration is Compact
Dropping many packages gets more packages into the hands that need them, Plane but high winds may disperse the drop if Vulnerability they are dropped separately. The Package is high Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
ExerciseTake Smaller Bites II

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, if the teeth are too fine, the point loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Point Loading is High Cutting Speed is Slow Tooth Spacing is Coarse Tooth Spacing is Fine
Separate in Time
381
L3-CarrierIntermediary
An intermediary 363 is a carrier that is temporarily used and may be disposed 364 365 of when the need is past. For the time that it is used, the combination of objects has the property of the carrier or intermediary. The intermediary or carrier lends its attribute to the element that it is attached to. The carrier can be attached and later removed or it can be attached later. One or more objects with one property are closely associated with a carrier substance having the conflicting desirable property. The whole takes on the desired property of the carrier. Using carriers is one of the most powerful methods of changing the properties of objects. If the property of the element is desirable, then they are arranged in the carrier in such a way that they are expressed at the smaller micro scale. Thus, both properties may be expressed or an undesirable property of the element may be hidden. Using a carrier requires the addition of new substances which is not desirable, so try to find the least expensive carrier possible. Simply attaching a carrier to the object may be sufficient to allow the carrier to loan its properties. This can be done in a variety of ways shown in the orange box, such as simply touching, being clamped together, adhering together, etc.
Attaching
Touch Adhere Clamped Hinged Dual Phase States (like ice and water) Attached Composite Structures
Nesting
Nest Nestle Paint Inert Environments
Mixing
Partially Mixed Mixture Interweave Fabrics and Matrix Multi Fiber Fabrics Multi Property Laminates Mixtures of Different Molecules Gels (Liquids + Solids) Pastes (Liquids + Solids) Foams (solid or liquid) Capillary Structures (Solid + Liquid) Components of Solids or Liquid Porous Materials Foams
Objects with one property can be nested 366 inside another object having the conflicting desirable property. The whole takes on the desired property of the carrier. The carrier can be solid, liquid or gas. Consider some of the more unusual carriers in the orange box.
363 Inventive Principle #24Mediator: Use an intermediary object to transfer or carry out an action. Temporarily connect the original object to one that is easily removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 364 Inventive Principle #27Dispose: Replace an expensive object with a cheap one, compromising other properties (i.e., longevity). Algorithm page 288. 365 Inventive Principle #34Rejecting and Regenerating Parts: After completing its function, or becoming useless, an element of an object is rejected (discarded, dissolved, evaporated, etc.) or modified during its work process. Used-up parts of an object should be restored during its work. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289. 366 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation
382
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls A segmented 367 carrier having a desirable property may be mixed with segmented or multiplied elements having the opposing undesirable property. The whole takes on the properties of the carrier. The orange box shows some of the more unusual carrier mixtures possible. Refer to these as you consider resolving your contradiction. The term segmented carrier has reference to liquid molecules, fibers and even larger elements such as laminate sheets. Consider finer and finer scales down to sub-atomic particles.
Method
During (condition A) (an inexpensive carrier object or substance) which is (setting A) is (attached to, surrounding or mixed with) (segmented or individual) (elements) which are (setting B) thus loaning its property and making the combination (setting A). No carrier is used during (condition B) making the (element) (setting B).
B
368
B B B B B B
A B
B B
ExamplePile Driving
A pile needs to be SHARP during driving and BLUNT during supporting. During (supporting) (concrete) which is (blunt) is (attached to) (individual) (piles) which are (sharp) thus loaning its property and making the combination (blunt). No carrier is used during (driving) making the (pile) (sharp). Concrete is pumped into the pile and extrudes out holes, making the pile BLUNT.
B B
B B
B A B B A A A B B A
ExamplePaint Roller
A roller needs to be SHORT while painting lower than can be easily reached and LONG while painting higher walls. During (painting high walls) (a pole) which is (long) is (attached to) (individual) (rollers) which are (short) thus loaning its property and making the combination (long). No carrier is used during (painting at eye level) making the (roller) (short).
367 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 368 Inventive Principle #27Dispose: Replace an expensive object with a cheap one, compromising other properties (i.e., longevity). Algorithm page 288. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation
Separate in Time
383
ExamplePorcelain Mold
The slurry must be SUPPORTED in order to be formed into many shapes. The slurry must be UNSUPPORTED in order to be fired.
Liquid Slurry
During (forming and drying) (A mold) which is (supported) is (attached to) (segmented) (slurry) which are (unsupported) thus loaning its property and making the combination (supported). No carrier is used during (firing) making the (slurry) (unsupported).
ExampleConstitution
The Constitution needs to be passed RAPIDLY in order to keep a bickering union of states together. This constitution needs to be passed SLOWLY AND DELIBERATELY in order to provide a firm foundation for the future of the union. During (subsequent deliberations) (a Bill of Rights) which is (slow and deliberate passing speed) is (attached to) (the individual) (constitution) which is (rapidly passing) thus loaning its property and making the combination (slow and deliberate passing speed). No carrier is used during (writing the constitution) making the (constitution) (rapidly passing).
Bill of Rights Constitution
Constitution
ExampleIncreasing Group Knowledge

A group of people must be KNOWLEDGEABLE on a certain subject in order to answer questions from a highly influential group of customers. The group must be UNKNOWLEDGEABLE on the subject at all other times because it requires special education thus making the group too expensive.
+ +
While (questioning by influential customers) (a knowledgeable person) which is (high knowledge) is (attached to) (the individual) (group) which is (unknowledgeable) thus loaning its property and making the combination (knowledgeable). No carrier is used while (customers are not present) making the (group) (unknowledgeable).
ExampleSoluble Compounds
A chemical compound must be INSOLUBLE in water during transport. In the event that an accident occurs, the compound will not be dissolved in water and can be more easily collected. During the actual application, the molecule must be SOLUBLE in water. During (transportation) (an insoluble compound) which is (insoluble in water) is (attached to) (individual) (compounds) which are (soluble in water) thus loaning its property and making the combination (insoluble in water). No carrier is used during (use of the compound) making the (compound) (soluble in water). 384 Separate in Time
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP during driving and BLUNT during supporting. During (supporting) (a concrete bulb) which is (blunt) is (attached to) (individual) (piles) which are (blunt) thus loaning its property and making the combination (blunt). No carrier is used during (driving) making the (pile) (blunt).
Concrete
First, the pile is SHARP for driving. Later the tip of the pile is exploded and concrete is pumped into the resulting cavity. The concrete carries the property of bluntness and makes the whole pile BLUNT.
ExampleEngraving Thin Metallic Plates

The plane material must be FLEXIBLE in order to form it into the shape of a plate. The plate material must be INFLEXIBLE in order to scribe intricate engravings. Silver During (engraving) (tar) which is (stiff) is (attached to) (individual) (plates) which are (flexible) thus loaning its property and making the combination (stiff). No carrier is used during (forming the plate) making the (plate) (flexible).
Tar
ExampleBurst Disks
During low pressure operation, the orifice needs to CONSTRAIN the gas. When the pressure becomes excessive, the orifice needs to be UNCONSTRAINED. During (low pressure operation) (a weakened barrier) which is (constraining) is (attached to) (individual) (orifices) which are (un-constraining) thus loaning its property and making the combination (constraining). No carrier is used during (high pressure operation) making the (orifice) (un-constraining). The container is weakened in such a way that if the pressure becomes too high, it bursts and allows gas to freely flow. Burst Disk
ExamplePaper Mache
The paper mache must be SUPPORTED in order to be formed. The paper mache must be UNSUPPORTED in order to be filled with candy. During (forming the mache) (a balloon) which is (supporting) is (attached to) (segmented) (mache) which are (un-supporting) thus loaning its property and making the combination (supporting). No carrier is used during (filling) making the (mache) (unsupported). Separate in Time 385
ExampleDisposable Caps
During use, the bottle must be CONSTRAINING to hold the liquid inside. During storage, the bottle must be UN-CONSTRAINING for easy pouring. During (storage) (an inexpensive plastic cap) which is (constraining) is (attached to) (individual) (bottles) which are (un-constraining) thus loaning its property and making the combination (constraining). No carrier is used during (pouring) making the (bottle) (un-constraining).
ExamplePile Driving
A SHARP pile is required during driving. A BLUNT pile is required during supporting. During (supporting) (a blunt pile) which is (blunt) is (attached to) (individual) (piles) which are (sharp) thus loaning its property and making the combination (blunt). No carrier is used during (driving) making the (pile) (sharp).
ExampleGel Products
A compound must be LIQUID in order to be easily mixed and processed with other compounds. It must be SOLID in order to hold its shape while being applied by hand. During (application by hand) (solid particles) which are (solid and formable) are (mixed with) (segmented) (compounds) which are (liquid) thus loaning its property and making the combination (solid and formable). No carrier is used during (mixing) making the (compound) (liquid).
ExampleGroup Cohesion
In order to educate the group on many topics, it is necessary that the group come with many opinions that they freely share with each other. This makes the group NOT COHESIVE. The group has an important mission that they need to be united on. This makes it necessary that the group be COHESIVE. During (forming of the group) (people of different opinions) which are (non cohesive) are (mixed with) (individual) (groups) which are (cohesive) thus loaning its property and making the combination (not cohesive). No carrier is used during (the mission) making the (group) (cohesive).
+ + Cohesive + + + +
ExampleFishing Weight
In order to cast the baited hook a long distance, the baited hook needs to be HEAVY. In order for the baited hook to lie on the surface of the water, the baited hook needs to be LIGHT. 386 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls During (casting) (a cheap weight connected with an inexpensive dissolving tablet) which is (heavy) is (attached to) (individual) (bait hook) which is (light) thus loaning its property and making the combination (heavy). No carrier is used during (the hook lying in the water) making the (hook) (light). The weight is attached with a dissolving tablet. When it is thrown into the water, the tablet dissolves.
In Water
Drops Dissolving Tablet
ExampleSandwiches
At large gatherings, the sandwiches must be UNIFORM for easy handling and dissemination. However, the individual tastes of those who come are not uniform. It is necessary that the sandwiches are NOT UNIFORM. During (consumption of the sandwiches) (bread) which is (uniform) is (surrounding) (individual) (condiments) which are (not uniform) thus loaning its property and making the combination (uniform). No carrier is used during (formation of the sandwich) making the (condiments) (non-uniform).
ExampleComposites
PLASTIC laminates are required during forming to create a stiff and light structure. Thin METAL laminates are required to absorb electromagnetic radiation during the use of the product. During (operation) (metallic laminates) which are (metal) are (mixed with) (segmented) (plastic laminates) which are (plastic) thus loaning its property and making the combination (metallic). No carrier is used during (forming of the plastic) making the (plastic laminates) (plastic).
ExampleConfusing the Opposition

In order to confuse the group, it is necessary to convey a message which is normally CONFLICTING with the group purposes. In order to unite the group, the messages should NOT CONFLICT with the group purposes. During (confusing the opposition) (a lot of conflicting messages) which are (conflicting with the group purposes) are (mixed with) (segmented) (overall message) which are (not + + + + + + conflicting with the group purposes) thus loaning + + + + its property and making the combination (conflicting with the group purposes). No carrier is used during (the time to rally the group) making the (overall message) (not conflicting with group purposes). Separate in Time 387
ExerciseMetallic Film
In the production of metallic laminates, Thick metallic films are produced by successively rolling the metal between rollers until it reaches the desired thickness. The Laminate Thickness is resulting film is rolled up into large rolls Thick which are easily manipulated. When making ultra thin films for laminates, new problems arise. Because the film is Laminate thickness so thin, both the production and only useful in one manipulation becomes difficult. The thickness tolerance between rollers becomes unreasonable and handling damage becomes very high. The laminate must be THICK & ULTRA-THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Laminate Thickness is Thin
Handling damage is high
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint Package accuracy. A chute opens near the end to contents are Useless keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must Value For be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the Needy is Low principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
?

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and collect the materials.
388
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls On the other hand, if the tines are flexible, then the rake is not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Tine Stiffness is Flexible

I cant stand cold cereal anymore! The farmer says. Yes, but it takes a long time to make hot cereal the way that you like it! Im not getting up any earlier to make it! The Cereal is not farmer's wife complains. prepared to The cereal MUST BE PREPARED in order to eat nourish the farmer. It must NOT BE PREPARED in order to not fatigue the farmers wife. Resolve this contradiction using the method you have just learned. No Cereal for the Farmer
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during the measurement. This makes the Boot Flexibility measurement inaccurate. How can the is Very boot be measured more accurately? Stiff The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction using the principle that you have just learned. Boot Life is Low
Separate in Time
389

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are made very thick. The resulting vessel weight is high (95%) Pressure Forces compared to the weight of the hydrogen are Low (5%). If only the pressure forces were not so high, the vessel walls could be made much thinner. The Pressure Forces should Assume that be LOW & HIGH. Using the principle that Pressure only you have just learned, resolve this comes high contradiction.
Pressure Forces are High
Lipids

Some medicines need to be delivered to the brain, but cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. Molecules that pass easily are lipids and sugars. How can these medicines be delivered across the Drug is a sugar blood-brain barrier? The composition should or Lipid be LIPID & NON-LIPID. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Drug is ineffective at treating disease
Drug Barrier
ExerciseA Slight Polishing

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges are chipped so badly that the plates are unusable. Due to the high volume of plates which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were THICK, but they only come THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. 390 Plate Thickness is Thick Plate only comes in one thickness Plate Thickness is Thin
Edge Breaking is High Separate in Time
L3-MergingInteracting
The term merging will be used more broadly to indicate interacting with individual or segmented 369 objects. The individual objects or segments have one desired property and the interacting objects have the opposing property. Such interactions can be achieved with the fields shown in the Table of Fields.
Interact through a field at a distance Interact through a mediator substance Linked by Transmission Touch Interweave Nest Nestle Interlink Clamped Hinged Interfused Fractal Constructions
A mediating substance or mediator can also allow the individual elements to interact with each other. The mediating substance or field typically operates at the macro scale while the individual elements operate at the micro scale. Merging allows for action at a distance as well as the potential of touching, nesting 370, interweaving, attaching and mixing. We also allow for fields which repulse rather than attract.
In order to drive to ideality, we would like to use existing fields if possible. An example of this would be to make the elements interlink. Mechanical fields already exist; why not allow them to perform the act of merging? As in all of the merging methods, it may be necessary to break the element down into multiple pieces that can then interact. When an element is segmented into multiple elements, this creates new resources and properties such as adjustability. Elastic Stress Buoyant Force Centrifugal Force Oder & Taste Sound Diffusion Gravity Hydrostatic Pressure Inertial Force Osmosis Ultrasound Friction Jet Pressure Adhesion Surface Tension Coriolis Force Chemical Fields Waves Information Nuclear Forces
Corona Discharge Current Eddie Currents Electrostatic Fields Magnetic Fields Infrared
Electromagnetic Fields Ultraviolet X-Ray Cosmic
Radio Waves Micro Waves
Visible
369 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 370 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Separate in Time
391
Method
Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by what method or not allowed). During (condition A) several (segmented or individual) (elements) have the property of being (setting A) while unified or interacting through (a field, mediator, method or unified arrangement). During (condition B) the unifying interaction is absent making them (setting B).
ExampleWindow Shade
The shade is a LARGE & SQUARE while blocking light through the window. The shade is SMALL & ROUND while allowing light through the window. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished manufacturing methods). During (light transmission) several (segmented) (magnetic shade elements) have the property of being (small and round) while unified or interacting through (a magnetic field). During (blocking light transmission) the unifying interaction is absent making them (large and square).
ExamplePicture
A picture must be COMPACT while stored in a box. The picture must be EXPANSIVE while being viewed as a picture. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by manufacturing methods). During (construction) several (segmented) (picture pieces) have the property of being (expanded) while unified or interacting through (an interlinking stress field). During (storage) the unifying interaction is absent making them (compact).
ExampleBungee Cords
Binding cords need to be LONG while securing large loads and SHORT while securing small loads. Segmentation is (not allowed). During (securing large loads) several (individual) (cords) have the property of being (long) while unified or interacting through (mechanical interlocking). During (securing small loads) the unifying interaction is absent making them (short).
ExampleCreating Group Interaction

The group must be ISOLATED while contemplating individual solutions to a problem in order to not be influenced by others or groupthink. The group must be COMMUNICATIVE in order to arrive at a consensus to go forward. 392 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Segmentation is (not allowed). During (coming to a consensus) several (individual) (group members) have the property of being (communicative) while unified or interacting through (a field of communication). During (contemplation of solutions) the unifying interaction is absent making them (isolated).
ExampleMerging Polymer Chains

During conditions requiring low damping, the fluid in the rotational damper has LOW VISCOSITY. During conditions requiring high damping the fluid has a HIGH VISCOSITY. Segmentation is (not allowed). During (high damping) several (individual) (polymer chains) have the property of being (high viscosity) while unified or interacting through (an electrostatic field). During (low damping) the unifying interaction is absent making them (low viscosity).
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. Segmentation is (not allowed). During (supporting) several (individual) (piles) have the property of being (blunt) while unified or interacting through (a mechanical nesting field). During (driving) the interaction is absent making them (sharp).
ExamplePile Driving
We need the pile to be SHARP while driving and we need it to be BLUNT while supporting. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by an explosive charge). During (driving) several (individual) (piles) have the property of being (sharp) while unified or interacting through (a mechanical field). During (supporting) the unifying interaction is absent making them (blunt).
ExampleMincing Garlic
Fresh garlic has a very strong odor. Storing garlic in its own natural wrapper provides a very WEAK smell. This is perfect for storing the garlic in a living area. During cooking, it needs a STRONG smell to impart taste. Strong Smell Weak Smell Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by cutting or crushing). During (storage) several (individual) (garlic segments) have the property of being (weak) while unified or interacting through (mechanical field). During (cooking) the unifying interaction is absent making them (strong). Separate in Time 393
Examplean Easily Swallowed Pill

Many medications must be EASILY DISSOLVED in the stomach. Unfortunately, many medications that easily dissolve in the stomach also easily dissolve in the mouth, which creates a strong and undesirable taste. The pill should be DIFFICULT TO DISSOLVE in the mouth. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by a tasty binder that is dissolved by saliva). During (swallowing) several (individual) (pills) have the property of being (difficult to dissolve) while unified or interacting through (unifying mechanical field). During (digestion) the unifying interaction is absent making them (easily dissolved). Difficult to Easily Dissolve Dissolved
ExampleSmall Scripts
While practicing for a play, the actors are given play scripts to learn the parts, but there is a problem. The speaking parts and the choreography need to be learned very rapidly. The FULL script is required for the actors to understand where they perform relative to everyone else, but it is not practical to carry the full script with them when they are dancing about the stage. The scripts must be PARTIAL while they are dancing. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by cutting them out). During (learning) several (individual) (scripts) have the property of Large and Small being (full) while unified or interacting through (a Complete unified arrangement). During (dancing) the unifying interaction is absent making them (partial).
ExampleMassive Table
We need a MASSIVE table to give a feel of stability. The table must be LIGHT in order to be moved from time to time. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by designing the table as separate pieces). During (use) several (segmented) (table pieces) have the property of being (massive) while unified or interacting through (an interlocking table or fastening elements). During (transportation) the unifying interaction is absent making them (light). Massive Light
ExampleDie Processing
A ROUND wafer is round because the ingot from which it is produced is round. The individual die are SQUARE . Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by cleaving). During (die processing) several (segmented) (wafers) have the property of being (round) while unified or interacting through (a unifying mechanical field). During (packaging) the unifying interaction is absent making them (square). 394 Separate in Time
ExampleCleaving DNA
In order for DNA to be extracted, it must be COMPLETE molecules. In order to multiply the various parts of the DNA, it must be PARTIAL segments. Segmentation is (allowed and done by chemically snipping the DNA). During (extraction) several (segmented) (DNA) have the property of being (complete) while unified or interacting through (unifying chemical bonds). During (multiplication) the unifying interaction is absent making them (partial).
ExampleAcid
At first, the acid is in CRYSTALLINE form for safe transportation and storage. Later it is in LIQUID for use in chemical reactions. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished dissolving). During (storage and transport) several (segmented) (acid molecules) have the property of being (crystalline) while unified or interacting through (chemical bonds). During (reacting) the unifying interaction is absent making them (liquid).
ExampleSeparation of Signals
We need ONE SIGNAL because we have only one transmitter, but we need SEVERAL SIGNALS because we need to convey different types of information. Segmentation is (allowed and accomplished by signal filters). During (transmission) several (segmented) (signals) have the property of being (one signal) while unified or interacting through (a unifying arrangement). During (viewing or listening) the unifying interaction is absent making them (several signals).
ExampleLaw Enforcement Rules

A group of law enforcement officers are more efficiently guided by CENTRAL CONTROL when they are in close proximity. When they are performing their duty, it becomes more effective for the officers to be AUTONOMOUS rather than waiting on a central control to tell them what to do in ever-changing and dangerous circumstances. Segmentation is (not allowed). During (close proximity) several (individual) (officers) have the property of being (centrally controlled) while unified or interacting through (a communication field). During (performing duty) the unifying interaction is absent making them (autonomous). Note that giving the officers rules helps them to be more autonomous.
ExamplePacking Words for Transport

While conveying the data, the data should be in COMPACT form. During calculations, the digital data should be EASILY MANIPULATED.
Separate in Time
395
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Segmentation is (not allowed). During (transport) several (individual) (bits) have the property of being (compact) while unified or interacting through (a unified arrangement). During (calculation) the unifying interaction is absent making them (easily manipulated).
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1011000100
Chemistry ExampleNon-Corrosive By-Products

After a CORROSIVE chemical is used in a reaction, there are usually small amounts of the corrosive components that remain in the byproducts. The byproducts are used in other reactions making it necessary to store them for long periods of time. Unfortunately, they have a tendency to leak or corrode nearby articles. The by-products need to be NONCORROSIVE. Segmentation is (not allowed). During (storage) several (individual) (compounds) have the property of being (non corrosive) while unified or interacting through (chemical bonds). During (further reactions) the unifying interaction is absent making them (corrosive). Corrosive Non Corrosive
ExampleAvoiding Group Think

In order to gain opinions that are more DIVERSE, the opinions should be gathered while the group is separated. In order to come to a final consensus, the group ideas need to be UNIFORM. Several (people) can be used. During (the generation of a consensus opinion) the grouped (individuals) are (uniform). Separating the (people) before (idea generation) makes them (diverse). Segmentation is (not allowed). During (generation of a consensus opinion) several (individual) (people) have the property of being (uniform) while unified or interacting through (a communication field). During (idea generation) the unifying interaction is absent making them (diverse).

396
Separate in Time
Tine Stiffness is Flexible Tine Stiffness is Stiff
In the production of metallic laminates, Thick metallic films are produced by successively rolling the metal between rollers until it reaches Laminate the desired thickness. The resulting film Thickness is is rolled up into large rolls which are Thick easily manipulated. When making ultra thin films for laminates, new problems arise. Because the film is so thin, both Laminate thickness the production and manipulation only useful in one thickness becomes difficult. The tolerance between rollers becomes unreasonable and handling damage becomes very high. The laminate must be THICK & ULTRA-THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, if the teeth are too fine, the point loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop Tooth Spacing where many pieces of metal are cut, it is Coarse is necessary to cut both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Point Loading is High
Tooth Spacing is Fine
Separate in Time
397
ExerciseFish to the Rescue

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how small fish are. Resolve the contradiction by using the method you have just learned.
Endurance is Infinite No Fish Comes this way
Endurance is Low

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges are chipped so badly that the plates are unusable. Due to the high volume of plates which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were THICK, but they only come THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Plate Thickness is Thick Plate only comes in one thickness
Plate Thickness is Thin
Edge Breaking is High

398
Separate in Time
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint Package accuracy. A chute opens near the end to contents are keep the contents from being damaged. Useless Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be Value For USEFUL AND USELESS. Using the Needy is principle that you have just learned, resolve Low this contradiction.
?

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are made very thick. The resulting vessel weight is high (95%) compared to the weight of the hydrogen (5%). If only the pressure Pressure Forces forces were not so high, the vessel walls are Low could be made much thinner. The Pressure Forces should be LOW & HIGH. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Separate in Time
399
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint Package accuracy. A chute opens near the end to contents are keep the contents from being damaged. Useless Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must Value For be USEFUL AND USELESS. Using the Needy is principle that you have just learned, resolve Low this contradiction.
?
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being Package damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops Configuration is on the ground then confiscate the Dispersed package and hoard the supplies to themselves. Dropping many packages gets more packages into the hands that need them, but high winds may disperse the drop if they are dropped separately. The Package Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
?
Plane Vulnerability is high
400
Separate in Time
L3-MergingCountering
Here, thought is given as to how objects may be configured, oriented or designed to oppose each other 371. Even though they can oppose each other, while separate, they all have the same setting. When combined, they take on the opposing property.
A B
Method
Elements are configured, oriented or designed to oppose each other by (method). Separating the (elements) during (condition A) makes them (setting A). During (condition B) the merged (elements) oppose each other making them (setting B).
ExampleOpposing Messages
The messages need to be VERY POTENT in order to create discussion among the students. In order to help the students calm down and see both sides of the issue, they should have NULL POTENCY.
Doc + Doc -
Doc +
Doc -
Elements are configured, oriented or designed to oppose each other by (making them of strongly opposing opinions). Separating the (messages) during (discussion) makes them (very potent). During (group discussion) the merged (messages) oppose each other making them (null potency).
ExamplePile Driving
During driving the pile needs to be SHARP in order to drive fast. During supporting, the pile needs to be BLUNT in order to support well. Elements are configured, oriented or designed to oppose each other by (orienting them to oppose each other). Separating the (piles) during (driving) makes them (sharp). During (supporting) the merged (piles) oppose each other making them (blunt).

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart.
Separate in Time
401
TR IZ P ower T oo ls This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged. If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Heart Motion is Still Heart Motion is Beating
Trauma to Rest of Body is High
L3-MergingExtraction
The principle of extraction 372 also occurs in Separation in Space. During separation in space, one part of the element in question takes on one property while the rest of the element takes on the opposing properties. This is different from segmentation/merging tools where the whole takes on one property while separate and the opposite property when merged. This principle is particularly handy when the system can be broken into functional units. A crucial part of the original element is made easily removable. During one condition the system is separated in space using the principle of extraction. The separated part has one property and the rest has the opposing property. When the elements are remerged, the extracted element resumes the opposing property of the rest of the system.
Method
The (element) has several identifiable pieces. During (condition A) the (crucial piece) is separated making it (Setting A). During (condition B) the (crucial piece) is reunited making it (Setting B).
A A
Common ExampleRefueling of Aircraft in Flight

The fueling system must be EXTENDED during refueling in order to contact the refueling aircraft. The fueling system must be RETRACTED during normal flight in order to have low drag. The (fueling system) has several identifiable pieces. During (refueling) the (intake nozzle) is separated making it (extended). During (normal flight) the (intake nozzle) is reunited making it (retracted).
Retracted
Extended
372 Inventive Principle #2Extraction: (Extracting, Retrieving, Removing). Extract the "disturbing" part or property from an object. Extract only the necessary part or property from an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
402
Separate in Time
Common ExampleNewspaper Coupons

The newspaper must be AT HOME for convenient reading. The newspaper must be AT THE STORE for reference while shopping. The (newspaper) has several identifiable pieces. During (shopping) the (product ads) are separated making it (at the store). During (reading) the (newspaper) is reunited making it (at home).
Newspaper Newspaper
Common Example Prison

A time may be reached in which some individuals prove to society that they are not capable of such freedoms. A convicted felon is dangerous and is REJECTED by society while being reformed . Everyone needs the chance to prove themselves capable of living with others. If a felon is reformed, he needs to be NURTURED by society in order to integrate. The (society) has several identifiable pieces. During (reformation) the (convicted felon) is separated making it (rejected). During (probation) the (felon) is reunited making it (nurtured).
Criminal
ExampleDigital Signals
In order for all electromagnetic signals to travel through space, they must live part of their life as analog signals. These are continuous waveforms that travel in predictable ways and maintain their form in space and time. Digital waveforms require square features which are actually the combination of many continuous waveforms. As they travel through space, the change of amplitude of these various components are less predictable. In order to travel in an orderly manner, the waveform shape must be SMOOTH or continuous. In order for the waveform to be useful, it must be SQUARE or discontinuous. The (signal) has several identifiable pieces. During (use) the (extracted peaks) are separated making it (square or discontinuous). During (transmission) the (extracted peaks) are reunited making it (smooth and continuous).
Continuous Extracted Peaks
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor.
Separate in Time
403
TR IZ P ower T oo ls A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Assembly Location is In Harbor Assembly Location is at Dock
Availability of Tools is Poor
Boat is too Large for Dock
L3-MergingAdjustable Numbers
An element is segmented or multiple elements are used in order to make the system adjustable 373. The multiple parts can be brought into use in the number which is sufficient to be adequate for the conditions. This is quite similar to rearranging and unfolding and to merging except that the number of elements to be merged are adjustable and usually some are reserved for use when they are necessary.
Method
Multiple (elements) are available for adjustable use. During (condition A) many (elements) are used to give (Setting A). During (condition B) few elements are used to give (Setting B).
ExampleAdjustable Rocket Thrust
The rocket only requires LOW THRUST for a small payload. Later it requires HIGH THRUST for large payloads. Multiple (thrusters) are available for adjustable use. During (large payloads) many (thrusters) are used to give (high thrust). During (small payloads) few elements are used to give (low thrust).
ExampleAdjustable Train Length

The train needs HIGH CAPACITY for transporting large amounts of goods. It requires LOW CAPACITY for lesser goods. Multiple (cars) are available for adjustable use. During (carrying lots of goods) many (cars) are used to give (high capacity). During (carrying few goods) few elements are used to give (low capacity).
373 Inventive Principle #15Dynamicity: Characteristics of an object or outside environment, must be altered to provide optimal performance at each stage of an operation. If an object is immobile, make it mobile. Make it interchangeable. Divide an object into elements capable of changing their position relative to each other. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
404
Separate in Time
ExampleAdjustable Beds
LOW SLEEPING CAPACITY is required for few patients. CAPACITY are required for multiple patients. Multiple (beds) are available for adjustable use. During (multiple patients) many (beds) are used to give (high sleeping capacity). During (few patients) few elements are used to give (low sleeping capacity). HIGH SLEEPING
ExampleAdjustable Table Size

A LARGE table is required for many guests and a SMALL table is required for few guests. Multiple (table leafs) are available for adjustable use. During (many guests) many (table leafs) are used to give (a large table). During (few guests) few elements are used to give (a small table).
ExampleAdjustable Work Force

During high sales HIGH PRODUCTION THROUGHPUT is required. During low sales LOW PRODUCTION THROUGHPUT is required. Multiple (workers) are available for adjustable use. During (high sales) many (workers) are used to give (high production throughput). During (low sales) few elements are used to give (low production throughput). This is effectively accomplished through the use of contract workers.
Contract Workers
ExampleAdjustable Instructions
The instructions need to be SIMPLE in order to be understood by observers of a contest. They need to be DETAILED in order to be understood by the judges of the contest. Multiple (instructions) are available for adjustable use. During (judging) many (instructions) are used to give (detailed). During (observation) few elements are used to give (understanding).
Separate in Time
405
L3-RearrangingTwo Objects
Use two separate objects. The objects are the same in most respects except that they have conflicting properties. First one is used and then the other. This method of separating in time is often overlooked because it seems too simple. It is more powerful than it looks.
Method
Two distinct (elements) are used. During (condition A) the (setting A) one is used. During (condition B) the (setting B) one is used. A
Then
ExampleGas Torch
A LARGE flame is required for cutting thick plates. A SMALL flame is required for cutting thin plates. Two distinct (flames) are used. During (cutting thick plates) the (large) one is used. During (cutting thin plates) the (small) one is used.
ExampleDifferent Types of Signals

An ANALOG signal is used to transmit long distances. A DIGITAL signal is used to transmit short distances. Two distinct (signals) are used. During (long distance transmission) the (analog) one is used. During (short distance transmission) the (digital) one is used.
ExampleSand Paper
COARSE sandpaper is required to shape the wood. FINE sandpaper is required to smooth the surface of the wood. Two distinct (sandpapers) are used. During (shaping the wood) the (coarse) one is used. During (smoothing the wood) the (fine) one is used.
ExamplePile Driving
A SHARP pile is required during driving. A BLUNT pile is required during supporting. Two distinct (piles) are used. During (driving) the (sharp) one is used. (supporting) the (blunt) one is used. Following driving, the sharp pile which is specifically designed for driving is extracted and the blunt one is driven into the resulting hole. Additionally, the sharp pile can have other features for driving such as strength, low mass and high stiffness which make the pile driving more rapid. 406 Separate in Time During
ExampleOffsetting Organizations
A THOROUGH group is required to get the analysis correct. A SUPERFICIAL group is required to determine what experts should be called in. Two distinct (groups) are used. During (determining the experts) the (superficial) one is used. During (analysis) the (thorough) one is used.
Org A Org B
ExampleOffsetting Messages
The message needs to be DIRECT to the group to make sure it is understood and it needs to be INDIRECT to the individual to be kind.
Direct Indirect
Two distinct (messages) are used. During (group meeting) the (direct) one is used. During (individual meetings) the (indirect) one is used.
ExampleDifferent Compounds
A NON-POLAR solvent must be used to dissolve the grease. A POLAR solvent must be used to remove the salt residue. Two distinct (solvents) are used. During (grease removal) the (non-polar) one is used. During (salt removal) the (polar) one is used.
A+ B-

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, if the teeth are too fine, the point loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces Tooth Spacing Tooth Spacing of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut is Coarse is Fine both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Point Loading Cutting Speed
is High is Slow
Separate in Time
407
L3-RearrangingReorienting Non-Uniform
A single element has both conflicting properties, thus it is not uniform 374. For one condition, the element is oriented in such a way that one property becomes useful. For the second condition, it is oriented so that the conflicting property becomes useful. Some examples of non-uniform properties are levers, standing waves, concentrated additives, especially active additives.
Method
Part of a single (element) is (Setting A) while another part is (Setting B). During (condition A) the non-uniform (element) is oriented so that (Setting A) is emphasized. During (condition B) the (element) is reoriented so that (Setting B) is emphasized.
A B
One Orientation
B A
The Other
Common ExampleSports Uniforms
In order to tell the difference between members of one sports team and another, it is helpful to have different color jerseys. This is especially important during practice where teams may be rearranged frequently for different plays. Having two jerseys is expensive and requires the constant care of both jerseys. In this case, the sports jerseys need to be RED and they need to be BLUE. Part of a single (uniform) is (red) while another part is (blue). During (playing on one team) the non-uniform (uniform) is oriented so that (red) is emphasized. During (playing on another team) the (uniform) is reoriented so that (blue) is emphasized. Blue Red
Common ExampleReinforcing a Point

While teaching a subject, it is necessary to gain the audiences attention with a memorable opening story or situation. As the lesson progresses, it is necessary to give information which may not be as interesting as the opening story. In order to retain the information, the infromation needs to be reviewed at a later date. All that may be remembered is the memorable story which is now unattached in the mind of the student. The reinforced lesson must be both STORIES and INFORMATION Part of a single (lesson) is (stories) while another part is (information). During (teaching) the nonuniform (lesson) is oriented so that (information) is emphasized. During (review) the (lesson) is reoriented so that (stories) are emphasized. Information & Stories Stories & Information
408
Separate in Time
ExamplePile Driving
The pile needs to be SHARP in order to drive rapidly and it needs to be BLUNT in order to give good vertical support. Part of a single (pile) is (sharp) while another part is (blunt). During (driving) the non-uniform (pile) is oriented so that (sharp) is emphasized. During (supporting) the (pile) is reoriented so that (blunt) is emphasized. By driving the pile, the blunt part comes into play at the right time to ensure that the pile can provide sufficient lateral support.
ExerciseSoft Water
The addition of bubbles to diving pools is a good way to keep diving injuries to a minimum. This is especially true when diving from great heights. Unfortunately, the diver is no Bubbles longer buoyant in the water and finds it Absent in difficult to surface after a dive. The Water Bubbles need to be EXISTENT AND ABSENT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Damage to divers is High
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor. A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Assembly Location is In Harbor
Assembly Location is at Dock
Separate in Time
409

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such Tooth Spacing as breaking teeth, blades or rough is Coarse cutting. On the other hand, if the teeth are too fine, the point loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut Point Loading both thick and thin pieces. How can is High we speed up production? The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-RearrangingRearranging & Unfolding Parts

An element is segmented 375 or multiple elements are used. The multiple parts have one arrangement which gives them one property. When the parts are rearranged, they take on the conflicting property. If possible, the changing conditions should cause the transformation to occur. Nesting 376 parts often allows for pieces to fit compactly together. Hinged Unfolding Origami Nesting
Method
(Multiple or segmented elements) are coordinated together. During (condition A) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (Setting A). During (condition B) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (Setting B).
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. (Segmented Piles) are coordinated together. During (driving) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (sharp). During (supporting) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (blunt). The pile is made of multiple nested tubes
410
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls which are shaped into a SHARP point by a cap which sits on top. Later, the cap is removed and the outer layers are driven until they are flush with the point, thus becoming BLUNT.
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. (Segmented Piles) are coordinated together. During (driving) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (sharp). During (supporting) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (blunt). The pile has parts that can be arranged to make it either sharp or blunt. A mechanism controls the shape. When the pile is being driven, it is SHARP. When the pile reaches a certain depth, the mechanism is released and the pile becomes BLUNT with further driving.
ExampleFolding Chair
A camping chair must be COMPACT in order to be easily transported. During use, a chair typically occupies a LARGE VOLUME. (Segmented chair elements) are coordinated together. During (transportation) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (compact). During (use) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (large volume like a chair).
ExampleSelf-Adjusting Nut Driver

In order to be universal, a nut driver must be SHAPE A when a shape A nut is driven. The driver must be SHAPE B when a shape B nut is used. (Segmented driver head elements) are coordinated together. During (driving a shape A nut) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (shape A). During (driving a shape B nut) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (shape B). The nut driver is composed of many pins packed closely together but allowed to retract into case, thus conforming to the shape of nut which is being turned.
ExampleExpandable Cup
The cup needs to be CUP-SHAPED during drinking and it needs to be COMPACT during transportation and storage. (Segmented cup pieces) are coordinated together. During (storage and transportation) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (compact). During (drinking) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (cup-shaped). The cup is formed of many nested segments. The cup can be formed into a CUP SHAPE or collapsed into a COMPACT shape. Separate in Time 411
ExampleCollapsible Pointer
A pointer needs to be LONG for ease of pointing. It needs to be SHORT to fit into a pocket. (Segmented pointer pieces) are coordinated together. During (storage in pocket) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (short). During (pointing) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (long). The pointer is formed of many nested segments. It can be collapsed to be SHORT or extended to make it LONG.
ExampleEscalator
The moving stairs need to be STAIR-SHAPED during lifting. They need to be FLAT during entry and exit in order for safety. (Multiple stair steps) are coordinated together. During (entry or exit) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (flat). During (lifting) the pieces are oriented so that they are collectively (stair-shaped).

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, Tooth Spacing Tooth Spacing if the teeth are too fine, the point is Coarse is Fine loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? Point Loading Cutting Speed The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE is High is Slow & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
ExerciseTraffic Light
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous.
412
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Resolve this contradiction using the method you have just learned.
Traffic Light Operation Fails Traffic Light Operation Doesnt Fail Note that nothing gets worse

For years your company has Large Variance produced an aircraft product which fits over two posts on Tight Control your customers aircraft. Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely controlled. Unfortunately, a recent production change by the customer allows a large variance in the distance between the posts. Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit over the customers posts. (The diameter of the posts is still closely held). The Hole Hole Clearance is Clearance is customer is unwilling to change the Tight Loose new production process, but has instead asked you to modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the application, without rotating. If the hole clearance is large, they can easily fit over, but Rotational Assembly they will not be snug. The Hole Slop is Yield is Poor Clearance needs to be LOOSE & High TIGHT Resolve this contradiction using the method you have just learned.

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and collect the materials. On the other hand, if Tine Tine the tines are flexible, then the rake is Stiffness is Stiffness is Flexible Stiff not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this Debris Debris contradiction..
Extraction is Difficult leakage is High
Separate in Time
413
L3-RearrangingReorienting Attachments
Two objects are attached, each having conflicting properties. In one orientation, the whole has the property of one of the attached elements. In another orientation the whole has the conflicting property. Note that this is first a Separation in Space. The reorientation then makes this into a Separation in Time.
Method
Two (objects) which are (Setting A) and (Setting B) are attached to each other. During (condition A) the pieces are oriented so that (Setting A) comes into play. During (condition B) the pieces are oriented so that (Setting B) comes into play.
B A A B
A B
ExampleFixed and Rotating Fixtures

The gimbal needs to be ROTATABLE during operation A. It needs to be FIXED during operation B. Two (gimbals) which are (rotatable) and (fixed) are attached to each other. During (condition A) the pieces are oriented so that (rotatable) comes into play. During (condition B) the pieces are oriented so that (fixed) comes into play.
ExamplePencil and Eraser

The writing instrument needs to WRITE while the writing process is proceeding well. It must ERASE when writing errors occur. Two (writing instruments) which are (writing) and (erasing) are attached to each other. During (writing) the pieces are oriented so that (writing) comes into play. During (errors) the pieces are oriented so that (erase) comes into play.
ExampleSales Pitch
A new employee needs to be able to give SALES PITCH A when an impulsive customer enters the showroom and SALES PITCH B when an analytical customer enters the showroom. Two (sales pitches) which are (sales pitch A A) and (sales pitch B) are attached to each B B other. During (impulsive customer) the pieces are oriented so that (sales pitch A) comes into play. During (analytical customers) the pieces are oriented so that (sales pitch B) comes into play. 414
A
Separate in Time
ExampleCustomer Relations
The effect of meeting a customer meeting another company for the first time can be greatly influenced by whether the customer is introduced to a group with poor customer appeal or to an individual with GOOD CUSTOMER APPEAL. When the customer is getting to know the capabilities of the company, those with POOR CUSTOMER APPEAL can showcase their abilities without ill effect. Two (groups) which have (good customer appeal) and (poor customer appeal) are + attached to each other. During (meeting the customer) the pieces are oriented so that (good customer appeal) comes into play. During (showcasing talents) the pieces are oriented so that (poor customer appeal) comes into play.
Customer + Customer
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. Two (piles) which are (sharp) and (blunt) are attached to each other. During (driving) the pieces are oriented so that (sharp) comes into play. During (supporting) the pieces are oriented so that (blunt) comes into play. This is a true reorientation because the blunt part does not touch the soil in the beginning. The act of driving brings the blunt surface into play.

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a Tine leaf rake and collect the materials. On Stiffness is the other hand, if the tines are Flexible flexible, then the rake is not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & Debris STIFF. Using the principle that you Extraction is have just learned, resolve this Difficult contradiction.
Separate in Time
415
L3-RearrangingChanging Direction
This is accomplished by first separating in direction and then reorienting the directions to change the properties in time.
Method
Changing directions of (crucial feature) allows the setting to B A be changed. During (condition A) the (crucial feature) is oriented so that (Setting A) comes into play. During (condition B) the (crucial feature) changes direction so that (Setting B) comes into play.
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. Changing directions of (the pile point) allows the setting to be changed. During (driving) the (pile point) is oriented so that (sharp) comes into play. During (supporting) the (pile point) changes direction so that (blunt) comes into play.
ExampleBeaker
The beaker must CONSTRAIN THE FLUID for productive work. The beaker must NOT CONSTRAIN THE FLUID during rinsing. Changing directions of (whole beaker) allows the setting to be changed. During (productive work) the (beaker) is oriented so that (constraining the fluid) comes into play. During (rinsing) the (beaker) changes direction so that (not constraining the fluid) comes into play.
ExampleRotating Wing Aircraft

The aircraft needs high UPWARDS LIFT when taking off and landing in order to be able to operate in limited space. The aircraft requires high LATERAL FORCE when flying in order to move rapidly. Changing directions of (the propeller) allows the setting to be changed. During (takeoff and landing) the (propeller) is oriented so that (upward lift) comes into play. During (flying) the (propeller) changes direction so that (lateral force) comes into play.
ExampleCylindrical Shape
The object needs to be ROUND during insertion in order to enter the hole and seat properly. The object needs to be SQUARE so as to not fall into the holes prematurely during assembly preparation. 416 Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Changing directions of (object) allows the setting to be changed. During (insertion) the (object) is oriented so that (round) comes into play. During (assembly preparation) the (object) changes direction so that (square) comes into play.
ExampleChopsticks
The chopsticks must be SANITARY in order to serve food to people and they must be UNSANITARY since they have been used in peoples mouths. Changing directions of (chopsticks) allows the setting to be changed. During (serving) the (chopsticks) are oriented so that (sanitary) comes into play. During (eating) the (chopsticks) changes direction so that (unsanitary) comes into play.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves.
Package Configuration is Dispersed
?
Dropping many packages gets more Vulnerability dispersal is packages into the hands that need them, is high poor but high winds may disperse the drop if they are dropped separately. The Package Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Plane
Ground

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This Tooth Spacing Tooth Spacing causes bad things to happen such as is Coarse is Fine breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, if the teeth are too fine, the point loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut Point Loading Cutting Speed both thick and thin pieces. How can is High is Slow we speed up production? Separate in Time 417
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Copy or Facsimile
The copy 377 or facsimile has the essential properties of the original object while under one condition. Later, the original object is required for the condition where the conflicting property is required.
Photographs Movies Paint Coverings Molds Time lapse photos Impressions
Silhouettes Castings Resists Projections Computer Model Dummies
Method
The (essential part) of the (element) can be copied into a (copy nameconsider the above list). During (condition A) the (copy name) is (Setting A). During (condition B) the (original) is (Setting B). A
Then
B Original
Copy / Facsimile
ExampleSilk Flowers
During the winter the flowers must be COLD TOLERANT. During the summer the flowers must be NOT COLD TOLERANT because flowers are like that, especially certain varieties. The (look) of the (flower) can be copied into a (silk flower). During (winter) the (silk flower) is (cold tolerant). During (summer) the (real flower) is (not cold tolerant).
Real Silk
ExampleTraining Props
While training emergency response personnel, the people being worked on should be RESILIENT in order not to injure them with incorrect procedures, but they must be FRAGILE during an emergency because this is unavoidable. Mannequins The (operation of the lungs and heart) of the (people) can be copied into a (mannequin). During (training) the (mannequin) is (resilient). During (emergencies) the (accident victim) is (fragile).
Real Victims
ExampleDummy Runs
The machined parts must be INEXPENSIVE while setting up the machine in order to not waste money on parts that will not be used. During production the parts must be EXPENSIVE because they come that way and it is unavoidable.
418
Separate in Time
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The (part feature) of the (machined parts) can be copied into a (wood block). During (setup) the (dummy piece) is (inexpensive). During (production) the (machined parts) are (expensive).
ExampleTax Preparation
The tax form must be MESSY during preparations because there will be mistakes and corrections. The tax return must be LEGIBLE when filed in order to avoid mistakes by those who must process the form. The (information) of the (tax form) can be copied into a (paper copy). During (preparation) the (paper copy) is (messy). During (filing) the (tax form) is (legible).
Copy
ExampleVaccine
In order to train the body to fight a disease during treatment, the virus must be HARMLESS so as not to do harm to the body. When the patient comes into contact with the real virus it will be HARMFUL because that is how viruses First Vaccine A+ really are. The (outside shape) of the (virus) can be copied into a (vaccine). During (treatment) the (vaccine) is (harmless). During (contact with the disease) the (virus) is (harmful).
Then Virus B-
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is Boot Flexibility used deforms the boot during the is Very measurement. This makes the Stiff measurement inaccurate. How can the boot be measured more accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs to be Boot Life is FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Low Contradiction using the principle that you have just learned.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. Separate in Time
?
419
TR IZ P ower T oo ls If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Package contents are Useless Package contents are Useful
420
Separate in Time
Separate in Time
421
L2-Separate Gradually
Separate Gradually 378 usually begins with one property and ends with the other. The first actions only yield a partial resolution of the contradiction. This is different than Separation in Time because during Separation in Time, we strive to change the property from one to the other at once. Here we are content to do this stepwise, even if it takes only a moment to do this. Following is the test and the various strategies for Separating Gradually.
L2-Method
Brainstorm ways to separate the contradictory properties gradually.
L3-Test for Separate Gradually

Test:
Will a complete resolution of the contradiction allow starting with (setting A) and ending with (setting B) or its equivalent? If yes then try to Separate Gradually. Otherwise, go to Separate in Space.
ExampleLong Distance Swimming

In order to train for long swims, it is necessary to have MUCH WATER so that the swimmer does not need to do lots of turns. But this is impractical to do in the pool because there is LITTLE WATER. TEST FOR SEPARATE GRADUALLY: Will a complete resolution of the contradiction allow starting with (little) (water) and ending with (much) (water) or its equivalent? This would be allowable so we will try to separate gradually.
ExamplePile Driver
The pile needs to be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. TEST FOR SEPARATE GRADUALLY: Will a complete resolution of the contradiction allow starting with (sharp) (piles) and ending with (blunt) (piles) or their equivalent? This would be allowable so we will try to separate gradually.
378 Separating Gradually may be construed to have appeared in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller published by Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77 Page 292 It is described as using transitory states in which contradictory properties either coexist or appear alternately. While this is not a great description and does not appear to anticipate such principles as repeated use, it does allow for transitory appearance of both conflicting properties.
422
Separate Gradually
ExerciseEternal Sand
Inscriptions on grave stones are made by sandblasting the polished stone through a rubber mask. The mask is attached to the stone by adhesive and later Sand Volume peeled off. The sand is ejected through a Used nozzle at high velocity in a pneumatic stream. is Small The sand can be reused for a time, but must eventually be replenished because it breaks down and becomes too fine for use. A large operation must replenish the sand often and Abrasion dispose of the used sand. The volume of the is sand which is used must be LARGE AND Low SMALL. Test for Separate Gradually.
Sand Volume Used is Large
Cost is High
ExerciseWhats Up Dock
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. Yes, but it is too small to store many boats his wife complained. And we are not Dock allowed to build the dock out more than 20 is yards. I know she continued We can fill Large every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the investor said after making a few calculations. The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. Test for Separate Gradually.
Cost of Leasing More Beach is High
Dock is Small
Revenue is Low
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Test for Separate Gradually.
Stopping Time is Long Stopping Time is Short
Log Transportation is Inefficient
More Inspectors and Idle Time
Separate Gradually
423
L3-Repeated Use
A variable is used repeatedly, perhaps after being recovered. Usually this involves a repeated or circular process which requires a constant or periodic reconditioning of the reused materials to restore them to working condition 379. This means that a physical phenomena needs to be identified which reconditions and a tool to deliver this physical phenomena.
Method
(Setting A) (element) is used over and over which is equivalent to (setting B) (element). (Method of reconditioning) is used to make this happen. A Then Repeat A Then Repeat A
ExampleLap Pool
In order to train for long swims, it is necessary to have MUCH water so that the swimmer does not need to do lots of turns. But this is impractical to do in the pool because there is LITTLE water. (Little) (water) is used over and over which is equivalent to (much) (water). (Recirculation of the water) is used to make this happen.
ExampleContinuous use of Machinery

In order to make a lot of parts, many production machines are required. In order to not spend a lot of money, FEW production machines are required. (Few) (production machines) are used over and over which is equivalent to (many) (production machines). (Continuous use) is used to make this happen. This is an example of the useful TRIZ tool of UNINTERRUPTED USEFUL EFFECT.
ExampleSpace Capsule
In space a LOT of air is required for the astronauts to breathe. Unfortunately, there is only a little air available and expanding the amount of compressed air would increase the weight of the capsule too much.
379 Inventive Principle #34Rejecting and Regenerating Parts: After completing its function, or becoming useless, an element of an object is rejected (discarded, dissolved, evaporated, etc.) or modified during its work process. Used-up parts of an object should be restored during its work. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
424
Separate Gradually
TR IZ P ower T oo ls (Little) (air) is used over and over which is equivalent to (much) (air). (Method of reconditioning) is used to make this happen. This is an example of the useful TRIZ tool of REGENERATION.
ExampleMoving Heavy Statues

In order to move a heavy statue, a LOT of logs are required in a line leading to the site. Unfortunately, FEW logs are available. (Few) (logs) are used over and over which is equivalent to (many) (logs). (Replacing worn logs) is used to make this happen.
ExampleBelt
In order to rotate a pulley a LOT of rope is required. Unfortunately, only LITTLE rope is available. (A short) (rope) is used over and over which is equivalent to (a long) (rope). (Occasional maintenance) is used to make this happen. This is an example SPHEROIDALITY 380. of the TRIZ tool of
Inscriptions on grave stones are made by sandblasting the polished stone through a rubber mask. The mask is attached to the stone by adhesive and later peeled off. The sand is ejected through a nozzle at high velocity in a pneumatic stream. Sand Volume Sand Volume The sand can be reused for a time, but must Used Used eventually be replenished because it breaks is Small is Large down and becomes too fine for use. A large operation must replenish the sand often and dispose of the used sand. The volume of the sand which is used must be LARGE AND Abrasion Cost SMALL. Using the principle that you have is is just learned, resolve this contradiction. Low High
High levels of radiation and cause them to cease treatment of tumors. A focused on the tumor. shrinks.
can damage the structure of cells functioning. This is useful in the beam of high energy radiation is After the procedure, the tumor
380 Inventive Principle #14Spheroidality: Replace linear parts with curved parts, flat surfaces with spherical surfaces, and cube shapes with ball shapes. Use rollers, balls, spirals. Replace linear motion with rotational motion ; utilize centrifugal force. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Separate Gradually
425
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Unfortunately, the tissue surrounding the tumor is also damaged by the high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint Package accuracy. A chute opens near the end to contents are keep the contents from being damaged. Useless Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must Value For be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the Needy is principle that you have just learned, resolve Low this contradiction.
?
ExerciseMolecular Wind Pump

A molecular wind is created by applying a very high voltage source to a very sharp object. The electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with other molecules causing an avalanche of charges seen as a corona discharge. The resulting ionized molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a molecular wind. The wind is localized to the point and could be used to pump rarified gas, except that the movement of the gas is so small. The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. High Voltage Source
Local Gas Movement is Large Only comes one way
Local Gas Movement is Small
Flow is Miniscule
426
Separate Gradually
L3-Maturing / Proliferation
Some contradictions are resolved very slowly. In this case, we must wait until something grows up. This implies a self-organizing structure. It may be possible to do this without living structures
Method
The (element) is capable of self organization through (method). During (condition A) the (element) starts as (setting A). Over time the (element) matures or proliferates to become (setting B) during (condition B).
Slowly
ExampleGrowing Plants
The shade producer needs to be SMALL when the plant is small so that the plant gets sufficient light. The shade producer needs to be LARGE when the plant is large to avoid sunburn during the heat of the summer. The (shade producer) is capable of self organization through (biological growth). During (the time that the plant is small) the (shade producer) starts as (small). Over time the (shade producer) matures or proliferates to become (large) during (the time that the plant needs a lot of shade). A second shade plant is grown with the first plant. Both grow together and the shade producer is always capable of allowing sufficient light through to the plant that requires shade. Slowly
ExampleCaterpillar and Butterfly

The caterpillar must be SLOW AND METHODICAL when it is young in order to gather food. It must be FAST during adulthood in order to find a suitable mate. The (caterpillar) is capable of self organization through (biological growth). During (youth) the (caterpillar) starts as (slow). Over time the (caterpillar) matures or proliferates to become (fast) during (search for mate).
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy.
Separate Gradually
427
TR IZ P ower T oo ls A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Separate Use
The elements, having one setting, come into use one-at-a-time. Over the course of time the whole effect is opposite to the individual pieces. This is very similar to Separation Between the Parts and the Whole. The difference is that the parts build up over time.
Method
Individual (elements) which are (setting A) come into play gradually during (condition A). In the end, the sum effect is (setting B).
Then
A B
Then
ExamplePaper Plates
The plates need to be DURABLE in order to make it through many meals. The plates need to be LOW LIFE in order to be inexpensive. Individual (plates) which are (low life) come into play gradually during (many meals). In the end, the sum effect is (durable) (plates). This is an example of CHEAP SHORT LIFE 381 one of the original principles of invention.
ExampleSmall Explosions
The explosions need to SMALL during the demolition because that is all that is available. They need to be LARGE in order to move a lot of earth. Individual (explosions) which are (small) come into play gradually during (excavation). In the end, the sum effect is a (large) (explosion).
+
+ +
+
+ +
One Big Statement
ExampleBig Impact Statements

Only SMALL impact statements are possible in the available time slots. But the impact of the statement needs to be LARGE.
=
381 Inventive Principle #27Dispose: Replace an expensive object with a cheap one, compromising other properties (i.e., longevity). Algorithm page 288.
Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation
428
Separate Gradually
Individual (statements) which are (small impact) come into play gradually during (available time slots). In the end, the sum effect is (a large impact statement).
L3-Gradually Merged
Gradually merged elements slowly take on the opposite property of the individual elements. Objects may be segmented 382 to allow for this method. Arrange the individual parts so that the merged whole has the conflicting property of the individual parts. Added parts can do more than touch. They can nest 383, interweave or mix together. They can also merge at the micro level. Partial actions can also be merged to give a full action.
Method
Multiple or segmented (elements) are available. Gradually merging the (setting A) (elements) during (condition A) results in the equivalent of (setting B) (elements).
A
Keep Adding
A B
ExamplePile Driver
The piles need to be THIN during driving and THICK to support the load. Multiple or segmented (piles) are available. Gradually merging the (thin) (piles) during (driving) results in the equivalent of (thick) (piles).
ExampleLarge Brick Structure

The structure needs to be SMALL because the only structural elements to build it are small bricks. It needs to be LARGE because the final structure needs to be large. Multiple or segmented (structures) are available. Gradually merging the (small) (structures) during (building) results in the equivalent of (large) (structures).
ExampleReservoir
LARGE AMOUNTS of water are required for farms. SMALL AMOUNTS of water are all that is available during the winter. Multiple or segmented (water) is available. Gradually merging the (small amounts of) (water) during (the winter) results in the equivalent of (large amounts of) (water).
Separate Gradually
429
ExampleStorage of Solar Energy

SMALL AMOUNTS of electricity are available during the day. LARGE AMOUNTS of electricity are required during the evening. STORAGE: Multiple or segmented (amounts of electricity) are available. Gradually merging the (small amounts of) (energy) during (the day) results in the equivalent of (large amounts of) (energy in a battery system).
430
Separate Gradually
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor. A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Assembly Location is In Harbor Assembly Location is at Dock

A molecular wind is created by applying a very High Voltage Source high voltage source to a very sharp object. The electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with Local Gas Local Gas other molecules causing an avalanche of Movement is Movement is charges seen as a corona discharge. The Large Small resulting ionized molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a Only comes one molecular wind. The wind is localized to way the point and could be used to pump rarified gas, except that the movement of Flow the gas is so small. is Miniscule The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-MergingMerged Interaction
Parts are slowly merged with the system. As they are added, they are transformed to the new property by what is already there.
Method
Multiple or segmented (elements) are available. Each (setting A) (element) that is merged during (condition A) with the already merged (elements) become (setting B) by (method). Separate Gradually 431
432
Separate Gradually
ExamplePile Driving
The pile needs to be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. Multiple or segmented (piles) are available. Each (sharp) (pile) that is merged during (driving) with the already merged (piles) become (blunt) by (pushing down on a ledge protruding with a lip).
ExampleSquare Bread Rolls

The rolls need to be ROUND because they are easier to form this way. They need to be SQUARE because that they store easier that way. Multiple or segmented (rolls) are available. Each (round) (roll) that is merged with the already merged (rolls) become (square) by (pushing them together).
ExampleTraining a Group
The group needs to be UNTRAINED because the only available trainees are untrained. The group needs to be TRAINED in order to be productive. Multiple or segmented (group members) are available. Each (untrained) (group member) that is merged with the already merged (group members) become (trained) by (training from those already there).
ExampleMelting a Metal
The metal needs to be SOLID since the only available metal is solid. It needs to be LIQUID in order to facilitate production. Multiple or segmented (metal elements) are available. Each (solid) (metal element) that is merged with the already merged (metal elements) become (liquid) by (being melted by the previously melted elements).
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged.
Separate Gradually
433
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Gradually Hidden / Exposed

This method applies only to elements that already have both properties, but one of the properties is undesirable and we want it to go away. In order to do this, we hide the property that we dont want with parts of the other elements that have the property that we do want. Notice in the figure at the right that all of the negative signs are hidden in the middle. They are completely surrounded by the parts of the element that are positive. Consequently, the whole element appears to have the positive property. This usually applies to multiple elements (same, similar or dissimilar) which have an undesirable property. Remember that elements can do more than simply touch. They can also interweave or nest 384 within each other. They can be mixed as well. Consider different orientations.
Method
The (element) already has both properties. (Setting A) is desirable and (setting B) is undesirable. The (elements) are gradually merged in a way that hides (setting B) until the whole is (setting A).
ExampleSquare and Round Shapes

The element already has both properties. (Round) is desirable and (square) is undesirable. The (shapes) are gradually merged in a way that hides (square) until the whole is (round).
ExampleUnprotected Tanks
Each tank is PROTECTED from the front and VULNERABLE from the rear when no other forms of protection are available. The (tank) already has both properties. (protected) is desirable and (vulnerable) is undesirable. The (tanks) are gradually merged in a way that hides (vulnerable) until the whole is (protected).
Rounded Side
As tanks arrive and circle up newly arriving tanks back up to other tanks thus hiding the vulnerability that each tank has inherently.
384 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
434
Separate Gradually
L3-Gradually Transformed
Separation in Time considers the bulk transformation of objects to change their properties. Often, this transformation is gradual. This gradual change can be useful under certain conditions. As in all cases where we Separate Gradually, we begin with one property and end with the other. Unfortunately, the knob setting must pass through the compromise state. This may work in some instances, but makes this tool less powerful.
Method
The (element) (critical region) is made from (transformable material). During (condition A) the (element) transforms from (setting A) to (setting B).
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP while driving and BLUNT while supporting. The (pile) (tip) is made from (abraidable material). During (driving) the (pile) transforms from (sharp) to (blunt).
Abraidable Material
L3-Gradually Added Fields

Separation in Time considers the addition of fields to objects to change their properties. Often, this transformation is gradual. A more gradual change can be useful under certain conditions. As in all cases where we Separate Gradually, we begin with one property and end with the other. Unfortunately, the knob setting must pass through the compromise state. This may work in some instances, but makes this tool less powerful. Separate Gradually 435
Method
The (element) (critical region) can be changed from (setting A) to (setting B) by gradually adding a (field type) field. During (condition A) the (element) transforms from (setting A) to (setting B).
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense Package and compact, it falls with pinpoint contents are accuracy.
Useless
?
A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly Value For discover that the contents are useful and Needy is look for them. The Package Contents must Low be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
436
Separate Gradually
L2-Separate in Space
Separation in Space 385 was one of the earliest discovered methods of resolving contradictions. At one critical moment in time BOTH properties are expressed. For instance, when a book is being read, it is required that the pages be stiff in order to lay flat and for the ease in handling the book. At the same moment in time, it is required that the pages be flexible in order to be easily turned. This is effectively accomplished by making some pages stiff and the rest of the pages flexible. Some of the most bedeviling problems are resolved by using separation in space. The fact that some objects require two conflicting properties at the same critical instant makes a problem seem hard. Notice that the methods progress from completely separate objects to identifying locations within an object or space with conflicting properties. Following is the test and the various strategies for Separating in Space.
L2-Method
Step 1: Ask under what conditions each property is needed. Are both condition required in the same space? Step 2: Consider the different parts of an object. Can different parts have opposing properties? Step 3: Consider separating the opposing properties into two objects Step 4: Consider making the object have both properties but in different places making it non-uniform 386
L3-Test for Separation in Space

We have already demonstrated that we can have a test for Separation in Time. This test can save a lot of time looking through the various methods. We would like to do the same thing with Separation in Space. This test will help us to determine whether Separation in space is feasible. If both settings must occur in the same space then it is probably not possible to use this method.
Test:
During (critical time) (setting A) is essential (where condition A exists). (Setting B) is essential (where condition B exists). Must these conditions (and settings) overlap in space? If yes then go to Separate between the Parts and the Whole. If one of the conditions is never essential (useful and necessary) then the condition where this applies is any place that it is allowable. Note that some of the methods will only weakly apply when one of the conditions is not essential.
385 Separation in Space appears in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller published by Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77 386 Inventive Principle #3Local Quality: Transition from homogeneous to heterogeneous structure of an object or outside environment (action). Different parts of an object should carry out different functions. Each part of an object should be placed under conditions that are most favorable for its operation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Separate in Space
437
ExampleControlled Explosions
During mining operations it is necessary to precisely time a series of explosions. One way to do this is to drop a conductive plug down a tube with electrical contacts spaced at precise intervals. As the conductive weight passes each set of contacts, continuity is established across the contacts and an explosive charge is Contact detonated. Unfortunately, in order to is ensure continuity, the force of the Non-Existent contacts against the conductive weight needs to be high. This causes the timing to be erratic. The plug must CONTACT the leads in order to Contact complete the circuit and must NOT Conduction is CONTACT the leads in order to keep Poor the timing perfect.
Contact is Intimate
Timing between Contacts is Irregular
This is a great problem because it looks so impossible. Note that the problem is stated in a way that leads the problem solver to believe there is only one object. The plug must intimately contact and not contact. We never know how a problem will come to us and the assumptions that will be thrust upon us, either by ourselves or others. TEST FOR SEPARATION IN SPACE: During (the moment that the plug passes a critical point in space) (intimate contact) is essential (where the conductor must conduct across the contacts). (No contact) is essential (at any location where there is no interaction with the part of the plug that interacts with the contacts). Must these conditions (and settings) overlap in space? If there is no interaction whatsoever then there is no need for overlap. We conclude that there may be a possibility of separating in space.
ExamplePile Driving
We would like the pile to be SHARP in order to drive it more rapidly and we would like it to be BLUNT in order to support well. TEST FOR SEPARATION IN SPACE: During (supporting) (bluntness) is essential (where a supporting structure exists to keep it from falling over). (Sharpness) is essential where (nowhere) exists. These conditions do not overlap in space. However, since sharpness is essential nowhere we need to determine where it is allowable. It is allowable anywhere the vertical support is sufficient to carry the vertical load that the sharp pile cannot carry. The sharp pile is mostly carrying the lateral loads.
438
Separate in Space
High levels of radiation can damage the structure of cells and cause them to cease functioning. This is useful in the treatment of tumors. A beam of high Radiation energy radiation is focused on the tumor. Intensity is After the procedure, the tumor shrinks. Unfortunately, the tissue surrounding the tumor is also damaged by the high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Test for Separation in Space.
Low

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing. Such coils are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a Current Path heavy object. When it comes time to is turn off the coil, the opposite effect Continuous occurs. The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up causing high voltages. In many applications this causes difficulties such as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or Coil causing electromagnetic pulses) or high Operation not voltages across other elements. The Adjustable current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Test for Separation in Space.
Current Path is Interrupted
Voltage Spikes are High
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Test for Separation in Space.
Traffic Light Operation Doesnt Fail
Note that nothing gets worse
Separate in Space
439
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. Assembly We will need to build this in Location is In the open harbor. A Harbor frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN Availability of THE HARBOR & AT THE Tools is Poor DOCK. Test for Separation in Space.
ExerciseBlistering Coils
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is Coil Spacing fully treated, but the product that passes under is the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not Fine fully treated. If the coil spacing was finer, the outer product could be fully treated. However, the product at the center of the belt is overheated. The Coil Spacing should be FINE & Inner Product COARSE. Test for Separation in Space. is Over Heated
Coil Spacing is Coarse
Outer Product is not Fully Treated
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. Yes, but it is too small to store many boats his wife complained. And we are not allowed to build the dock out more than 20 yards. I know she continued We can fill every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the investor said after making a few calculations. The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. Test for Separate in Space. 440
Dock is Large Dock is Small
Revenue is Low
Separate in Space
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the Package contents are package is dense and compact, it falls with Useless pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful Value For Needy is and look for them. The Package Contents Low must be USEFUL AND USELESS Test for Separation in Space.
?
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by Stopping hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Test for Separation in Space.
Time is Long
Stopping Time is Short

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very Heart difficult to operate on a beating heart. This Motion is Still stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged. If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be Trauma to Rest of BEATING & STILL. Test for Separation in Body is Space.
High
Separate in Space
441
L3-Two Objects
TWO objects exist with conflicting properties. This is a very powerful method of resolving contradictions, but it is often neglected because it seems too simple. It is often described as what a small child might suggest to solve a conflict. If I need a doggie to be big and small, why not have TWO doggies? Certainly, in some settings, this would be too costly, but there are many situations where this makes perfect sense and should not be ignored.
Method
If more than one type of (element) is allowed, one (element) is (setting A) and a nearby (element) is (setting B).
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP in order to drive rapidly and BLUNT in order to support well. If more than one type of (pile) is allowed, one (pile) is (sharp) and a nearby (pile) is (blunt).
ExampleNeedles
The needle needs to be LARGE in order to sew thick and heavy pieces of cloth together. They need to be SMALL in order to sew thin fine cloth together. If more than one type of (needle) is allowed, one (needle) is (large) and a nearby (needle) is (small).
ExampleTorches
The torch needs to have a HIGH FLAME in order to cut thick pieces of metal. It needs to be a LOW FLAME in order to do intricate cutting of thin pieces. If more than one type of (torch) is allowed, one (torch) is (high flame) and a nearby (torch) is (low flame).
ExampleSandpaper
Sandpaper needs to be COARSE to form wood and FINE for finishing. If more than one type of (piece of sandpaper) is allowed, one (piece of sandpaper) is (coarse) and a nearby (piece of sandpaper) is (fine).
ExampleConstruction Site Sprayer

The spray nozzle needs to spray HEAVY DROPLETS in order to wet the ground but FINE MIST in order to settle flying dust. If more than one type of (spray nozzle) is allowed, one (spray nozzle) is (heavy droplets) and a nearby (spray nozzle) is (fine mist). 442 Separate in Space
ExampleMilitary Division of Labor

The military group needs to have a PEACE KEEPING MISSION in order to keep factions from harming each other. The military group needs to have a COMBAT MISSION in order to defeat the enemy. If more than one type of (military group) is allowed, one (military group) has a (peace keeping mission) and a nearby (military group) has a (combat mission).
ExampleInstructions for the Flu

The message must INCITE TO ACTION in order that people will react and get flu shots. The message must REQUEST CALMNESS in order to avoid mass hysteria. If more than one type of (message) is allowed, one (message) is (inciting to action) and a nearby (message) is (requesting calmness).
Act! Calm
ExampleWoodworking Chemicals
The compound must STRIP epoxy in order to clean parts. The compound must HARDEN epoxy in order to make the epoxy durable. If more than one type of (compound) is allowed, one (compound) must (strip epoxy) and a nearby (compound) must (harden epoxy).
A+
B-

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades or rough cutting. On the other hand, if the Tooth teeth are too fine, the point loading on Spacing is each tooth is too small. In a large Coarse production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? The Tooth Point Spacing Needs to be FINE & COARSE. Loading is Using the principle that you have just High learned, resolve this contradiction.
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous.
Separate in Space
443

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and Tine collect the materials. On the other Stiffness is hand, if the tines are flexible, then the Flexible rake is not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Using the principle that you have just learned, Debris Extraction is resolve this contradiction.
Difficult
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but Coil Spacing the product that passes under the coil at the edge is of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil Fine spacing was finer, the outer product could be fully treated. However, the product at the center of the belt is over-heated. The Coil Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you Inner Product have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
is Over Heated
Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the larger shark.
444
Separate in Space
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The Fish should have INFINITE ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how small fish are. Resolve the contradiction by using the method you have just learned. Endurance is Infinite No Fish comes this way Endurance is Low
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Stopping Time is Long
L3-Extraction
Using the principal of Extraction 387, the element with conflicting properties is broken into different functional elements. One part of the component must be separated out and given the conflicting property. The separation is necessary to give the element the conflicting property. In order to make this happen, a means must be envisioned which allows the extracted part to interact with the element parts that it has been separated from. This interaction link is what makes Extraction different from the Two Objects method.
Method
If the (element) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (element part) is (setting A). The (rest of the element parts) are (setting B). The separated parts interact through (means).
387 Inventive Principle #2Extraction: (Extracting, Retrieving, Removing). Extract the "disturbing" part or property from an object. Extract only the necessary part or property from an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Separate in Space
445
ExampleAircraft Refueling
During the refueling of aircraft it is necessary for the tanker to CONTACT the aircraft that is being refueled. The tanker must NOT CONTACT the refueled aircraft in order to avoid crashing. If the (tanker) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (fueling nozzle) is (in contact with the refueled craft). The (rest of the aircraft) is (not in contact). The separated parts interact through (a long refueling line).
Contacts
No Contact
ExampleOven Sensor
The electronics of an oven sensor must be COLD in order to last a long time. But, the electronics must get HOT in order to sense the temperature. If the (electronics) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (electronic sensor) is (hot). The (rest of the electronics) are (cold). The separated parts interact through (wires).
Sensor Electronics Hot Cold
ExampleDealing with Criminals

Society is DANGEROUS because criminal acts occur on a daily basis. Society must be BENIGN in order to have peaceful lives. If the (society) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (criminal) is (dangerous). The (rest of society) is (benign). The separated parts interact through (the legal system).
Society Criminal
ExampleQuotes
A statement needs to be BRIEF in order to be impactful and not bore the audience. However, statements by many important people are LONG WINDED. If the (statement) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (quote) is (brief). The (rest of the statement) is (long winded). The separated parts interact through (footnotes).
ExampleStirring Acid
In order to stir acid, a stirring element must EXIST IN THE ACID. In order to have a long life, the stirring element must NOT EXIST IN THE ACID. If the (acid stirrer) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (stirring element) is (existing in the acid). The (rest of the stirrer) does (not exist in acid). The separated parts interact through (a magnetic coupling).
Spinning Field
446
Separate in Space
ExampleExtraction of Element
A compound must have PROPERTY A in order to perform function A. It must have PROPERTY B in order to perform function B.
B-
A+
If the (compound) can be separated into functional parts: The separated (compound part) is (setting A). The (rest of the compound) are (setting B). The separated parts interact through (electrostatic fields).
High levels of radiation can damage the structure of cells and cause them to cease functioning. This is useful in the treatment of tumors. A beam of high energy radiation is focused on the tumor. Radiation After the procedure, the tumor shrinks. Intensity is Unfortunately, the tissue surrounding the Low tumor is also damaged by the high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Using the principle that Tumor you have just learned, resolve this Shrinkage is contradiction.
Poor
ExerciseConstruction Lights
During large construction projects, it is desirable to light a work area the size of many football fields. It would be desirable to have one very large and high light. But, doing this is prohibitive because of the large structure that would be required to support the light. The construction light needs to be HIGH & LOW. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Light is Low Light is High
Lighting Quality is Poor
Support is Massive
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor. A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. Separate in Space 447
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Assembly Location is In Harbor Assembly Location is at Dock
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. Yes, but it is too small to store many boats his wife complained. And we are not Dock allowed to build the dock out more than 20 is yards. I know she continued We can fill Large every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the investor said after making a few calculations. The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. Using Cost of Leasing the principle that you have just learned, More Beach is resolve this contradiction. High
Dock is Small
Revenue is Low
ExerciseLog Jam
448
Separate in Space
L3-Mixture
Particles or segmented 388 elements having both properties are mixed together. Both properties are existent and expressed at the same time at a smaller scale. Both properties are ready to act at any moment. Neither is hidden or at a smaller scale. For this reason, this is different than separation between the parts and the whole. Composites 389 are a good example of mixtures. The orange box shows some of the more unusual mixtures possible. Refer to these as you consider resolving your contradiction. Consider finer and finer scales down to subatomic particles.

Mixture
A B A A B A B B A B
Method
(Inexpensive particles or segmented elements) which are (setting A) are (mixed with) (particles or segmented elements) which are (setting B).
L3-Path
If motion or shape is involved in the conflicting properties, it is entirely possible that the property may have a value on one path and the conflicting value on another path.
Method
On a path (path location A) the (element knob) is (setting A). On a path (path location B) the (element knob) is (setting B).
B A
ExampleCircuit Board
In general, it is desirable to have SHORT paths everywhere on a circuit board. This helps greatly when it comes to high-speed circuits where timing is quite critical. Sometimes, however, there is a need for a LONG path. On a path (through the board) the (wire length) is (short). On a path (around the board) the (wire length) is (long).
ExampleHeat Sensor
The temperature gradient needs to be HIGH in order to create a voltage potential with a thermopile. The temperature differential needs to be LOW in order to not
Electronics Low Gradient
High Gradient
388 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 389 Inventive Principle #40Composite Materials: Replace homogeneous materials with composite ones. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 289.
Separate in Space
449
TR IZ P ower T oo ls stress the attached electronic components. On a path (along the axis) the (temperature gradient) is (high). On a path (across the end of the sensor) the (temperature gradient) is (low).
ExampleSidewalk Cracks
Sidewalk cracks must EXIST due to the high tension stresses caused during heat expansion and contraction. Sidewalk cracks must NOT EXIST because that would be aesthetically unacceptable. (Notice that we are not changing any knobs that would remove the tendency to crack. Here is a good example of an outcome knob which must and must not be turned.) On a path (along a notch) the (existence of crack) is (existing). On a path (in all other locations) the (existence of the crack) does (not exist).
Cracked Not cracked
ExamplePile Driving
The pile frontal area must be SMALL in order to drive rapidly. The frontal area must be LARGE in order to support well. On a path (rotating along the axis of the pile) the (frontal area) is (small). On a path (linearly along the axis) the (frontal area is) is (large). This is somewhat of a whimsical means of making a pile blunt and not blunt. If the pile is formed into a screw-like shape and the end is sharply formed, then it will twist as it goes in. Along this path, the pile frontal area is SMALL. However, when it is constrained and not allowed to turn then all of the material between the spirals makes the pile frontal area LARGE. The pile would require a very coarse pitch to allow it to be pounded in.
Allowed to turn while driving
Constrained while supporting
ExerciseBlistering Coils II
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil length is much longer, the product will be uniformly heated as it passes under the coil. Unfortunately, a lot of energy is wasted. The Coil Length should be EXCESSIVE & THE WIDTH OF THE BELT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Coil Length is Width of Belt
Coil Length is Excessive
Product treatment is not Uniform
Energy Waste is High
450
Separate in Space
High levels of radiation can damage the structure of cells and cause them to cease functioning. This is useful in the treatment of tumors. A beam of high energy radiation is focused on the tumor. After the procedure, the Radiation tumor shrinks. Unfortunately, the tissue Intensity is surrounding the tumor is also damaged by the Low high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this Tumor contradiction.
Shrinkage is Poor

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. V Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing. Such coils are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, Current Path Current Path like trying to push a heavy object. When is is it comes time to turn off the coil, the Continuous Interrupted opposite effect occurs. The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up causing high voltages. In many applications this causes difficulties such Coil as sparking (deteriorating brushes and Voltage Operation not Spikes are switches or causing electromagnetic Adjustable High pulses) or high voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Interact / Guide / Nestle / Penetrate

An extension of attaching conflicting objects to each other, we can find ways to make the objects interact by allowing them to interact from a distance, guide each other, nestle 390 within or go through each other. This may be necessary when we want reduced physical contact with the conflicting objects. Remember that these objects still have both properties expressed at the same time.
390 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
Separate in Space
451
Method
The (element) is (setting A). The interacting (object) is (setting B). The objects (interact / guide / nestle or go through each other).
A
A
B
AB
ExampleSpring in Housing
The spring needs to be STIFF in order to not buckle when compressed long distances. It needs to be FLEXIBLE in order to have a low spring rate for proper operation. The (spring) is (flexible). The interacting (spring housing) is (stiff). The objects (go through each other). This idea was arrived at by considering a flexible spring inside of a stiff spring. The stiff spring can be shaped in whatever shape is required to allow movement of the inner spring. The outer spring mentally morphs into a housing which is the ultimate stiff outer spring.
ExampleElectric Motor
The electric motor circuit needs to be CONDUCTIVE in order to supply electricity to the electro-magnets on the armature. The circuit needs to be INSULATING in order to turn off current to some electro-magnets on the armature. At the same moment in time, the motor circuit should be both insulating and conductive. The (circuit) is (conductive). The interacting (surrounding air) is (insulating). The objects (nestle) each other. The only electrically conductive path is through the brushes. Since the air is insulating. This allows the electro-magnets on the armature to be selectively activated as the armature turns.
ExampleCo-located Security Group

The research center must be DEDICATED TO RESEARCH in order to perform the research properly. It needs to be DEDICATED TO SECURITY Org A Org B in order to avoid security breaches. Being both is too time consuming on the part of the researchers. The (research center) is (dedicated to research). The interacting (security group) is (dedicated to security). The objects (nestle).
ExerciseControlled Explosions
During mining operations it is necessary to precisely time a series of explosions. One way to do this is to drop a conductive plug down a tube with electrical contacts spaced at precise intervals. As the conductive weight passes each set of contacts, continuity is established across the contacts and an explosive charge is detonated.
452
Separate in Space
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Unfortunately, in order to ensure continuity, the force of the contacts against the conductive weight needs to be high. This causes the timing to be erratic. The plugs must CONTACT the leads in order to complete the circuit and must NOT CONTACT the leads in order to keep the timing perfect. Resolve this conflict using the method that you have just learned.
Contact is Non-Existent Contact is Existent
Contact Conduction is Poor
Timing Between Contacts is Irregular
L3-Attached Objects
One element has the desired property. It is attached to another element having the conflicting property. This is different from a carrier. With a carrier, all parts take on the property of the carrier. In this case, both conflicting properties are necessary and expressed at the same time. Another object can be attached or the element can be separated into functional parts.
Inert carriers Dual states-same material Dual phase substances Thin Films Paint Nested parts Attached parts Mixed somewhat
Method
The (element or element part) is (setting A). The attached (object) is (setting B).
A B
ExampleReflector
The reflector needs to be FLAT in order to reflect a strong signal back. It needs to be SPHERICAL in order to reflect a weak signal. The (reflector) is (square). (spherical). The attached (reflector) is
ExampleApron
The apron needs to be FLUID REPULSING in order to not absorb spray paint. It needs to be FLUID ABSORBING in order to wipe off paint that gets onto the hands or arms of the sprayer. The (apron) is (fluid repulsing). absorbing). The attached (towel) is (fluid
ExamplePencil
The pencil must be CAPABLE OF WRITING in order to place marks on paper. It must be CAPABLE OF ERASING in order to take marks from a paper. The (pencil) is (capable of writing). The attached (eraser) is (capable of erasing). Separate in Space 453
ExamplePolice Interrogation Teams

The interrogation team needs to be SYMPATHETIC to the individual being interviewed in order to have a trusting relationship with someone when the person wants to talk. The team needs to be UNSYMPATHETIC because police are generally unsympathetic by nature and also in order to reinforce the idea that the + person being interrogated is in trouble. The (team) is (unsympathetic). (sympathetic). The attached (interrogator) is
ExampleDiapers
The diaper must be ABSORBENT in order to draw moisture away from the body. It must be WATERPROOF in order to not allow fluid leakage. The (diaper) is (absorbent). The attached (exterior waterproof lining) is (waterproof). Waterproof Absorbent
ExampleInstructions for the Flu

The message must INCITE TO ACTION in order that people will react and get flu shots. The message must REQUEST CALMNESS in order to avoid mass hysteria. Act! Calm The (message) is (intended to incite to action). The attached (message) is (requesting calmness).
ExampleOrganization
The military needs to be ORGANIZED in order to coordinate activities. It needs to be AUTONOMOUS in order to conduct specialized missions. The (military organization) is (centrally organized). The attached (special forces) is (autonomous).
ExampleRoof Tiles
The roof needs to be WOOD in order to construct with hand tools. It needs to be CERAMIC in order to repel water. The (roof) is (wood). The attached (tiles) are (ceramic).
ExampleToothbrush
The bristles must be FLEXIBLE to conform to the teeth and disturb the plaque on the teeth. They must be RIGID in order to be guided by a hand. The (handle) is (rigid). The attached (bristles) are (flexible).
454
Separate in Space

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with V plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing. Such coils are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a heavy object. When it comes Current Path Current Path is is time to turn off the coil, the opposite Continuous Interrupted effect occurs. The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up causing high voltages. In many applications this causes difficulties such as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or Coil Voltage causing electromagnetic pulses) or high Operation not Spikes are voltages across other elements. The Adjustable High current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Partly Carried
Here again is a combination of Separation Principles. A carrier 391is attached to only part of the elements to give them the opposing property. The part to which the carrier is not attached retains the opposing property.
Method
Several (elements) can be used. Some of the (elements) which are (setting A) are attached to a (carrier) which is (setting B). The (carrier) and attached (elements) are collectively (setting B). The (elements or element parts) which are not carried are still (setting A).
A A A A
B B
ExamplePages in a Book
The pages need to be STIFF in order for the reader to control the pages while turning each page. The pages need to be FLEXIBLE in order to easily turn them. Several (pages) can be used. Some of the (pages) which are (flexible) are attached to a (binding) which is (stiff). The (binding) and attached (pages) are collectively (stiff). The (parts of the pages) which are not carried are still (flexible).
391 Inventive Principle #24Mediator: Use an intermediary object to transfer or carry out an action. Temporarily connect the original object to one that is easily removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
Separate in Space
455
ExampleCarpet Fibers
The carpet fibers need to be STIFF in order to stay together and look new all of the time. They need to be FLEXIBLE in order to feel soft to the touch. Several (fibers) can be used. Some of the (fibers) which are (flexible) are attached to a (sheath) which is (stiff). The (sheath) and attached (fibers) are collectively (stiff). The (part of the fibers) which are not carried are still (flexible).
ExampleCombat vs. Peace Keeping

The military peace keepers need to be COMBAT READY in case of rapid enemy deployments. It needs to be SECURITY READY in order to keep the peace. Several (military personnel) can be used. Some of the (military personnel) which are (peace keepers) are attached to a (combat organization) which is (combat ready). The (combat organization) and attached (peace keepers) are collectively (combat ready). The (peace keepers) which are not carried are still (security ready).
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Boot Flexibility Unfortunately, the micrometer which is is Very used deforms the boot during the Stiff measurement. This makes the measurement inaccurate. How can the boot be measured more accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE Boot Life is & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction Low using the principle that you have just learned.
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor. A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Availability of Tools is Poor 456 Boat is too Large for Dock Separate in Space Assembly Location is In Harbor Assembly Location is at Dock
L3-Partly Merged or Interacting

This is a combination of Separation between the Parts and the Whole and Separation in Space. Some parts having one property interact or merge with other parts and therefore take on the opposing property. Any parts remaining retain their original opposing property. Merge Nestle Interlinkmay require reshaping Linked by Transmission Hinged Elastic Stress Buoyant Force Centrifugal Force Oder & Taste Sound Diffusion Gravity Hydrostatic Pressure Inertial Force Osmosis Ultrasound Friction Jet Pressure Adhesion Surface Tension Coriolis Force Chemical Fields Waves Information Nuclear Forces
Visible
Method
Several (elements) can be used. They partially merge or interact by (method of merging or interaction). The partly merged (elements or part of the elements) are (setting A). All that are unmerged are (setting B).
B A
ExampleKilling Tumors
The beam intensity must by HIGH INTENSITY in order to kill the tumor. It must be LOW INTENSITY in order to not kill the surrounding tissue. Several (beams) can be used. They partially merge or interact with each other by (crossing the beams). The partly merged (section of the beams) is (high intensity). All that are unmerged are (low intensity).
Tumor
Healthy Tissue
Separate in Space
457
ExampleCarpet Fibers
The carpet fibers need to be STIFF in order to stay together and look new all of the time. They need to be FLEXIBLE in order to feel soft to the touch. Several (fibers) can be used. They partially merge or interact by (tying one fiber around the others). The partly merged (fiber strands) are (stiff). All that are unmerged are (flexible).
ExampleGroup Education
The group of doctors should be TRAINED in a certain medical procedure in order to more effectively treat patients. The group of doctors should remain UNTRAINED in order to reduce the costs of training. Several (doctors) can be used. They partially merge or interact by (teaching each other the medical procedure). The partly merged (doctors) are (trained). All that are unmerged are (UNTRAINED).
L3-Non-Uniform
A SINGLE ELEMENT has both conflicting properties. (It is not uniform). The brown box at the right gives a number of possible ways to create nonuniform conditions. Note that transformation devices have one property at the input and the conflicting property at the output. Finding a way to make an object non-uniform allows for fewer objects to be used. This can decrease the cost of the objects. In mainstream TRIZ, this method is often referred to as Local Quality.
Transformers (electric, levers, etc.) Standing Waves Concentrated Additives Especially active Additives
Method
Only one (element) is allowed. One part of the (element) is (setting A). Another part of the same (element) is (setting B).
ExampleFence
The fence needs to be TALL in order to keep large animals from escaping. It needs to be SHORT in order to stop small animals from escaping and to be less expensive. Only one (fence) is allowed. One part of the (fence) is (tall). Another part of the same (fence) is (short). Clearly, the large animals must not be allowed to move to the short end of the fence.
ExampleSpace Object Size Detector

A signal burst is sent into space at a target to determine its size. If the object is much smaller than the wavelength, there is little reflection. The signal wavelength must be SHORT in order to detect small objects. The signal wavelength must be LARGE in order to detect large objects. 458 Separate in Space
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Only one (signal burst) is allowed. One part of the (signal burst) is (short wavelength). Another part of the same (signal burst) is (long wavelength). In this case, the wavelength can be varied throughout the burst. At any given moment in time, the burst has different wavelengths at different locations as it travels through space. The size of an object can be approximated by looking at the wavelength of the signal that is reflected back.
ExampleLever
An actuator is powered by magneto-strictive materials which have high force outputs but low displacements. The actuator needs to have HIGH movement in order move long displacements. It needs to have LOW movement because the actuator is only capable of small movement. Only one (beam) is allowed. One part of the (beam) is (slow). Another part of the same (beam) is (fast). Instruments that transform energy are often good examples of Non-Uniform Separation in Space. A lever is LOW FORCE and FAST at the input and HIGH FORCE and SLOW at the output.
Low Displacement
High Displacement
ExampleNon-Uniform Group
In order to be comfortable liberals must be surrounded by other LIBERALS. However in certain areas of the country the majority of people are CONSERVATIVES. Therefore liberals are surrounded by them. Only one (group) is allowed. One part of the (group) is (liberals). Another part of the same (group is (conservatives). When given the opportunity, individuals in a group of people will tend to locate themselves where they feel most comfortable within the group. This makes the group nonuniform. +
ExampleNon-Uniform Story
The story must be a LOVE STORY to attract women. It must be and ACTION STORY in order to attract men. Only one (story) is allowed. One part of the (story) is (a love story). Another part of the same (story) is (an action story). Often a story or a message will begin very differently than it ends. For instance, a murder mystery may start with a very pleasant description of a community and end with the disclosure that a murderer has always lived with them. +
Separate in Space
459
ExampleBacteria Stain
For a study on pool bacteria, a dye must be introduced which stains the bacteria. The dye must be CONCENTRATED in order to stain the bacteria that exist on one small wall of the pool. It must be DILUTE in order to not stain the other walls. Only one (stain) is allowed. One part of the (stain) is (concentrated). Another part of the same (stain) is (dilute).
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil Coil Spacing spacing was finer, the outer product could be is fully treated. However, the product at the Fine center of the belt is over-heated. The Coil Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Inner Product is Over Heated
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during the measurement. 460 Separate in Space
TR IZ P ower T oo ls This makes the measurement inaccurate. How can the boot be measured more accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction using the principle that you have just learned. Boot Flexibility is Very Stiff Boot Flexibility is Very Flexible
Boot Life is Low
ExerciseSoft Water
The addition of bubbles to diving pools is a good way to keep diving injuries to a minimum. This is especially true when diving from great heights. Unfortunately, the diver is no longer buoyant in the water and finds it difficult to surface after a dive. The Bubbles need Bubbles to be EXISTENT AND ABSENT. Absent in Using the principle that you have just Water learned, resolve this contradiction.
Damage to divers is High
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the open harbor. A frustrated engineer says. We cant do that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. Assembly Assembly The Building Location: It Location is In Location is at should be IN THE HARBOR Harbor Dock & AT THE DOCK. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Availability of Tools is Poor Boat is too Large for Dock

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged. Separate in Space 461
TR IZ P ower T oo ls If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Facsimile
A facsimile 392 or representation of the object has the opposing properties of the actual object. To the right are a number of possible facsimiles. These various methods represent only the important feature of the object that we are interested in. Note that this is actually a method for Separating in Space but it is grouped here for convenience and because the test works well to support this method.
Method
The (element) is unfortunately (setting A). But we can change its (appearance, sound, feel, smell or effect) to seem like it is (setting B) when using (a type of facsimile that represents the important attributes).
Photographs Movies Paint Coverings Molds Time lapse photos Impressions Silhouettes Castings Resists Projections Computer Models
A Original
B Facsimile
ExampleMovie
The bullet in flight is FAST because that is how they come. The bullet must be SLOW in order to see how it enters the target. The (bullet) is unfortunately (fast). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like it is (slow) when using (a movie of the bullet).
ExampleModeling of Explosion
The explosion is very FAST which makes it difficult to measure many characteristics throughout the explosion area. It needs to be very SLOW in order to go around to the different regions and measure the important attributes.
462
Separate in Space
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The (explosion) is unfortunately (fast). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like it is (slow) when using (a model of the explosion).
ExampleOrganization Model
An actual organization must be ALTERED SLOWLY in order to not make mistakes and cause resentment. It is necessary to ALTER RAPIDLY in order to consider the different possibilities. The (organization) is unfortunately (altered slowly). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like it is (rapidly altered) when using (an organizational chart).
ExampleMeeting Notes
The actual meeting may be very LONG and drawn out. It needs to be SHORT in order to not take a lot of management time. The (meeting duration) is unfortunately (long). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like it is (short) when using (a meeting summary).
Blah blah
ExampleVaccine
In order to obtain immunity, a VIRUS gives that the correct bodily response. Unfortunately, a virus can be deadly so NO VIRUS must be used to keep people safe. The (virus) is unfortunately (a virus). But we can change its (effect) to seem like it is (not a virus) when using (a vaccine).
Virus
Vaccine
ExerciseLog Jam
Separate in Space
463

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE Endurance ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and is NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how Infinite small fish are. Resolve the contradiction by using the method you have just learned. No fish come this way
Endurance is Low
L3-Selective Countering
Blocking actions, forces or fields can exist in one location. In another location these actions, forces or fields do not exist. The counteraction 393 nullifies the action in that region so the conflicting attributes have a setting in one region and the null setting in another.
Method
For actions, forces or extrinsic attributes that depend upon interactions such as beauty. Part of the (element) has (countering forces, fields or actions) in one location. In another location of the (element) the counter (counter forces, fields or actions) do not exist.
ExampleFootball Play
The line needs to HOLD FAST in order that quarterback is not overwhelmed. The line needs to GIVE WAY in order to create an opening for the ball carrier. For actions, forces or extrinsic attributes that depend upon interactions such as beauty. Part of the (offensive line) has (blocking) in one location. In another location of the (offensive line) the (blocking actions) do not exist.

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing.
464
Separate in Space
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Such coils are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a heavy object. When it comes time to turn off the coil, the opposite effect occurs. The electrons do not want to Current Path Current Path stop moving, but bunch up causing is is high voltages. In many applications Continuous Interrupted this causes difficulties such as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or causing electromagnetic pulses) or high voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be Coil Voltage CONTINUOUS AND Operation not Spikes are INTERRUPTED. Using the principle Adjustable High that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-On Condition
Opposing conditions separated in space create situations where an element automatically has conflicting properties by being located in the opposing locations.
Method
One (element) is (location creating condition A) rendering it (setting A). (element) is (location creating condition B) rendering it (setting B) Another
ExampleBoat Mooring
The boat must be MOBILE in order to fish or enjoy other recreation. The boat must be IMMOBILE in order to not drift off when unoccupied. One (boat) is (in the water) rendering it (mobile). Another (boat) is (on the land) rendering it (immobile).
ExampleFoams, Liquids, Floating Solids, Fluids in Motion

These selectively pass large objects. They may stop gases, other liquids and very small objects. Consider using inert materials to perform this. In this example, evolving gases from a machining process are stopped by a foam barrier. The foam is TRANSPARENT to large objects and OPAQUE to small objects. One (high inertia body) is (through the foam) rendering it (transparent). Another (small inertia body) is (anywhere the large inertia body is not located) rendering it (opaque). Note that wherever there is a large inertia force, there is a small resistance to the large inertia body. Everywhere else, there is a high resistance to small inertia bodies. This can also be a separation in time. Whenever small inertial forces occur, there is a large resistance to transmit the small inertia body. Whenever large inertial forces occur there is a small resistance to transmit the large inertia body. Separate in Space 465

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is V initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing. Such Current Path Current Path coils are natural inductors, meaning that is is the flow of electrons begins slowly, like Continuous Interrupted trying to push a heavy object. When it comes time to turn off the coil, the opposite effect occurs. The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up Coil Voltage causing high voltages. In many Operation not Spikes are applications this causes difficulties such Adjustable High as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or causing electromagnetic pulses) or high voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute Package opens near the end to keep the contents contents are from being damaged. Unfortunately, Useless enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must Value For be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the Needy is principle that you have just learned, resolve Low this contradiction.
?
466
Separate in Space
L2-Separate Between the Parts and the Whole

Separation between the Parts and the Whole 394 is uniquely different from Separation in Time and space. At the same critical moment in time and in the same space, a grouping of objects can have a collective property and its parts can have the opposing property. 395
Using the principle, we may either hide one of the properties or express both. Whether we express both properties or hide one of them depends upon how we arrange the parts. If we arrange them so that the parts cannot interact with other elements or in a way that minimizes the interactions, then one of the properties may be hidden or disposed of. If we arrange them so that the parts can interact at their respective scales then both properties can be expressed. This separation principle is particularly useful when one desires to hide or dispose of one of the properties. In this case, we arrange the elements so that we minimize critical interactions. We may do this by actually hiding the elements. Some may ask When does it occur that only one of the conflicting properties is useful? There are two common conditions. The first condition is when an outcome must and must not occur. For example, something is broken but it must not be broken. Another condition is when an element only comes in one flavor. For instance, something must be large, but it only comes as small entities. In each of these cases, it may be possible to hide the undesirable flavor or outcome. On the other hand it may be desirable to express both properties, one is expressed at a larger scale, where it is needed, and the other is expressed at a smaller scale where it is needed. We will refer to the larger scale as the macro scale and the smaller scale as the micro scale for brevity, though the two scales may be quite similar and the micro scale may be quite large. A piece of sandpaper is flexible at the macro scale in order to conform to large objects. The small abrasive particles are stiff at the smaller scale in order to gouge into the surface of the wood. Note that the parts are arranged in such a way that they can interact and thus the micro properties can be expressed. Following is the test and the various strategies for Separating between the Parts and the Whole.
L2-Method
Step 1: At a critical moment in time does one of the properties need to be hidden or is one property required at the macro scale and the other property required at a smaller scale? Step 2: Consider attaching the object to a carrier which carries the opposing property, thus hiding the unwanted property
394 Separation between the Parts and the Whole appears in Creativity as an Exact Science-The Theory of the Solution of Inventive Problems by G.S. Altshuller published by Gordon and Breach. It can be found in the appendix discussing ARIZ 77 Page 292 395 STANDARD 3-1-5. Efficiency of bi- and poly-systems can be improved by distributing incompatible properties among the system and its parts. This is achieved by using a two-level structure in which the system as a whole has a certain property A, while its parts (particles) have property anti-A. Example: A working part of a vice is made of segmented plates capable of moving relatively each other. Parts of various shapes can be gripped quickly.
Separate between the Parts and the Whole
467
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: Consider segmenting 396 the element or merging multiple elements in order to hide an unwanted property Step 4: Consider making the parts counter 397 each other
L3-Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole

This is one of the simplest tests for separation principles. The purpose of separating between the parts and the whole is to only end up with one important property. In the end, only one of the settings will be expressed, the macro property.
Test:
Step 1: At a critical moment in time, should either (setting A) or (setting B) be hidden or minimized to solve the problem? Step 2: At a critical moment in time, do I want (setting A) and (setting B) to be expressed at different scales? Step 3: If the answer to 1 and 2 is no, go to separation by direction. Otherwise, separate between the parts and the whole.
ExamplePile Driving
We would like the pile to be SHARP in order to drive it more rapidly and we would like it to be BLUNT in order to support well. Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole: Step 1: At a critical moment in time, should either (blunt) or (sharp) be hidden or minimized to solve the problem? No, there is no critical time in which both settings should be hidden or minimized. Step 2: At a critical moment in time, do I want (sharp) and (blunt) to be expressed at different scales? No, there is no time in which we would desire both bluntness and sharpness. Step 3: If the answer to 1 and 2 is no, go to separation by direction. Otherwise, separate between the parts and the whole. Since the answer to both is no we would go to separation by direction.
396 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 397 Inventive Principle #8Counterweight: Compensate for the weight of an object by combining it with another object that provides a lifting force. Compensate for the weight of an object with aerodynamic or hydrodynamic forces influenced by the outside environment. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
468
ExampleTraffic Light
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function Y=f(X1, X2, X3). They show up as implicit contradictions on the causal analysis diagrams. Something must be undesirable and desirable, without reference to what is causing the undesirable behavior. Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole: Step 1: At a critical moment in time, should either (failed) or (not failed) be hidden or minimized to solve the problem? Yes, if bulb failure was minimized during any time after failure of a light bulb that would solve the problem and it would be sufficient. Step 2: At a critical moment in time, do I want (sharp) and (blunt) to be expressed at different scales? No, there is no critical time that both properties are essential Step 3: If the answer to 1 and 2 is no, go to separation by direction. Otherwise, separate between the parts and the whole. The answer to 1 is yes so we will try to separate between the parts and the whole.
ExampleSand Paper
We require a RIGID structure in order to cut the surface of the wood, but we require a FLEXIBLE material in order to conform to the rounded contours of the wood project that we are making. Test for Separation by Scale: Step 1: At a critical moment in time, should either (rigid) or (flexible) be hidden or minimized to solve the problem? No, we want the sanding system to be both flexible and stiff. Step 2: At a critical moment in time, do I want (flexible) and (rigid) to be expressed at different scales? Yes, I want flexibility to be expressed at the macro scale and rigidity be expressed at the micro scale. Step 3: If the answer to 1 and 2 is no, go to separation by direction. Otherwise, separate between the parts and the whole. The answer to 2 is yes so we will try to separate between the parts and the whole.

In the war on hunger, Russian scientists were studying the metabolism of the weevil. This required the scientists to be able to measure the body temperature over a period of time. Tiny temperature probes were proposed, which through the aid of a microscope could be inserted into the weevil. The cost of these probes and placement apparatus were prohibitive.
469
TR IZ P ower T oo ls If the Weevil were only larger, we could put a normal thermometer into its mouth opening? The Weevil needs to be LARGE AND SMALL. Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole.
Weevil Size is Large Weevils only come small Thermometer insertion is difficult or complex Weevil Size is Small

Consider an aluminum water wheel. Inlet flow strikes the blades after accelerating in the nozzle, transferring energy and momentum to the blade and wheel. During energy transfer the blade is bent slightly and released causing it to Pressure vibrate. The resulting alternating stresses decrease the life of the turbine blades. If the pressure forces were eliminated, so would the vibration. (Assume a constant speed). The Pressure Forces should be HIGH & ABSENT. Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole.
Forces NonExistent
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil Coil Spacing spacing was finer, the outer product could be is fully treated. However, the product at the Fine center of the belt is over-heated. The Coil Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole.
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. 470
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Yes, but it is too small to store many boats his wife complained. And we are not allowed to build the dock out more than 20 yards. I know she continued We can fill every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the investor said after making a few calculations. The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. Test for Separation between the Parts and the Whole.
Revenue is Low

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a Heart beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow Motion is is very traumatic for the rest of the body Still which may be badly damaged. If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & Trauma to Rest of STILL. Test for Separation between the Body is Parts and the Whole.
High
L3-Formation
Multiplied or segmented 398 elements have one desirable property. These elements are separate and placed into a formation that gives the whole system of elements the opposing property. If both properties are expressed then the individual parts should be arranged to allow interaction. The individual parts do not interact with each other (that would be merging). The macro property occurs because of the formation. Scale down multiplied versions if necessary.
Method
(Segmented or individual) (elements) are (setting A). The (elements) are arranged into a formation which (describe working formation). This formation has the macro effect of being (setting B). (Setting A) is (expressed or hidden).
A B
398 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
471
ExampleSquare and Round

The individual shapes are unfortunately ROUND. We would like them to be SQUARE. (Individual) (shapes) are (round). The (shapes) are arranged into a formation which (approximate the shape of a square). This formation has the macro effect of being (square). (Roundness) is (hidden).
ExampleLarge Impact Posters

The individual posters need to be LOW IMPACT so as to not arouse suspicions that they were created by activists. They need to be HIGH IMPACT in order to have the desired effect on the visitors that attend the poster session.
Poster + Poster + Poster
(Individual) (posters) are (low impact). The (posters) are arranged into a formation which (takes the viewer from one poster to the next). This formation has the macro effect of being (high impact). (Low impact) is (expressed).
Poster
Poster
Poster
ExampleSmall Explosions
A LARGE explosion is necessary to move a lot of earth. Unfortunately, only SMALL explosive charges are available. (Individual) (explosions) are (small). The (explosions) are arranged into a formation which (is sufficiently close to have the required effect). This formation has the macro effect of being (large). (Smallness) is (hidden).
ExampleSmall Advertisements
Only SMALL impact statements are possible in the available advertising spaces on the page. But the impact of the statement needs to be LARGE. (Individual) (statements) are (small impact). The (statements) are arranged into a formation which (strategically placed on the page to give maximum visual impact). This formation has the macro effect of being (large impact). (Small impact) is (hidden).
+ +
+ +
One Big Statement
ExampleExchanging Hydrogen
The individual sulfuric acid molecules need to be SMALL in order to attach to the hydrogen ions. They need to be LARGE in order to move large quantities of hydrogen. (Individual) (sulfuric acid molecules) are (small). The (sulfuric acid molecules) are arranged into a formation which (has random but uniform dispersion in an aqueous solution). This formation has the macro effect of being (large). (Smallness) is (expressed).
472
ExampleBig Person
The person needs to be LARGE to lift the log. Unfortunately, all we have is AVERAGE size people. (Individual) (people) are (average sized). The (people) are arranged into a formation which (line up along the log). This formation has the macro effect of being (large). (Average sized) is (hidden).
ExampleSquare and Round

The individual shapes need to be ROUND in order to perform their proper function. They need to be SQUARE in order to fit nicely into an inexpensive box. (Individual) (shapes) are (round). The (shapes) are arranged into a formation which (is the approximate shape of a square). This formation has the macro effect of being (square). (Roundness) is (expressed).

A molecular wind is created by applying a very high H voltage source to a very sharp object. The ig electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with other molecules Local Gas causing an avalanche of charges seen as a Movement is corona discharge. The resulting ionized Large molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a molecular wind. The wind is localized to the point and could be Only comes one used to pump rarified gas, except that the way movement of the gas is so small. The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Flow is Miniscule
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Resolve this contradiction using the method you have just learned.
473
L3-Merging
The term merging 399 will be used more broadly to indicate interacting with individual or segmented 400 objects. The individual objects or segments have one desired property and the interacting objects have the opposing property. Such interactions can be achieved with the fields shown in the Table of Fields. A mediating substance or mediator can also allow the individual elements to interact with each other. The mediating substance or field typically operates at the macro scale while the individual elements operate at the micro scale. Merging allows for action at a distance as well as the potential of touching, nesting 401, interweaving, attaching and mixing. We also allow for fields which repulse rather than attract.
Interact through a field at a distance Interact through a mediator substance Linked by Transmission Touch Interweave Nest Nestle Interlink Clamped Hinged Interfused Fractal Constructions
In order to drive to ideality, we would like to use existing fields if possible. An example of this would be to make the elements interlink. Mechanical fields already exist; why not allow them to perform the act of merging? Elastic Stress Buoyant Force Centrifugal Force Oder & Taste Sound Diffusion Gravity Hydrostatic Pressure Inertial Force Osmosis Ultrasound Friction Jet Pressure Adhesion Surface Tension Coriolis Force Chemical Fields Waves Information Nuclear Forces
Visible
399 Inventive Principle #5Consolidation: Consolidate in space homogeneous objects, or objects destined for contiguous operations. Consolidate in time homogeneous or contiguous operations. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 400 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287. 401 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
474
TR IZ P ower T oo ls As in all of the merging methods, it may be necessary to break the element down into multiple pieces that can then interact. When an element is segmented into multiple elements, this creates new resources and properties such as adjustability 402.
Method
(Segmented or individual) (elements) have the property of being (setting A). When made to interact with each other by (field, mediator, method or arrangement), the overall effect is (setting B). (Setting A) is (expressed or hidden).
A B
ExampleCar Chain
The anti-slip device must be STIFF in order to dig into the ice on the road. It must be FLEXIBLE in order to wrap around the tire. (Segmented) (anti-slip devices) have the property of being (stiff). When made to interact with each other by (interlocking), the overall system is (flexible). (Stiffness) is (expressed).
ExamplePinned Truss System of Support

The structure must BE UNABLE TO TRANSFER A MOMENT in order to more easily calculate the loads throughout the structure. The structure must CAPABLE OF CARRYING MOMENTS in order to transfer the load correctly. (Segmented) (structural elements) have the property of being (unable to transfer a moment). When made to interact with each other through (pins), the overall effect is (capable of carrying a moment). (Unable to transfer a moment) is (expressed).
ExampleBicycle Chain
The transmission must be RIGID in order to not yield on the sprockets and it must be FLEXIBLE to wrap around the sprockets. (Segmented) (transmission elements) have the property of being (rigid). When made to interact with each other by (hinging pins), the overall effect is (flexible). (rigid) is (expressed).

The individual shapes need to be ROUND in order to perform their proper function. They need to be SQUARE in order to fit nicely into an inexpensive box.
475
TR IZ P ower T oo ls (Individual) (shapes) have the property of being (round). When made to interact with each other by (being merged in a square shape), the overall effect is (square). (Round) is (expressed).
ExampleShell Structure
The structure needs to be THIN in order to be light. It needs to be THICK in order to be structurally sound. (Segmented) (structural areas) have the property of being (thin). When made to interact with each other by (merging into a shell structure), the overall effect is (thick). (Thinness) is (expressed).
Thick
Thin
ExampleCovalently Bonded Compounds

The molecules need to be CHARGED and NEUTRAL. (Individual) (ions) have the property of being (charged). When made to interact with each other by (ionic bonding), the overall effect is (neutrally charged). (Being charged) is (hidden). A+ B-
ExamplePuzzle
Each piece of the puzzle displays A PARTIAL PICTURE. What is required for viewing is AWHOLE PICTURE. (Segmented) (picture pieces) have the property of being (a partial picture). When made to interact with each other by (interlocking), the overall effect is (a whole picture). (Being a partial picture) is (hidden).
ExampleInteracting Documents
The individual specifications are INCOMPLETE making them difficult to understand. What is needed is a COMPLETE specification. (Individual) (specifications) have the property of being (incomplete). When made to interact with each other by (a connecting database), the overall effect is (complete). (Incomplete) is (hidden).
Doc Doc
ExampleInteracting Sales People Spread Information

Sales people in the group are UNKNOWLEDGEABLE. This is a disadvantage while working with customers. They must be KNOWLEDGABLE. (Individual) (sales people) have the property of being (unknowledgeable). When made to interact with each other by (merging), the overall effect is (knowledgeable). (unknowledgeable) is (hidden).
476
ExampleGas Velocity
The beaker of liquid needs to be VERY STILL during an experiment. However, it is made of individual molecules which each have HIGH VELOCITIES. (Individual) (molecules) have the property of being (high velocity). When made to interact with each other by (colliding), the overall effect is (collectively still at the macro level). (High velocity) is (hidden).
ExampleLarge Impact Affidavit

The affidavits have LITTLE IMPACT since they are only from average people describing small incidents of problems. This is the only way that they come. The affidavit needs to have MAJOR IMPACT in order to sway the judges. (Individual) (affidavits) have the property of being (small impact). When made to interact with each other by (merging into a book), the overall effect is (major impact). (Small impact) is (hidden).
Doc + Doc + Doc
= Doc
ExampleThin and Thick Plates

At the critical moment of drilling, the plates need to be THICK. They need to be THIN because that is how they are supplied to the machining center. (Individual) (plates) have the property of being (thin). When made to interact with each other by (merging into a clamped stack), the overall effect is (thick). (Thin) is (hidden). Note that we use merging in Separation in Time. This might as well have been a case where there was a necessary reason for the plates to be thin in order to provide a useful function. We note, however, that at the critical time of drilling, the thinness is no longer useful and we need to discard this setting. We get to the same solution as in Separation in Time.
ExampleStiff Spring
We need the spring to be STIFF but, unfortunately, we only have FLEXIBLE SPRINGS. (Individual) (springs) have the property of being (flexible). When made to interact with each other by (several rows of springs where the springs share the load in parallel), the overall effect is (stiff). (Flexible) is (hidden).
477
ExampleColored Printing
The stamp needs to be MANY COLORS but there are only FEW COLORS. (Individual) (colors) have the property of being (few colors). When made to interact with each other by (groupings of areas where the fraction of each color is different), the overall effect is (many colors). (\Few colors) is (hidden).
Example Toothbrush
The bristles must be BLUNT because of the cutoff machine. But they must be SHARP in order to move the plaque. (Individual) (levels of bristles) have the property of being (blunt). When made to interact with each other by (merging into a cone shape), the overall effect is (sharp). (Blunt) is (hidden).
ExampleSuperbolt
The tensioning bolt must have SMALL TENSION in order to have low installation torques. The tension bolt must have LARGE TENSION in order to tension large loads. (Individual) (small bolts) have the property of being (small tension). When made to interact with each other by (merging into a circle), the overall effect is (large tension). (small tension) is (hidden). This device is made by Superbolt company.

In the war on hunger, Russian scientists were studying the metabolism of the weevil. This required the scientists to be able to measure the body temperature over a period of time. Tiny temperature probes were proposed, which through the aid of a microscope could be inserted into the weevil. The cost of these Weevil Weevil probes and placement apparatus Size is Size is Large Small were prohibitive. If the Weevil were only larger, we could put a Weevils only normal thermometer into its come small mouth opening? The Weevil needs to be LARGE AND Thermometer SMALL. Using the principle that insertion is difficult you have just learned, resolve this or complex contradiction.
478

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge Endurance and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the is larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE Infinite ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how No Fish small fish are. Resolve the contradiction by using comes the method you have just learned. this way
Endurance is Low

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges Plate are chipped so badly that the plates are Thickness is unusable. Due to the high volume of plates Thick which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were Plate only THICK, but they only come THIN. Using comes in one the principle that you have just learned, thickness resolve this contradiction.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens Package near the end to keep the contents from contents are being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy Useless troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND Value For USELESS Using the principle that you Needy is have just learned, resolve this Low contradiction. Separate between the Parts and the Whole
?
479
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not Light Light cause traffic delays or make the intersection Is not Failed is Failed more dangerous. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Lights will fail eventually Traffic Control is Hectic
In the production of metallic laminates, Thick metallic films are produced by successively rolling the metal between rollers until it reaches the desired thickness. The resulting film Laminate is rolled up into large rolls which are Thickness is easily manipulated. When making ultra Thick thin films for laminates, new problems arise. Because the film is so thin, both Laminate thickness the production and manipulation only useful in one becomes difficult. The tolerance thickness between rollers becomes unreasonable and handling damage becomes very high. The laminate must be THICK & ULTRA-THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.

A molecular wind is created by applying a very high voltage source to a very sharp object. The electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with other molecules causing an avalanche of charges seen as a corona discharge. The resulting ionized molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a molecular wind. The wind is localized to the point and could be used to pump rarified gas, except that the movement of the gas is so small. High Voltage Source
Flow is Miniscule
The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. 480 Separate between the Parts and the Whole
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. Stopping So far, the problem has been solved by Time is hiring many inspectors.
Long
The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Carrier
One or more objects with one property are closely associated with a carrier 403 substance having the conflicting desirable property. The whole takes on the desired property of the carrier. Using carriers is one of the most powerful methods of changing the properties of objects. If the property of the element is desirable, then they are arranged in the carrier in such a way that they are expressed at the smaller micro scale. Thus, both properties may be expressed or an undesirable property of the element may be hidden. Using a carrier requires the addition of new substances which is not desirable, so try to find the least expensive carrier possible. Simply attaching a carrier to the object may be sufficient to allow the carrier to loan its properties. This can be done in a variety of ways shown in the orange box, such as simply touching, being clamped together, adhering together, etc. Objects with one property can be nested 404 inside another object having the conflicting desirable property. The whole takes on the desired property of the carrier. The carrier can be
Attaching
Touch Adhere Clamped Hinged Dual Phase States (like ice and water) Attached Composite Structures
Nesting
Nest Nestle Paint Inert Environments
Mixing
403 Inventive Principle #24Mediator: Use an intermediary object to transfer or carry out an action. Temporarily connect the original object to one that is easily removed. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288. 404 Inventive Principle #7Nesting (Matrioshka): One object is placed inside another. That object is placed inside a third one. And so on. An object passes through a cavity in another object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
481
TR IZ P ower T oo ls solid, liquid or gas. Consider some of the more unusual carriers in the orange box. A segmented 405 carrier having a desirable property may be mixed with segmented or multiplied elements having the opposing undesirable property. The whole takes on the properties of the carrier. The orange box shows some of the more unusual carrier mixtures possible. Refer to these as you consider resolving your contradiction. The term segmented carrier has reference to liquid molecules, fibers and even larger elements such as laminate sheets. Consider finer and finer scales down to sub-atomic particles.
Method
(An inexpensive carrier object or substance) which is (setting A) is (attached to, surrounding or mixed with) (segmented or individual) (elements) which are (setting B) thus loaning its property and making the combination (setting A) at the macro scale. (Setting B) is (hidden or expressed at the micro scale).
A B
ExampleSeparating Rocks from Mulch

Rocks do not readily separate themselves from mulch. It would be much better if the mulch were LIQUID rather than SOLID. (Water) which is (liquid) is (mixed with) (individual) (mulch elements) which are (solid) thus loaning its property and making the combination (liquid) at the macro scale. (Solidness) is (hidden) The rocks fall through easily.
A B B A A A B B A
ExamplePaint Roller
In order to paint ceilings, it is desirable that the paint rollers are LONG. Unfortunately, they come with SHORT handles. (A pole) which is (long) is (attached to) (individual) (rollers) which are (short) thus loaning its property and making the combination (long) at the macro scale. (Shortness) is (hidden).
ExampleSoluble Molecule
An herbicide which is INSOLUBLE IN WATER has to dissolve in water in order to be sprayed, but in order to dissolve in water it must be SOLUBLE IN WATER.
Soluble in Water Insoluble in Water (A molecule) which is (soluble in water) is (attached to) (individual) (herbicide molecules) which are (insoluble in water) thus loaning its property and making the combination (soluble in water) at the macro scale. (Insolubility in water) is (hidden).
405 Inventive Principle #1Segmentation: Divide an object into independent parts. Make an object sectional (for easy assembly or disassembly). Increase the degree of an object's segmentation. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 287.
482
ExampleBeads on a String
Pearls are beautiful but they are STIFF and do not conform to the person that they are adorning. They must be FLEXIBLE. (A string) which is (flexible) is (attached to) (individual) (pearls) which are (stiff) thus loaning its property and making the combination (flexible) at the macro scale. (Stiffness) is (hidden).
ExampleBackup Bearing
All bearings must eventually be FAILED but since it has a critical function it must NOT BE FAILED. (A backup bushing) which is (not failed) is (attached to) (individual) (ball bearings) which are (failed) thus loaning its property and making the combination (not failed) at the macro scale. (Failed) is (hidden). A bushing and a ball bearing are combined. The ball bearing performs the function with low friction until it fails and then the bushing takes over. The bearing has failed but the whole assembly has not failed. This is an example of a PREVIOUSLY PLACED CUSHION 406.
ExampleSand Paper
We require a RIGID structure in order to cut the surface of the wood, but we require a FLEXIBLE material in order to conform to the rounded contours of the wood project that we are making. (Paper) which is (flexible) is (attached to) (segmented) (abrasive particles) which are (rigid) thus loaning its property and making the combination (flexible) at the macro scale. (Rigidness) is (expressed at the micro scale).
ExampleCarrier Signals
A carrier wave can have HIGH FREQUENCY signals riding on LOW FREQUENCY signals. The property of low frequency is expressed at a large scale while the high frequency signal is expressed at a smaller scale. (A signal) which is (low frequency) is (attached to) (individual) (signals) which are (high frequency) thus loaning its property and making the combination (low frequency) at the macro scale. (High frequency) is (expressed at the micro scale).
ExampleMedicine Capsule
The small pellets of medicine are HARD TO SWALLOW due to their taste, but they need to be EASILY SWALLOWED in order to be an effective medicine.
483
TR IZ P ower T oo ls (A gel capsule) which is (easily swallowed) is (surrounding) (segmented) (medicine) which are (hard to swallow) thus loaning its property and making the combination (easy to swallow) at the macro scale. (Hard to swallow) is (hidden).
ExampleFossil Preservation
The fossil must be DURABLE in order to be transported long distances. However, the fossil as it comes out of the ground is FRAGILE. (A plaster and gauze coating) which is (durable) is (surrounding) (individual) (fossils) which are (fragile) thus loaning its property and making the combination (durable) at the macro scale. (Fragility) is (hidden).
ExampleHighlighting Instructions
The instructions need to be BRIEF in order to have quick action. The instructions need to be LENGTHY in order to get an accurate response. (Short instructions) which are (brief) are (surrounded by) (individual) (instructions) which are (lengthy) thus loaning its property and making the combination (brief) at the macro scale. (Lengthy) is (expressed at the micro scale). Note that in this example, the carrier is surrounded by the noncarrier item. When people look at the instructions, the first thing that they see are the brief instructions which get them going.
Detailed
+
Highlight
Examplethe Car Makes You Look Good

An UNATTRACTIVE person wants to be ATTRACTIVE. (A car) which is (attractive) is (surrounding) (individual) (people) which are (unattractive) thus loaning its property and making the combination (attractive) at the macro scale. (Unattractiveness) is (hidden).
ExampleHiding Parts of a Sandwich

The condiments of a sandwich are MESSY. However, they must NOT BE MESSY in order to feed a large group of people in a nice setting. (Bread) which is (not messy) is (surrounding) (individual) (condiments) which are (messy) thus loaning its property and making the combination (not messy) at the macro scale. (Messiness) is (hidden).
ExampleCitrus Fruit
Citrus fruit needs to be NUTRITIOUS in order to feed large animals. In order that insects do not eat it must be POISONOUS TO INSECTS. (A peel) which is (poisonous to insects) is (surrounding) (individual) (fruits) which are (nutritious) thus loaning its property and making the 484 Separate between the Parts and the Whole
TR IZ P ower T oo ls combination (poisonous) at the macro scale. (Nutritious) is (expressed at the micro scale).
ExampleNested Molecule
An herbicide which is INSOLUBLE IN WATER has to dissolve in water in order to be sprayed, but in order to dissolve in water it must be SOLUBLE IN WATER. (A molecule) which is (soluble in water) is (surrounding) (individual) (herbicide molecules) which are (insoluble in water) thus loaning its property and making the combination (soluble in water) at the macro scale. (Insolubility in water) is (hidden).
+
ExampleAtomFast Electrons Over a Slow and Massive Nucleus

The atomic structure needs to be ACTIVE in order to interact with other atomic structures. It needs to be INERT in order to stay in one location. (Electrons) which are (active) are (surrounding) (individual) (nuclei) which are (inert) thus loaning its property and making the combination (active) at the macro scale. (Inertness) is (expressed at the micro scale).
ExampleHair Gel
A hair setting liquid (adhesive) must be an easily FORMABLE SOLID in order to be spread by the hands in the hair. Unfortunately, it is a NON-FORMABLE LIQUID. (Colloidal silicon dioxidenano glass) which is (a formable solid) is (mixed with) (segmented) (hair-setting liquid) which is (a non-formable liquid) thus loaning its property and making the combination (a formable solid) at the macro scale. (Non-formable liquid) is (hidden).
ExampleUnbiased Truth?
While purporting to be completely unbiased and a model for telling both sides of the story, a newspaper can easily become an advocate for some editorial point that the editors or journalists would like to make. Editors at a nationally syndicated paper would like to report on a story News + but also make an editorial point. They want to give MESSAGE A. + + Unfortunately, the events surrounding the article do not directly support message A. If the simple facts were reported, the article + + would give MESSAGE B. How can the newspaper make its editorial point and still just report the news? (It is recognized that this is a somewhat subversive example meant to sensitize reasonable people to what may be happening around them.) (A number of small editorial articles or advertisements) which are (message A) are (mixed with) (segmented) (news articles) which are (message B) thus loaning its property and making the combination (message A) at the macro scale. (Message B) is (expressed at the micro scale). Separate between the Parts and the Whole 485
ExampleConductive Plastic
An article must be made from plastic which is an ELECTRICAL INSULATOR in order to make it less expensively with injection molding. The article must be made from metal or graphite which is an ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR in order to electrically plate it. The property of insulator is not required at all. (Particles of graphite) which are (electrically conductive) are (mixed with) (segmented) (plastic matrix) which is (an insulator) thus loaning its property and making the combination (electrically conducting) at the macro scale. (Electrically insulating) is (hidden).
ExampleHigh Strength Concrete

Concrete has high compressive strength but LOW TENSILE STRENGTH. This is almost always an undesirable property for a building material. The concrete needs to have HIGH TENSILE STRENGH for a variety of structures including stucco. (Glass fibers) which are (high tensile strength) are (mixed with) (segmented) (cement) which is (low tensile strength) thus loaning its property and making the combination (high tensile strength) at the macro scale. (Low tensile strength) is (hidden).
ExampleComposite fabric
A medical material is sought which has many of the properties of nylon but is also THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE. Unfortunately, nylon fabrics are THERMAL INSULATORS. (An aluminum fiber) which is (thermally conductive) is (mixed with) (segmented) (nylon fibers) which are (thermally insulating) thus loaning its property and making the combination (thermally conductive) at the macro scale. (Thermally insulating) is (hidden).
ExampleCollectively Informed
Each person is individually UNINFORMED which is undesirable. But they need to be INFORMED in order to carry out the necessary tasks. (Individuals) which are (informed) are (mixed with) (individual) (people) which are (uninformed) thus loaning their property and making the combination (informed) at the macro scale. (Uninformed) is (hidden).
+ + +

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges are chipped so badly that the plates are unusable.
486
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Due to the high volume of plates which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were THICK, but they only come THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Plate Thickness is Thick Plate only comes in one thickness Plate Thickness is Thin

Some medicines need to be delivered to the brain, but cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. Molecules that pass easily are lipids and sugars. How can these medicines be delivered across the blood-brain barrier? The composition should be LIPID & NONDrug is a sugar LIPID. Using the principle that you have or Lipid just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Lipids
Drug
Barrier
ExerciseA Limit to Cell Phones
Cell phone cases have become increasingly thinner. This reduces the weight and cost of raw materials. The traditional method of production has been injection molding. But, injection molding has reached several limits. The pressures required to inject Case into increasingly narrow passages is very high. Material is Additionally, the cases are required to do more. Metallic They must be as rigid as metal and conductive like metal to reduce electromagnetic interference, yet they should be made from light moldable materials like plastic. Price is The cases should be METALLIC & PLASTIC. High Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Case Material is Plastic
Flexibility and EMI Conductivity are high
ExerciseUgly Cookies
A production line for gourmet cookies has just been brought on line and has been in production for several days. The plant managers wife inspects the cookies and discovers that they do not look like her home-made recipe. They are well shaped on one side but malformed on the other. The equipment will have to be retooled to make them bake right the wife says. Its too late! Separate between the Parts and the Whole 487
The plant manager says. We have produced ten tons and the cookie introduction is next week at the Convention. The cookies should be MALFORMED & WELL SHAPED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
The shape of one side is well shaped These cookies are all that is available
The shape of one side is malformed

Consider an aluminum water wheel. Inlet flow strikes the blades after accelerating in the nozzle, transferring energy and momentum to the blade and wheel. During energy transfer the blade is bent slightly and released causing it to vibrate. Pressure The resulting alternating stresses decrease the life of the turbine blades. If the pressure forces were eliminated, so would the vibration. (Assume a constant speed). The Pressure Forces should be HIGH & ABSENT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Forces NonExistent
Probability of a good introduction is poor
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Boot Flexibility Unfortunately, the micrometer which is is Very used deforms the boot during the Stiff measurement. This makes the measurement inaccurate. How can the boot be measured more accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE Boot Life is & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction Low using the principle that you have just learned.
In the production of metallic laminates, Thick metallic films are produced by successively rolling the metal between rollers until it reaches the desired thickness. The resulting film is rolled up into large rolls which are easily manipulated. 488 Separate between the Parts and the Whole
TR IZ P ower T oo ls When making ultra thin films for laminates, new problems arise. Because the film is so thin, both the production and manipulation becomes difficult. The tolerance between rollers becomes unreasonable and handling damage becomes very high. The laminate must be THICK & ULTRA-THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Laminate Thickness is Thick Laminate thickness only useful in one thickness Laminate Thickness is Thin

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge Endurance and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the is larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE Infinite ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how No Fish small fish are. Resolve the contradiction by using comes the method you have just learned. this way
Endurance is Low

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic Heart for the rest of the body which may be Motion is badly damaged. If it were possible to Still operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Trauma to Rest of
Body is High
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. Separate between the Parts and the Whole 489
L3-Hiding Part
Multiple elements are involved. Each element already has both conflicting properties separated in space. One of the conflicting properties is undesirable. The elements are merged in such a fashion that the undesirable feature of each element is hidden and only the desirable property is expressed. This may be possible when the element has the desired property in the slightest degree. Remember that this method should not be considered unless the existing elements already have both the desirable and undesirable properties.
Method
Each individual (elements) already has the undesirable property of (setting A) and the desirable property of (setting B), even in the slightest degree. The (elements) are merged (into a configuration that hides setting Atry different orientations) thus giving the general property of (setting B).
ExampleHiding Roughness
A sheet of granite has one side which is SMOOTH and the other side is ROUGH. We want a table that is entirely smooth. Each individual (sheet) already has the undesirable property of (rough) and the desirable property of (smooth), even in the slightest degree. The (sheets) are merged (back to back with the rough sides inward) thus giving the general property of (smooth).
ExampleHiding Sharp Edges of a Can

A can has the non-uniform condition of being partly SHARP (enough to cut skin) and mostly NOT SHARP. Each individual (can part) already has the undesirable property of (being sharp) and the desirable property of (not being sharp), even in the slightest degree. The (can parts) are merged (by rolling the edges up in a seam) thus giving the general property of (being not sharp).
ExampleHiding Frayed Edges of Cloth

Most cloth has the undesirable property of being FRAYED at the edges. The rest is NOT FRAYED. The edges are rolled up and sewed into seams. Each individual (piece of cloth) already has the undesirable property of (being frayed) and the desirable property of (not frayed), even in the slightest degree. The (pieces of cloth) are merged (by rolling the edges together and sewing them into seams) thus giving the general property of (not frayed). 490
Stitch
ExampleHidden Molecular Poles

A molecule must be POSITIVELY CHARGED in order to have strong intermolecular effects. The molecules must be both NEGATIVELY AND POSITIVELY CHARGED in order to maintain a neutral polarity. Each individual (molecule) already has the undesirable property of (negatively charged) and the desirable property of (positively charged), even in the slightest degree. The (molecules) are merged (around a strong positive charge so that only the negative charges are exposed) thus giving the general property of (positively charged to molecules close by).
+ +
+
+
ExampleTape
The tape needs to be STICKY in order to stick objects to the wall for decoration. Unfortunately, the tape is NON-STICKY on one side. Each individual (piece of tape) already has the undesirable property of (non sticky) and the desirable property of (sticky), even in the slightest degree. The (tape) is merged (into a rolled surface) thus giving the general property of (sticky). Note that this is done with one object.
Non-Stick Sticky
A production line for gourmet cookies has just been brought on line and has been in production for several days. The plant managers wife inspects the cookies and discovers that they do not look like her home-made recipe. They are well shaped on one side but malformed on the other. The equipment will have to be retooled to make them bake right the wife says. Its too late! The plant manager says. We have produced ten tons and the cookie introduction is next The shape of week at the Convention. The cookies one side is should be MALFORMED & WELL well shaped SHAPED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this These contradiction. cookies are all that is available
491
L3-New Dimension
The properties of a section of an object can have very different properties from the whole object. This is important because our thinking may be trapped in one dimension and the answer lies in another. The property in one dimension is undesirable. The property in the other dimension is desirable 407.
Method:
The (element) has the property of being (setting A). Going (up or down) in dimension gives the (element) the property of being (setting B) since (explanation).
ExampleCurved surface
The panel needs to be STRAIGHT in order to have low aerodynamic drag. It needs to be CURVED in order to conform to the frame of the aircraft. The (panel) has the property of being (curved). Going (down) in dimension gives the (panel) the property of being (straight) since (a section through the panel is a straight line which is sufficient in the direction of air flow).
ExampleCylinder Section
A cylindrical section of a capacitor has SMALL ELECTRICAL STORAGE AREA, but the capacitor must have a LARGE ELECTRICAL STORAGE AREA. The (capacitor) has the property of being (small electrical storage area). Going (up) in dimension gives the (capacitor) the property of being (large electrical storage area) since (a lot of area can be packed into a very small volume, depending on the dielectric strength of the dielectric material that is used)
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. Yes, but it is too small to store many boats his wife complained. And we are not allowed to build the dock out more than 20 yards. I know she continued We can fill every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the investor said after
Revenue is Low
407 Inventive Principle #17Transition Into a New Dimension: Transition one-dimensional movement, or placement, of objects into two- dimensional ; two-dimensional to threedimensional, etc. Utilize multi-level composition of objects. Incline an object, or place it on its side. Utilize the opposite side of a given surface. Project optical lines onto neighboring areas, or onto the reverse side, of an object. Genrich Altshuller, The Innovation Algorithm page 288.
492
TR IZ P ower T oo ls making a few calculations. The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Countering
Two strong actions are capable of yielding a null action if they are oriented to cancel each other 408. This principle is typically used with actions, fields or forces that have direction. If more than one element can be used, then two of these elements can be oriented so as to counter each other. Alternately, another opposite action can be introduced which counters the action. Consider the possible countering methods shown in the tan box.
Opposing Element Counter Weight with Transmission means Negative Spring Rate Negative rate of change of lever arm Counter Field Gradient
Method
The (element) (force, field, field gradient or action) has a direction with the undesirable property of (setting A). Countering the (force, field, field gradient or action) with (a counter measure) gives the desirable (setting B--Low or Null).
Low or Null
ExampleCounter Weight
A HEAVY automobile transmission is difficult to move about. It must have NULL weight. The (transmission) (weight) has a direction with the undesirable property of (heavy). Countering the (weight) with (a counter weight with transmission cable) gives the desirable (null weight).
ExampleCounter Force
A spring has a very HIGH preload due to its high spring rate and working conditions. However, it must have a very LOW preload in the application. The (spring) (preload force) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high force). Countering the (preload force) with (another high rate spring preload) gives the desirable (low force).
High Force
Counter Weight
Heavy Object
High Force
Low
ExampleCounter Signal
A HIGH AMPLITUDE signal must be rapidly turned off to become a NULL signal. Unfortunately, the signal can turn on rapidly but decays slowly when turned off.
493
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The (signal) (amplitude) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high amplitude). Countering the (amplitude) with (a counter signal 180 degrees out of phase) gives the desirable (null signal).
Null
ExampleCounter Gradient
Due to temperature stratification in a heat exchanger, the exiting air has a HIGH THERMAL GRADIENT. In order for temperature sensors to give accurate readings of the bulk temperature of the air, there should be NO THERMAL GRADIENT. The (air) (temperature gradient) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high thermal gradient). Countering the (temperature gradient) with (a counter thermal gradient) gives the desirable (low thermal gradient).
ExampleCounter Momentum
High velocity movements of large objects within a camera can cause the camera to move. A HIGH VELOCITY Motion is required but undesirable. There must be NULL VELOCITY movement.
V high
V high
Null The (camera element) (motion) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high velocity). Countering the (motion) with (a high velocity motion of a counter weight in the opposite direction) gives the desirable (null velocity of the system).
ExampleFlywheel Reaction Forces

A flywheel is used to store energy in a vehicle. The flywheel rotates at very high speed. When the vehicle turns a corner or changes incline, the gyroscopic action of the flywheel generates large forces which act on the vehicle. These large forces are undesirable. The flywheel generates HIGH REACTION FORCES but in order to not stress the structure, we need LOW REACTION FORCES. The (flywheel) (gyroscopic force) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high reaction force). Countering the (gyroscopic force) with (a high reaction force) gives the desirable (low reaction force). Two gyroscopes cancel each others reaction forces.
494
ExampleNon Buckling Column

During the axial loading of long thin structures, the Negative Rate--Buckling phenomenon of buckling can occur. It occurs catastrophically because as the column buckles, the Positive effective axial spring rate drops. In other words, the Rate further you push it, the less it pushes back. This is referred to as a negative spring rate. The column has a HIGH NEGATIVE RATE. In order to safely support high forces, the column should have a LOW OR POSITIVE RATE. The (column) (spring rate) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high negative rate). Countering the (spring rate) with (a high positive rate spring) gives the desirable (low or positive rate).
ExampleOrganization Strengths
A HIGH implementation speed can become a weakness in certain conditions, especially when trying to sync up with other organizations that are not as fast. The organization needs to be operating a LOW implementation speed. The (organization) (implementation speed) has a direction with the undesirable property of (high). Countering the (speed) with (another part of the organization trying to implement in a different direction) gives the desirable (low organizational speed).
ExampleNullifying an Argument
A STRONG statement has been made by someone high up in an organization. The statement came across too strongly and only represented his point of view. The statement should be WEAK. The (statement) (effect) has a direction with the undesirable property of (strong). Countering the (effect) with (a strong counter statement from another high official in the organization) gives the desirable (weak effect).

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are Pressure Forces Pressure Forces made very thick. The resulting vessel are Low are High weight is high (95%) compared to the weight of the hydrogen (5%). If only the pressure forces were not so high, the vessel walls could be made much thinner. The Assume that Pressure Forces should be LOW & HIGH. Pressure only Material comes high Using the principle that you have just Stresses are High learned, resolve this contradiction.
495
L3-Complementary Directions
When objects have the required property in only one direction, they can be combined with another element that has the same property in only one direction. These become complimentary and allow the required property in both directions.
Method
Each (element) is (setting A) which is desirable in one direction and (setting B) which is undesirable in another direction. Combining two or more (elements) and orienting them in a complementary fashion makes the combination (setting A) in both directions.
ExamplePile Driving
The pile must be SHARP in order to drive and Blunt in order to support. Each (pile) is (blunt) which is desirable in one direction and (sharp) which is undesirable in another direction. Combining two or more (piles) and orienting them in a complementary fashion makes the combination (blunt) in both directions.
ExampleCar Airbags
A car airbag CONSTRAINS in one direction only. In the other direction there is NO CONSTRAINT. It is desirable that the airbags can constrain in both directions. Each (airbag) is (constraining) which is desirable in one direction and (not constraining) which is undesirable in another direction. Combining two or more (airbags) and orienting them in a complementary fashion makes the combination (constraining) in both directions.
Constrains Constrains No Constraint
Front & Side Airbags
No Constraint
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors.
496
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Coordinated Parts
A functional part with one property coordinates or cooperates with another part having a complimentary function and the same property. The whole has the conflicting property. In this case, we want both properties expressed.
Method
Adjustable 409 (elements) have the property of being (setting A). When coordinated with each other by (method), the overall effect is (setting B). (Setting A) is (expressed or hidden).
A B
ExampleWater Faucet
Many water faucets have separate hot and cold water knobs. If one CHANGES the flow of the hot water, in order to adjust the temperature, the total flow must NOT CHANGE. Adjustable (flow areas) have the property of being (changing). When coordinated with each other by (a coordinated partition), the overall effect is (NOT CHANGE). (CHANGES) is (expressed). Imagine that the water is flowing out of the page through each respective flow area. As the partition moves, the percent of cold and hot changes, but the combined flow area remains constant.
A coordinated partition between the hot and cold flow areas moves back and forth so that the net area does not change.
497
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms Package fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the contents are package is dense and compact, it falls with Useless pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They Value For quickly discover that the contents are useful Needy is and look for them. The Package Contents Low must be USEFUL AND USELESS. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
?
498
L2-Separate by Direction
An object can have conflicting properties in different directions in the same space and at the same time. This is one of the most powerful separation principles. A simple example of this is a rope. When pulled in the direction of tension, the rope is stiff. However, if you try to push a rope, it is flexible. Many objects already have a separation of the opposing properties by direction but we have not exploited this separation. Following is the test and the various strategies for Separating by Direction.
L2-Method
Does one of the conflicting properties already exist in a different direction or can it be modified to be so? --Consider having one property in one direction and the other in another direction. --Consider the opposite or rotary directions
L3-Test for Separation by Direction

Test:
Does one of the conflicting properties already exist in a different direction or can it be modified to be so? If no then continue to separate by perspective. Otherwise try to separate by direction.
ExamplePile Driving
The pile should be SHARP for driving and BLUNT for supporting. Test: Does one of the conflicting properties already exist in a different direction or can it be modified to be so? The pile is already blunt in its sides. separate by direction. We conclude to try to

For years your company has Large Variance produced an aircraft product which fits over two posts on Tight Control your customers aircraft. Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely controlled. Unfortunately, a recent production change by the customer allows a large variance in the distance between the posts. Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit over the customers posts.
Separate by Direction
499
TR IZ P ower T oo ls (The diameter of the posts is still closely held). The customer is unwilling to change the new production process, but has instead asked you to modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the application, without rotating. If the hole clearance is large, they can easily fit over, but they will not be snug. The Hole Clearance needs to be LOOSE & TIGHT. Test for Separation by Direction.
Hole Clearance is Loose Hole Clearance is Tight

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and collect the materials. On the other hand, if the tines are flexible, then the rake is not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Test for Separation by Direction.
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during the measurement. This makes the measurement inaccurate. How Boot Flexibility can the boot be measured more is Very accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs Stiff to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction using the principle that you have just learned. Boot Life is Low
500
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, Coil Spacing but the product that passes under the coil at the is edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If Fine the coil spacing was finer, the outer product could be fully treated. However, the product at the center of the belt is over-heated. The Coil Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. Using the Inner Product principle that you have just learned, resolve this is Over Heated contradiction.

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges Plate are chipped so badly that the plates are Thickness is unusable. Due to the high volume of plates Thick which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were Plate only THICK, but they only come THIN. Test for comes in one Separation by Direction. thickness
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Test for Separation by Direction.
501
L3-Direction
Separation by direction allows one property to exist in one direction and the opposing property to exist in other directions. If one mentally goes through the rough directions of opposing, right angle and rotary directions, something will often come to mind. It is easy to forget some of the directions in the heat of problem solving.
Method
The (element) is (setting A) (in direction A). The (element) (is already or can become) (setting B) (in the opposite direction or at right angles or in the rotary direction) if (new conditionsgive explanation if required).
A
B B B
ExamplePile Driving
The pile needs to be SHARP in order to drive rapidly and BLUNT in order to support well. The (pile) is (sharp) (in the direction of driving). The (pile) (is already) (blunt) (at right angles) if (the supporting force is directed in the sideward direction). A pile is naturally blunt in all directions but the driving direction which is SHARP. If the pile is driven at an angle, it immediately creates a dull surface for vertical support. If several are joined crosswise, the net effect is a very BLUNT support after driving.
Blunt Sharp

A cylinder needs to be ROUND for function A and SQUARE for function B. The (cylinder) is (round) (when viewed from the end). The (cylinder) (is already) (square) (at right angles).
Square Round
ExampleFood Grater
In order to grate the food, the blades must be SHARP. In order to reposition the food for grating it should be SMOOTH. The (grater) is (sharp) (in the direction of grating). The (grater) (can become) (smooth) (in the opposite direction ) if (the cutting blades allow the food to slide over without cutting when the food is being moved in the opposite direction of grating).
Smooth
Grater
Rough
ExampleBoard
The board needs to be THICK in order to span a wall. It needs to be THIN in order to conserve wood and cost less. The (board) is (thin) (in the vertical direction). The (board) (can become) (thick) (at right angles). 502
Thick
Thin
ExamplePackage Binding
The binding needs to be STIFF in order to constrain the package tightly. It needs to be STIFF for easy positioning and to wrap around any shape. The (binding) is (stiff) (in the direction of winding the package). The (binding) (can become) (flexible) (at right angles if (it is made thin enough).
ExampleStructural Member
The structural member needs to have HIGH MOVEMENT in order to be easily assembled and join other structural members. It should have LOW MOVEMENT in order to not move under high loads. The (structural element) is (low movement) (in all directions but rotary). The (structural element) (can become) (high movement) (in the rotary direction) if (supported by a pin).
No movement
Moves
ExampleOrganizational Size
The organizational structure needs to be very SMALL in order to communicate rapidly. It needs to be LARGE in order to get a lot of work done. The (organizational structure) is (small) (from the top to the bottom of the organization). The (organizational structure) (can become) (large) (at right angles) if (the span of control is greatly increased).
Broad Span
Shallow
ExamplePond
A pond at a housing development needs to be LARGE so that a lot of houses can enjoy a waterfront. It needs to be SMALL in order to conserve water.
Small
The (pond) is (large) (in all horizontal directions). The (pond) (can become) (small) (in the vertical direction) if (the pond is made to be somewhat shallow).
Big
Big

For years your company has produced an aircraft product which fits over two posts on your customers aircraft.
Tight Control
Large Variance
503
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely controlled. Hole Hole Unfortunately, a recent production Clearance is Clearance is change by the customer allows a large Tight Loose variance in the distance between the posts. Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit over the customers posts. (The diameter of the posts is still closely held). The customer Rotational Assembly is unwilling to change the new Slop is Yield is Poor High production process, but has instead asked you to modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the application, without rotating. If the hole clearance is large, they can easily fit over, but they will not be snug. The Hole Clearance needs to be LOOSE & TIGHT Resolve this contradiction using the method you have just learned.

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces Tine like a leaf rake and collect the materials. Stiffness is On the other hand, if the tines are Flexible flexible, then the rake is not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Using the principle that you have just learned, Debris resolve this contradiction. Extraction is
Difficult
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during Boot Flexibility the measurement. This makes the is Very measurement inaccurate. How can the Stiff boot be measured more accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction using the principle that you have just Boot Life is learned. Low
504
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that Coil Spacing passes under the center part of the coil is fully is treated, but the product that passes under the coil Fine at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil spacing was finer, the outer product could be fully treated. However, the product at the center of the belt is over-heated. Inner Product The Coil Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. is Over Heated Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges are chipped so badly that the plates are unusable. Due to the high volume of plates which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were THICK, but they only come THIN. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. Plate Thickness is Thick Plate only comes in one thickness Plate Thickness is Thin
ExerciseLog Jam
Stopping Time is Long
505
506
L2-Separate by Perspective
In general, Separation by Perspective means that an objects properties are dependent on perception. This means that the element under consideration does not have to change its property. It is good enough to simply look like it has the opposite property. We use many different senses to perceive, the most common being sight. However, we are not limited to this sense. It may be good enough to sound like, smell like or feel like it has the opposite property. Following is the test and the various strategies for Separating by Perspective.
L2-Method
Brainstorm ways that one of the contradictory properties only appears to exist.
L3-Test for Separation by Perspective

Test:
Is it sufficient to only appear to have one of the knob settings? If no then continue on to Separate by Frame of Reference. Otherwise try to separate by perspective.
ExamplePile Driving
The pile should be SHARP for driving and BLUNT for supporting. Test: Is it sufficient too only appear to have one of the knob settings? No, it is not good enough. We need both properties to actually exist in the piles. We will go on to Separation by Perspective
ExampleMicroscope
Bacterium comes SMALL, but in order for proper inspection, it needs to be LARGE. Test: Is it sufficient too only appear to have one of the knob settings? Yes, the object only needs to appear to be large in order to be inspected. We will try to separate by perspective.
ExampleFake Marble
We need a column to be MARBLE in order to appear ornate. We need it to be WOOD because that is all that we have. Test: Is it sufficient too only appear to have one of the knob settings? Yes, in this case, if it only appears to be marble, that is sufficient. We will try to separate by perspective.
Separate by Perspective
507

For years your company has Large Variance produced an aircraft product which fits over two posts on Tight Control your customers aircraft. Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely controlled. Unfortunately, a recent production change by the customer allows a large variance in the distance between the posts. Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit Hole Hole Clearance is Clearance is over the customers posts. (The Tight Loose diameter of the posts is still closely held). The customer is unwilling to change the new production process, but has instead asked you to modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the Rotational Assembly application, without rotating. If the Slop is Yield is Poor hole clearance is large, they can easily High fit over, but they will not be snug. The Hole Clearance needs to be LOOSE & TIGHT. Test for Separation by Perspective.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is Package dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint contents are accuracy. A chute opens near the end to Useless keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and Value For look for them. The Package Contents must Needy is be USEFUL AND USELESS Test for Low Separation by Perspective.
?

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the larger shark. 508 Separate by Perspective
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The Fish should have INFINITE ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how small fish are. Test for Separation by Perspective. Endurance is Infinite No Fish comes this way Endurance is Low
A production line for gourmet cookies has just been brought on line and has been in production for several days. The plant managers wife inspects the cookies and discovers that they do not look like her home-made recipe. They are well shaped on one side but malformed on the other. The equipment will have to be retooled to make them bake right the wife says. Its too late! The plant manager says. The shape of We have produced ten tons and the cookie one side is introduction is next week at the well shaped Convention. The cookies should be MALFORMED & WELL SHAPED. Test These for Separation by Perspective. cookies are all that is available
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is Stopping low. If the logs would just stay at the station Time is for a long time, one inspector could do the Long job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Test for Separation by Direction.
Log Transportation is Inefficient More Inspectors and Idle Time
509
L3-How you Look or Perceive

Find physical phenomena that allow you to look at the Element in a different way. Remember that perception is not based on sight alone, but every sense.
Method
The (element) is naturally and unfortunately (setting A). It (looks like, sounds like, feels like or smells like) it is (setting B) when (a method of measurement or detection is used).
ExampleStrobe Light
A vibrating object is RAPIDLY MOVING all of the time. In order to observe its shape, it needs to be STATIONARY. The (vibrating object) is naturally and unfortunately (moving). It (looks like) it is (stationary) when (a strobe scope is used to illuminate it when it is at any given position of its normal cycle).
Strobe
ExampleMicroscope
Bacterium comes SMALL, but in order for proper inspection, it needs to be LARGE. The (bacterium) is naturally and unfortunately (small). It (looks like) it is (large) when (viewed under a microscope).
ExampleTelescope
A ship needs to be CLOSE in order to see the flags that it is displaying. Unfortunately, it is very DISTANT. The (ship) is naturally and unfortunately (distant). It (looks like) it is (close) when (viewed through a telescope).
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Resolve this contradiction using The method that you have just learned.
Traffic Light Operation Doesnt Fail Note that nothing gets worse
510
ExerciseLog Jam
L3-Looks Like
With this separation tool, it is good enough to look like the object has the conflicting property as opposed to actually having it. Note that this is actually a method for Separation in Space but grouped here for convenience.
Method
The (element) is unfortunately (setting A). But we can change its (appearance, sound, feel or smell) to seem like (setting B) when using (paint 410, a substitute or covering fake object, camouflage, substitute smells, substitute taste, substitute sound).
ExampleFake Marble
The panel must be MARBLE in order to be decorative. Unfortunately, all that we have is WOOD. The (panel) is unfortunately (wood). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like (marble) when using (paint). This is an example of the mainstream TRIZ principle of USING PAINT.
ExampleCamouflage
The duck blind needs to be NATURAL AUTUMN LEAVES in order to not alert the ducks. It needs to be FABRIC AND METAL in order to set up and take down easily.
511
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The (blind) is unfortunately (fabric and metal). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like (natural autumn leaves) when using (camouflage). This is an example of the inventive TRIZ principle of USING PAINT 411.
ExampleHair Wig
The hair is unfortunately BLACK. In order to perform the part in a play, the hair must be BLOND. The (hair) is unfortunately (black). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like (blond) when using (a covering fake object).
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens Package near the end to keep the contents from contents are being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy Useless troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND Value For USELESS Using the principle that you Needy is have just learned, resolve this Low contradiction.
?

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot Endurance outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish is could dodge and dart forever, it could easily Infinite outmaneuver the larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE ENDURANCE in order to outrun No Fish the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because comes that is how small fish are. Resolve the this way contradiction by using the method you have just learned.
Endurance is Low
512
A production line for gourmet cookies has just been brought on line and has been in production for several days. The plant managers wife inspects the cookies and discovers that they do not look like her home-made recipe. They are well shaped on one side but malformed on the other. The shape of The equipment will have to be retooled to one side is make them bake right the wife says. Its well shaped too late! The plant manager says. We have produced ten tons and the cookie These introduction is next week at the cookies are Convention. The cookies should be all that is MALFORMED & WELL SHAPED. available Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
L3-Inference
The property state of an object is strictly implied by the property of another object. Logic tells us that only one state can be implied, even though the original has a very different state.
Method
The (element) is unfortunately (setting A). But we can change its (appearance, sound, feel or smell or effect) to seem like it is (setting B) by (a method to infer that it is setting B).
ExampleDouble Deception
An agreement is made that one person will place a black and a white pebble into a bag. If the second person draws a white pebble, then an unsavory event will occur. The first person, with evil intent, puts two black pebbles into the bag. The second person sees this, unknown to the first. Exposing the fraud of the first person is not an option. The best that can happen is if the second person draws a WHITE pebble from the bag, but this is not possible. It must be BLACK because that is all that can occur. The (pebble) is unfortunately (black). But we can change its (appearance) to seem like it is (white) by (drawing a black pebble from the bag and not showing it, but dropping it on the ground among white and black pebbles. By inference, they can see which one was picked by looking into the bag and finding the second black pebble. Everyone infers that a white pebble was withdrawn.).
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. Separate by Perspective 513
TR IZ P ower T oo ls This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Resolve this contradiction using The method that you have just learned.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense and compact, it falls with pinpoint Package contents are accuracy. A chute opens near the end to Useless keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must Value For Needy is be USEFUL AND USELESS Using the Low principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
?
514
L2-Separate by Frame of Reference

Separation by Frame of Reference means that an objects properties are dependent on the frame of reference from which they are considered. For instance, I am sitting at my desk. None of my bodily movements are rapid. However, the earth is rotating very rapidly and my speed compared to the frame of reference of the sun is quite rapid. More rapid yet would be my speed compared to objects that are rotating counter to the earths rotation on its axis or about the sun. At the same moment in time and in the same space, my speed is very rapid or very slow, depending upon the frame of reference. No test is given for Separating by Frame of Reference because properties are always subject to the frame of reference that is assumed. If we cannot find an inertial frame of reference, we can almost always identify what the property is being compared to. Lets take some random examples. An object must not be stinky but it comes that way. We can always ask, stinky compared to what? What is your frame of reference? An onion is stinky compared to grape jelly, but is not nearly as stinky as a skunk. An onion is no longer stinky in a room filled with the odor of skunk. If I say that the oven is hot, what is this in reference to? A cooking oven may be hot compared to the temperatures required to bake a souffl; but it is not hot compared to the baking temperature of bread. If we switch and bake bread in the oven, it is no longer considered hot. In each of these cases, we allow ourselves to change the frame of reference so that the conditions may be satisfied. Note that it is not the element that we are considering that is going to be changed, but rather the frame of reference that it is being compared to. Unlike Separation by Perspective, this is more than just appearing to satisfy the conflicting requirements. A property can actually be changed by changing the frame of reference.
L2-Method
Brainstorm ways to resolve the contradictory properties by comparison to something else that changes or to switch to a new frame of reference.
L3-By Comparison
All knob settings are relative to something. Rather than change the element which cannot or should not be changed, the relative object is changed instead. In this case, if you Strong Acidifiers (Strong compared change the actual element under consideration, that is definitely the wrong answer. The to Small Objects attribute of the second element that you must change is the frame of reference that is and Weak compared to unconsciously used to tell us what an objects properties are. Most people would say Large objects) that a needle is small without thinking about what it is compared to. Usually it is considered small because a human has to make use of it and it is small compared to human fingers, often making it difficult to manipulate. It is uncommon to consider what we compare things to. It would drive us insane if we always had to always consider that.
Method
The (element) is already (setting A) when compared to (property of element 2). Changing (element 2) by (method of changing the property of element 2) makes the (element) (setting B).
Separate by Frame of Reference
515
ExampleProduction Sets
The actor is SHORT because that is the way that he comes. But he needs to be TALL in order to play the part. The (actor) is already (short) when compared to (the size of surroundings and other actors). Changing (the surroundings and other actors) by (miniaturizing the set props and putting the actor on a raised platform) makes the (actor) (tall).
ExampleBuoyancy of an Object
A measurement float needs to be BUOYANT in order to be more visible above the surface of the liquid. Unfortunately, the float is quite heavy because it is made from a dense plastic and is therefore NOT BUOYANT. The (measurement float) is already (not buoyant) when compared to (the density of the liquid it is floating in). Changing (the liquid it is floating in) by (changing to a much more dense liquid) makes the (measurement float) (buoyant).
ExampleCheap and Expensive

A product is very EXPENSIVE in the market that it is in, but it needs to be INEXPENSIVE in order to sell. The (product) is already (expensive) when compared to (the desires of the given market). Changing (the market) by (moving to a different market) makes the (product) (inexpensive).
$$
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil spacing was finer, the outer product Coil Spacing Coil Spacing could be fully treated. However, the product at is is the center of the belt is over-heated. The Coil Fine Coarse Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Inner Product is Over Heated Outer Product is not Fully Treated
ExerciseBlistering Coils III

Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. 516
TR IZ P ower T oo ls If the product speed were slower at the edges, the product will be uniformly heated as it passes under the coil.
Product Speed is Slow
Product Speed is Fast
If the product is slowed down, the center pieces will be over heated. The belt speed should be SLOW & FAST. Center Product Using the principle that you have just is Overheated learned, resolve this contradiction. (Hint, belt is crossed through for a reason. In using this principle a change to the belt speed must not be a part of the solution).
Edge Product is Under Treated

A molecular wind is created by applying a very high voltage source to a very sharp object. The electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with other molecules causing an avalanche of charges seen as a corona discharge. The resulting ionized molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a molecular wind. The wind is localized to the point and could be used to pump rarified gas, except that the movement of the gas is so small. High Voltage Source
The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Flow is Miniscule

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The Plate edges are chipped so badly that the plates Thickness is are unusable. Due to the high volume of Thick plates which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were Plate only THICK, but they only come THIN. Using comes in one the principle that you have just learned, thickness resolve this contradiction. Separate by Frame of Reference
Edge Breaking is High 517
A production line for gourmet cookies has just been brought on line and has been in production for several days. The plant managers wife inspects the cookies and discovers that they do not look like her The shape of home-made recipe. They are well shaped on one side is one side but malformed on the other. The well shaped equipment will have to be retooled to make them bake right the wife says. Its too These late! The plant manager says. We have cookies are produced ten tons and the cookie introduction all that is is next week at the Convention. The available cookies should be MALFORMED & WELL SHAPED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. Yes, but it is too small to store Dock many boats his wife complained. And we is are not allowed to build the dock out more Large than 20 yards. I know she continued We can fill every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the investor said after making a few calculations. Cost of Leasing The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. More Beach is Using the principle that you have just High learned, resolve this contradiction.
Dock is Small
Revenue is Low
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction. 518
L3-Inertial or Spatial Frame of Reference

The properties can be very different depending on your inertial or spatial frame of reference or the coordinate system being used. Physicists often have to consider the inertial frame of reference when calculating an objects properties. In particular, things can be very different depending upon your linear or rotational velocity. Likewise a problem can look very different when considering your spatial frame of reference. What is your position relative to the object? Are you near or far away? Less common would be applications where we would consider the type of coordinate system. Are we using Cartesian coordinates or Polar coordinates?
Method
The (element) is already (setting A) when compared to (inertial, rotational, spatial or coordinate system frame of reference). Changing the frame of reference by (method) makes the (element) (setting B).
ExampleRotating Platform
A ball rolls in a track on a rotating platform. The movement of the object is unfortunately CURVED. It needs to be LINEAR in order to be useful. The (ball) is already (curved motion) when compared to (a stationary, non rotating frame of reference). Changing frame of reference by (observing the motion of the ball while rotating with the platform) makes the (ball) (linear motion).
ExampleMoving Train
In order to accurately determine which component on the vehicle is failing, the frequency needs to correlate to the NATURAL Natural FREQUENCY of the failed component. The Frequency frequency if NOT THE NATURAL FREQUENCY of the failed component when heard by an observer as the vehicle approaches. The (vehicle sound) is already (not the natural frequency) when compared to (the velocity of the approaching vehicle). Changing the frame of reference by (getting on the vehicle) makes the (vehicle sound) (the natural frequency).
Different Frequency

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged.
519
TR IZ P ower T oo ls If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Heart Motion is Still

A molecular wind is created by applying a very high voltage source to a very sharp object. The electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with other molecules causing an avalanche of charges seen as a corona discharge. The resulting ionized molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a molecular wind. The wind is localized to the point and could be used to pump rarified gas, except that the movement of the gas is so small.
High Voltage Source
Flow is Miniscule
The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by Stopping hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Time is Long
520
L2-Separate by Response of Fields

In the same space and at the same time, two different fields or field regimes can respond differently to the shape or bulk properties of an object. One field or field region may be changed whereas the other is left relatively unchanged. This method of resolving contradictions is primarily for contradictions dealing with how different field regions or fields respond to substances and their bulk, surface or construction properties. The field may respond differently at the substance which generates, transmits or accepts the field. It is important to realize that this method or resolving contradictions is used only with the response of fields to substances that inhabit the space where the field exists. Consequently, the primary test for Separation by Response of Fields is to ask whether the contradiction is directly related to the response of fields. What this means is that you have already done a good job of identifying a field response property that must have two settings. This should have occurred in causal analysis. This emphasizes the importance of performing your causal analysis in such a way that you examine field properties and the response of fields to various substances very carefully. You would have already asked What is the field response properties related to the improvement that you are looking for? The field response properties could be associated with gradient, intensity, conductance, etc. Once you know the field response properties that help the improvement, you ask What happens if I adjust the field response properties to resolve the problem? What gets worse? If something gets worse, then you identify what the field properties need to be in order to make sure that the thing which gets worse does not happen. Now you have the required contradiction and you are ready to consider separating by field response. If you have already gone to this much work, potential solutions should be right at hand. You know that the field response should be A and it should be B. Then it is a matter of finding a substance or construction that can achieve both settings A and B.
L2-Method
Step 1: Is the contradiction related to the way that a substance and field interact? Step 2: If so, brainstorm ways to separate the contradictory fields by having the substance react differently to different field regimes. Each field regime corresponds to a different condition --Consider the use of transparent materials 412.
L3-Test for Separation by Response of Fields

Test:
Are both properties (knob settings) directly related to a substance and the way that fields (particularly super-imposed fields) respond to that substance? If yes then continue to the next part of the test. If no then continue on to Separation between Substance and Field. Complete the following, while identifying separate fields or field regions which make these statements true:
Separate by Response of Fields
521
TR IZ P ower T oo ls It is essential that: The field response to the (substance in the operating region) must be (setting A) for (field region A or field A) The field response to the (substance in the operating region) must be (setting B) for (field region B or field B) Is it essential that field region or field A and B overlap? If they must overlap, then jump to Separation between Substance and Field.
ExampleLight Bulb
The light must CONDUCT through the pressure barrier in order to be visible. The light must NOT CONDUCT through the pressure barrier in order to not give off ultraviolet radiation. Test: Are both properties (knob settings) directly related to a substance and the way that fields (particularly super-imposed fields) respond to that substance? Yes, both conducting and not conducting are related to a substance and the way that light fields respond to that substance. Complete the following, while identifying separate fields or field regions which make these statements true: It is essential that: The field response to the (pressure barrier) must be (conducting) for (visible light) The field response to the (pressure barrier) must be (not conducting) for (UV light) Is it essential that field region or field A and B overlap? No, it is not essential that they overlap. We will try to use separation by field response. Note that the spectrum of light can be separated into different field regions by frequency. This is the key to separation by field response: find two regions of the same field type that respond differently to the same substance or substance construction. This search for different field regions is the primary knowledge gained in this step. This is where mental effort is required.
ExampleRace Car Fender

Many racing vehicles would benefit aerodynamically from aerodynamically shaped fenders. The problem is that the fenders block visibility of the tires during turns. The drivers watch the tires to detect the response of the wheels to the track. The volume of the fender must transmit the image of the wheel but must not transmit the air. 413 The fender must CONDUCT light in order to see the tires and it must NOT CONDUCT light because it is a fender and light does not pass through it. Test: Are both properties (knob settings) directly related to a substance and the way that fields (particularly super-imposed fields) respond to that substance? Yes, the properties of conducting and not conducting are related to the substance of the fender and how light respond to it. Complete the following, while identifying separate fields or field regions which make these statements true: It is essential that:
413
The Innovation Algorithm by Genrich Altshuller page 99 Separate by Response of Fields
522
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The field response to the (fender) must be (conducting) for (light) The field response to the (fender) must be (not conducting) for (air pressure) Is it essential that field region or field A and B overlap? No, light and air pressure are not essential to overlap. We will try to separate by response of the field.
ExamplePile Driving
The pile needs to be SHARP in order to drive rapidly and it needs to be BLUNT in order to support well. Test: Are both properties (knob settings) directly related to a substance and the way that fields (particularly super-imposed fields) respond to that substance? While sharp and blunt could be indirectly related to the fields, we should have identified that the stress fields need to be directed outward in order to drive the pile rapidly and allow for the soil to be moved aside. The fields need to be directed downward in order that the soil has nowhere to go. This allows for high compression forces which support the structure. Rapidly applied forces would need to somehow push sideways and slowly applied fields would direct the force downwards. This, however, is not the question that we are grappling with. Instead, we are looking at the physical attributes of the object which are blunt and sharp. Since these do not directly relate to fields, we will not try to separate by Field Response.

Consider an aluminum water wheel. Inlet flow strikes the blades after accelerating in the nozzle, transferring energy and momentum to the blade and wheel. During energy transfer the blade is bent slightly and released causing it to vibrate. The resulting alternating stresses decrease the life of the turbine blades. If the pressure forces were eliminated, so would the vibration. (Assume a constant speed). The Pressure Forces should be HIGH & ABSENT. Test for Separation by Field Response.

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are made very thick.
523
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The resulting vessel weight is high (95%) compared to the weight of the hydrogen (5%). If only the pressure forces were not so high, the vessel walls could be made much thinner. The Pressure Forces should be LOW & HIGH. Test for separation by response of fields.
Pressure Forces are Low
L3-Separate by Response of Fields

We have already identified the field regions or fields that must respond differently. What is left to find is a material, coating or structure which changes the field response of the two regions sufficiently to resolve the contradiction. Each field region or field must respond differently to the chosen substance, coating or structure. Considering different field regions is the most common and preferred method. Identifying different fields would indicate that the difference in fields was not caught during the cause effect stage. Since this is possible and made more likely by doing a less thorough job of causal analysis, we allow for considering different fields. We should remember, however, that the primary and preferred method of separating by Response of Fields is to consider different field regions. The table to the right shows a variety of substances which can change the way that a field is generated, transmitted and received.
Optically transparent materials Resonant structures Field shape changing materials Field gradient changing materials Reflective or channeling structures Filters Frequency or color changing Speed changing Phase changing Polarization changing Field Type changing Field absorption changing materials
Method
The response of (field region A or field A) to (material, coating or structure) is (setting A). The response of (field region B or field B) to (material, coating or structure) is (setting B).
ExampleDifferent Conductive ResponseLight Bulb

The gas barrier must be CONDUCTING in order to illuminate the work area. The gas barrier must be NON-CONDUCTING in order to avoid ultraviolet radiation. The response of (visible light) to (glass) is (conducting). The response of (ultraviolet light) to (glass) is (non-conducting).
ExampleDifferent Conductive Response Spring-Mass-Damper

A mechanical vibratory field must CONDUCT through the operating region in order to perform useful work. It must NOT CONDUCT through the operating region in order to avoid excessive wear. 524 Separate by Response of Fields
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The response of (low frequency vibration) to (a spring-massdamper system) is (conducting). The response of (high frequency vibration) to (a spring-mass-damper system) is (non-conducting). A spring-mass-damper will selectively pass frequencies lower than the resonant frequency and absorb frequencies higher than the resonant frequency.
ExampleDifferent Conductive ResponseRace Car Fender

The fender must CONDUCT light in order to see the tires and it must NOT CONDUCT light because it is a fender and light does not pass through it. The response of (an optical field) to (a transparent fender) is (conducting). The response of (a pressure field) to (a transparent fender) is (non conductive).
ExampleDifferent Gradient ResponseMagnetic Material

The response of (a gravitational field) to (a magnetic material) is (a uniform gradient). The response of (a magnetic field) to (a magnetic material) is (a high or non-uniform gradient).
ExampleDifferent Path ResponseMirror

The response of (x-ray) to (a mirror) is (unaltered movement). The response of (optical light) to (a mirror) is (reflected altered movement).
ExampleRed Color Filter

The response of (red light) to (a red filter) is (unaltered transmission or amplitude). The response of (orange light) to (a red filter) is (reduced transmission or amplitude).
ExampleDifferent Speed ResponseGlass

The response of (green light) to (optical glass) is (higher speed). The response of (blue light) to (optical glass) is (lower speed).
525

Consider an aluminum water wheel. Inlet flow strikes the blades after accelerating in the nozzle, transferring energy and momentum to the blade and wheel. During energy transfer the blade is bent slightly and released causing it to vibrate. The resulting alternating stresses decrease the life of the turbine blades. If the pressure forces were eliminated, so would the vibration. (Assume a constant speed). The Pressure Forces should be HIGH & ABSENT. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are made very thick. The resulting vessel weight is high (95%) Pressure Forces Pressure Forces compared to the weight of the hydrogen are Low are High (5%). If only the pressure forces were not so high, the vessel walls could be made much thinner. The Pressure Forces should Assume that be LOW & HIGH. Using the principle that Pressure only Material you have just learned, resolve this comes high Stresses are contradiction.
High
526
L2-Separate Between the Substance and the Field

Separating between the substance and the field is the last separation strategy that we will consider. In this strategy, the substance has one property (knob setting) and the field has the conflicting property. In order to do this, we have to know the field and substance that is associated with the conflicting properties. Lets say that we have two fluids that must be mixed and not mixed. It is necessary to mix the two fluids in order for the mixture to come to the same temperature. In this case, the substance and field associated with the conflicting properties is a fluid substance and a thermal field. Once we have established this, all that is left is to determine which has which conflicting property.
L2-Method
The field element associated with the conflict is (a field element). The substance element associated with the conflict is (a substance element). The (field element) is (setting A) and the (substance element) is (setting B). This is accomplished by (architecture).
A
Field
ExampleHeat Exchanger
Two fluids must be MIXED THOUROUGHLY in order that a temperature sensor can read the correct average temperature of the fluids. However, they must be UNMIXED in order that one fluid does not pollute the other. The field element associated with the conflict is (a thermal field). The substance element associated with the conflict is (both fluids). The (thermal field) is (thoroughly mixed) and the (fluids) are (unmixed). This is accomplished by (a fluid barrier that allows the fluids to be unmixed, but the thermal fields to mix thoroughly. This is usually referred to as a head exchanger). Shown to the right is a representation of a barrier between two fluids. The thermal fields can cross, but the fluids cannot.
ExampleRotating Field in an Electric Motor

The field coils must ROTATE in order apply forces to turn the armature. The field coils must remain STATIONARY in order to keep the complexity of the field coils low. The field element associated with the conflict is (a magnetic field). The substance element associated with the conflict is (the field coils). The (magnetic field) is (rotating) and the (coils) are (stationary). This is accomplished by (switching on the coils in a predetermined sequence. The magnetic field direction appears to rotate, depending on the sequence of the switching).
Separate between the Substance and the Field
527

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over Tine the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and Stiffness is collect the materials. On the other hand, Flexible if the tines are flexible, then the rake is not useful for extracting embedded debris or for moving earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & Debris STIFF. Using the principle that you Extraction is have just learned, resolve this Difficult contradiction.

In large plating operations, the plating tanks give off large amounts of corrosive gases. Over the course of time, these gases damage the plating facility and everything in it. Covering the tanks with non-corrosive covers would greatly reduce the evolution of gases, but a Tank cover slows down production. The Plating Tank Needs to be COVERED & UNCOVERED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
is Covered
Tank is Uncovered

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing. Such coils are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a heavy object. When it comes time to turn off the coil, the opposite effect occurs.
528
TR IZ P ower T oo ls The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up causing high voltages. In many applications this causes difficulties such as sparking (deteriorating brushes and switches or causing electromagnetic pulses) or high voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Current Path is Continuous
Coil Operation not Adjustable
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during the measurement. This makes the measurement inaccurate. How can the boot be measured more accurately? The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Contradiction using the principle that you have just learned. Boot Flexibility is Very Stiff Boot Flexibility is Very Flexible
Boot Life is Low
In the production of metallic laminates, Thick metallic films are produced by successively rolling the metal between rollers until it reaches the desired thickness. The resulting film is rolled up into large rolls which are easily manipulated. When making ultra Laminate Laminate thin films for laminates, new problems Thickness is Thickness is arise. Because the film is so thin, both Thick Thin the production and manipulation becomes difficult. The tolerance Laminate thickness between rollers becomes unreasonable only useful in one and handling damage becomes very high. thickness The laminate must be THICK & Handling damage ULTRA-THIN. Using the principle that is high you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
529
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms Package fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the Configuration is package is dense and compact, it falls with Dispersed pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. Plane
Vulnerability is high
?
Dropping many packages gets more packages into the hands that need them, but high winds may disperse the drop if they are dropped separately. The Package Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
During large construction projects, it is desirable to light a work area the size of many football fields. It would be desirable to have one very large and high light. But, doing this is prohibitive because of the large structure that would be required to support the light. The construction light needs to be HIGH & LOW. Using the principle that you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
Support is Massive

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges are chipped so badly that the plates are unusable. Due to the high volume of plates which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were THICK, but they only come THIN. Using the principle that 530 Plate Thickness is Thick Plate only comes in one thickness Plate Thickness is Thin
TR IZ P ower T oo ls you have just learned, resolve this contradiction.
531

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged. If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement Heart must be BEATING & STILL. Using the Motion is principle that you have just learned, Still resolve this contradiction.
532
533
L2-Compensation
Without special recognition, the method of resolving contradictions by compensation is taught in some of Altshullers earliest works 414. Up to this point, we have only considered solving the contradiction by turning the knob to both settings. It is also possible to resolve the contradiction by setting the critical property to one setting only. Then we compensate for this property setting by turning another knob.
L2-Method
Step 1: Set a critical property to one setting which solves the main problem. Step 2: Look for another knob which can be turned to compensate for the harmful effect created by step 1.
ExampleRaking
Going back to the raking example at the first of the chapter, we can ask what we might do if debris extraction were the main problem with a flexible leaf rake. Lets assume that we have already formed the causal analysis shown below. Step 1: Set a critical property to one setting which solves the main problem. The main problem is debris extraction with the leaf rake. This is because the tines are flexible. We can solve this problem by making the tines stiff. Unfortunately, this causes a variety of problems. (We will only focus on one of these by assuming that the other main function of the rake is debris collection but not on lawns).
Tine Flexibility is Flexible
Ground Shape is Regular
Tine Spacing is Narrow
Main Problem
414 An Example of Compensation can be found on page 34 of The Innovation Algorithm by G.S. Altshuller, Technical Innovation center. First Edition 1999. What is described is a diving mask that distorts the vision of the diver due to the change of index of refraction between the water and glass which have a refractive index around 1.5 and the air which has a refractive index around 1.0. (Think about the last time that you used diving goggles with a flat glass or plastic plate.) The refractive index is the parameter which drives the distortion which is the problem that needs to be overcome. A second parameter is found that compensates for the difference in refractive index and that is the curvature of the glass. The curvature of the glass can be used to compensate and even correct the vision of the diver which may have imperfect vision when not underwater. (Many divers try to wear their normal corrective glasses by wedging them into diving goggles. Unfortunately, this, alone, does not change the original distortion of the diving goggles.)
534
Compensation
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 2: Look for another knob which can be turned to compensate for the harmful effect created by step 1. We have already noted that debris leakage is also a function of irregularly shaped ground and narrow tine spacing. We can compensate for the stiff tines by making the ground regular and the tine spacing narrow.
Compensate
535
L2-Iterate on Solutions
You have probably discovered by now that there are many potential ways to resolve a contradiction and there are many potential solution paths to a problem. Each solution path will bring you to a point where you can visualize an architecture that brings you close to solving your problem. Unfortunately, this rarely occurs on the first pass. It is entirely possible that resolving a contradiction will cause other problems. You may recall the problem of measuring the dimensions of a flexible boot. One way to overcome this problem is to resolve the contradiction that the boot must be soft in order to perform its function and it must be hard in order to be accurately measured. One way to resolve this contradiction is to freeze it in liquid nitrogen. This does, in fact, resolve the immediate contradiction, but a new problem arises. The material is distorted by freezing. Note that is problem has nothing to do with the original contradiction. Now we have a new problem that may seem more difficult than the original problem.
L2-MethodContinuing Evolution of Solutions

Rather than abandon the solution, we should continue with this solution path until we are satisfied with the solution. Each solution path may branch many times with the ensuing iterations. This is fine. It is not unusual to have a number of potential solutions. The intention is to continue evolving the solutions as long as it is practical before making a decision. It is not unusual to have several ideas to work on at the same time. In some ways, this creates a state of mind that is very healthy. Rather than focusing in on one idea and sending it to finishing school, you will greatly increase your chances of success by thinking in terms of solution sets. Further discussion on this topic can be found in the book concerned with implementing solutions.
536
Contradiction Exercises
Iterate on Solutions
537
These exercises are provided to give the reader experience solving contradictions. While there are known solutions for each of these, applying each of the methods allows for an element of the unknown.

In the war on hunger, Russian scientists were studying the metabolism of the weevil. This required the scientists to be able to measure the body temperature over a period of time. Tiny temperature probes were Weevil Weevil proposed, which through the aid Size is Size is of a microscope could be inserted Large Small into the weevil. The cost of these probes and placement apparatus Weevils only were prohibitive. If the Weevil come small were only larger, we could put a Thermometer normal thermometer into its insertion is difficult mouth opening? The Weevil or complex needs to be LARGE AND SMALL. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
The lights in a traffic light must eventually FAIL due to the action of the current on the filament and to vibration. The traffic light must NOT FAIL in order to not cause traffic delays or make the intersection more dangerous. This is an example of an output contradiction. Most people would think of this as the Y in the function. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Large Variance Tight
For years your company has Control produced an aircraft product which fits over two posts on your customers aircraft. Both the position and the diameter of the posts were closely controlled. Unfortunately, a recent production change by the customer allows a large variance in the distance between the posts. 538 Contradiction Exercises
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Now there is no guarantee that the part which you produce will fit over the customers posts. (The diameter of the posts is still closely held). The customer is unwilling to change the new production process, but has instead asked you to modify the part so that it will fit snuggly in the application, without rotating. If the hole clearance is large, they can easily fit over, but they will not be snug. The Hole Clearance needs to be LOOSE & TIGHT Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Hole Clearance is Loose
Hole Clearance is Tight

I cant stand cold cereal anymore! The farmer says. Yes, but it takes a long time to make hot cereal the way that you like it! Im not getting up any earlier to make it! The farmer's wife complains. Cereal is not The cereal MUST BE PREPARED in order to prepared to nourish the farmer. It must NOT BE PREPARED eat in order to not fatigue the farmers wife. Resolve this contradiction using any method. No Cereal for the Farmer
ExerciseControlled Explosions
During mining operations it is necessary to precisely time a series of explosions. One way to do this is to drop a conductive plug down a tube with electrical contacts spaced at precise intervals. As the conductive weight passes each set of contacts, continuity is established Contact Contact is is across the contacts and an explosive Non-Existent Existent charge is detonated. Unfortunately, in order to ensure continuity, the force of the contacts against the conductive weight needs to be high. This causes the timing to be erratic. Remember, this is a Contact Timing Between Conduction is Contacts is Flintstones timer. No further electronic Poor Irregular circuits are available. All we have are metallic plugs and contacts. (If we already had magnetic relays, lasers and electronic timing circuits, we wouldnt be dropping balls). There should be CONTACT & NO CONTACT. Resolve this contradiction using any method. Contradiction Exercises 539

Consider an aluminum water wheel. Inlet flow strikes the blades after accelerating in the nozzle, transferring energy and momentum to the blade and wheel. During energy transfer the blade is bent slightly and released causing it to vibrate. The resulting alternating stresses decrease the life of the turbine blades. If the pressure forces were eliminated, so would the vibration. (Assume a constant speed). The Pressure Forces should be HIGH & ABSENT. Resolve this contradiction using any method.

A common garden rake is somewhat inefficient when raking small debris. While riding over uneven surfaces, unwanted debris settles into the uneven surface and the tines ride over the top without collecting the debris. If the tines were more flexible, they could ride over the uneven surfaces like a leaf rake and collect the materials. On the other hand, if the tines Tine are flexible, then the rake is not useful for Stiffness is extracting embedded debris or for moving Flexible earth about. The Tine Flexibility should be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve this contradiction using any method.

In large plating operations, the plating tanks give off large amounts of corrosive gases. Over the course of time, these gases damage the plating facility and everything in it. Covering the tanks with non-corrosive covers would greatly reduce the evolution of gases, but a cover slows down production. The Tank Plating Tank Needs to be COVERED & UNCOVERED. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
is Covered
Tank is Uncovered
540

Electromagnetic coils are used for many applications which require the generation of force. Magnetic fields generated by the coil and the spool upon which the wire is wound interact with plungers also made of magnetic materials. Usually, the flow of current to the coil is initiated by throwing a switch which allows electrons to begin flowing. Such coils are natural inductors, meaning that the flow of electrons begins slowly, like trying to push a heavy object. When it comes Current Path time to turn off the coil, the opposite is Continuous effect occurs. The electrons do not want to stop moving, but bunch up causing high voltages. In many applications this causes difficulties such as sparking (deteriorating brushes Coil and switches or causing Operation not electromagnetic pulses) or high Adjustable voltages across other elements. The current path needs to be CONTINUOUS AND INTERRUPTED. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Various diameters of a thin rubber boot (which covers part of a car shift mechanism) must be measured with great accuracy at several points. Unfortunately, the micrometer which is used deforms the boot during the measurement. This makes the Boot Flexibility measurement inaccurate. How can the is Very boot be measured more accurately? Stiff The Boot Flexibility Needs to be FLEXIBLE & STIFF. Resolve the Resolve this contradiction using any Boot Life is method. Low
ExerciseSoft Water
The addition of bubbles to diving pools is a good way to keep diving injuries to a minimum. This is especially true when diving from great heights. Unfortunately, the diver is no longer buoyant in the water and finds it difficult to surface after a dive. The Bubbles need Bubbles to be EXISTENT AND ABSENT. Absent in Resolve this contradiction using any Water method.
Damage to divers is High Contradiction Exercises
Surfacing is Difficult 541
ExerciseFree-Fall Plating
Crystals grown in a micro-gravity environment have unusual properties. Such an environment is created by objects in free-fall. A space craft in orbit about the earth achieves this same effect by being in a constant free fall state. Plating in such a free-fall state might also have unusual properties. We are a small company which cannot afford a shuttle experiment. How can we perform such experiments? A Plating Tank State should be FREE FALL & NOT FREE FALL. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Tank State is not Free Fall
Tank State is Free Fall
Plating is only useful during free-fall
Financial Cost is High
In the production of metallic laminates, Thick metallic films are produced by Laminate Laminate successively rolling the metal between Thickness is Thickness is rollers until it reaches the desired Thick Thin thickness. The resulting film is rolled up into large rolls which are easily Laminate thickness manipulated. When making ultra thin only useful in one films for laminates, new problems arise. thickness Handling damage Because the film is so thin, both the is high production and manipulation becomes difficult. The tolerance between rollers becomes unreasonable and handling damage becomes very high. The laminate must be THICK & ULTRA-THIN. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the package is dense Package and compact, it falls with pinpoint contents are accuracy. A chute opens near the end to Useless keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves. They quickly discover that the contents are useful and look for them. The Package Contents must be USEFUL AND USELESS Resolve this contradiction using any method. 542
?
During war in a third world country, an effective means of gaining support from the local people is to give them much needed supplies such as medicine, food and clothing. In order to avoid anti-aircraft and small arms fire, the drop plane must fly high. If the Package package is dense and compact, it falls with Configuration is pinpoint accuracy. A chute opens near the Dispersed end to keep the contents from being damaged. Unfortunately, enemy troops on the ground then confiscate the package and hoard the supplies to themselves.
Plane
?
Dropping many packages gets more Vulnerability Dispersal is packages into the hands that need them, is High Poor but high winds may disperse the drop if they are dropped separately. The Package Configuration must be COMPACT AND DISPERSED. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Ground
ExerciseSuper Yacht
A small ship building company considers a contract to build a super yacht. The yacht is so big that only a third will fit into their dock. We will need to build this in the Assembly open harbor. A frustrated Location is In engineer says. We cant do Harbor that; we need the availability of lifts and tools. The Building Location: It should be IN THE HARBOR & AT THE DOCK. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Inscriptions on grave stones are made by sandblasting the polished stone through a rubber mask. The mask is attached to the stone by adhesive and later peeled off. The sand is ejected through a nozzle at high Sand Volume velocity in a pneumatic stream. The sand can Used be reused for a time, but must eventually be is Small replenished because it breaks down and becomes too fine for use. A large operation must replenish the sand often and dispose of the used sand. The volume of the sand which Abrasion is used must be LARGE AND SMALL. is Resolve this contradiction using any method. Low Contradiction Exercises
Sand Volume Used is Large
Cost is High 543

A rule of thumb for cutting a piece of metal in a band saw is to have at least three teeth on the piece of metal. This is because the point loading becomes too high. This causes bad things to happen such as breaking teeth, blades Tooth or rough cutting. On the other hand, Spacing is if the teeth are too fine, the point Coarse loading on each tooth is too small. In a large production shop where many pieces of metal are cut, it is necessary to cut both thick and thin pieces. How can we speed up production? Point The Tooth Spacing Needs to be FINE Loading is & COARSE. High
During large construction projects, it is desirable to light a work area the size of many football fields. It would be desirable to have one very large and high light. But, doing this is prohibitive because of the large structure that would be required to support the light. The construction light needs to be HIGH & LOW. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Support is Massive
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil Coil Spacing is spacing was finer, the outer product could be Fine fully treated. However, the product at the center of the belt is over-heated. The Coil Spacing should be FINE & COARSE. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
544
High levels of radiation can damage the structure of cells and cause them to cease functioning. This is useful in the treatment of tumors. A beam of high Radiation Intensity is energy radiation is focused on the tumor. After Low the procedure, the tumor shrinks. Unfortunately, the tissue surrounding the tumor is also damaged by the high energy radiation. The Radiation Intensity needs to be HIGH AND LOW. Resolve Tumor this contradiction using any method.
Shrinkage is Poor
ExerciseBlistering Coils II
Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the coil length Coil Length is Coil Length is is much longer, the product will be uniformly Width of Belt Excessive heated as it passes under the coil. Unfortunately, a lot of energy is wasted. The Coil Length should be EXCESSIVE & THE WIDTH OF THE BELT. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Product treatment is not Uniform
Energy Waste is High
ExerciseBlistering Coils III

Product on an assembly line must pass under a heating coil in order to be fully treated. The product that passes under the center part of the coil is fully treated, but the product that passes under the coil at the edge of the conveyor belt is not fully treated. If the product speed were slower at the edges, the product Product Speed will be uniformly heated as it passes is Slow under the coil. If the product is slowed down, the center pieces will be over heated. The belt speed should be SLOW & FAST. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Product Speed is Fast
Center Product is Overheated
Edge Product is Under Treated
545

A molecular wind is created by applying a very high voltage source to a very sharp object. The electrostatic field gradient at the tip is very high. Any stray electrons in the gas (knocked off by a stray gamma ray for example) are accelerated by the field and collide with other molecules causing an avalanche of charges seen as a corona discharge. The resulting ionized molecules are repelled from the charged object, causing a molecular wind. The wind is localized to the point and could be used to pump rarified gas, except that the movement of the gas is so small. The Local Gas Movement should be SMALL & LARGE. Resolve this contradiction using any method. High Voltage Source
Flow is Miniscule

Like most large predators, a shark will follow its prey in close pursuit until the smaller prey exhausts its energy. Although the prey may be more nimble, it cannot outrun its larger foe forever. If the smaller fish could dodge Endurance and dart forever, it could easily outmaneuver the is larger shark. The Fish should have INFINITE Infinite ENDURANCE in order to outrun the shark and NORMAL ENDURANCE because that is how No Fish small fish are. Resolve this contradiction using Come any method. this way
Endurance is Low

Your company polishes the edges of glass plates. Thousands of plates are polished each day. The edges of the glass plates are polished on a fast moving belt covered with abrasive materials. One day an order comes in for polishing glass plates which are only .010 inches thick. The first attempts to polish the edges are catastrophic. The edges Plate are chipped so badly that the plates are Thickness is unusable. Due to the high volume of plates Thick which are normally processed, it is not practical to change the machinery. The problem would go away if the plates were Plate only THICK, but they only come THIN. comes in one Resolve this contradiction using any thickness method. 546
Lipids

Some medicines need to be delivered to the brain, but cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. Molecules that pass easily are lipids and sugars. How can these medicines be delivered across the blood-brain barrier? The composition should be LIPID & NON-LIPID. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Drug Barrier
Drug is a sugar or Lipid
ExerciseA Limit to Cell Phones

Cell phone cases have become increasingly thinner. This reduces the weight and cost of raw materials. The traditional method of production has been injection molding. But, injection molding has reached Case several limits. The pressures required to inject Material is into increasingly narrow passages is very high. Metallic Additionally, the cases are required to do more. They must be as rigid as metal and conductive like metal to reduce electromagnetic interference, yet they should be made from Price light moldable materials like plastic. is The cases should be METALLIC & PLASTIC. High Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Case Material is Plastic
Flexibility and EMI Conductivity are high
A production line for gourmet cookies has just been brought on line and has been in production for several days. The plant managers wife inspects the cookies and discovers that they do not look like her home-made recipe. They are well shaped on one side but malformed on the other. The equipment will have to be retooled to make them bake right the wife says. Its too late! The plant manager says. The shape of We have produced ten tons and the cookie one side is introduction is next week at the well shaped Convention. The cookies should be MALFORMED & WELL SHAPED. These Resolve this contradiction using any cookies are method. all that is available
Probability of a good introduction is poor 547
Well make a fortune the small investor said. When they build the houses around this lake, everyone will want a place to dock their boats and we got the last parcel on the lake. Yes, but it is too small to store Dock many boats his wife complained. And we is are not allowed to build the dock out more Large than 20 yards. I know she continued We can fill every available square foot with dock and boats! We still will not be able to store enough boats to make money the Cost of Leasing investor said after making a few calculations. More Beach is The Dock should be SMALL & LARGE. High Resolve this contradiction using any method.
Dock is Small
Revenue is Low

Hydrogen is very difficult to store as a gas. This is primarily because of the high gas constant. A small mass of gas can exert very high pressures when constrained to a small volume. In order to reduce the stresses in the vessel walls, the walls are made very thick. The resulting vessel weight is high (95%) compared to the weight of the hydrogen (5%). If only the Pressure Forces pressure forces were not so high, the vessel are Low walls could be made much thinner. The Pressure Forces should be LOW & HIGH. Resolve this contradiction using any method. Assume that
Pressure only comes high
ExerciseLog Jam
Every few hours, a train enters the depot with several cars full of logs. It is the job of the inspector to measure each log diameter. Unfortunately the train does not stay long. So far, the problem has been solved by hiring many inspectors. The inspectors have nothing to do between trains and sit for hours. The productivity of the inspectors is low. If the logs would just stay at the station for a long time, one inspector could do the job and would be fully occupied. The Stopping Time Needs to be LONG & SHORT. Resolve this contradiction using any method..
548

Heart surgery is sometimes required for battlefield wounds to the heart. Small pieces of shrapnel become lodged in the heart muscle. Usually, the heart is stopped, temporarily, to repair it since it is very difficult to operate on a beating heart. This stoppage of blood flow is very traumatic for the rest of the body which may be badly damaged. If it were possible to operate on the beating heart, there would likely be more survivors. The Heart Movement must be BEATING & STILL. Resolve this contradiction using any method.
549
Appendix: Table of Fields
550
TR IZ P ower T oo ls Friction Adhesive
Elastic Force Internal & External
Gravity
Centrifugal Force
Coriolis Force
Buoyant
Hydrostatic
Jet Pressure
Surface Tension
Odor & Taste
Diffusion
Osmosis
Chemical Fields
Sound
Ultrasound
Waves
Corona Discharge
Current
Eddie Currents (internal and skin)
Particle Beams
Thermal Shocks
Nuclear Forces
Electrostatic Field
Magnetic Field
Electromagnetic (Voltage)
Information
Radio Waves
Micro-waves
Infrared
Visible Light
Ultra-violet
X-Ray
551
Table of Communication Fields 415
415
Petr Krupansky February 2010 Appendix: Table of Fields
552

Resolving Problems

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Resolving Problems

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

TRIZ POWER TOOLS

Job # 5 Resolving Problems

How to Systematically Tackle Tough Problems

TRIZ Power Tools Job 4Resolving Problems April 2011Edition

TRIZ Power Tools by Collaborative Coauthors 547 Pages

Copyright 2011 by Collaborative Authors, All rights reserved

Third Millennium Publishing PO Box 14026 Tempe, AZ 85284-0068 mccollum@3mpub.com

Acknowledgements This book is the work of a collaborative group of coauthors.

All problems are not created equal

The Most Common Job of Inventers

Not Enough Problems to Solve?

Some Problems are More Important

L1-Look for Hidden Problems?

L2-Clarify the Need to Look for Hidden Problems

L2-Map the Life-Cycle Jobs

Look for Hidden Problems?

MassTransport Loaders Forklifts Pallets Trucks Planes

Packaging Operators Packaging Machines

Testing Technicians Test Equipment

Fabrication Operators Technicians FabricationMachines

MassStorage Loaders Forklifts Pallets StorageFacility

Disposition For Sale Sales People Forklifts Shelves Displays

Order Purchase Or Disposition Sales People Customer Sales Table Carts

Customer Transport User Contractor Transport Means

Use / Operation Already Identified On Chart

Fueling / Energizing Operator User Technician Contractor Fueling Means Fuel

Customer Testing Customer Contractor Technician TestEquipment

Preparation Assembly Or Setup Contractor User Technician

Control / Monitoring Operator MonitoringEquipment

Protecting System Operator SecurityOperators MaintenancePersonnel Covers

Protecting Users Operators Protection Gear

Protecting Others Bystanders Cleaning People Users of Other Equipment Guards

Fixing Messes Operator Technician Special Personnel MaintenanceEquipment

Maintenance Operator Technicians MonitoringEquipment Consumables

Storage Storage Location Cases Covers Nearby Objects Operator

Stowing Operator Stowing Location Cases / Covers

Dealing With Failure Operator MonitoringEquipment AlternativeSystems

Repair Operator Technicians Repair Equipment Consumables Parts

Recycling Operator Teardown Person Special Tools

Disposal Operators Containers Tools

Look for Hidden Problems?

Look for Hidden Problems?

ProblemPile Driving Speed

Business ProblemYear End Review

TR IZ P ower T oo ls Step 3: What is a typical profile for this customer?

ExamplePile Driving Speed

L2Clarify the Requirements Related to the Problem

ExamplePile Driving Speed

ExampleYear End Review

L2Clarify the Operating Environment

ExamplePile Driving Speed

ExampleYear End Review

L2Clarify the Base Problem

ExampleCorrosion of Acid Container

ExamplePile Driving Speed

Business ExampleYear End Review

L2Clarify the Importance of the Penalties

ExampleCorrosion of Acid Container

ExamplePile Driving Speed

Business ExampleYear End Review

L2Clarify the Constraints on Solving the Problem

ExamplePile Driving Speed

ExampleYear End Review